Wisdom of Sirach

<Wisdom of Solomon Esther>

ΣΟΦΙΑ ΣΕΙΡΑΧ (A-wisdoming-unto of-a-Seirach)

WISDOM OF SIRACH

(Ecclesiasticus)

Prologue

(132 B.C.)

Sir 0:0 ΠΡΟΛΟΓΟΣ.

A-forthee-before.

Note: these are the teachings of a man named Iêsous translated from Hebrew into Greek by his grandson, Seirach. The date of this writing was in unto-the-one unto-eighth and unto-thirtieth unto-a-yeareedness upon of-the-one of-a-Euergetês of-a-ruler-of having-been-became-beside into to-an-Aiguptos and having-whiled-together-unto (Sir 0:25), est. 132 B.C.; the original writings of the grandfather, est. 200-175 B.C.

Inscr προλογος B A πρ. Σιραχ C deest in ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 0:1 ΠΟΛΛΩΝ καὶ μεγάλων ἡμῖν διὰ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν κατ' αὐτοὺς ἠκολουθηκότων δεδομένων, ὑπὲρ ὧν δέον ἐστὶν ἐπαινεῖν τὸν Ἰσραὴλ παιδείας καὶ σοφίας· καὶ ὡς οὐ μόνον αὐτοὺς τοὺς ἀναγινώσκοντας δέον ἐστὶν ἐπιστήμονας γίνεσθαι,

Of-much and of-great unto-us through of-the-one of-a-parcelee and of-the-ones of-declarers-before and of-the-ones of-other of-the-ones down to-them of-having-had-come-to-path-along-unto of-having-had-come-to-be-given, over of-which binding it-be to-laud-upon-unto to-the-one to-an-Israêl of-a-childing-of and of-a-wisdoming-unto; and as not to-stayeed to-them to-the-ones to-acquainting-up binding it-be to-standinged-upon-of to-become,

1 ακολουθηκοτων C | δεδομενων] δεομενων ℵ | παιδιας ℵ A C | γενεσθαι ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 0:5 ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐκτὸς δύνασθαι τοὺς φιλομαθοῦντας χρησίμους εἶναι καὶ λέγοντας καὶ γράφοντας· ὁ πάππος μου Ἰησοῦς ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἑαυτὸν δοὺς εἴς τε τὴν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν

other and unto-the-ones out-of to-able to-the-ones to-learn-caring-unto to-afforded-belonged-unto to-be and to-forthing and to-scribing; the-one a-pappy of-me an-Iêsous upon to-more-beyond to-self having-had-given into also to-the-one of-the-one of-a-parcelee and of-the-ones of-declarers-before

5 om και 1° ℵ | πλεον ℵ | του νομου] om του A

[appendix] πλιον ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 0:10 καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πατρίων βιβλίων ἀνάγνωσιν, καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἱκανὴν ἕξιν περιποιησάμενος, προήχθη καὶ αὐτὸς συγγράψαι τι τῶν εἰς παιδείαν καὶ σοφίαν ἀνηκόντων, ὅπως οἱ φιλομαθεῖς καὶ τούτων ἔνοχοι γενόμενοι πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐπιπροσθῶσιν διὰ τῆς ἐννόμου βιώσεως.

and of-the-ones of-other of-father-belonged of-paperlets to-an-acquainting-up, and in unto-the-ones-these to-ampled to-a-holdeeing having-done-about-unto, it-was-led-before and it to-have-scribed-together to-a-one of-the-ones into to-a-childing-of and to-a-wisdoming-unto of-arriving-up, unto-which-whither the-ones learn-caringed and of-the-ones-these held-in having-had-became unto-much more-such they-might-have-had-placed-before-upon through of-the-one of-parceleed-in of-an-en-dureeating.

10-15 βιωσεως . . . των κατα τ[ην] perier in C

10 αλλων] + των δεοντων ℵ |ικανον εστιν ℵ* (ικανην εξιν ℵc.a) | περιποιησαμενον ℵ | περιοσηχθην ℵ* (προηχθη ℵ?) | συνγραψαι ℵ A C | om τι ℵ | των] pr περι ℵ | παιδιαν ℵ A C | τουτων] pr οι ℵ* (om οι ℵc.a) | ενοχοι] ενηχοι ℵc.aA | επιπροσθωσιν] ετι προσθησουσιν ℵ | εκ νομου ℵ* (εννομου ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 0:15 παρακέκλησθε οὖν μετ' εὐνοίας καὶ προσοχῆς τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν ποιεῖσθαι, καὶ συγγνώμην ἔχειν ἐφ' οἷς ἂν δοκῶμεν

Thou-had-come-to-be-called-beside accordingly with of-a-goodly-en-mulling-unto and of-a-holding-toward to-the-one to-an-acquainting-up to-do-unto, and to-an-acquaintance-together to-hold upon unto-which ever we-might-think-unto

10-15 βιωσεως . . . των κατα τ[ην] perier in C

15 παρακεκλησθαι ℵ A | ποιεισθε B | συνγνωμην ℵ A | αν] εαν ℵ

[appendix] φιλομαθῑ| C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 0:20 τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν πεφιλοπονημένων τισὶν τῶν λέξεων ἀδυναμεῖν· οὐ γὰρ ἰσοδυναμεῖ αὐτὰ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς Ἐβραιστὶ λεγόμενα καὶ ὅταν μεταχθῇ εἰς ἑτέραν γλῶσσαν· οὐ μόνον δὲ ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ νόμος καὶ αἱ προφητεῖαι

of-the-ones down to-the-one to-a-clearifying-of of-having-had-come-to-be-necessitatee-cared-unto unto-ones of-the-ones of-forthings to-un-able-unto; not too-thus it-same-ableth-unto, them, in unto-selves unto-Ebra-belonginged being-forthed, and which-also-ever it-might-have-been-led-with into to-different to-a-tongue; not to-stayeed then-also the-ones-these, other and it the-one a-parcelee and the-ones declarings-before-of

20 ερμηνιαν B*A (ερμηνειαν Babℵ) ηρμενειαν C | τισιν ℵc.a | om αδυναμειν B*ℵ* (hab αδυναμεῑ Bab mg -μιν ℵc.a A C) |ταυτα αλλα] τα α sup ras Aa | αι προφητιαι ℵ A οι προφηται C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 0:25 καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν βιβλίων οὐ μικρὰν ἔχει τὴν διαφορὰν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς λεγόμενα. ἐν γὰρ τῷ ὀγδόῳ καὶ τριακοστῷ ἔτει ἐπὶ τοῦ Εὐεργέτου βασιλέως παραγενηθεὶς εἰς Αἴγυπτον καὶ συνχρονίσας, εὗρον οὐ μικρᾶς παιδείας ἀφόμοιον.

and the-ones remaindered of-the-ones of-paperlets not to-small it-holdeth to-the-one to-a-bearedness-through in unto-selves being-forthed. In too-thus unto-the-one unto-eighth and unto-thirtieth unto-a-yeareedness upon of-the-one of-a-Euergetês of-a-ruler-of, having-been-became-beside into to-an-Aiguptos and having-whiled-together-unto, I-had-found not of-small of-a-childing-of to-along-belonged-off.

Note: of-a-Euergetês (EUERGETOU) : also may be interpreted as a meaning, of-a-goodly-worker or of-goodly-worked.

25 om εν 1° ℵ | γαρ] δε ℵ* (γαρ ℵc.a) | παραγενηθεις] αναγεννηθεις ℵ* (παραγενηθ. ℵc.a) | εις] κατ ℵ* (εις ℵc.a) | συγχρονισας Bb (? C) συγχρονησας A | παιδιας ℵ A C (post π. distinx A)

[appendix] περιγενηθις C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 0:30 ἀναγκαιότατον ἐθέμην αὐτός προσενέγκασθαί τινα σπουδὴν καὶ φιλοπονίαν τοῦ μεθερμηνεῦσαι τήνδε τὴν βίβλον· πολλὴν γὰρ ἀγρυπνίαν καὶ ἐπιστήμην προσενεγκάμενος ἐν τῷ διαστήματι τοῦ χρόνου πρὸς τὸ ἐπὶ πέρας ἄγοντα τὸ βιβλίον ἐκδόσθαι καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῇ παροικίᾳ βουλομένοις φιλομαθεῖν, προκατασκευαζομένους τὰ ἤθη ἐν νόμῳ βιωτεύειν.

To-most-armed-up-belonged I-had-placed it to-have-beared-toward to-a-one to-a-hasteneeing and to-a-necessitatee-caring-unto of-the-one to-have-clearified-with-of to-the-one-then-also to-the-one to-a-paper; to-much too-thus to-a-field-sleeping-unto and to-a-standing-upon having-beared-toward in unto-the-one unto-a-standing-through-to of-the-one of-a-while toward to-the-one upon to-an-acrossment to-leading to-the-one to-a-paperlet to-have-had-given-out and unto-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-beside-unto unto-purposing to-learn-care-unto, to-being-down-toward-equipped-to to-the-ones to-beplaceednesses in unto-a-parcelee to-dureeenate-of.

30 ανακαιοτατον] + ουν ℵ C | εθεμην] πορεθμην ℵ* (εθ. ℵc.a) | αυτος] και αυτ. εγω ℵ* και αυτος ℵc.a A C | προσενεγκασθαι (προεν. ℵ*) τινα] om τινα ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) τινα πορσενεγκ. ACvid | om τηνδε A | om γαρ A | om και C | προς] εις ℵc.a | αγοντα] αγαγοντας ℵ* αγαγοντα ℵc.a A C | τον βιβλιον B* (το β. Bab) | προκαταευαζομενους Bℵc.a A C*] προκατασκευαζοντας ℵ* προκατασκευαζομενοις Ca vid | εν νομω] εννομως AC* (εν νομω Ca (vid))

[appendix] παροικεια B* (-κια Bb)

Subscr προλογος B deest in ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:1 ΠΑΣΑ σοφία παρὰ Κυρίου, καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἐστιν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.

All a-wisdoming-unto beside of-Authority-belonged, and with of-it it-be into to-the-one to-an-age.

1:1-2 omnia evan in C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:2 ἄμμον θαλασσῶν καὶ σταγόνας ὑετοῦ καὶ ἡμέρας αἰῶνος τίς ἐξαριθμήσει;

To-a-sand of-flourisherednesses and to-a-trickle of-a-rain and to-dayednesses of-an-age what-one it-shall-number-out-unto?

1:1-2 omnia evan in C

1:2 ημεραν ℵ* (-ρας ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:3 ὕψος οὐρανοῦ καὶ πλάτος γῆς καὶ ἄβυσσον καὶ σοφίαν τίς ἐξιχνιάσει;

To-a-lofteedness of-a-sky and to-a-wideedness of-a-soil and to-depthed-along and to-a-wisdoming-unto what-one it-shall-out-trackeedness-belong-to?

1:3 ουρανου] υρανου ℵ* A* (ουρ. ℵc.a, c.cAa) | τις εξ sup ras B?vid

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:4 προτέρα πάντων ἔκτισται σοφία, καὶ σύνεσις φρονήσεως ἐξ αἰῶνος.

More-before of-all it-had-come-be-befounded-to a-wisdoming-unto, and a-sending-together of-a-centering out of-an-age.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:6 ῥίζα σοφίας τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη; καὶ τὰ πανουργεύματα αὐτῆς τίς ἔγνω;

A-rootedness of-a-wisdoming-unto unto-what-one it-was-shrouded-off? And to-the-ones to-all-workings-to of-it what-one it-had-acquainted?

1:6 πανουργηματα ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:8 εἷς ἐστὶν σοφός, φοβερὸς σφόδρα, καθήμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ.

One it-be wisdomed, en-feareed to-vehemented, sitting-down upon of-the-one of-a-throne of-it.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:9 Κύριος (1:9) αὐτὸς ἔκτισεν αὐτήν, καὶ ἴδεν καὶ ἐξηρίθμησεν αὐτήν, καὶ ἐξέχεεν αὐτὴν ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ,

Authority-belonged (Sir 1:9) it it-befounded-to to-it, and it-had-seen and it-numbered-out-unto to-it, and it-poured-out to-it upon to-all to-the-ones to-works of-it,

1:9 ειδεν ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:10 μετὰ πάσης σαρκὸς κατὰ τὴν δόσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐχορήγησεν αὐτὴν τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν.

With of-all of-a-flesh down to-the-one to-a-giving of-it, and it-chorus-led-unto to-it unto-the-ones unto-excessing-off-unto to-it.

1:10 εχορηγησεν] ε[χορηγει] Cvid

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:11 φόβος Κυρίου δόξα καὶ καύχημα καὶ εὐφροσύνη καὶ στέφανος ἀγαλλιάματος.

A-fearee of-Authority-belonged a-reckonedness and a-boasting-to and a-goodly-centeringedness and a-wreath of-an-excess-jump-belonging-to.

1:11 ευφροσυνη. αγαλλιαματος] δωσει ευφροσυνην και χαραν και μακροημερευσιν C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:12 φόβος Κυρίου τέρψει καρδίαν, καὶ δώσει εὐφροσύνην καὶ χαρὰν καὶ μακροημέρευσιν.

A-fearee of-Authority-belonged it-shall-delight to-a-heart, and it-shall-give to-a-goodly-centeringedness and to-a-joyedness and to-an-en-longed-daying-of.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:13 τῷ φοβουμένῳ τὸν κύριον εὖ ἔσται ἐπ' ἐσχάτων, καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τελευτῆς αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει χάριν.

Unto-the-one unto-feareeing-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged goodly it-shall-be upon of-most-bordered, and in unto-a-dayedness of-a-finishing-of-unto of-it it-shall-find to-a-granting.

1:13 εσχατω ℵ* (-των ℵc.a) | ευρησει χαριν] ευλογηθησεται ℵ A Cvid

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:14 ἀρχὴ σοφίας φοβεῖσθαι τὸν θεόν, καὶ μετὰ πιστῶν ἐν μήτρᾳ συνεκτίσθη αὐτοῖς·

A-firsting of-a-wisdoming-unto to-fearee-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity, and with of-trusted in unto-an-en-motheredness it-was-befounded-together-to unto-them;

Note: unto-an-en-motheredness : used to refer to the womb.

1:14 φοβεισθαι (-σθε B* -σθαι Bab : item 16, 20) τον θεον] φοβεισθαι τον κν̅ ℵ A φοβος κ̅[̅υ̅] C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:15 καὶ μετὰ ἀνθρώπων θεμέλιον αἰῶνος ἐνόσσευσεν, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτῶν ἐμπιστευθήσεται.

and with of-mankinds to-placeeer-belonged of-an-age it-nested-of, and with of-the-one of-a-whorling-to of-them it-shall-be-trusted-in-of.

1:15 εμπιστευθησεται] εμπιστευει ℵ* (-τευθησεται ℵc.a)

om και 1° ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:16 πλησμονὴ σοφίας φοβεῖσθαι τὸν κύριον, καὶ μεθύσκει αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῆς·

A-repleted-staying a-wisdoming-unto to-fearee-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged, and it-toxicateth to-them off of-the-ones of-fruits of-it;

1:16 αυτους] αυτην ℵ* (-τους ℵc.a) A*fort (ους sup ras Ab)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:17 πάντα τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς ἐμπλήσει ἐπιθυμημάτων, καὶ τὰ ἀποδοχεῖα ἀπὸ τῶν γενημάτων αὐτῆς.

to-all to-the-one to-a-house of-it it-shall-replete-in of-passionings-upon-to, and to-the-ones to-receivelets-off off of-the-ones of-becomings-to of-it.

1:17 ενπλησει A | αποδοχια B* A C (-χεια Babℵ)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:18 στέφανος σοφίας φόβος Κυρίου, ἀναθάλλων εἰρήνην καὶ ὑγείαν ἰάσεως.

A-wreath of-a-wisdoming-unto a-fearee of-Authority-belonged, flourishing-up to-a-joinifying and to-a-healthing-of of-a-curing.

1:18 υγειαν (-γιαν B*ℵ C)] υγιειαν Bab vidA | ιασεως] αιωνος ℵc.a

[appendix] ιρηνην ℵ* (ειρ. ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:19 καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐξηρίθμησεν αὐτήν, ἐπιστήμην καὶ γνῶσιν συνέσεως ἐξώμβρησεν, καὶ δόξαν κρατούντων αὐτῆς ἀνύψωσεν.

And it-had-seen and it-numbered-out-unto to-it, to-a-standing-upon and to-an-acquainting of-a-sending-together it-stormed-out-unto, and to-a-reckonedness of-securing-unto of-it it-en-lofteed-up.

1:19 ιδεν A | αυτης] αυτην ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:20 ῥίζα σοφίας φοβεῖσθαι τὸν κύριον, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι αὐτῆς μακροημέρευσις.

A-rootedness of-a-wisdoming-unto to-fearee-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged, and the-ones branches of-it an-en-longed-daying-of.

1:20 μακροημερευσουσι̅| ℵ* (-σις ℵc.a (vid), c.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:22 Οὐ δυνήσεται θυμὸς ἄδικος δικαιωθῆναι· ἡ γὰρ ῥοπὴ τοῦ θυμοῦ αὐτοῦ πτῶσις αὐτῷ.

Not it-shall-able a-passion un-coursed to-have-been-en-course-belonged; the-one too-thus a-rectitude of-the-one of-a-passion of-it a-falling unto-it.

1:22 ροπη] οργη ℵ* (ρ. ℵc.a) | om αυτου ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:23 ἕως καιροῦ ἀνθέξεται μακρόθυμος, καὶ ὕστερον αὐτῷ ἀναδώσει εὐφροσύνη·

Unto-if-which of-a-time it-shall-ever-a-one-hold, en-long-passioned, and to-latter unto-it it-shall-give-up, a-goodly-centeringedness;

1:23 αυτω αναδωσει] αυτω αναδιδωσιν ℵc.a, c.c (αυτ, αναδωσ. ℵ*) αναδωσει αυτω C | ευφροσυνην ℵ* (ras ν ℵ?) AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:24 ἕως καιροῦ κρύψει τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ, καὶ χείλη πιστῶν ἐκδιηγήσεται σύνεσιν αὐτοῦ.

unto-if-which of-a-time it-shall-hiden to-the-ones to-forthees of-it, and rimmeednesses of-trusted it-shall-lead-through-out-unto to-a-sending-together of-it.

1:24 κρυψει] κα incep ℵ* (κρ. ℵ1) | πιστων] πολλων ℵ A

[appendix] χιλη ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:25 ἐν θησαυροῖς σοφίας παραβολαὶ ἐπιστήμης, βδέλυγμα δὲ ἁμαρτωλῷ θεοσέβεια.

In unto-en-placings of-a-wisdoming-unto castings-beside of-a-standing-upon, an-abhorrering-to then-also unto-un-adjusted-along a-deity-revering-of.

1:25 παραβολαι ℵ | αμαρτωλου A | θεοσεβια AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:26 ἐπιθυμήσας σοφίαν διατήρησον ἐντολάς, καὶ Κύριος χορηγήσει σοι αὐτήν.

Having-passioned-upon-unto to-a-wisdoming-unto thou-should-have-kept-through-unto to-finishings-in, and Authority-belonged it-shall-chorus-lead-unto unto-thee to-it.

1:26 Κυριος] pr ο ℵ

[appendix] χορηγησι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:27 σοφία γὰρ καὶ παιδεία φόβος Κυρίου, καὶ ἡ εὐδοκία αὐτοῦ πίστις καὶ πρᾳότης.

A-wisdoming-unto too-thus and a-childing-of a-fearee of-Authority-belonged, and the-one a-goodly-thinking-unto of-it a-trust and a-meekness.

1:27 παιδια ℵ A C | ευδοξια ℵ* (-κια ℵc.a) | πραυτης ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:28 μὴ ἀπειθήσῃς φόβῳ Κυρίου, καὶ μὴ προσέλθῃς αὐτῷ ἐν καρδίᾳ δισσῇ.

Lest thou-might-have-un-sured-unto unto-a-fearee of-Authority-belonged, and lest thou-might-have-had-came-toward unto-it in unto-a-heart unto-twiced.

1:28 απειθησης] απιστησης ℵ

[appendix] απιθησης B* (απειθ. Bab) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:29 μὴ ὑποκριθῇς ἐν στόμασιν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἐν τοῖς χείλεσίν σου πρόσεχε.

Lest thou-might-have-been-separated-under in unto-becutteeings-to of-mankinds, and in unto-the-ones unto-rimmeednesses of-thee thou-should-hold-toward.

1:29 στοματι ℵ | τοις χειλεσιν] om τοις C

[appendix] χιλεσιν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 1:30 μὴ ἐξύψου σεαυτόν, ἵνα μὴ πέσῃς καὶ ἐπαγάγῃς τῇ ψυχῇ σου ἀτιμίαν, καὶ ἀποκαλύψει Κύριος τὰ κρυπτά σου, καὶ ἐν μέσῳ συναγωγῆς καταβαλεῖ σε, ὅτι οὐ προσῆλθες φόβῳ Κυρίου, καὶ ἡ καρδία σου πλήρης δόλου.

Lest thou-should-en-loftee-out to-thyself, so lest thou-might-have-had-fallen and thou-might-have-had-led-upon unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-thee to-an-un-valuating-unto, and it-shall-shroud-off, Authority-belonged, to-the-ones to-hidened of-thee, and in unto-middle of-a-leading-together it-shall-cast-down to-thee, to-which-a-one not thou-had-came-toward unto-a-fearee of-Authority-belonged, and the-one a-heart of-thee fullinged of-a-guile.

1:30 [appendix] εμμεσω B* (εν μ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:1 Τέκνον, εἰ προσέρχῃ δουλεύειν Κυρίῳ θεῷ, ἑτοίμασον τὴν ψυχήν σου εἰς πειρασμόν·

Creaionee, if thou-hold-toward to-bondee-of unto-Authority-belonged unto-a-Deity, thou-should-have-readied-to to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee into to-an-across-belonging-to-of;

2:1 om θεω ℵ A C

[appendix] πιρασμον ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:2 εὔθυνον τὴν καρδίαν σου καὶ καρτέρησον, καὶ μὴ σπεύσῃς ἐν καιρῷ ἐπαγωγῆς·

thou-should-have-straightened to-the-one to-a-heart of-thee and thou-should-have-more-secured-unto, and lest thou-might-have-hastened in unto-a-time of-a-leading-upon;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:3 κολλήθητι αὐτῷ καὶ μὴ ἀποστῇς, ἵνα αὐξηθῇς ἐπ' ἐσχάτων σου.

thou-should-have-been-togetherned-unto unto-it and lest thou-might-have-had-stood-off, so thou-might-have-been-largened upon of-most-bordered of-thee.

2:3 ινα αυξηθης] και αυξηθησεται ℵ* (ινα αυξηθης ℵc.a) | om σου ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:4 πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἐπαχθῇ σοι δέξαι, καὶ ἐν ἀλλάγμασιν ταπεινώσεώς σου μακροθύμησον·

All to-which if-ever it-might-have-been-led-upon unto-thee thou-should-have-received, and in unto-otherings-to of-an-en-lowed-belonging-to of-thee thou-should-have-en-long-passioned-unto;

2:4 αλαγμασιν C

[appendix] δεξε C | ταπινωσεως B* (ταπειν. Bab) ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:5 ὅτι ἐν πυρὶ δοκιμάζεται χρυσός, καὶ ἄνθρωποι δεκτοὶ ἐν καμίνῳ ταπεινώσεως.

to-which-a-one in unto-a-fire it-be-assessed-to a-gold, and mankinds receivable in unto-a-furnace of-an-en-lowed-belonging-to.

2:5 οτι] τι ℵ* (pr ο ℵ1) | om καμινω C | ταπεινωσεως] +εν νοσοις και πενια (πενια· ℵc.c) επ αυτω πεποιθως γεινου (γεινου· ℵc.c) ℵc.a

[appendix] ταπινωσεως B* (ταπειν. Bab) ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:6 πίστευσον αὐτῷ καὶ ἀντιλήμψεταί σου· εὔθυνον τὰς ὁδούς σου καὶ ἔλπισον ἐπ' αὐτόν.

Thou-should-have-trusted-of unto-it and it-shall-ever-a-one-take of-thee; thou-should-have-straightened to-the-ones to-ways of-thee and thou-should-have-drove-sureed-to upon to-it.

2:6 ευθυνον] pr και ℵ* (improb και ℵc.a) A | ελπισον επ αυτον sup ras Ba

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:7 οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν κύριον, ἀναμείνατε τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἐκκλίνητε, ἵνα μὴ πέσητε.

The-ones feareeing-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged, ye-should-have-stayed-up to-the-one to-a-besectionateedness of-it, and lest ye-might-cline-out, so lest ye-might-have-had-fallen.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

2:7 τον κυριον] om τον C | om ινα ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

[appendix] αναμινατε ℵ C | εκκλεινητε B | πεσηται AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:8 οἱ φοβούμενοι Κύριον, πιστεύσατε αὐτῷ, καὶ οὐ μὴ πταίσῃ ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν.

The-ones feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged, ye-should-have-trusted-of unto-it, and not lest it-might-have-fall-belonged, the-one a-pay of-ye.

2:8 Κυριον] pr τον ℵ

[appendix] πτεση ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:9 οἱ φοβούμενοι Κύριον, ἐλπίσατε εἰς ἀγαθὰ καὶ εἰς εὐφροσύνην αἰῶνος καὶ ἐλέους.

The-ones feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged, ye-should-have-drove-sureed-to into to-excess-placed and into to-a-goodly-centeringedness of-an-age and of-a-besectionateedness.

Note: of-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

2:9 Κυριον] pr τον ℵ C | ελεους] + οτι δοσις αιωνια μετα χαρας το ανταποδομα αυτου ℵc.a

[appendix] ελπισαται C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:10 ἐμβλέψατε εἰς ἀρχαίας γενεὰς καὶ ἴδετε· τίς ἐνεπίστευσεν Κυρίῳ καὶ κατῃσχύνθη; ἢ τίς ἐνέμεινεν τῷ φόβῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐγκατελείφθη; ἢ τίς ἐπεκαλέσατο αὐτόν, καὶ ὑπερεῖδεν αὐτόν;

Ye-should-have-viewed-in into to-first-belonged to-becomednesses and ye-should-have-had-seen; what-one it-trusted-in-of unto-Authority-belonged and it-was-shamened-down? Or what-one it-stayed-in unto-the-one unto-a-fearee of-it and it-was-remaindered-down-in? Or what-one it-called-upon-unto to-it and it-had-seen-over to-it?

2:10 ενεπιστευσεν] επιστευσεν ℵc.a | Κυριω] pr τω ℵ* (om τω ℵ?) | om και 2° ℵc.a | κατησχυνθηι B* (ι non inst Bb) | εγκατελειφθη Bab (-λιφθη B*)] ενκατελειφθη A (-λιφθη ℵ C) | επεκαλεσατι ℵ* (-το ℵc.c) | υπεριδεν C

[appendix] εμβλεψαται C | ιδεται C | ενεμινεν ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:11 διότι οἰκτείρμων καὶ ἐλεήμων ὁ κύριος, καὶ ἀφίησιν ἁμαρτίας καὶ σώζει ἐν καιρῷ θλίψεως.

Through-to-which-a-one pitieringed-of and besectionatinged-of the-one Authority-belonged, and it-sendeth-off to-un-adjustings-along-unto and it-saveth-to in unto-a-time of-a-pressing.

2:11 οικτιρμων Babℵ | ο κυριος] + μακροθυμος κ(και) πολυελεος ℵc.a | αφησιν C*vid (superscr ι C?)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:12 οὐαὶ καρδίαις δειλαῖς καὶ χερσὶν παρειμέναις, καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἐπιβαίνοντι ἐπὶ δύο τρίβους.

A-woe unto-hearts unto-dired and unto-hands unto-having-had-come-to-be-sent-beside, and unto-un-adjusted-along unto-stepping-upon upon to-two to-ways.

2:12 χερσι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:13 οὐαὶ καρδίᾳ παρειμένῃ, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύει· διὰ τοῦτο οὐ σκεπασθήσεται.

A-woe unto-a-heart unto-having-had-come-to-be-sent-beside, to-which-a-one not it-trusteth-of; through to-the-one-this not it-shall-be-covered-to.

2:13 ου πιστευει] ουκ εμπιστευει ℵ

[appendix] παριμενη ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:14 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς ἀπολωλεκόσιν τὴν ὑπομονήν· καὶ τί ποιήσετε ὅταν ἐπισκέπτηται ὁ κύριος;

A-woe unto-ye unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-destruct-off to-the-one to-a-staying-under; and to-what-one ye-shall-do-unto which-also-ever it-might-scout-upon, the-one Authority-belonged?

2:14 απολωλεκοσι ℵ A | την υπομονην] om την C | ο κυριος] om ο ℵ* (superscr ο ℵ1)

[appendix] ποιησεται ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:15 οἱ φοβούμενοι Κύριον οὐκ ἀπειθήσουσιν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ. καὶ οἱ ἀγαπῶντες αὐτὸν συντηρήσουσιν τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ.

The-ones feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged not they-shall-un-sure-unto of-utterings-to of-it. And the-ones excessing-off-unto to-it they-shall-keep-together-unto to-the-ones to-ways of-it.

2:15 Κυριον] pr τον ℵc.aC | ουκ απειθησουσιν (-σι C) ρηματων] ουκ απ. των ρ. ℵ* (improb των ℵc.a) ζητησουσιν ευδοκιαν A | οδους] εντολας ℵc.a

[appendix] απιθησουσιν B* (απειθ. Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:16 οἱ φοβούμενοι Κύριον ζητήσουσιν εὐδοκίαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀγαπῶντες αὐτὸν ἐμπλησθήσονται τοῦ νόμου.

The-ones feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged they-shall-seek-unto to-a-goodly-thinking-unto of-it, and the-ones excessing-off to-it they-shall-be-repleted-in of-the-one of-a-parcelee.

2:16 Κυριον] pr τον ℵc.aC | του νομου] om του ℵ C

[appendix] ευδοκειαν C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:17 οἱ φοβούμενοι Κύριον ἑτοιμάσουσιν καρδίας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ταπεινώσουσιν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν.

The-ones feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged they-shall-ready-to to-hearts of-them, and to-in-look-belonged of-it they-shall-en-low-belong-to to-the-ones to-breathings of-them.

2:17 Κυριον] pr τον ℵc.a

[appendix] αιτοιμασουσιν A | ταπινωσουσιν B* (ταπειν. Bab) ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 2:18 ἐμπεσούμεθα εἰς χεῖρας Κυρίου καὶ οὐκ εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων· ὡς γὰρ ἡ μεγαλωσύνη αὐτοῦ, οὕτως καὶ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ.

We-shall-fall-in into to-hands of-Authority-belonged and not into to-hands of-mankinds; as too-thus the-one an-en-greateningedness of-it, unto-the-one-this and the-one a-besectionateedness of-it.

Note: a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

2:18 μεγαλοσυνη C | το ελεος] pr πολυ ℵc.a

[appendix] χιρας ℵ (bis)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:1 Ἐμοῦ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀκούσατε, τέκνα, καὶ οὕτως ποιήσατε, ἵνα σωθῆτε.

Of-ME of-the-one of-a-father ye-should-have-heard, Creationees, and unto-the-one-this ye-should-have-done-unto, so ye-might-have-been-saved-to.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:2 ὁ γὰρ Κύριος ἐδόξασεν πατέρα ἐπὶ τέκνοις, καὶ κρίσιν μητρὸς ἐστερέωσεν ἐφ' υἱοῖς.

The-one too-thus Authority-belonged it-reckoned-to to-a-father upon unto-creationees, and to-a-separating of-a-mother it-en-stabled upon unto-sons.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:3 ὁ τιμῶν πατέρα ἐξιλάσκεται ἁμαρτίας·

The-one valuating-unto to-a-father it-sectionateth-out to-un-adjustings-along-unto;

3:3 εξιλασκεται ℵc.a (εξειλ.) AC

[appendix] εξειλασεται Bℵ*

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:4 καὶ ὡς ὁ ἀποθησαυρίζων ὁ δοξάζων μητέρα αὐτοῦ.

and as the-one en-placing-off-to the-one reckoning-to to-a-mother of-it.

3:4 ο αποθησαυριζων] om ο AC | μητερα] μητε sup ras B?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:5 ὁ τιμῶν πατέρα εὐφρανθήσεται ὑπὸ τέκνων, καὶ ὡς ὁ ἀποθησαυρίζων ὁ δοξάζων μητέρα αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ προσευχῆς αὐτοῦ εἰσακουσθήσεται.

The-one valuating-unto to-a-father it-shall-be-goodly-centered under of-creationees, and as the-one en-placing-off-to the-one reckoning-to to-a-mother of-it; and in unto-a-dayedness of-a-goodly-holding-toward of-it it-shall-be-heard-into.

3:5 υπο τεκνων] επι τεκνοις C | και ως . . . αυτου (1°) unc incl B1?a?b om ℵ A C | ο δοξαζων] om ο B* (superscr B1(vid))

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:6 ὁ δοξάζων πατέρα μακροημερεύσει, καὶ ὁ εἰσακούων Κυρίου ἀναπαύσει μητέρα αὐτοῦ,

The-one reckoning-to to-a-father it-shall-en-long-day-of, and the-one hearing-into of-Authority-belonged it-shall-cease-up to-a-mother of-it,

3:6 μακροημερευσαι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:7 καὶ ὡς δεσπόταις δουλεύσει ἐν τοῖς γεννήσασιν αὐτόν.

and as unto-bind-doers it-shall-bondee-of in unto-the-ones unto-having-generated-unto to-it.

3:7 om εν ℵc.a

[appendix] αναπαυσι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:8 ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου, (10) ἵνα ἐπέλθῃ σοι εὐλογία παρ' αὐτοῦ·

In unto-a-work and unto-a-forthee thou-should-valuate-unto to-the-one to-a-father of-thee, so it-might-have-had-came-upon unto-thee, a-goodly-fortheeing-unto, beside of-it;

3:8 [appendix] τειμα ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:9 εὐλογία γὰρ πατρὸς στηρίζει οἴκους τέκνων, κατάρα δὲ μητρὸς ἐκριζοῖ θεμέλια.

a-goodly-fortheeing-unto too-thus of-a-father it-stablisheth-to to-houses of-creationees, a-cursedness-down then-also of-a-mother it-en-rooteth-out to-placeeer-belonged.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:10 μὴ δοξάζου ἐν ἀτιμίᾳ πατρός σου, οὐ γάρ ἐστίν σοι δόξα πρὸς ἀτιμίαν·

Lest thou-should-be-reckoned-to in unto-an-un-valuating-unto of-a-father of-thee, not too-thus it-be unto-thee a-reckonedness toward to-an-un-valuating-unto;

3:10 om σοι C | προς ατιμιαν (-μειαν ℵ) Bℵ A C

[appendix] ατιμεια C | ατιμειαν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:11 ἡ γὰρ δόξα ἀνθρώπου ἐκ τιμῆς πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὄνειδος τέκνοις μήτηρ ἐν ἀδοξίᾳ.

the-one too-thus a-reckonedness of-a-mankind out of-a-valuation of-a-father of-it, and a-name-sighteedness unto-creationees a-mother in unto-an-un-reckoning-unto.

3:11 μητηρ] μητερ A*vid (η 2° sup ras Aa)

[appendix] ονιδος AC | αδοξεια C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:12 τέκνον, ἀντιλαβοῦ ἐν γήρᾳ πατρός σου, καὶ μὴ λυπήσῃς αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ·

Creationee, thou-should-have-had-ever-a-one-taken in unto-an-oldeness of-a-father of-thee, and lest thou-might-have-throed-unto to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-lifing of-it;

3:12 γηρι Ctxt (-ρει Ccomm) | τη ζωη] παση ισχυι ℵ* (τη ζ. ℵc.a) | αυτου] σου ℵ* (αυτ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:13 κἂν ἀπολείπῃ σύνεσιν, συγγνώμην ἔχε, καὶ μὴ ἀτιμάσῃς αὐτὸν ἐν πάσῃ ἰσχύι σου.

and-ever it-might-remainder-off to-a-sending-together, to-an-acquaintance-together thou-should-hold, and lest thou-might-have-un-valuated-to to-it in unto-all unto-a-force-holding of-thee.

3:13 καν] και εαν ℵ A C | απολιπη ℵ απολευπης C | συγγνωμην] συ|γνωμην A συνγνωμην C | ατιμησης C

[appendix] ισχυει B* (ισχυι Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:14 ἐλεημοσύνη γὰρ πατρὸς οὐκ ἐπιλησθήσεται, καὶ ἀντὶ ἁμαρτιῶν προσανοικοδομηθήσεταί σοι·

A-besectionatingedness too-thus of-a-father not it-shall-be-secluded-upon, and ever-a-one of-un-adjustings-along-unto it-shall-be-house-built-up-toward unto-thee;

3:14 πατρος] + σου ℵ* (om σου ℵ?) | προσανοικοδομησεται ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:15 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ θλίψεώς σου ἀναμνησθήσεταί σου· ὡς εὐδία ἐπὶ παγετῷ, οὕτως ἀναλυθήσονταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι.

in unto-a-dayedness of-a-pressing of-thee it-shall-be-up-memoried-unto of-thee; as a-goodly-throughing-unto upon unto-a-frost, unto-the-one-this they-shall-be-loosed-off of-thee the-ones un-adjustings-along-unto.

Note: a-goodly-throughing-unto : used to refer to goodly conditions, especially good weather.

3:15 om σου 1° ℵ* (superscr ℵ1) | αναμνησθησεται] σθησε sup ras A? | επι] εν ℵ* (επι ℵc.a) | αναλυθησονται] αναφθησονται ℵ* (αναλυθ. ℵc.a)

[appendix] ευδεια B* (ευδια Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:16 ὡς βλάσφημος ὁ ἐγκαταλιπὼν πατέρα, καὶ κεκατηραμένος ὑπὸ Κυρίου ὁ παροργίζων μητέρα αὐτοῦ.

As ill-declared the-one having-had-remaindered-down-in to-a-father, and having-had-come-to-be-down-cursed-unto under of-Authority-belonged the-one stressing-beside-to to-a-mother of-it.

3:16 ενκαταλιπων ℵ C | πατερα] μρ̅α C | και κεκατηραμενος] και κατηραμενος (? καικατ.) ℵ C | υπο] παρα A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:17 Τέκνον, ἐν πρᾳύτητι τὰ ἔργα σου διέξαγε, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπου δεκτοῦ ἀγαπηθήσῃ.

Creationee, in unto-a-mildness to-the-ones to-works of-thee thou-should-have-had-led-out-through, and under of-a-mankind of-receivable thou-shall-be-excessed-off-unto.

3:17 τα εργα σου εν πραυτητι A | διεξαγαγε ℵ* (διεξαγε ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:18 ὅσῳ μέγας εἶ, τοσούτῳ ταπείνου σεαυτόν, καὶ ἔναντι Κυρίου εὑρήσεις χάριν·

Unto-which-a-which great thou-be, unto-the-one-which-the-one-this thou-should-en-low-belong-to to-thyself, and in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged thou-shall-find to-a-granting;

3:18 χαριν] + πολλοι εισιν υψηλοι και επιδοξοι· αλλα πραεσιν αποκαλυπτι (-τει ℵc.c) τα μυστηρια αυτου ℵc.a

[appendix] ταπινου ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:20 ὅτι μεγάλη ἡ δυναστεία τοῦ κυρίου καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ταπεινῶν δοξάζεται.

to-which-a-one great the-one an-abling-of of-the-one of-Authority-belonged and under of-the-ones of-lowed-belonged-to it-shall-be-reckoned-to.

3:20 δυναστια ℵ A C | του κυριου] om του ℵ A C

[appendix] ταπινων B* (ταπειν. Bab) ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:21 χαλεπώτερά σου μὴ ζήτει, καὶ ἰσχυρότερά σου μὴ ἐξέταζε.

To-more-harrowed of-thee lest should-seek-unto, and to-more-force-held of-thee lest thou-should-out-test-to.

3:21 χαλεπωτερα] βαθυτερα ℵc.a

[appendix] ζητι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:22 ἃ προσετάγη σοι, ταῦτα διανοοῦ· οὐ γάρ ἐστίν σοι χρεία τῶν κρυπτῶν.

Which it-had-been-arranged-toward unto-thee, to-the-ones-these thou-should-en-mull-through-unto; not too-thus it-be unto-thee an-affording-of of-the-ones of-hidened.

3:22 [appendix] χρια AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:23 ἐν τοῖς περισσοῖς τῶν ἔργων σου μὴ περιεργάζου· πλείονα γὰρ συνέσεως ἀνθρώπων ὑπεδείχθη σοι.

In unto-the-ones unto-abouted of-the-ones of-works of-thee lest thou-should-about-work-to; to-more-beyond too-thus of-a-sending-together of-mankinds it-was-en-showed-under unto-thee.

3:23 υπεδειχθη] υπεδοθη C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:24 πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐπλάνησεν ἡ ὑπόλημψις αὐτῶν. καὶ ὑπόνοια πονηρὰ ὠλίσθησεν διανοίας αὐτῶν.

To-much too-thus it-wandered-unto, the-one a-taking-under of-them. And an-en-mulling-under-unto en-necessitated it-slipped to-en-mullings-through-unto of-them.

3:24 υποληψις A | om και ℵ* (hab ¬ ℵc.a) | ωλισθησεν διανοιας] ωλισθη εν διανοια A*vid ωλισθησεν διανοιαν ℵ Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:26 καὶ ὁ ἀγαπῶν κίνδυνον ἐν αὐτῷ ἐμπεσεῖται· καρδία σκληρὰ κακωθήσεται ἐπ' ἐσχάτων, καρδία σκληρὰ βαρυνθήσεται ἐπ' ἐσχάτων.

And the-one excessing-off-unto to-a-peril in unto-it it-shall-fall-in; a-heart stiffened it-shall-be-en-wedge-wedged upon of-most-bordered, a-heart stiffened it-shall-be-weightened upon of-most-bordered.

3:26 και ο αγαπων . . . επ εσχατων (1°)] καρδια σκληρα (1°) . . . εμπεσειται ℵc.a | εν αυτω] εαυτω ℵ* (εν αυτ. ℵ1c.a) | εμπεσειται] απολειται ℵ A C (-λιτε) | καρδια . . . επ εσχατων (2°) unc incl B1?ab om ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:27 καρδία σκληρὰ βαρυνθήσεται πόνοις, καὶ ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς προσθήσει ἁμαρτίαν ἐφ' ἁμαρτίαις.

A-heart stiffened it-shall-be-weightened unto-necessitatees, and the-one un-adjusted-along it-shall-place-toward to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto upon unto-un-adjustings-along-unto.

3:27-28 inter βαρυνθησεται et φυτον ras plus quam 3 stichos Ca

3:27 αμαρτιαις] μαρ sup ras B1fort αμαρτιας ℵ* (-τιαις ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:28 ἐπαγωγῇ ὑπερηφάνου οὐκ ἔστιν ἴασις, φυτὸν γὰρ πονηρίας ἐρρίζωκεν ἐν αὐτῷ.

Unto-a-leading-upon of-manifested-over not it-be a-curing, a-plant too-thus of-an-en-necessitating-unto it-had-come-to-en-root in unto-it.

3:27-28 inter βαρυνθησεται et φυτον ras plus quam 3 stichos Ca

3:28 υπερηφανων Ca | ιασις (-σεις A)] + οδοιποριαι αυτου εκριζωθησονται C*vid | ερριζωκεν] ερριζωσεν C | om εν C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:29 καρδία συνετοῦ διανοηθήσεται παραβολήν, καὶ οὖς ἀκροατοῦ ἐπιθυμία σοφοῦ.

A-heart of-sendable-together it-shall-be-en-mulled-through-unto to-a-casting-beside, and an-ear of-hearer a-passioning-upon-unto of-wisdomed.

3:29 παραβολην] εν παραβολη ℵ* (παραβολην ℵc.a)

[appendix] διανοηθησετε ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:30 πῦρ φλογιζόμενον ἀποσβέσει ὕδωρ, καὶ ἐλεημοσύνη ἐξιλάσεται ἁμαρτίας.

A-fire being-blazed-to it-shall-en-quell-off to-a-water, and a-besectionatingedness it-shall-sectionate-out to-un-adjustings-along-unto.

3:30 εξιλασκεται C

[appendix] αποσβεσι A | εξειλασεται B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 3:31 ὁ ἀνταποδιδοὺς χάριτας μέμνηται εἰς τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα, καὶ ἐν καιρῷ πτώσεως αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει στήριγμα.

The-one ever-a-one-taking-off to-grantings it-had-come-to-be-memoried-unto into to-the-ones with to-the-ones-these, and in unto-a-time of-a-falling of-it it-shall-find to-a-stablishing-to.

3:31 πτωσεως] + αυτου ℵ A C

[appendix] ευρησι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:1 Τέκνον, τὴν ζωὴν τοῦ πτωχοῦ μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, καὶ μὴ παρελκύσῃς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπιδεεῖς.

Creationee, to-the-one to-a-lifing of-the-one of-beggared lest thou-might-have-destituted-off-unto, and lest thou-might-have-haulationed-beside to-eyes to-bindinged-upon.

4:1 τεκνον sup ras ℵ1

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:2 ψυχὴν πεινῶσαν μὴ λυπήσῃς, καὶ μὴ παροργίσῃς ἄνδρα ἐν ἀπορίᾳ αὐτοῦ.

To-a-breathing to-hungering-unto lest thou-might-have-throed-unto, and lest thou-might-have-stressed-beside-to to-a-man in unto-an-un-traversing-unto of-it.

4:2 λυπησης sup ras Ab | απορεια B* ras aliq B? (-ρια Bb) A

[appendix] πινωσαν ℵ A C | απορεια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:3 καρδίαν παροργισμένην μὴ προσταράξῃς, καὶ μὴ παρελκύσῃς δόσιν προσδεομένου.

To-a-heart to-being-stressed-beside-to lest thou-might-have-stirred-toward, and lest thou-might-have-haulationed-beside to-a-giving of-being-binded-toward.

4:3 καρδιαν sup ras B? | παρωγισμενην ℵ A | προσταραξης] ς sup ras 3 ut vid litt in A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:4 ἱκέτην θλιβόμενον μὴ ἀπαναίνου, καὶ μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἀπὸ πτωχοῦ.

To-a-petitioner to-being-pressed lest thou-should-un-laud-off, and lest thou-might-have-beturned-off to-the-one to-looked-toward of-thee off of-beggared.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:5 ἀπὸ δεομένου μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς ὀφθαλμόν, καὶ μὴ δῷς τόπον ἀνθρώπῳ καταράσασθαι σε·

Off of-being-binded lest thou-might-have-beturned-off to-an-eye, and lest thou-might-have-had-given to-an-occasion unto-a-mankind to-have-down-cursed-unto to-thee;

4:5 δεομενου] προσδεομενου ℵ* (improb προσ ℵc.a) | καταρασασθαι] σ 2° sup ras B1?vid

[appendix] καταρασασθε ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:6 καταρωμένου γάρ σε ἐν πικρίᾳ ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ, τῆς δεήσεως αὐτοῦ ἐπακούσεται ὁ ποιήσας αὐτόν.

Of-being-down-cursed-unto too-thus to-thee in unto-a-bittering-unto of-a-breathing of-it, of-the-one of-a-binding of-it it-shall-hear-upon, the-one having-done-unto to-it.

4:6 επακουσεται] εισακουσεται ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:7 προσφιλῆ συναγωγῇ σεαυτὸν ποίει, καὶ μεγιστᾶνι ταπείνου τὴν κεφαλήν σου.

To-caringed-toward to-a-leading-together to-thyself thou-should-do-unto, and unto-a-most-great thou-should-en-low-belong-to to-the-one to-a-head of-thee.

4:7 συναγωγη] pr εν C | μεγιστανι] πρεσβυτερω ℵc.a

[appendix] μεγιστανει ℵ* A C | ταπινου B* (ταπειν. Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:8 κλῖνον πτωχῷ τὸ οὖς σου, καὶ ἀποκρίθητι αὐτῷ εἰρηνικὰ ἐν πρᾳύτητι.

Thou-should-have-clined unto-beggared to-the-one to-an-ear of-thee, and thou-should-have-been-separated-off unto-it to-joinify-belonged-of in unto-a-mildness.

4:8 ante εν 2 litt ras C?

[appendix] κλεινον B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:9 ἐξελοῦ ἀδικούμενον ἐκ χειρὸς ἀδικοῦντος, καὶ μὴ ὀλιγοψυχήσῃς ἐν τῷ κρίνειν σε.

Thou-should-have-had-sectioned-out to-being-un-coursed-unto out of-a-hand of-un-coursing-unto, and lest thou-might-have-little-breathed-unto in unto-the-one to-separate to-thee.

4:9 κρινειν] κρινεσθαι ℵ

[appendix] χιρος ℵ* (χειρ. ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:10 γίνου ὀρφανοῖς ὡς πατήρ, καὶ ἀντὶ ἀνδρὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτῶν· καὶ ἔσῃ ὡς υἱὸς Ὑψίστου, καὶ ἀγαπήσει σε μᾶλλον ἢ μήτηρ σου.

Thou-should-become unto-orphaned as a-father, and ever-a-one of-a-man unto-the-one unto-a-mother of-them; and thou-shall-be as a-son of-most-lofteed, and it-shall-excess-off-unto to-thee more-such or a-mother of-thee.

4:10 [appendix] γεινου ℵ (item 29)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:11 Ἡ σοφία υἱοὺς ἑαυτῇ ἀνύψωσεν, καὶ ἐπιλαμβάνεται τῶν ζητοῦντων αὐτήν.

The-one a-wisdoming-unto to-sons unto-self it-en-lofteed-up, and it-taketh-upon of-the-ones of-seeking-unto to-it.

4:11 εαυτη] αυτης ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:12 ὁ ἀγαπῶν αὐτὴν ἀγαπᾷ ζωήν, καὶ οἱ ὀρθρίζοντες πρὸς αὐτὴν ἐμπλησθήσονται εὐφροσύνης·

The-one excessing-off-unto to-it it-excesseth-off-unto to-a-lifing, and the-ones ruddy-jutting-to toward to-it they-shall-be-repleted-in of-a-goodly-centeringedness;

4:12 ορθιζοντες C* (ορθρ. Ca)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:13 ὁ κρατῶν αὐτῆς κληρονομήσει δόξαν, καὶ οὗ εἰσπορεύεται, εὐλογεῖ Κύριος·

the-one securing-unto of-it it-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-a-reckonedness, and of-which it-traverseth-into-of, it-goodly-fortheeth-unto, Authority-belonged;

4:13 ευλογησει] ευλογει ℵ A C

[appendix] κληρονομησι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:14 οἱ λατρεύοντες αὐτῇ λειτουργήσουσιν ἁγίῳ, καὶ τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας αὐτὴν ἀγαπᾷ ὁ κύριος·

the-ones serving-of unto-it they-shall-public-work-unto unto-hallow-belonged, and to-the-ones to-excessing-off-unto to-it it-excesseth-off-unto, the-one Authority-belonged;

4:14 λειτουργησουσιν] ειτουργησουσ sup ras ut vid C1 | ο κυριος] om ο ℵ C

[appendix] λιτουργησουσιν ℵ* (λειτουργ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:15 ὁ ὑπακούων αὐτῆς κρινεῖ ἔθνη, καὶ ὁ προσελθὼν αὐτῇ κατασκηνώσει πεποιθώς.

the-one hearing-under of-it it-shall-separate to-placeedness-belongings-to, and the-one having-had-came-toward unto-it it-shall-en-tent-down having-hath-had-come-to-sure.

4:15 υπακουων] εισακουων ℵ | προσελθων] προσεχων ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:16 ἐὰν ἐμπιστεύσῃς, κατακληρονομήσεις αὐτήν, καὶ ἐν κατασχέσει ἔσονται αἱ γενεαὶ αὐτοῦ·

If-ever thou-might-have-trusted-in-of, thou-shall-lot-parcelee-down-unto to-it, and in unto-a-holdening-down they-shall-be the-ones becomednesses of-it;

4:16 εμπιστευση Bbℵ -σει AC (ενπ.) | κατακληρονομησει Bbℵ A C | αυτου] αυτης ℵ* (-του ℵa.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:17 ὅτι διεστραμμένως πορεύσεται μετ' αὐτοῦ ἐν πρώτοις, φόβον δὲ καὶ δειλίαν ἐπάξει ἐπ' αὐτόν, καὶ βασανίσει αὐτὸν ἐν παιδίᾳ αὐτῆς, ἕως οὗ ἐνπιστεύσῃ τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτοῦ· καὶ πειράσει αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς δικαιώμασιν αὐτῆς·

to-which-a-one unto-being-beturned-through it-shall-traverse-of with of-it in unto-most-before, to-a-fearee then-also and to-a-diring-unto it-shall-lead-upon upon to-it, and it-shall-abrade-to to-it in unto-a-childing-unto of-it, unto-if-which of-which it-might-have-trusted-in-of unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-it; and it-shall-across-belong-to to-it in unto-the-ones unto-en-course-belongings-to of-it;

4:17 διεστραμμενης C | πορευσεται ℵc.a A Cvid (πορευεσται)

om δε ℵ A C | βασανιζει ℵ* (-σει ℵc.a) | εμπιστευση BbA ενπιστευσει C | πειρασει] περασεις ℵ* (-σει ℵc.a)

[appendix] δειλειαν B* (-λιαν Bb) διλιαν ℵ διλειαν AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:18 καὶ πάλιν ἐπανήξει κατ' εὐθεῖαν πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ εὐφρανεῖ αὐτόν, καὶ ἀποκαλύψει αὐτῷ τὰ κρυπτὰ αὐτῆς.

and unto-furthered it-shall-arrive-up-upon down to-straight toward to-it and it-shall-goodly-center to-it, and it-shall-shroud-off unto-it to-the-ones to-hidened of-it.

4:18 ευφραινει A

[appendix] ευθιαν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:19 ἐὰν ἀποπλανηθῇ, ἐγκαταλείψει αὐτόν, καὶ παραδώσει αὐτὸν εἰς χεῖρας πτώσεως αὐτοῦ.

If-ever it-might-have-been-off-wandered-unto, it-shall-remainder-down-in to-it, and it-shall-give-beside to-it into to-hands of-a-falling of-it.

4:19 ενκαταλιψει ℵ

[appendix] εγκαταλιψει B* | χιρας ℵ* (χειρ. ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:20 Συντήρησον καιρὸν καὶ φύλαξαι ἀπὸ πονηροῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς σου μὴ αἰσχυνθῇς·

Thou-should-have-kept-together-unto to-a-time and thou-should-have-guardered off of-en-necessitated, and about of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee lest thou-might-have-been-shamened;

4:20 [appendix] φυλαξε C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:21 ἔστιν γὰρ αἰσχύνη ἐπάγουσα ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ ἔστιν αἰσχύνη δόξα καὶ χάρις.

it-be too-thus a-shamening leading-upon to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, and it-be a-shamening a-reckonedness and a-granting.

Note: see Pro 26:11a.

4:21 επαγουσα] εναγουσα A*vid

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:22 μὴ λάβῃς πρόσωπον κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ μὴ ἐντραπῇς εἰς πτῶσίν σου.

Lest thou-might-have-had-taken to-looked-toward down of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee, and lest thou-might-have-had-been-turned-in into to-a-falling of-thee.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:23 μὴ κωλύσῃς λόγον ἐν καιρῷ σωτηρίας·

Lest thou-might-have-prevented to-a-forthee in unto-a-time of-a-savioring-unto;

4:23 μη] pr ¬ ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:24 ἐν γὰρ λόγῳ γνωσθήσεται σοφία, καὶ παιδεία ἐν ῥήματι γλώσσης.

in too-thus unto-a-forthee it-shall-be-acquainted a-wisdoming-unto, and a-childing-of in unto-an-uttering-to of-a-tongue.

4:24 om και παιδ. εν ρ. γλωσσης C | παιδια ℵ A | γλωσσης] γλωσσωδους ℵ* (-σσης ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:25 μὴ ἀντίλεγε τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀπαιδευσίας σου ἐντράπητι·

Lest thou-should-ever-a-one-forthee unto-the-one unto-an-un-secluding-of, and about of-the-one of-an-un-childing-of-unto of-thee thou-should-have-had-been-turned-in;

4:25 αληθεια (-θια ℵ)] + κατα μηδεν ℵc.a | παιδευσιας ℵ* (απαιδ. ℵ1) | εντραπηθι Bbℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:26 μὴ αἰσχυνθῇς ὁμολογῆσαι ἐφ' ἁμαρτίαις σου, καὶ μὴ βιάζου ῥοῦν ποταμοῦ.

lest thou-might-have-been-shamened to-have-along-fortheed-unto upon unto-un-adjustings-along-unto of-thee, and lest thou-should-dureeate-to to-a-flowage of-a-drinkationing-of.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:27 καὶ μὴ ὑποστρώσῃς σεαυτὸν ἀνθρώπῳ μωρῷ, καὶ μὴ λάβῃς πρόσωπον δυνάστου.

And lest thou-might-have-en-strewed-under to-thyself unto-a-mankind unto-dulled, and lest thou-might-have-had-taken to-looked-toward of-an-abler.

4:27 ανθρωπω μωρω σεαυτον ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:28 ἕως τοῦ θανάτου ἀγώνισαι περὶ τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ Κύριος ὁ θεὸς πολεμήσει ὑπὲρ σοῦ.

Unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-death thou-should-have-struggled-to about of-the-one of-an-un-secluding-of, and Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity it-shall-war-unto over of-thee.

4:28 του θανατου] om του ℵ A C | αληθιας ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:29 μὴ γίνου τραχὺς ἐν γλώσσῃ σου, καὶ νωθρὸς καὶ παρειμένος ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις σου.

Lest thou-should-become rough in unto-a-tongue of-thee, and en-slumbered and sending-beside in unto-the-ones unto-works of-thee.

4:29 τραχυς] ταχυς ℵ* A θρασυς ℵc.a | γλωσση] ακροασει ℵ* | om και 2° C | τοις λογοις ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:30 μὴ ἴσθι ὡς λέων ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ σου, καὶ φαντασιοκοπῶν ἐν τοῖς οἰκέταις σου.

Lest thou-should-be as a-lion in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-thee, and manifestation-felling-unto in unto-the-ones unto-housers of-thee.

4:30 τω οικω] τη οικια ℵ

[appendix] εισθι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 4:31 μὴ ἔστω ἡ χείρ σου ἐκτεταμένη εἰς τὸ λαβεῖν, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀποδιδόναι συνεσταλμένη.

Lest it-should-be the-one a-hand of-thee having-had-come-to-be-stretched-out into to-the-one to-have-had-taken, and in unto-the-one to-give-off having-had-come-to-be-set-together.

4:31 μη] pr και φ ℵ* (improb και φ ℵ1)

[appendix] λαβιν C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:1 μὴ ἔπεχε ἐπὶ τοῖς χρήμασίν σου, καὶ μὴ εἴπῃς Αὐτάρκη μοί ἐστιν.

Lest thou-should-hold-upon upon unto-the-ones unto-affordings-to of-thee, and lest thou-might-have-had-said, Self-lift-belonginged-of-unto unto-me it-be.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:2 μὴ ἐξακολούθει τῇ ψυχῇ σου καὶ τῇ ἰσχύι σου, πορεύεσθαι ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις καρδίας σου·

Lest thou-should-path-along-out-unto unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-thee and unto-the-one unto-a-force-holding of-thee, to-traverse-of in unto-passionings-upon-unto of-a-heart of-thee;

5:2-3 om μη εξακολουθει . . . δυναστευσει ℵ* hab μη εξακ. τη ψυχη σου [¬] τη ισχυι σου πορευεσθαι (hucusque sup ras) εν επιθυμια καρδια (sic) σου μη επης (sic) τις με δυναστευσει· ℵc.c (vid) | om πορευεσθαι εν επιθ. καρδιας σου AC | καρδιαις B*

5:2 [appendix] ισχυει BC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:3 καὶ μὴ εἴπῃς Τίς με δυναστεύσει; ὁ γὰρ Κύριος ἐκδικῶν ἐκδικήσει σε.

and lest thou-might-have-had-said, What-one to-me it-shall-able-of? The-one too-thus Authority-belonged coursing-out-unto it-shall-course-out-unto to-thee.

5:2-3 om μη εξακολουθει . . . δυναστευσει ℵ* hab μη εξακ. τη ψυχη σου [¬] τη ισχυι σου πορευεσθαι (hucusque sup ras) εν επιθυμια καρδια (sic) σου μη επης (sic) τις με δυναστευσει· ℵc.c (vid) | om πορευεσθαι εν επιθ. καρδιας σου AC | καρδιαις B*

5:3 om μη C | om σε ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:4 μὴ εἴπῃς Ἥμαρτον, καὶ τί μοι ἐγένετο; ὁ γὰρ κύριός ἐστιν μακρόθυμος.

Lest thou-might-have-had-said, I-had-un-adjusted-along, and what-one unto-me it-had-became? The-one too-thus Authority-belonged it-be en-long-passioned.

5:4 om και C | om ο γαρ κυριος εστιν μακροθυμος C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:5 περὶ ἐξιλασμοῦ μὴ ἄφοβος γίνου, προσθεῖναι ἁμαρτίαν ἐφ' ἁμαρτίαις·

About of-an-out-sectionating-to-of lest un-feareed thou-should-become, to-have-had-placed-toward to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto upon unto-un-adjustings-along-unto;

5:5 [appendix] εξειλασμου Bℵ | γεινου ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:6 καὶ μὴ εἴπῃς Ὁ οἰκτειρμὸς αὐτοῦ πολύς, τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν μου ἐξιλάσεται· ἔλεος γὰρ καὶ ὀργὴ παρ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ ἁμαρτωλοὺς καταπαύσει ὁ θυμὸς αὐτοῦ·

and lest thou-might-have-had-said, The-one a-pitiering-of of-it much, to-the-one to-a-repleteedness of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-unto of-me it-shall-sectionate-out; a-besectionateedness too-thus and a-stressing beside of-it, and upon to-un-adjusted-along it-shall-cease-down, the-one a-passion of-it;

Note: a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

5:6 οικτιρμος Bbℵ A | αυτου 2°] αυτω ℵ A C | καταπαυσεται ℵ* (-σει ℵc.a)

[appendix] εξειλασεται Bℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:7 μὴ ἀνάμενε ἐπιστρέψαι πρὸς Κύριον, καὶ μὴ ὑπερβάλλου ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας· ἐξάπινα γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ὀργὴ Κυρίου, καὶ ἐν καιρῷ ἐκδικήσεως ἐξολῇ.

lest thou-should-stay-up to-have-beturned-upon toward to-Authority-belonged, and lest thou-should-cast-over to-a-dayedness out of-a-dayedness; out-off-so too-thus it-shall-come-out, a-stressing of-Authority-belonged, and in unto-a-time of-a-coursing-out thou-shall-destruct-out.

5:7 προς] επι ℵ | οργη] pr η ℵ | Κυριου] αυτου ℵ* κυ̅ ¬ ως μελισσαι εκτριβηση ℵc.a | εν καιρω] εν τω κ. ℵ* (om τω ℵc.a) εξελουσα C

[appendix] αναμεναι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:8 μὴ ἔπεχε ἐπὶ χρήμασιν ἀδίκοις· οὐδὲν γὰρ ὠφελήσεις ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπαγωγῆς.

Lest thou-should-hold-upon upon unto-affordings-to unto-un-coursed; to-not-then-also-one too-thus thou-shall-aidance-unto in unto-a-dayedness of-a-leading-upon.

5:8 ωφελησει ℵ* A + σε ℵc.aA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:9 μὴ λίκμα ἐν παντὶ ἀνέμῳ, καὶ μὴ πορεύου ἐν πάσῃ ἀτραπῷ· οὕτως ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς ὁ δίγλωσσος.

Lest thou-should-winnow-unto in unto-all unto-a-wind, and lest thou-should-traverse-of in unto-all unto-a-trampling-along; unto-the-one-this the-one un-adjusted-along the-one two-tongued.

5:9 λιγμα C | om και C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:10 ἴσθι ἐστηριγμένος ἐν συνέσει σου, καὶ εἷς ἔστω σου ὁ λόγος.

Thou-should-be having-had-come-to-be-stablished-to in unto-a-sending-together of-thee, and one it-should-be of-thee the-one a-forthee.

5:10 om σου 1° Cfort | εις] εισθι ℵ* (εις ℵc.a)

[appendix] συνεσι B*ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:11 γίνου ταχὺς ἐν ἀκροάσει σου, καὶ ἐν μακροθυμίᾳ φθέγγου ἀπόκρισιν.

Thou-should-become quick in unto-an-en-hearing of-thee, and in unto-an-en-longed-passioning-unto thou-should-voice to-a-separating-off.

5:11 [appendix] γεινου ℵ | ακροασι AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:12 εἰ ἔστιν σοι σύνεσις, ἀποκρίθητι τῷ πλησίον· εἰ δὲ μή, ἡ χείρ σου ἔστω ἐπὶ στόματί σου.

If it-be unto-thee a-sending-together, thou-should-have-been-separated-off unto-the-one to-nigh-belonged; if then-also lest, the-one a-hand of-thee it-should-be upon unto-a-becutteeing-to of-thee.

5:12 om σοι C | εστω] εσται C | επι] εν C | στοματι] pr τω ℵ C

[appendix] χιρ ℵ* (χειρ ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:13 δόξα καὶ ἀτιμία ἐν λαλιᾷ, καὶ γλῶσσα ἀνθρώπου πτῶσις αὐτῷ.

A-reckonedness and an-un-valuating-unto in unto-a-speaking-unto, and a-tongue of-a-mankind a-falling unto-it.

5:13 λαλλα ℵ* (λαλια ℵc.a et postea) | γλωσσα] pr η C | ανθρωπου] αυτου C | αυτω] αυτου ℵ

[appendix] λαλεια C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:14 μὴ κληθῇς ψίθυρος, καὶ τῇ γλώσσῃ σου μὴ ἐνεδρευθῇς· ἐπὶ γὰρ τῷ κλέπτῃ ἐστὶν αἰσχύνη, καὶ κατάγνωσις πονηρὰ ἐπὶ διγλώσσου.

Lest thou-might-have-been-called-unto whispered, and unto-the-one unto-a-tongue of-thee lest thou-might-have-been-seated-in-of; upon too-thus unto-the-one unto-a-stealer it-be a-shamening, and an-acquainting-down en-necessitated upon of-two-tongued.

5:14 ενεδρευθης] ενεδρευε Babℵ A C | ονηρα ℵ* (πον. ℵ1)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 5:15 ἐν μεγάλῳ καὶ ἐν μικρῷ μὴ ἀγνόει,

In unto-great and in unto-small lest thou-should-un-en-mull-unto,

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:1 καὶ ἀντὶ φίλου μὴ γίνου ἐχθρός· ὄνομα γὰρ πονηρὸν αἰσχύνη, καὶ ὄνειδος κληρονομήσει· οὕτως ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς ὁ δίγλωσσος.

and ever-a-one of-cared lest thou-should-become en-enmitied; a-naming-to too-thus en-necessitated a-shamening, and to-a-name-sighteedness it-shall-lot-parcelee-unto; unto-the-one-this the-one un-adjusted-along the-one two-tongued.

6:1 αισχυνην ℵ A C

[appendix] γεινου ℵ | ονιδος ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:2 μὴ ἐπάρῃς σεαυτὸν ἐν βουλῇ ψυχῆς σου, ἵνα μὴ διαρπαγῇ ὡς ταῦρος ἡ ψυχή σου·

Lest thou-might-have-lifted-upon to-thyself in unto-a-purposing of-a-breathing of-thee, so lest it-might-have-had-been-through-snatched-to as a-bull the-one a-breathing of-thee;

6:2 διαρπαγη] αρπαγη ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:3 τὰ φύλλα σου καταφάγεσαι καὶ τοὺς καρπούς σου ἀπολέσεις, καὶ ἀφήσεις σεαυτὸν ὡς ξύλον ξηρόν.

to-the-ones to-leafs of-thee thou-shall-devour-down and to-the-ones to-fruits of-thee thou-shall-destruct-off, and thou-shall-send-off to-thyself as to-a-wood to-dried.

6:3 αφησεις σεαυτον] αφησεις αυτον ℵ* αφησεις σε (nisi potius αφησει σε) ℵc.a | ξυλον] φυλλον AC | ξηρον] + σεαυτον ℵ* (improb ℵc.)

[appendix] καταφαγεσε C | απολεσις C | αφησις C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:4 Ψυχὴ πονηρὰ ἀπολεῖ τὸν κτησάμενον αὐτήν, καὶ ἐπίχαρμα ἐχθρῶν ποιήσει αὐτόν.

A-breathing en-necessitated it-shall-destruct-off to-the-one to-having-befounded-unto to-it, and to-a-joying-upon-to of-en-enmitied it-shall-do-unto to-it.

6:4 εχθροις ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:5 λάρυγξ γλυκὺς πληθυνεῖ φίλους αὐτοῦ, καὶ γλῶσσα εὔλαλος πληθυνεῖ εὐπροσήγορα.

A-larynx sweet it-shall-repleten to-cared of-it, and a-tongue goodly-spoken it-shall-repleten to-goodly-lead-alongednessed-toward.

6:5 λαρυξ C | ειπροσηγοριαν C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:6 οἱ εἰρηνεύοντές σοι ἔστωσαν πολλοί, οἱ δὲ σύμβουλοί σου εἷς ἀπὸ χιλίων.

The-ones joinifying-of unto-thee they-should-be much, the-ones then-also purposers-together of-thee one off of-thousand.

6:6 εστωσαν] + σοι ℵ* (improb σοι 2° ℵc.a)

[appendix] ιρηνευοντες ℵ* (ειρ. ℵc.c) | χειλιων B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:7 εἰ κτᾶσαι φίλον, ἐν πειρασμῷ κτῆσαι αὐτόν, καὶ μὴ ταχὺ ἐμπιστεύσῃς αὐτῷ.

If thou-befound-unto to-cared, in unto-an-across-belonging-to-of thou-should-have-befounded-unto to-it, and lest to-quick thou-might-have-trusted-in-of unto-it.

6:7 ενπιστευσης ℵ C

[appendix] πιρασμω ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:8 ἔστιν γὰρ φίλος ἐν καιρῷ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐ μὴ παραμείνῃ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ θλίψεώς σου·

It-be too-thus cared in unto-a-time of-it, and not lest it-might-have-stayed-beside in unto-a-dayedness of-a-pressing of-thee;

6:8 [appendix] παραμινη ℵ* (-μεινη ℵc.c) C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:9 καὶ ἔστιν φίλος μετατιθέμενος εἰς ἔχθραν, καὶ μάχην ὀνειδισμοῦ σου ἀποκαλύψει·

and it-be cared placing-with into to-an-en-enmitying, and to-a-battling of-a-reproaching-to-of of-thee it-shall-shroud-off;

6:9-10 om και εστιν . . . θλιψεως σου ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

6:9 εχθρον AC | μαχη C

[appendix] ονιδισμου ℵc.a (om ℵ*) AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:10 καὶ ἔστιν φίλος κοινωνὸς τραπεζῶν, καὶ οὐ μὴ παραμείνῃ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ θλίψεώς σου·

and it-be cared en-commoned of-four-footednesses, and not lest it-might-have-stayed-beside in unto-a-dayedness of-a-pressing of-thee;

6:9-10 om και εστιν . . . θλιψεως σου ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

6:10 [appendix] παραμινη ℵc.a (om ℵ*) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:11 καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς σου ἔσται ὡς σύ, καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς οἰκέτας σου παρρησιάσεται·

and in unto-the-ones unto-excess-placed of-thee it-shall-be as thou, and upon to-the-ones to-housers of-thee it-shall-all-utter-to;

6:11 οικεταις ℵ* (-τας ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:12 ἐὰν ταπεινωθῇς, ἔσται κατὰ σοῦ, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου σου κρυβήσεται.

if-ever thou-might-have-been-en-low-belonged-to, it-shall-be down of-thee, and off of-the-one of-looked-toward of-thee it-shall-have-been-hidened.

6:12 ταπεινωθης εσται] ταπινωθησεται C

[appendix] ραπινωθης ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:13 ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν σου διαχωρίσθητι, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν φίλων σου πρόσεχε.

Off of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-thee thou-should-have-been-spaced-through-to, and off of-the-ones of-cared of-thee thou-should-hold-toward.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:14 φίλος πιστὸς σκέπη κραταιά· ὁ δὲ εὑρὼν αὐτόν, εὗρεν θησαυρόν.

Cared trusted a-covering secure-belonged; the-one then-also having-had-found to-it, it-had-found to-an-en-placing.

6:14 ευρε C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:15 φίλου πιστοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀντάλλαγμα, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν σταθμὸς τῆς καλλονῆς αὐτοῦ.

Of-cared of-trusted not it-be an-ever-a-one-othering-to, and not it-be a-standness-placing-of of-the-one of-a-seemlying of-it.

6:15 εστινταθμος A | om αυτου C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:16 φίλος πιστὸς φάρμακον ζωῆς, καὶ οἱ φοβούμενοι Κύριον εὑρήσουσιν αὐτόν.

Cared trusted a-dose of-a-lifing, and the-ones feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged they-shall-find to-it.

6:16 Κυριον] pr τον ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:17 ὁ φοβούμενος Κύριον εὐθυνεῖ φιλίαν αὐτοῦ, ὅτι κατ' αὐτὸν οὕτως καὶ ὁ πλησίον αὐτοῦ.

The-one feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged it-shall-straighten to-a-caring-unto of-it, to-which-a-one down to-it unto-the-one-this and the-one to-nigh-belonged of-it.

6:17 οι πλησιον ℵ* (ras ι 1° ℵ?)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:18 Τέκνον, ἐκ νεότητός σου ἐπίλεξαι παιδίαν, καὶ ἕως πολιῶν εὑρήσεις σοφίαν·

Creationee, out of-a-newness of-thee thou-should-have-forthed-upon to-a-childing-unto, and unto-if-which of-hoarings-unto thou-shall-find to-a-wisdoming-unto;

Note: of-hoarings-unto : used to refer to greying, i.e. from darker to lighter, of hair in aging, of skin in some diseases, etc.

6:18 om σου ℵ | παιδειαν BabA | σοφιαν] χαριν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:19 ὡς ὁ ἀροτριῶν καὶ ὁ σπείρων πρόσελθε αὐτῇ, καὶ ἀνάμενε τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς· ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἐργασίᾳ αὐτῆς ὀλίγον κοπιάσεις, καὶ ταχὺ φάγεσαι τῶν γενημάτων αὐτῆς.

as the-one en-lift-belonging-unto and the-one whorling thou-should-have-had-came-toward unto-it, and thou-should-have-stayed-up to-the-ones to-excess-placed to-fruits of-it; in too-thus unto-the-one unto-a-working-unto of-it to-little thou-shall-fell-belong-to, and to-quick thou-shall-devour of-the-ones of-becomings-to of-it.

Note: en-lift-belonging-unto : used to refer to ploughing or cultivating soil, with contexts extending into procuring in women and unearthing information, etc.

6:19 ο αροτριων] om ο ℵ | ο σπειρων] om ο ℵ* (hab ο ℵc.a) pr ως AC

[appendix] κοπιασις ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:20 ὡς τραχεῖά ἐστιν σφόδρα τοῖς ἀπαιδεύτοις, καὶ οὐκ ἐμμενεῖ ἐν αὐτῇ ἀκάρδιος·

As rough it-be to-vehemented unto-the-ones unto-un-childed-of, and not it-shall-stay-in in unto-it un-hearted;

6:20 ταχεια] τραχεια Bcℵ A C

[appendix] απεδευτοις ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:21 ὡς λίθος δοκιμασίας ἰσχυρὸς ἔσται ἐπ' αὐτῷ, καὶ οὐ χρονιεῖ ἀπορῖψαι αὐτήν.

as a-stone of-an-assessing-unto force-held it-shall-be upon unto-it, and not it-shall-while-to to-have-flung-off to-it.

6:21 ισχυρος] ισχυς ℵ* ισχυος (sic) ℵc.a | εσται] εστιν ℵc.a | αποριψαι B? (-ρειψ. B*)] απορριψαι ℵ (-ρειψ.) AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:22 σοφία γὰρ κατὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ οὐ πολλοῖς ἐστιν φανερά.

A-wisdoming-unto too-thus down to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it it-be, and not unto-much it-be en-manifested.

6:22 om εστιν 1° ℵ | εστι (2°) C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:23 ἄκουσον, τέκνον, καὶ δέξαι γνώμην μου, καὶ μὴ ἀπαναίνου τὴν συμβουλίαν μου·

Thou-should-have-heard, Creationee, and thou-should-have-received to-an-acquaintance of-me, and lest thou-should-un-laud-off to-the-one to-a-purposing-together-unto of-me;

6:23 δεξαι] εκδεξαι ℵ A | γνωμην] pr την ℵ A C

[appendix] συμβουλειαν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:24 καὶ εἰσένεγκον τοὺς πόδας σου εἰς τὰς πέδας αὐτῆς, καὶ εἰς τὸν κλοιὸν αὐτῆς τὸν τράχηλόν σου·

and thou-should-have-had-beared-into to-the-ones to-feet of-thee into to-the-ones to-footings of-it, and into to-the-one to-a-collar of-it to-the-one to-a-throat of-thee;

6:24 om και 1° ℵ | εισενεγκαι A

[appendix] πεδας] παιδας A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:25 ὑπόθες τὸν ὦμόν σου καὶ βάσταξον αὐτήν, καὶ μὴ προσοχθίσῃς τοῖς δεσμοῖς αὐτῆς·

thou-should-have-had-placed-under to-the-one to-a-shoulder of-thee and thou-should-have-carried-to to-it, and lest thou-might-have-vexed-toward-to unto-the-ones unto-bindees of-it;

6:25 τοις δεσμοις] pr εν ℵ* (improb εν ℵc.a)

[appendix] προσοχθεισης C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:26 ἐν πάσῃ ψυχῇ σου πρόσελθε αὐτῇ, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ δυνάμει σου συντήρησον τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτῆς.

in unto-all unto-a-breathing of-thee thou-should-have-had-came-toward unto-it, and in unto-whole unto-an-ability of-thee thou-should-have-kept-together-unto to-the-ones to-ways of-it.

6:26 ολη] παση C | συντηρησον] τηρησον ℵ A | τας οδ sup ras Bab vid

[appendix] δυυαμι ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:27 ἐξίχνευσον καὶ ζήτησον, καὶ γνωσθήσεταί σοι, καὶ ἐγκρατὴς γενόμενος μὴ ἀφῇς αὐτήν·

Thou-should-have-trackeednessed-out-of and thou-should-have-sought-unto, and it-shall-be-acquainted unto-thee, and securinged-in having-had-became lest thou-might-have-had-sent-off to-it;

6:27 ζητησον] + αυτην ℵc.a | αυτην] η sup ras Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:28 ἐπ' ἐσχάτων γὰρ εὑρήσεις τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν αὐτῆς, καὶ στραφήσεταί σοι εἰς εὐφροσύνην·

upon of-most-bordered too-thus thou-shall-find to-the-one to-a-ceasing-up of-it, and it-shall-have-been-beturned unto-thee into to-a-goodly-centeringedness;

6:28 αυτης] σου C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:29 καὶ ἔσονταί σοι αἱ πέδαι εἰς σκέπην ἰσχύος, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι αὐτῆς εἰς στολὴν δόξης.

and they-shall-be unto-thee the-ones footings into to-a-covering of-a-force-holding, and the-ones branches of-it into to-a-seteeing of-a-reckonedness.

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

6:29 πεδαι] παιδες A | κλαδοι] κλοιοι AC

[appendix] αι πεδαι] ε πεδ. ℵ* (αι π. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:30 κόσμος γὰρ χρύσεός ἐστιν ἐπ' αὐτῆς, καὶ οἱ δεσμοὶ αὐτῆς κλῶσμα ὑακίνθινον·

An-orderation too-thus golden it-be upon of-it, and the-ones bindees of-it a-twirling-to hyacinthed-belonged-to;

6:30 ante κοσμος 3 fere litt (forte κοσ) ras C?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:31 στολὴν δόξης ἐνδύσῃ αὐτήν, καὶ στέφανον ἀγαλλιάματος περιθήσεις σεαυτῷ.

to-a-seteeing of-a-reckonedness thou-shall-sink-in to-it, and to-a-wreath of-an-excess-jump-belonging-to thou-shall-place-upon unto-thyself.

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

6:31 ενδυσεις ℵ* -σει ℵc.a | αγαλλιασματος A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:32 ἐὰν θέλῃς, τέκνον, παιδευθήσῃ, καὶ ἐὰν δῷς τὴν ψυχήν σου, πανοῦργος ἔσῃ·

If-ever thou-might-determine, Creationee, thou-shall-be-childed-of, and if-ever thou-might-have-had-given to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee, all-worked thou-shall-be;

6:32 εαν 1°] + γαρ ℵ* (om γαρ ℵc.a) | δως] επιδως ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:33 ἐὰν ἀγαπήσῃς ἀκούειν, ἐκδέξῃ, καὶ ἐὰν κλίνῃς τὸ οὖς σου, σοφὸς ἔσῃ.

if-ever thou-might-have-excessed-off-unto to-hear, thou-shall-receive-out, and if-ever thou-might-have-clined to-the-one to-an-ear of-thee, wisdomed thou-shall-be.

6:33 εαν 1°] pr και A | κλινης] εκκλινης ℵ

[appendix] κλεινης V

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:34 ἐν πλήθει πρεσβυτέρων στῆθι· καὶ τίς σοφός; αὐτῷ προσκολλήθητι.

In unto-a-repleteedness of-more-eldered thou-should-have-had-stood; and what-one wisdomed? Unto-it thou-should-have-been-toward-togetherned-unto.

6:34 αυτων ℵ* (-τω ℵc.a)

[appendix] στηθει A | προσκολληθητει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:35 πᾶσαν διήγησιν θείαν θέλε ἀκούειν, καὶ παροιμίαι συνέσεως μὴ ἐκφευγέτωσάν σε.

To-all to-a-beleading-through to-Deity-belonged thou-should-determine to-hear, and which-belongings-beside-unto of-a-sending-together lest they-should-flee-out to-thee.

6:35 ακουειν] ακροασθαι ℵ A C | εκφυγετωσαν ℵ* (εκφευγ. ℵc.a) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:36 ἐὰν ἴδῃς συνετόν, ὄρθριζε πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ βαθμοὺς θυρῶν αὐτοῦ ἐκτριβέτω ὁ πούς σου.

If-ever thou-might-have-had-seen to-sendable-together, thou-should-ruddy-jut-to toward to-it, and to-steppings-of of-portalednesses of-it it-should-rub-out, the-one a-foot of-thee.

6:36 ειδης C | θυρων B*fortℵ A C] τριβων (τριβ sup ras) Bab | εκτριβετω] εκτριβ sup ras Bab

(132 B.C.)

Sir 6:37 διανοοῦ ἐν τοῖς προστάγμασιν Κυρίου, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς αὐτοῦ μελέτα διὰ παντός· αὐτὸς στηριεῖ τὴν καρδίαν σου, καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σοφίας σου δοθήσεταί σοι.

Thou-should-en-mull-through-unto in unto-the-ones unto-arrangings-toward-to of-Authority-belonged, and in unto-the-ones unto-finishings-in of-it thou-should-vier-unto through of-all; it it-shall-stablish-to to-the-one to-a-heart of-thee, and the-one a-passioning-upon-unto of-the-one of-a-wisdoming-unto of-thee it-shall-be given unto-thee.

6:37 om σου 2° ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:1 Μὴ ποίει κακά, καὶ οὐ μή σε καταλάβῃ κακόν·

Lest thou-should-do-unto to-wedge-wedged, and not lest to-thee it-might-have-had-taken-down, wedge-wedged;

7:1 μη] incep κα ℵ* (improb κα ℵ1) | om σε ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:2 ἀπόστηθι ἀπὸ ἀδίκου, καὶ ἐκκλινεῖ ἀπὸ σοῦ.

thou-should-have-had-stood-off off of-un-coursed, and it-shall-cline-out off of-thee.

7:2 αδικου] κακου C

[appendix] αποστηθει A | εκκλεινει B εκκλινι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:3 υἱέ, μὴ σπεῖρε ἐπ' αὔλακας ἀδικίας, καὶ οὐ μὴ θερίσῃς αὐτὰς ἑπταπλασίως.

Son, lest thou-should-whorl upon to-channelors of-an-un-coursing-unto, and not lest thou-might-have-summered-to to-them unto-seven-fold-belonged.

Note: to-channelors : used to refer to something that channels, usually water, in feminine ploughed furrows, in masculine waterways, etc.

7:3 σπειρης C | αυτας] αυτα ℵ A C | επταπλασια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:4 μὴ ζήτει παρὰ Κυρίου ἡγεμονίαν, μηδὲ παρὰ βασιλέως καθέδραν δόξης.

Lest thou-should-seek-unto beside of-Authority-belonged to-a-leadering-unto, lest-then-also beside of-a-ruler-of to-a-seatedness-down of-a-reckonedness.

7:4 ηγεμονιαν παρα κυ̅

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:5 μὴ δικαιοῦ ἔναντι Κυρίου, καὶ παρὰ βασιλεῖ μὴ σοφίζου.

Lest thou-should-en-course-belong in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged, and beside unto-a-ruler-of lest thou-should-wisdom-to.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:6 μὴ ζήτει γενέσθαι κριτής, μὴ οὐκ ἐξισχύσεις ἐξᾶραι ἀδικίας· μή ποτε εὐλαβηθῇς ἀπὸ προσώπου δυνάστου, καὶ θήσεις σκάνδαλον ἐν εὐθύτητί σου.

Lest thou-should-seek-unto to-have-had-became a-separater, lest not thou-shall-force-hold-in to-have-lifted-out to-un-coursings-unto; lest whither-also thou-might-have-been-goodly-taken-unto off of-looked-toward of-an-abler, and thou-shall-place to-a-cumbrance in unto-a-straightness of-thee.

Note: thou-might-have-been-goodly-taken-unto : the Passive form is used to infer being affected into holding a goodly-taking mindset, i.e. into willingly giving attention to, as having been persuaded by the gravity of the Object.

7:6 εξισχυσεις] ισχυσεις ℵ A C (εισχ.) | εξαραι] pr ε C

[appendix] ζητι ℵ | θησεις] θεισεις C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:7 μὴ ἁμάρτανε εἰς πλῆθος πόλεως, καὶ μὴ καταβάλῃς σεαυτὸν ἐν ὄχλῳ.

Lest thou-should-un-adjust-along into to-a-repleteedness of-a-city, and lest thou-might-have-had-casted-down to-thyself in unto-a-crowd.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:8 μὴ καταδεσμεύσῃς δὶς ἁμαρτίαν, ἐν γὰρ τῇ μιᾷ οὐκ ἀθῷος ἔσῃ.

Lest thou-might-have-bindeed-down-of to-twice to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, in too-thus unto-the-one unto-one not un-guilted thou-shall-be.

7:8 καταδεσμευσεις C | τη μια] om τη ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:9 μὴ εἴπῃς Τῷ πλήθει τῶν δώρων μου ἐπόψεται, καὶ ἐν τῷ προσενέγκαι με θεῷ ὑψίστῳ προσδέξεται.

Lest thou-might-have-had-said, Unto-the-one unto-a-repleteedness of-the-ones of-gifts of-me it-shall-behold-upon, and in unto-the-one to-have-beared-toward to-me unto-a-Deity unto-most-lofteed it-shall-receive-toward.

7:9 εποψομαι A | θεω] κω̅ ℵ* (θω̅ ℵc.a) | προσδεξεται] ετ sup ras Aa

[appendix] προσενεγκε C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:10 μὴ ὀλιγοψυχήσῃς ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ σου, καὶ ἐλεημοσύνην ποιῆσαι μὴ παρίδῃς.

Lest thou-might-have-little-breathed-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-goodly-holding-toward of-thee, and to-a-besectionatingedness to-have-done-unto lest thou-might-have-had-seen-beside.

7:10 παρειδης AC

[appendix] ελαιημοσυνην ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:11 μὴ καταγέλα ἄνθρωπον ὄντα ἐν πικρίᾳ ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ· ἔστιν γὰρ ὁ ταπεινῶν καὶ ἀνυψῶν.

Lest thou-should-down-laugh-unto to-a-mankind to-being in unto-a-bittering-unto of-a-breathing of-it; it-be too-thus the-one en-low-belonging-to and en-lofteeing-up.

7:11 ανθρωπον οντα] ανο̅υ ℵ | ανυψων] pr ο ℵc.a

[appendix] ταπινων B* (ταπειν. Ba(vid)) ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:12 μὴ ἀροτρία ψεῦδος ἐπ' ἀδελφῷ σου, μηδὲ φίλῳ τὸ ὅμοιον ποίει.

Lest thou-should-en-lift-belong-unto to-a-falseedness upon unto-brethrened of-thee, lest-then-also unto-cared to-the-one to-along-belonged thou-should-do-unto.

Note: thou-should-en-lift-belong-unto : used to refer to ploughing or cultivating soil, with contexts extending into procuring in women and unearthing information, etc.

7:12 φιλω] pr επι ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:13 μὴ θέλε ψεύδεσθαι πᾶν ψεῦδος· ὁ γὰρ ἐνδελεχισμὸς αὐτοῦ οὐκ εἰς ἀγαθόν.

Lest thou-should-determine to-have-falsified to-all to-a-falseedness; the-one too-thus an-elongating-in-to-of of-it not into to-excess-placed.

7:13 [appendix] ψευδεσθε ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:14 μὴ ἀδολέσχει ἐν πλήθει πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ μὴ δευτερώσῃς λόγον ἐν προσευχῇ σου.

Lest thou-should-ponder-unto in unto-a-repleteedness of-more-eldered, and lest thou-might-have-en-seconded to-a-forthee in unto-a-goodly-holding-toward of-thee.

7:14 [appendix] αδολεσχι ℵ | πληθι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:15 μὴ μισήσῃς ἐπίπονον ἐργασίαν, καὶ γεωργίαν ὑπὸ Ὑψίστου ἐκτισμένην.

Lest thou-might-have-hated-unto to-necessitateed-upon to-a-working-unto, and to-a-soil-working-unto under of-most-lofteed to-having-had-come-to-be-befounded-to.

7:15 [appendix] εκτεισμενην A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:16 μὴ προσλογίζου σεαυτὸν ἐν πλήθει ἁμαρτωλῶν·

Lest thou-should-forthee-toward-to to-thyself in unto-a-repleteedness of-un-adjusted-along;

7:16-17 μνησθητι . . . χρονιει ante ταπεινωσον . . . σου ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:17 ταπείνωσον σφόδρα τὴν ψυχήν σου. μνήσθητι ὅτι ὀργὴ οὐ χρονιεῖ, ὅτι ἐκδίκησις ἀσεβοῦς πῦρ καὶ σκώληξ.

thou-should-have-en-low-belonged-to to-vehemented to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee. Thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-which-a-one a-stressing not it-shall-while-to, to-which-a-one a-coursing-out of-un-reveringed a-fire and a-maggot.

7:16-17 μνησθητι . . . χρονιει ante ταπεινωσον . . . σου ℵ A

7:17 εκδικησεις ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:18 μὴ ἀλλάξῃς φίλον ἕνεκεν ἀδιαφόρου, μηδὲ ἀδελφὸν γνήσιον ἐν χρυσίῳ Σουφείρ.

Lest thou-might-have-othered to-cared in-out-in of-un-beareed-through, lest-then-also to-brethrened to-becomee-belonged in unto-a-gold of-a-Soufeir.

7:18 om ενεκεν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:19 μὴ ἀστόχει γυναικὸς σοφῆς καὶ ἀγαθῆς, καὶ γὰρ χάρις αὐτῆς ὑπὲρ τὸ χρυσίον.

Lest thou-should-un-belineate-unto of-a-woman of-wisdomed and of-excess-placed, and too-thus a-granting of-it over to-the-one to-a-goldlet.

Note: thou-should-un-belineate-unto : i.e. not having fallen in line.

7:19 και γαρ χαρις] η γαρ χ. ℵ1 (incep η χ ℵ*) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:20 μὴ κακώσῃς οἰκέτην ἐργαζόμενον ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, μηδὲ μίσθιον διδόντα ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ·

Lest thou-might-have-en-wedge-wedged to-a-houser to-working-to in unto-a-un-secluding-of, lest-then-also to-pay-belonged to-giving to-a-breathing of-it;

7:20 ψυχην] pr την ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:21 οἰκέτην ἀγαθὸν ἀγαπάτω σου ἡ ψυχή· μὴ στερήσῃς αὐτὸν ἐλευθερίας.

to-a-houser to-excess-placed it-should-excess-off-unto of-thee the-one a-breathing; lest thou-might-have-destituted-unto to-it of-an-en-freeing-unto.

7:21 αγαθον] συνετον ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:22 Κτήνη σοί ἐστιν; ἐπισκέπτου αὐτά, καὶ εἰ ἔστιν σοι χρήσιμα, ἐμμενέτω σοι.

Befoundeednesses unto-thee it-be? Thou-should-scout-upon to-them, and if it-be unto-thee afforded-belonged-unto, it-should-stay-in unto-thee.

Note: Befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:23 τέκνα σοί ἐστιν; παίδευσον αὐτά, καὶ κάμψον ἐκ νεότητος τὸν τράχηλον αὐτῶν,

Creationees unto-thee it-be? Thou-should-have-childed-of to-them, and thou-should-have-bent out of-a-newness to-the-one to-a-throat of-them.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:24 θυγατέρες σοί εἰσιν; πρόσεχε τῷ σώματι αὐτῶν, καὶ μὴ ἱλαρώσῃς πρὸς αὐτὰς τὸ πρόσωπόν σου.

Daughters unto-thee they-be? Thou-should-hold-toward unto-the-one unto-an-en-capsuling-to of-them, and lest thou-might-have-en-sectionated toward to-them to-the-one to-looked-toward of-thee.

7:24 ιλαρωσης] ιλαρυνης ℵ | προς] incep α ℵ* (improb α ℵ1) προς αυτα A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:25 ἔκδου θυγατέρα, καὶ ἔσῃ τετελεκὼς ἔργον μέγα, καὶ ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ δώρησαι αὐτήν.

Thou-should-bind-out to-a-daughter, and thou-shall-be having-had-come-to-finish-unto to-a-work to-great, and unto-a-man unto-sendable-together thou-should-have-gifted-unto to-it.

7:25 τετελικως ℵ* (τετελεκως ℵc.a) | αυτην] + και μισουμενω (μισουση σε ℵc.a) μη εμπιστευσης σεαυτον ℵ* (post 26 poni vult ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:26 γυνή σοί ἐστιν κατὰ ψυχήν; μὴ ἐκβάλῃς αὐτήν.

A-woman unto-thee it-be down to-a-breathing? Lest thou-might-have-had-casted-out to-it.

7:26 ψυχην] pr τη ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:27 ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ δόξασον τὸν πατέρα σου, καὶ μητρὸς ὠδῖνας μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ·

In unto-whole unto-a-heart thou-should-have-reckoned-to to-the-one to-a-father of-thee, and of-a-mother to-pangs lest thou-might-have-had-secluded-upon;

7:27 καρδια] δυναμι A +σου ℵ A | ον ℵ* (τον ℵ1)

[appendix] ωδεινας B* (ωδιν. Bb) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:28 μνήσθητι ὅτι δι' αὐτῶν ἐγενήθης, καὶ τί ἀνταποδώσεις αὐτοῖς καθὼς αὐτοὶ σοί;

thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-which-a-one through of-them thou-was-became, and to-what-one thou-shall-ever-a-one-give-off unto-them down-as them unto-thee?

7:28 εγεννηθης ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:29 ἐν ὅλῃ ψυχῇ σου εὐλαβοῦ τὸν κύριον, καὶ τοὺς ἱερεῖς αὐτοῦ θαύμαζε·

In unto-whole unto-a-breathing of-thee thou-should-goodly-take-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged, and to-the-ones to-sacreders of-it thou-should-marvel-to;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:30 ἐν ὅλῃ δυνάμει ἀγάπησον τὸν ποιήσαντά σε, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ μὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς.

in unto-whole unto-an-ability thou-should-have-excessed-off-unto to-the-one to-having-done-unto to-thee, and to-the-ones to-public-workers of-it lest thou-might-have-had-remaindered-down-in.

7:30 δυναμει] + σου ℵ | λειτουργους αυτου] λιτουργουντας (λειτ. ℵc.c) αυτω ℵ* (-γους αυτου ℵc.a) | ενκαταλιπης ℵ εγκαταλειπης A

[appendix] λιτουργους B* (λειτουργ. Bab)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:31 φοβοῦ τὸν κύριον καὶ δόξασον ἱερέα, καὶ δὸς τὴν μερίδα αὐτῷ καθὼς ἐντέταλταί σοι ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, καὶ περὶ πλημμελίας καὶ δόσιν βραχιόνων καὶ θυσίαν ἁγιασμοῦ καὶ ἀπαρχήν.

Thou-should-fearee-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged and thou-should-have-reckoned-to to-a-sacreder-of, and thou-should-have-had-given to-the-one to-a-portioing unto-it down-as it-had-come-to-be-finished-in unto-thee off of-a-firsting, and about of-a-beyond-membering-unto and to-a-giving of-more-short and to-a-surging-unto of-a-hallow-belonging-to-of and to-a-firsting-off.

7:31 απ αρχης] απαρχην Babℵ A (c seqq coniung Bℵ A) | πλημμελειας Bab | βραχιονος ℵ* (-νων ℵc.a) | απαρχην] + αγιων ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:32 καὶ πτωχῷ ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου, ἵνα τελειωθῇ ἡ εὐλογία σου.

And unto-beggared thou-should-have-stretched-out to-the-one to-a-hand of-thee, so it-might-have-been-en-finish-belonged the-one a-goodly-fortheeing-unto of-thee.

7:32 [appendix] εκτινων ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:33 χάρις δόματος ἔναντι παντὸς ζῶντος, καὶ ἐπὶ νεκρῷ μὴ ἀποκωλύσῃς χάριν.

A-granting of-a-giving-to in-ever-a-one of-all of-lifing-unto, and upon unto-en-deaded lest thou-might-have-prevented-off to-a-granting.

7:33 χαρις] χαρισμα ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:34 μὴ ὑστέρει ἀπὸ κλαιόντων, καὶ μετὰ πενθούντων πένθησον.

Lest thou-should-latter-unto off of-sob-belonging, and with of-grieving-unto thou-should-have-grieved-unto.

7:34 [appendix] υστερι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:35 μὴ ὄκνει ἐπισκέπτεσθαι ἄρρωστον· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων ἀγαπηθήσῃ.

Lest thou-should-hesitate-unto to-scout-upon to-un-strengthed; out too-thus of-the-ones of-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these thou-shall-be-excessed-off-unto.

7:35 αρρωστον] + ανθρωπον (sic) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 7:36 ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς λόγοις σου μιμνήσκου τὰ ἔσχατά σου, καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεις.

In unto-all unto-the-ones unto-forthees of-thee thou-should-memory to-the-ones to-most-bordered of-thee, and into to-the-one to-an-age not thou-shall-un-adjust-along.

7:36 πασιν A

[appendix] αμαρτησις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:1 Μὴ διαμάχου μετὰ ἀνθρώπου δυνάστου, μή ποτε ἐμπέσῃς εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ.

Lest thou-should-battle-through with of-a-mankind of-an-abler, lest whither-also thou-might-have-had-fallen-in into to-the-ones to-hands of-it.

8:1 [appendix] χιρας ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:2 μὴ ἔριζε μετὰ ἀνθρώπου πλουσίου, μή ποτε ἀντιστήσῃ σου τὴν ὁλκήν· πολλοὺς γὰρ ἀπώλεσεν τὸ χρυσίον, καὶ καρδίας βασιλέων ἐξέκλινεν.

Lest thou-should-wrangle-to with of-a-mankind of-wealth-belonged, lest whither-also it-might-have-ever-a-one-stood of-thee to-the-one to-a-hauleeing; to-much too-thus it-destructed-off, the-one a-goldlet, and to-hearts of-rulers-of it-clined-out.

8:2 αντιστησηση B* (-στηση Bb) αντιστη A | την ολκην σου ℵ* (σου την ο. ℵc.a)

[appendix] εξεκλεινεν B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:3 μὴ διαμάχου μετὰ ἀνθρώπου γλωσσώδους, καὶ μὴ ἐπιστοιβάσῃς ἐπὶ τὸ πῦρ αὐτοῦ ξύλα.

Lest thou-should-battle-through with of-a-mankind of-tongue-seeinged, and lest thou-might-have-cram-stepped-upon-to upon to-the-one to-a-fire of-it to-woods.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:4 μὴ πρόσπαιζε ἀπαιδεύτῳ, ἵνα μὴ ἀτιμάζωνται οἱ πρόγονοί σου.

Lest thou-should-child-toward-to unto-un-childed-of, so lest they-might-be-un-valuated-to the-ones became-before of-thee.

8:4 [appendix] προσπεζε A | απεδευτω ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:5 μὴ ὀνείδιζε ἄνθρωπον ἀποστρέφοντα ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας· μνήσθητι ὅτι πάντες ἐσμὲν ἐν ἐπιτίμοις.

Lest thou-should-reproach-to to-a-mankind to-beturning-off off of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto; thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-which-a-one all we-be in unto-valued-upon.

8:5 επιτιμιοις Babℵc.c(vid)

[appendix] ονιδιζε B* (ονειδ. Bab) ονειδειζε A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:6 μὴ ἀτιμάσῃς ἄνθρωπον ἐν γήρει αὐτοῦ, καὶ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν γηράσκουσιν.

Lest thou-might-have-un-valuated-to to-a-mankind in unto-an-oldeness of-it, and too-thus out of-us they-oldenate.

8:6 ανθρωπον] ανδρα A | γηρα ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:7 μὴ ἐπίχαιρε ἐπὶ νεκρῷ· μνήσθητι ὅτι πάντες τελευτῶμεν·

Lest thou-should-joy-upon upon unto-en-deaded; thou-should-have-been-memoried unto to-which-a-one all we-finish-of-unto;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:8 μὴ παρίδῃς διήγημα σοφῶν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς παροιμίαις αὐτῶν ἀναστρέφου· ὅτι παρ' αὐτῶν μαθήσῃ παιδείαν καὶ λειτουργῆσαι μεγιστᾶσιν.

lest thou-might-have-had-seen-beside to-a-leading-through-to of-wisdomed, and in unto-the-ones unto-which-belongings-beside-unto of-them thou-should-beturn-up; to-which-a-one beside of-them thou-shall-learn to-a-childing-of and to-public-work-unto unto-most-greats.

8:8 παρειδης B* (παριδ. Bb) A | παιδειαν (-διαν A)] σοφιαν ℵ

[appendix] λιτουργησαι B* (λειτουργ. Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:9 μὴ ἀστόχει διηγήματος γερόντων, καὶ γὰρ αὐτοὶ ἔμαθον παρὰ τῶν πατέρων αὐτῶν· ὅτι παρ' αὐτῶν μαθήσῃ σύνεσιν καὶ ἐν καιρῷ χρείας δοῦναι ἀπόκρισιν.

Lest thou-should-un-belineate-unto of-a-leading-through-to of-seniors, and too-thus them they-had-learned beside of-the-ones of-fathers of-them; to-which-a-one beside of-them thou-shall-learn to-a-sending-together and in unto-a-time of-an-affording-of to-have-had-given to-a-separating-off.

Note: thou-should-un-belineate-unto : i.e. not having fallen in line.

8:9 [appendix] χριας ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:10 μὴ ἔκκαιε ἄνθρακας ἁμαρτωλοῦ, μὴ ἐμπυρισθῇς ἐν πυρὶ φλογὸς αὐτοῦ.

Lest thou-should-burn-belong-out to-anthrax' of-un-adjusted-along, lest thou-might-have-been-fired-in-to in unto-a-fire of-a-blaze of-it.

8:10 εκκεαι B εκκεε A | ανθρακα ℵ* (-κας ℵc.a) | ενπυρισθης ℵ A

[appendix] ενκαθειση A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:11 μὴ ἐξαναστῇς ἀπὸ προσώπου ὑβριστοῦ, ἵνα μὴ ἐνκαθίσῃ ὡς ἔνεδρον τῷ στόματί σου.

Lest-thou-might-have-had-stood-up-out off of-looked-toward of-an-abuser, so lest it-might-have-been-sat-down-in-to as an-en-seating-in unto-the-one unto-a-becutteeing-to of-thee.

8:11 εγκαθιση BbA (εγκαθεισ.)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:12 μὴ δανίσῃς ἀνθρώπῳ ἰσχυροτέρῳ σου, καὶ ἐὰν δανίσῃς, ὡς ἀπολωλεκὼς γίνου.

Lest thou-might-have-lent-to unto-a-mankind unto-more-force-held of-thee, and if-ever thou-might-have-lent-to, as having-had-come-to-destruct-off thou-should-become.

8:12 δανεισης bis Bab

[appendix] γεινου B* (γιν. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:13 μὴ ἐγγυήσῃ ὑπὲρ δύναμίν σου, καὶ ἐὰν ἐγγυήσῃ, ὡς ἀποτίσων φρόντιζε.

Lest thou-might-have-neared-unto over to-an-ability of-thee, and if-ever thou-might-have-neared-unto, as shall-having-value-belonged-off thou-should-centress-to.

Note: thou-might-have-neared-unto : used to refer to giving a promise of propriety as nearing its fruition or to making a claim of propriety as in being most near its ownership.

8:13 αποτιζων B* (-σων Bab)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:14 μὴ δικάζου μετὰ κριτοῦ· κατὰ γὰρ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ κρινοῦσιν αὐτῷ.

Lest thou-should-course-to with of-a-separater; down too-thus to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-it they-shall-separate unto-it.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:15 μετὰ τολμηροῦ μὴ πορεύου ἐν ὁδῷ, ἵνα μὴ καταβαρύνηται κατὰ σοῦ· αὐτὸς γὰρ κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ποιήσει, καὶ τῇ ἀφροσύνῃ αὐτοῦ συναπολῇ.

With of-ventured lest thou-should-traverse-of in unto-a-way, so lest it-might-have-weightened-down down of-thee; it too-thus down to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-it it-shall-do-unto, and unto-the-one unto-an-un-centeringedness of-it thou-shall-destruct-off-together.

8:15 καταβαρυνηται] βαρυνη τα ℵ* βαρυνηται ℵc.aA | φροσυνη ℵ* (αφρ. ℵ1)

[appendix] ποιησι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:16 μετὰ θυμώδους μὴ ποιήσῃς μάχην, καὶ μὴ διαπορεύου μετ' αὐτοῦ τὴν ἔρημον· ὅτι ὡς οὐδὲν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ αἷμα, καὶ ὅπου οὐκ ἔστιν βοήθεια καταβαλεῖ σε.

With of-passion-seen lest thou-might-have-done-unto to-a-battling, and lest thou-should-traverse-through-of with of-it to-the-one to-solituded; to-which-a-one as not-then-also-one in unto-eyes of-it a-rushering-to, and to-which-of-whither not it-be a-holler-running-of it-shall-cast-down to-thee.

8:16 ποιησης] ποιησις C | εστι C | καταβαλλει ℵ* (-βαλει ℵc.a)

[appendix] καταβαλι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:17 μετὰ μωροῦ μὴ συμβουλεύου, οὐ γὰρ δυνήσεται λόγον στέξαι.

With of-dulled lest thou-should-purpose-together-of, not too-thus it-shall-able to-a-forthee to-have-shielded.

8:17 συνβουλευου ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:18 ἐνώπιον ἀλλοτρίου μὴ ποιήσῃς κρυπτόν, οὐ γὰρ γινώσκεις τί τέξεται.

To-in-look-belonged of-other-belonged lest-thou-might-have-done-unto to-hidened, not too-thus thou-acquaint to-what-one it-shall-creation.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 8:19 παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ μὴ ἔκφαινε σὴν καρδίαν, καὶ μὴ ἀναφερέτω σοι χάριν.

Unto-all unto-a-mankind lest thou-should manifest-out to-whole to-a-heart, and lest it-should-bear-up unto-thee to-a-granting.

8:19 σην (η vel non inst Bb vel instaurata evan) καρδιαν] καρδιαν σου ℵ A

[appendix] εκφενε AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:1 Μὴ ζήλου γυναῖκα τοῦ κόλπου σου, μηδὲ διδάξῃς ἐπὶ σεαυτὸν παιδείαν πονηράν·

Lest thou-should-en-crave to-a-woman of-the-one of-a-bosom of-thee, lest-then-also thou-might-have-veer-veerated upon to-thyself to-a-childing-of to-en-necessitated;

9:1 παιδειαν (-διαν AC)] καρδιαν ℵ (pr ε ℵ* improb ε et καρ ex πι (? παι) fec ℵ1(vid))

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:2 μὴ δῷς γυναικὶ τὴν ψυχήν σου, ἐπιβῆναι αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τὴν ἰσχύν σου.

lest thou-might-have-had-given unto-a-woman to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee, to-have-had-stepped-upon to-it upon to-the-one to-a-force-holding of-thee.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:3 μὴ ὑπάντα γυναικὶ ἑταιριζομένῃ, μή ποτε ἐμπέσῃς εἰς τὰς παγίδας αὐτῆς.

Lest thou-should-under-ever-a-one-unto unto-a-woman unto-comrading-unto, lest whither-also thou-might-have-had-fallen-in into to-the-ones to-snares of-it.

9:3 [appendix] ετεριζομενη ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:4 μετὰ ψαλλούσης μὴ ἐνδελέχιζε, μή ποτε ἁλῷς ἐν τοῖς ἐπιχειρήμασιν αὐτῆς.

With of-twanging lest thou-should-elongate-in-to, lest whither-also thou-might-have-had-other-alonged in unto-the-ones unto-handings-upon-to of-it.

Note: thou-might-have-had-other-alonged : Intransitive Active Voice, i.e. to go on a course accountable to penalties.

9:4 ψαλλουσης] superscr λυριζόυσης Ba | ενδελεχιζε] superscr συνήθιζε Ba | αλως] adnot πιάσθεῖς Ba mg

[appendix] ενδελεξειζε A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:5 παρθένον μὴ καταμάνθανε, μή ποτε σκανδαλισθῇς ἐν τοῖς ἐπιτιμίοις αὐτῆς.

To-a-maiden lest thou-should-learn-down, lest whither-also thou-might-have-been-cumbered-to in unto-the-ones unto-valued-upon-belonged of-it.

9:5 σκανδαλισθης] σκανδαλιση (σ 1° ex ε ut vid) σε ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:6 μὴ δῷς πόρναις τὴν ψυχήν σου, ἵνα μὴ ἀπολέσῃς τὴν κληρονομίαν σου.

Lest thou-might-have-had-given unto-harlots to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee, so lest thou-might-have-destructed-off to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-thee.

9:6 ινα μη απολ. την κλ. σου] ινα μη ατιμαζωνται οι προγονοι σου ℵ* (hab ινα μη απολ. τη κλ. σου ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:7 μὴ περιβλέπου ἐν ῥύμαις πόλεως, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις αὐτῆς μὴ πλανῶ.

Lest thou-should-view-upon in unto-tractees of-a-city, and in unto-the-ones unto-solituded of-it lest thou-should-wander-unto.

Note: unto-tractees : used to refer to the motion of an entity, used of a swing, of a-rushering-to, of sound, of a rush of soldiers or boats, of throroughfares, etc.

9:7 ερημοις] ρυμαις ℵ* (ερ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:8 ἀπόστρεψον ὀφθαλμὸν ἀπὸ γυναικὸς εὐμόρφου, καὶ μὴ καταμάνθανε κάλλος ἀλλότριον· ἐν κάλλει γυναικὸς πολλοὶ ἐπλανήθησαν, καὶ ἐκ τούτου φιλία ὡς πῦρ ἀνακαίεται.

Thou-should-have-beturned-off to-an-eye off of-a-woman of-goodly-formed, and lest thou-should-learn-down to-a-seemlieedness to-other-belonged; in unto-a-seemlieedness of-a-woman much they-were-wandered-unto, and out of-the-one-this a-caring-unto as a-fire it-be-burn-belonged-up.

9:8 οφθαλμον] + σου ℵc.aC | om και 1° C | καταμανθανε καλλος αλλοτριον] ανε καλλος αλλοτρι sup ras Ca | εκ τουτου] pr η C

[appendix] καλλει] καλλι C | ανακεεται AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:9 μετὰ ὑπάνδρου γυναικὸς μὴ κάθου τὸ σύνολον, καὶ μὴ συμβολοκοπήσῃς μετ' αὐτῆς ἐν οἴνῳ· μή ποτε ἐκκλίνῃ ἡ ψυχή σου ἐπ' αὐτήν, καὶ τῷ πνεύματί σου ὀλισθήσῃς εἰς ἀπώλειαν.

With of-manned-under of-a-woman lest thou-should-sit-down to-the-one to-together-whole, and lest thou-might-have-castee-together-felled-unto with of-it in unto-a-wine; lest whither-also it-might-cline-out, the-one a-breathing of-thee, upon to-it, and unto-the-one unto-a-currenting-to of-thee thou-might-have-slipped into to-a-destructing-off-of.

9:9 μετα sup ras Aa | συνβολοκοπησης ℵ | εν οινω μετ αυτης ℵc.a | επ] εις C | ολισθησης] ολισθης ℵ C ολισθηση Ba vidA | απωλιαν C

[appendix] εκκλεινη B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:10 Μὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς φίλον ἀρχαῖον, ὁ γὰρ πρόσφατος οὐκ ἔστιν ἔφισος αὐτῷ· οἶνος νέος φίλος νέος· ἐὰν παλαιωθῇ, μετ' εὐφροσύνης πίεσαι αὐτόν.

Lest thou-might-have-had-remaindered-down-in to-cared to-first-belonged, the-one too-thus declared-toward not it-be samed-upon unto-it; a-wine new cared new; if-ever it-might-have-been-en-past-belonged, with of-a-goodly-centeringedness thou-shall-drink to-it.

9:10 ενκαταλιπης ℵ εγκαταλειπης A |εφ᾿ ισος B* (apostr non inst Bb) επισος A | εαν] + δε C | μετ] ετ ℵ* (μ. ℵc.a) | ευφροσυνη A

[appendix] πιεσε C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:11 μὴ ζηλώσῃς δόξαν ἁμαρτωλοῦ· οὐ γὰρ οἶδας τί ἔσται ἡ καταστροφὴ αὐτοῦ.

Lest thou-might-have-en-craved to-a-reckonedness of-un-adjusted-along; not too-thus thou-had-come-to-see to-what-one it-shall-be the-one a-beturning-down of-it.

9:11 τι] τις ℵ* (ς ras ℵ?) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:12 μὴ εὐδοκήσῃς ἐν εὐδοκίᾳ ἀσεβῶν, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἕως ᾅδου οὐ μὴ δικαιωθῶσιν.

Lest thou-might-have-goodly-thought-unto in unto-a-goodly-thinking-unto of-un-reveringed, thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-which-a-one unto-if-which of-a-hadês not lest they-might-have-been-en-course-belonged.

9:12 om εν ℵ A C | ευδοκιαις ℵ C (-κειαις) | δικαιωθωσι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:13 μακρὰν ἄπεχε ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ὃς ἔχει ἐξουσίαν τοῦ φονεύσαι, καὶ οὐ μὴ ὑποπτεύσῃς φόβον θανάτου· κἂν προσέλθῃς, μὴ πλημμελήσῃς, ἵνα μὴ ἀφέληται τὴν ζωήν σου· ἐπίγνωθι ὅτι ἐν μέσῳ παγίδων διαβαίνεις, καὶ ἐπὶ ἐπάλξεων πόλεως περιπατεῖς.

To-en-longed thou-should-hold-off off of-a-mankind which it-holdeth to-a-being-out-unto of-the-one to-have-slayed-of, and not lest thou-might-have-beheld-under-of to-a-fearee of-a-death; and-ever thou-might-have-had-came-toward, lest thou-might-have-beyond-membered-unto, so lest it-might-have-had-sectioned-off to-the-one to-a-lifing of-thee; thou-should-have-had-acquainted-upon to-which-a-one in unto-middle of-snares thou-step-through, and upon of-fendings-upon of-a-city thou-tread-about-unto.

9:13 εξουσιας ℵ* (-σιαν ℵc.a) | φονευσαι] φονευειν Babℵ A C | υποπτευσης] υποπνευσης C | φοβω ℵ* (φοβον ℵc.a) | καν] και μην ℵ* (καν ℵc.a) | αφελη A | παγιδος A | διαβεννεις C | πολεως ℵ* (-λεων ℵc.a) C

[appendix] επιγνωθει A | εμμεσω B* (εν μ. Bb) AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:14 κατὰ τὴν ἰσχύν σου στόχασαι τοὺς πλησίον, καὶ μετὰ σοφῶν συμβουλεύου·

Down to-the-one to-a-force-holding of-thee thou-should-have-belineated-to to-the-ones to-nigh-belonged, and with of-wisdomed thou-should-purpose-together-of;

Note: thou-should-have-belineated-to : i.e. set in line.

9:14 τους πλησιον] τω πλ. A του πλ. C | συμβουλευου] βουλειου ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:15 καὶ μετὰ συνετῶν ἔστω ὁ διαλογισμός σου, καὶ πᾶσα διήγησίς σου ἐν νόμῳ Ὑψίστου.

and with of-sendable-together it-should-be the-one a-fortheeing-through-to-of of-thee, and all a-beleading-through of-thee in unto-a-parcelee of-most-lofteed.

9:15 om και 1° ℵ A C | διηγησις] pr η ℵc.a A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:16 ἄνδρες δίκαιοι ἔστωσαν σύνδειπνοί σου, καὶ ἐν φόβῳ Κυρίου ἔστω τὸ καύχημά σου.

Men course-belonged they-should-be mealed-together of-thee, and in unto-a-fearee of-the-one of-Authority-belonged it-should-be the-one a-boasting-to of-thee.

9:16 om σου 2° C

[appendix] συνδιπνοι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:17 ἐν χειρὶ τεχνιτῶν ἔργον ἐπαινεσθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἡγούμενος λαοῦ σοφὸς ἐν λόγῳ αὐτοῦ.

In unto-a-hand of-a-craft-belonger a-work it-shall-be-lauded-upon-unto, and the-one leading-unto of-a-people wisdomed in unto-a-forthee of-it.

9:17 επαινεθησεται Bbℵ?C (επενεθ.) | λογοις ℵ* (-γω ℵc.a)

[appendix] χιρι ℵ* (χειρι ℵc.c) | τεχνειτων B* (τεχνιτ. Bb) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 9:18 φοβερὸς ἐν πόλει αὐτοῦ ἀνὴρ γλωσσώδης, καὶ ὁ προπετὴς ἐν λόγῳ αὐτοῦ μισηθήσεται.

En-feareed in unto-a-city of-it a-man tongue-seeinged, and the-one fallinged-before in unto-a-forthee of-it it-shall-be-hated-unto.

9:18 πολει] λογω C | πρεπετης A | λογω] . . . C (ras aliq Ca vid)

[appendix] μεισηθησεται B* (μισηθ. Bb) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:1 Κριτὴς σοφὸς παιδεύσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡγεμονία συνετοῦ τεταγμένη ἔσται.

A-separater wisdomed it-shall-child-of to-the-one to-a-people of-it, and a-leadering-unto of-sendable-together having-had-come-to-be-arranged it-shall-be.

10:1 om και C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:2 κατὰ τὸν κριτὴν τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ οὕτως καὶ οἱ λειτουργοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ κατὰ τὸν ἡγούμενον τῆς πόλεως πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες αὐτήν.

Down to-the-one to-a-separater of-the-one of-a-people of-it unto-the-one-this and the-ones public-workers of-it, and down to-the-one to-leading-unto of-the-one of-a-city all the-ones housing-down-unto to-it.

10:2 om αυτου 1° ℵc.a | om και 1° ℵ* (hab ¬ ℵc.a) AC | αυτην] αυτης C

[appendix] λιτουργοι B* (λειτ. Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:3 βασιλεὺς ἀπαίδευτος ἀπολεῖ τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πόλις οἰκισθήσεται ἐν συνέσει δυναστῶν.

A-ruler-of un-childed-of it-shall-destruct-off to-the-one to-a-people of-it, and a-city it-shall-be-housed-to in unto-a-sending-together of-ablers.

10:3 [appendix] πολεις C | οικεισθησεται C | συνεσι B* (-σει Bab)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:4 ἐν χειρὶ Κυρίου ἐξουσία τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὸν χρήσιμον ἐγερεῖ εἰς καιρὸν ἐπ' αὐτῆς.

In unto-a-hand of-Authority-belonged a-being-out-unto of-the-one of-a-soil, and to-the-one to-afforded-belonged-unto it-shall-rouse into to-a-time upon of-it.

10:4-5 inter καιρον et ανδρος ras plus quam 3 stichos C?

10:4 εξουσια] pr η ℵ A | εγειρει C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:5 ἐν χειρὶ Κυρίου εὐοδία ἀνδρός, καὶ προσώπῳ γραμματέως ἐπιθήσει δόξαν αὐτοῦ.

In unto-a-hand of-Authority-belonged a-goodly-waying-unto of-a-man, and unto-looked-toward of-a-scribing-toer-of it-shall-place-upon to-a-reckonedness of-it.

10:4-5 inter καιρον et ανδρος ras plus quam 3 stichos C?

10:5 γραμματεως] pr vid δοξης ℵc.a | om αυτου ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:6 Ἐπὶ παντὶ ἀδικήματι μὴ μηνιάσῃς τῷ πλησίον, καὶ μὴ πρᾶσσε μηδὲν ἐν ἔργοις ὕβρεως.

Upon unto-all unto-an-un-coursing-to lest thou-might-have-wrath-belonged-unto unto-the-one to-nigh-belonged, and lest thou-should-practice to-lest-then-also-one in unto-works of-an-abuse.

10:6 μηνισης ℵ Ca vid μινησης A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:7 μισητὴ ἔναντι Κυρίου καὶ ἀνθρώπων ὑπερηφανία, καὶ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων πλημμελήσει ἄδικα.

Hated in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged and of-mankinds a-manifesting-over-unto, and out of-more-around it-shall-beyond-member-unto to-un-coursed.

10:7 υπερηφανια] pr η ℵc.a, c.c | πλημμεληση ℵ* A πλημμελια ℵc.a | αδικια ℵ A αδικιαν C

[appendix] μεισητη B* (μισ. Bb) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:8 βασιλεία ἀπὸ ἔθνους εἰς ἔθνος μετάγεται διὰ ἀδικίας καὶ ὕβρεις καὶ χρήματα.

A-ruling-of off of-a-placeedness-belonging-to into to-a-placeedness-belonging-to it-be-led-with through to-un-coursings-unto and to-abuses and to-affordings-to.

10:8 υβρις ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:9 τί ὑπερηφανεύεται γῆ καὶ σποδός; ὅτι ἐν ζωῇ ἔρριψα τὰ ἐνδόσθια αὐτοῦ.

To-what-one it-be-manifested-over-of a-soil and an-ash to-which-a-one in unto-a-lifing I-flung to-the-ones to-given-in-from-belonged of-it?

10:9 τι] + η C | υπερηφανευται C | εν ζωη ερριψα] και εν γη αυτου εκριψι ℵc.a

[appendix] υπερηφανευετε A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:10 μακρὸν ἀρρώστημα, σκώπτει ἰατρός· καὶ βασιλεὺς σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον τελευτήσει.

To-en-longed to-an-un-strengthing-to it-jesteth, an-en-curer; and a-ruler-of this-day, and to-morrow it-shall-finish-of-unto.

10:10 σκοπτει C | ιατρον ℵc.a | σημερον και αυριον] σ. και αυτος αυριον ℵ* ος σ. αυριον δε ℵc.a | τελευτησει] τελευτα C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:11 ἐν γὰρ τῷ ἀποθανεῖν ἄνθρωπον κληρονομήσει ἑρπετὰ καὶ θηρία, σκώληκας.

In too-thus unto-the-one to-have-had-died-off to-a-mankind it-shall-lot-parcelee-unto, creeped and beastlets, to-maggots.

10:11 αποθνειν ℵ* (αποθαν. ℵ1) | ανθρωπον] αυτον C | om σκωληκας ℵ* ¬ σκωληκες ℵc.a και σκωληκας AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:12 ἀρχὴ ὑπερηφανίας ἀνθρώπου ἀφισταμένου ἀπὸ Κυρίου, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ποιήσαντος αὐτὸν ἀπέστη ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ.

A-firsting of-a-manifesting-over-unto, of-a-mankind of-being-stood-off off of-Authority-belonged and off of-the-one of-having-done-unto to-it it-had-stood-off, the-one a-heart of-it;

10:12 απεστη] αφεστη C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:13 ὅτι ἀρχὴ ὑπερηφανίας ἁμαρτία, καὶ ὁ κρατῶν αὐτῆς ἐξομβρήσει βδέλυγμα. διὰ τοῦτο παρεδόξασεν Κύριος τὰς ἐπαγωγάς, καὶ κατέστρεψεν εἰς τέλος αὐτούς·

to-which-a-one a-firsting of-a-manifesting-over-unto an-un-adjusting-along-unto, and the-one securing-unto of-it it-shall-storm-out-unto to-an-abhorrering-to. Through to-the-one-this it-beside-reckoned-to, Authority-belonged, to-the-ones to-leadings-upon, and it-beturned-down into to-a-finisheedness to-them;

10:13 υπερηφανια A* (-νιας Aa?) | αμαρτιας A* (-τια Aa?(vid)) | τελος] τελου A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:14 θρόνους ἀρχόντων καθεῖλεν ὁ κύριος, καὶ ἐκάθισεν πρᾳεῖς ἀντ' αὐτῶν·

to-thrones of-firsting it-had-sectioned-down, the-one Authority-belonged, and it-sat-down-to to-mild ever-a-one of-them;

10:14 [appendix] καθιλεν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:15 ῥίζας ἐθνῶν ἐξέτιλεν ὁ κύριος, καὶ ἐφύτευσεν ταπεινοὺς ἀντ' αὐτῶν·

to-rootednesses of-placeedness-belongings-to it-pulled-out, the-one Authority-belonged, and it-planted-of to-lowed-belonged-to ever-a-one of-them.

10:15 εξετιλεν ℵc.a(vid), c.cC (-τειλ. B A)] εξειλεν ℵ* | ο κυριος] om ο ℵ

[appendix] ταπινους ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:16 χώρας ἐθνῶν κατέστρεψεν ὁ κύριος, καὶ ἀπώλεσεν αὐτὰς ἕως θεμελίων γῆς·

to-spacednesses of-placeedness-belongings-to it-beturned-down, the-one Authority-belonged, and it-destructed-off to-them unto-if-which of-placeeer-belonged of-a-soil;

10:16 εως] εκ ℵc.aC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:17 ἐξήρανεν ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ ἀπώλεσεν αὐτούς, καὶ κατέπαυσεν ἀπὸ γῆς τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν.

it-dried out of-them and it-destructed-off to-them, and it-ceased-down off of-a-soil to-the-one to-a-remembrance of-them.

10:17 εξηρανεν] εξηρεν ℵ A C | εξ αυτων] αυτους ℵc.aA αυτας C | αυτους] αυτας C | απο] εκ ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:18 οὐκ ἔκτισται ἀνθρώποις ὑπερηφανία, οὐδὲ ὀργὴ θυμοῦ γεννήμασιν γυναικῶν.

Not it-had-come-to-be-befounded-to unto-mankinds a-manifesting-over-unto, not-then-also a-stressing of-a-passion unto-generatings-to of-women.

10:18 γεννημασιν (-σι ℵ)] pr εν ℵ1(vid) c.c

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:19 σπέρμα ἔντιμον ποῖον; σπέρμα ἀνθρώπου· σπέρμα ἔντιμον ποῖον; οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν κύριον. σπέρμα ἄτιμον ποῖον; σπέρμα ἀνθρώπου· σπέρμα ἄτιμον ποῖον; οἱ παραβαίνοντες ἐντολάς.

A-whorling-to valued-in which-belonged? A-whorling-to of-a-mankind; a-whorling-to valued-in which-belonged? The-ones feareeing-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged. A-whorling-to un-valued which-belonged? A-whorling-to of-a-mankind; a-whorling-to un-valued which-belonged? The-ones stepping-beside to-finishings-in.

10:19 σπερμα . . . ανθρωπου (1°) ras C? | om ποιον 4° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:20 ἐν μέσῳ ἀδελφῶν ὁ ἡγούμενος αὐτῶν ἔντιμος, καὶ οἱ φοβούμενοι Κύριον ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ.

In unto-middle of-brethrened the-one leading-unto of-them valued-in, and the-ones feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged in unto-eyes of-it.

10:20 [appendix] εμμεσω B* (εν μ. Bb) C | εντειμος ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:22 πλούσιος καὶ ἔνδοξος καὶ πτωχός, τὸ καύχημα αὐτῶν φόβος Κυρίου.

Wealth-belonged and reckoned-in and beggared, the-one a-boasting-to of-them a-fearee of-Authority-belonged.

10:22 και πτωχος] πτωχος και πενης C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:23 οὐ δίκαιον ἀτιμάσαι πτωχὸν συνετόν, καὶ οὐ καθῆκεν δοξάσαι ἄνδρα ἁμαρτωλόν.

Not course-belonged to-un-valuate-to to-beggared to-sendable-together, and not it-was-arriving-down to-have-reckoned-to to-a-man to-un-adjusted-along.

10:23 καθηκει Bbℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:24 μεγιστὰν καὶ κριτὴς καὶ δυνάστης δοξασθήσεται, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῶν τις μείζων τοῦ φοβουμένου τὸν κύριον.

A-most-great and a-separater and an-abler it-shall-be-reckoned-to, and not it-be of-them a-one greateninged-of of-the-one of-feareeing-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged.

10:24 μεγιστας C | τις αυτων ℵ | των φοβουμενων AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:25 οἰκέτῃ σοφῷ ἐλεύθεροι λειτουργήσουσιν, καὶ ἀνὴρ ἐπιστήμων οὐ γογγύσει.

Unto-a-houser unto-wisdomed en-freed they-shall-public-work-unto, and a-man standinged-upon-of not it-shall-murmur-of-to.

10:25 σοφω] συνετω ℵ* (σοφ. ℵc.a) ante σοφ. ras 1 lit C?

[appendix] λιτουργησουσιν B*ℵ* (λειτουργ. Babℵc.c) C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:26 Μὴ σοφίζου ποιῆσαι τὸ ἔργον σου, καὶ μὴ δοξάζου ἐν καιρῷ στενοχωρίας σου.

Lest thou-should-wisdom-to to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-work of-thee, and lest thou-should-reckon-to in unto-a-time of-a-narrowed-spacing-unto of-thee.

10:26 δοξασου ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:27 κρείσσων ἐργαζόμενος ἐν πᾶσιν ἢ περιπατῶν, ἢ δοξαζόμενος καὶ ἀπορῶν ἄρτων.

More-securinged-of working-to in unto-all or treading-about-unto, or reckoning-to and un-traversing-unto of-adjustations.

Note: to-adjustations : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

10:27 εν πασιν] pr η και περισσευων ℵ* pr και περισσευων ℵ?A pr εν πασιν και περισσευων ℵc.a | η περιπατων] om ℵ c seqq coniung A | om η 2° A Ca | απορων] υστερων A

[appendix] κρισσων AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:28 τέκνον, ἐν πρᾳύτητι δόξασον τὴν ψυχήν σου, καὶ δὸς αὐτῇ τιμὴν κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν αὐτῆς.

Creationee, in unto-a-mildness thou-should-have-reckoned-to to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee, and thou-should-have-had-given unto-it to-a-valuation down to-the-one to-deem-belonged of-it.

10:28 τη ψυχη C | τιμη ℵ* (-μην ℵ1)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:29 τὸν ἁμαρτάνοντα εἰς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίς δικαιώσει; καὶ τίς δοξάσει τὸν ἀτιμάζοντα τὴν ζωὴν αὐτοῦ;

To-the-one to-un-adjusting-along into to-the-one to-a-breathing of-it what-one it-shall-en-course-belong? And what-one it-shall-reckon-to to-the-one to-un-valuating-to to-the-one to-a-lifing of-it?

10:29 την ψυχην] om την A | δοξαζει ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:30 πτωχὸς δοξάζεται δι' ἐπιστήμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ πλούσιος δοξάζεται διὰ τὸν πλοῦτον αὐτοῦ.

Beggared it-be-reckoned-to through to-a-standing-upon of-it, and a-wealth it-be-reckoned-to through to-the-one to-a-wealth of-it.

10:30 επιστημην ℵ* (-μης ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 10:31 ὁ δεδοξασμένος ἐν πτωχείᾳ, καὶ ἐν πλούτῳ ποσαχῶς; καὶ ὁ ἄδοξος ἐν πλούτῳ, καὶ ἐν πτωχείᾳ ποσαχῶς;

The-one having-had-come-to-be-reckoned-to in unto-a-beggaring-of, and in unto-a-wealth unto-whither-oft? And the-one un-reckoned in unto-a-wealth, and in unto-a-beggaring-of unto-whither-oft?

10:31 δε δοξαζομενος] om δε ℵ δεδοξασμενος AC | πτωχεια 1°] πλουτω ℵ | πλουτω 1°] πτωχια ℵ | ποσαχως 1°] ποσαπλως ℵ | πλουτω 2°] πτωχια ℵ C | εν 4°] pr και Babℵc.a A C | πτωχεια 2° (-χια A)] πλουτω ℵ C | ποσαχως 2° (προσαχως C)] ποσαπλως ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:1 σοφία ταπεινοῦ ἀνύψωσεν κεφαλήν, καὶ ἐν μέσῳ μεγιστάνων καθίσει αὐτόν.

A-wisdoming-unto of-lowed-belonged-to it-en-lofteed-up to-a-head, and in unto-middle of-most-greats it-shall-sit-down-to to-it.

11:1 ανυψωσει ℵ A ανυψωσαι C | κεφαλην] + αυτου ℵ A C | καθιση ℵ* (-σι ℵc.a(vid) -σει ℵc.c) C καθησει A

[appendix] ταπινου ℵ C | εμμεσω B* (εν μ. Bb) C : item 8

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:2 μὴ αἰνέσῃς ἄνδρα ἐν κάλλει αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ βδελύξῃ ἄνθρωπον ἐν ὁράσει αὐτοῦ.

Lest thou-might-have-lauded-unto to-a-man in unto-a-seemlieedness of-it, and lest thou-might-have-abhorrered to-a-mankind in unto-a-seeeeing of-it.

11:2 ανδρα] αν̅ο̅ν ℵ | ανθρωπον] ανδρα ℵ C | ορασει] θρασει ℵ (καλλ incep ℵ* improb ℵ1)

[appendix] καλλι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:3 μικρὰ ἐν πετεινοῖς μέλισσα, καὶ ἀρχὴ γλυκασμάτων ὁ καρπὸς αὐτῆς.

Small in unto-flying-belonged-to a-honeyeress, and a-firsting of-sweetings-to the-one a-fruit of-it.

Note: a-honeyeress : used to refer to bees.

11:3 μελισσα] pr η ℵ C | αυτης] + εστῑ ℵc.a

[appendix] πετινοις ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:4 ἐν περιβολῇ ἱματίων μὴ καυχήσῃ, καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ δόξης μὴ ἐπαίρου· ὅτι θαυμαστὰ τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου, καὶ κρυπτὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἐν ἀνθρώποις.

In unto-a-casting-about of-apparelets lest thou-might-have-boasted-unto, and in unto-a-dayedness of-a-reckonedness lest thou-should-lift-upon; to-which-a-one marveled-to the-ones works of-Authority-belonged, and hidened the-ones works of-it in unto-mankinds.

11:4 om εν 3° ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:5 πολλοὶ τύραννοι ἐκάθισαν ἐπὶ ἐδάφους, ὁ δὲ ἀνυπονόητος ἐφόρεσεν διάδημα·

Much tyrants they-sat-down-to upon of-a-beloweedness, the-one then-also un-considered-under it-beareed-unto to-a-binding-through-to;

Note: to-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

11:5 [appendix] επει C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:6 πολλοὶ δυνάσται ἠτιμάσθησαν σφόδρα, καὶ ἔνδοξοι παρεδόθησαν εἰς χεῖρας ἑταίρων.

Much ablers they-were-un-valuated-to to-vehemented, and reckoned-in they-were-given-beside into to-hands of-comrades.

11:6 δυναστοι ℵ* (-ται ℵc.a) | εταιρων] ετερων Bab A C

[appendix] χιρας ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:7 πρὶν ἐξετάσῃς μὴ μέμψῃ, νόησον πρῶτον καὶ τότε ἐπιτίμα.

Ere thou-might-have-out-tested-to lest thou-might-have-blamed, thou-should-have-en-mulled-unto to-most-before and to-the-one-which-also thou-should-valuate-upon-unto.

11:7 πριν] + η ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:8 πρὶν ἢ ἀκοῦσαι μὴ ἀποκρίνου, καὶ ἐν μέσῳ λόγων μὴ παρεμβάλλου.

Ere or to-have-heard lest thou-should-separate-off, and in unto-middle of-forthees lest thou-should-cast-in-beside.

11:8 om η ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:9 περὶ πράγματος οὗ οὐκ ἔστιν σοι χρεία μὴ ἔριζε, καὶ ἐν κρίσει ἁμαρτωλῶν μὴ συνέδρευε.

About of-a-practicing-to of-which not it-be unto-thee an-affording-of lest thou-should-wrangle-to, and in unto-a-separating of-un-adjusted-along lest thou-should-seat-together-of.

11:9 om χρεια ℵ A C*vid (hab χρια Ca)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:10 τέκνον, μὴ περὶ πολλὰ ἔστωσαν αἱ πράξεις σου· ἐὰν πληθύνῃς, οὐκ ἀθῳωθήσῃ· καὶ ἐὰν διώκῃς, οὐ μὴ καταλάβῃς, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγῃς διαδράς.

Creationee, lest about to-much they-should-be the-ones practices of-thee; if-ever thou-might-repleten, not thou-shall-be-en-un-guilted; and if-ever thou-might-pursue, not lest thou-might-have-had-taken-down, and not lest thou-might-have-had-fled having-circuited-through.

11:10 πραξις A | εαν 1°] + γαρ ℵ | αθωωθηση Ba fort b (αθοωθ. B* A C αθωοθ. ℵc.a)] αθωος εση ℵ*

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:11 ἔστιν κοπιῶν καὶ πονῶν καὶ σπεύδων, καὶ τόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑστερεῖται.

It-be fell-belonging-unto and necessitating-unto and hastening, and unto-the-one-which more-such it-be-lattered-unto.

11:11 τοσω B*ℵc.aC] τοσουτω Ba fort bℵ* ποσω A

[appendix] υστεριται C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:12 ἔστιν νωθρὸς καὶ προσδεόμενος ἀντιλήμψεως, ὑστερῶν ἰσχύι καὶ πτωχείᾳ περισσεύει· καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπέβλεψαν αὐτῷ εἰς ἀγαθά, καὶ ἀνώρθωσεν αὐτὸν ἐκ ταπεινώσεως αὐτοῦ,

It-be en-slumbered and binding-toward of-ever-a-one-takings, lattering-unto unto-a-force-holding and unto-a-beggaring-of it-abouteth-of; and the-ones eyes of-Authority-belonged they-viewed-upon unto-it into to-excess-placed, and it-en-straightly-jutted-up to-it out of-an-en-lowed-belonging-to of-it,

11:12 εστι A | om και 1° ℵ* (hab ¬ ℵc.a) A | προσδεομενος] δεομενος C | ισχυι] pr εν ℵc.a, c.c | πτωχια C | περισσευων ℵ | ο οφθαλμος ℵ* (οι οφθαλμοι ℵc.a) | επεβλεψεν ℵ* (-ψαν ℵc.a) | ανωρθωσαν C

[appendix] ισχυει B* (ισχυι Bb) C | πατινωσεως ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:13 καὶ ἀνύψωσεν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπεθαύμασαν ἐπ' αὐτῷ πολλοί.

and it-en-lofteed-up to-a-head of-it, and they-marveled-off-to upon unto-it, much.

11:13 απεθαυμασαν] ανεθαυμασαν A?vid εθαυμασαν Ca

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:14 ἀγαθὰ καὶ κακά, ζωὴ καὶ θάνατος, πτωχεία καὶ πλοῦτος παρὰ Κυρίου ἐστίν.

Excess-placed and wedge-wedged, a-lifing and a-death, a-beggaring-of and a-wealth beside of-Authority-belonged it-be.

11:14 κακα] κα B* (κακα Ba fort b) | πτωχια C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:17 Δόσις Κυρίου παραμένει εὐσεβέσιν, καὶ ἡ εὐδοκία αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα εὐοδωθήσεται.

A-giving of-Authority-belonged it-stayeth-beside unto-goodly-reveringed, and the-one a-goodly-thinking-unto of-it into to-the-one to-an-age it-shall-be-goodly-en-wayed.

11:17 δοσεις A | ευσεβεσιν] ευλαβεσιν ℵc.a | ευοδωθησεται] ευ δοθησεται ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:18 ἔστιν πλουτῶν ἀπὸ προσοχῆς καὶ σφιγγίας αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὕτη ἡ μερὶς τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ·

It-be wealthing-unto off of-a-holding-toward and of-an-astringing-unto of-it, and the-one-this the-one a-portion of-the-one of-a-pay of-it;

11:18 πλουτων] υ sup ras Aa | του μισθου] pr απο ℵ* (om απο ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:19 ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν αὐτόν Εὗρον ἀνάπαυσιν, καὶ νῦν φάγομαι ἐκ τῶν ἀγαθῶν μου, καὶ οὐκ οἶδεν τίς καιρὸς παρελεύσεται, καὶ καταλείψει αὐτὰ ἑτέροις καὶ ἀποθανεῖται.

in unto-the-one to-have-had-said to-it, I-had-found to-a-ceasing-up, and now I-shall-devour out of-the-ones of-excess-placed of-me, and not it-had-come-to-see what-one a-time it-shall-come-beside, and it-shall-remainder-down to-them unto-different and it-shall-die-off.

11:19 [appendix] ειπιν ℵ A | φαγομε A | καταλιψει B* (-λειψει Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:20 στῆθι ἐν διαθήκῃ σου καὶ ὁμίλει ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ σου παλαιώθητι.

Thou-should-have-had-stood in unto-a-placement-through of-thee and thou-should-group-along-unto in unto-it, and in unto-the-one unto-a-work of-thee thou-should-have-been-en-past-belonged.

11:20 [appendix] στηθει A | ομειλει B* (ομιλει Bb) ομιλι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:21 μὴ θαύμαζε ἐν ἔργοις ἁμαρτωλοῦ· πίστευε τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ ἔμμενε τῷ πόνῳ σου· ὅτι κοῦφον ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς Κυρίου διὰ τάχους ἐξάπινα πλουτίσαι πένητα.

Lest thou-should-marvel-to in unto-works of-un-adjusted-along; thou-should-trust-of unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged and thou-should-stay-in unto-the-one unto-a-necessitatee of-thee; to-which-a-one eased in unto-eyes of-Authority-belonged through of-a-quickeedness out-off-so to-have-wealthed-to to-necessitatinged.

11:21 πιστευε] + δε ℵ A | τω κυριω] om τω ℵ A | πλουτησαι A

[appendix] εξαπεινα A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:22 εὐλογία Κυρίου ἐν μισθῷ εὐσεβοῦς, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ταχινῇ ἀναθάλλει εὐλογίαν αὐτοῦ.

A-goodly-fortheeing-unto of-Authority-belonged in unto-a-pay of-goodly-reveringed, and in unto-an-houredness unto-quick-belonged-to it-flourisheth-up to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto of-it.

11:22 εν μισθω] εμμεσω A

[appendix] ταχεινη A | αναθαλλι ℵ* (-θαλλει ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:23 μὴ εἴπῃς Τίς ἐστίν μου χρεία, καὶ τίνα ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν ἔσται μου τὰ ἀγαθά;

Lest thou-might-have-had-said, What-one it-be of-me an-affording-of, and what-ones off of-the-one now it-shall-be of-me the-ones excess-placed?

11:23 μου 2°] μοι ℵ* (μου ℵc.a) | τα αγαθα] om τα ℵ* (hab τα ℵc.a)

[appendix] χρια ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:24 μὴ εἴπῃς Αὐτάρκη μοί ἐστιν, καὶ τί ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν κακωθήσομαι;

Lest-thou-might-have-had-said, Self-lift-belonginged-of-unto unto-me it-be, and to-what-one off of-the-one now I-shall-be-en-wedge-wedged?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:25 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἀγαθῶν ἀμνησία κακῶν, καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κακῶν οὐ μνησθήσεται ἀγαθῶν·

In unto-a-dayedness of-excess-placed an-un-memorying-unto of-wedge-wedged, and in unto-a-dayedness of-wedge-wedged not it-shall-be-memoried-unto of-excess-placed;

11:25 αγαθων] αγαθη A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:26 ὅτι κοῦφον ἔναντι Κυρίου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τελευτῆς ἀποδοῦναι ἀνθρώπῳ κατὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ.

to-which-a-one eased in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged in unto-a-dayedness of-a-finishing-of-unto to-have-had-given-off unto-a-mankind down to-the-ones to-ways of-it.

11:26 εναντι] εν οφθαλμοις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:27 κάκωσις ὥρας ἐπιλησμονὴν ποιεῖ τρυφῆς, καὶ ἐν συντελείᾳ ἀνθρώπου ἀποκάλυψις ἔργων αὐτοῦ.

A-wedge-wedging of-an-houredness to-a-secluded-staying-upon it-doeth-unto of-a-luxury, and in unto-a-finishing-together-of of-a-mankind a-shrouding-off of-works of-it.

11:27 αποκαλυψεις ℵ A

[appendix] κακωσεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:28 πρὸ τελευτῆς μὴ μακάριζε μηδένα, καὶ ἐν τέκνοις αὐτοῦ γνωσθήσεται ἀνήρ.

Before of-a-finishing-of-unto lest thou-should-bless-to to-lest-then-also-one, and in unto-creationees of-it it-shall-be-acquainted a-man.

11:28 om ανηρ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:29 Μὴ πάντα ἄνθρωπον εἴσαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου· πολλὰ γὰρ τὰ ἔνεδρα τοῦ δολίου.

Lest to-all to-a-mankind thou-should-lead-into into to-the-one to-a-house of-thee; much too-thus the-ones en-seatings-in of-the-one of-guile-belonged.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:30 πέρδιξ θηρευτὴς ἐν καρτάλλῳ· οὕτως καρδία ὑπερηφάνου, καὶ ὡς ὁ κατάσκοπος ἐπιβλέπει πτῶσιν.

A-partridge a-beaster-of in unto-a-secured-other; unto-the-one-this a-heart of-manifested-over, and as the-one a-scouter-down it-vieweth-upon to-a-falling.

Note: to-a-secured-other : used to refer to basket pointed at the bottom so to be attached to a person while gathering or carrying fruits.

11:30 καρταλλω] + αυτου ℵ* (improb αυτ. ℵc.a) | γαρ δια A* (καρδια Aa?) | επιβλεπτει B* (-πει Bb)

[appendix] περδειξ B* (-διξ Bab)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:31 τὰ γὰρ ἀγαθὰ εἰς κακὰ μεταστρέφων ἐνεδρεύει, καὶ ἐν τοῖς αἱρετοῖς ἐπιθήσει μῶμον.

To-the-ones too-thus to-excessed-off into to-wedge-wedged beturning-with it-seateth-in-of, and in unto-the-ones unto-sectioned-along it-shall-place-upon to-a-blemish.

11:31 αιρετοις] ετεροις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:32 ἀπὸ σπινθῆρος πυρὸς πληθυνθήσεται ἀνθρακιά, καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς εἰς αἷμα ἐνεδρεύει.

Off of-a-spark of-a-fire it-shall-be-repletened an-anthraxing-unto, and a-mankind un-adjusted-along into to-a-rushering-to it-seateth-in-of.

Note: it-shall-be-repletened in 03 : it-be-repletened in 01 02 03C1 o3C2.

11:32 πληθυνθησεται] πληθυνεται Babℵ* (-θησεται ℵc.a) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:33 πρόσεχε ἀπὸ κακούργου, πονηρὰ γὰρ τεκταίνει, μή ποτε μῶμον εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα δῷ σοι.

Thou-should-hold-toward off of-wedge-wedge-worked, to-en-necessitated too-thus it-deviseth, lest whither-also to-a-blemish into to-the-one to-an-age it-might-have-had-given unto-thee.

11:33 τεκταινεται ℵ* (-νει ℵc.a)

[appendix] τεκτενει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 11:34 ἐνοίκισον ἀλλότριον, καὶ διαστρέψει σε ἐν ταραχαῖς καὶ ἀπαλλοτριώσει σε τῶν ἰδίων σου.

Thou-should-have-housed-in-to to-other-belonged, and it-shall-beturn-through to-thee in unto-stirrings and it-shall-en-other-belong-off to-thee of-the-ones of-private-belonged of-thee.

Note: lacking in the Greek; perhaps Lest thou-should-have-housed-in-to was the original reading.

11:34 ταραχη ℵ

[appendix] απαλλοτριωσι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:1 ἐὰν εὖ ποιῇς, γνῶθι τίνι ποιεῖς, καὶ ἔσται χάρις τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς σου.

If-ever to-goodly thou-might-do-unto, thou-should-have-had-acquainted unto-what-one thou-do-unto, and it-shall-be a-granting unto-the-ones unto-excess-placed of-thee.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:2 εὖ ποίησον εὐσεβεῖ, καὶ εὑρήσεις ἀνταπόδομα, καὶ εἰ μὴ παρ' αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ παρὰ Ὑψίστου.

To-goodly thou-should-have-done-unto unto-goodly-reveringed, and thou-shall-find to-an-ever-a-one-giving-off-to, and if lest beside of-it, other beside of-most-lofteed.

12:2 ανταποδωμα A | παρα 1°] παρ ℵ A | Υψιστου] pr του ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:3 οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγαθὰ τῷ ἐνδελεχίζοντι εἰς κακὰ καὶ τῷ ἐλεημοσύνην μὴ χαριζομένῳ.

Not it-be excess-placed unto-the-one unto-elongating-in-to into to-wedge-wedged and unto-the-one to-a-besectionatingedness lest unto-granting-to.

12:3 εστιν] εσται ℵ A | ελεημοσυνην] pr μη ℵ* (improb μη ℵc.a)

[appendix] ελαιημοσυνην ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:4 δὸς τῷ εὐσεβεῖ, καὶ μὴ ἀντιλάβῃ τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ.

Thou-should-have-had-given unto-the-one unto-goodly-reveringed, and lest thou-might-have-had-ever-a-one-taken of-the-one of-un-adjusted-along.

12:4 αντιλαβη] αντιλαμβανου A | του αμαρτωλου] om του ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:5 εὖ ποίησον ταπεινῷ καὶ μὴ δῷς ἀσεβεῖ· ἐμπόδισον τοὺς ἄρτους αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ δῷς αὐτῷ, ἵνα μὴ ἐν αὐτοῖς σε δυναστεύσῃ· διπλάσια γὰρ κακὰ εὑρήσεις ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς οἷς ἂν ποιήσῃς αὐτῷ.

To-goodly thou-should-have-done-unto unto-lowed-belonged-to and lest thou-might-have-had-given unto-un-reveringed; thou-should-have-footed-in-to to-the-ones to-adjustations of-it and lest thou-might-have-had-given unto-it, so lest in unto-them to-thee it-might-have-abled-of; to-two-fold-belonged too-thus to-wedge-wedged thou-shall-find in unto-all unto-excess-placed unto-which ever thou-might-have-done-unto unto-it;

Note: to-adjustations : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

12:5 τω ταπεινω] om τω ℵ A | ασεβει] pr τω ℵc.a | om αυτου ℵ* (ποιησης ℵc.a)

[appendix] ταπινω ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:6 ὅτι καὶ ὁ ὕψιστος ἐμίσησεν ἁμαρτωλούς, καὶ τοῖς ἀσεβέσιν ἀποδώσει ἐκδίκησιν.

to-which-a-one and the-one most-lofteed it-hated-unto to-un-adjusted-along, and unto-the-ones unto-un-reveringed it-shall-give-off to-a-coursing-out.

12:6 αποδωσει] αποδω εις A

[appendix] εμεισησεν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:7 δὸς τῷ ἀγαθῷ, καὶ μὴ ἀντιλάβῃ τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ.

Thou-should-have-had-given unto-the-one unto-excess-placed, and lest thou-might-have-had-ever-a-one-taken of-the-one of-un-adjusted-along.

12:7 αντιλαβου A | του αμαρτωλου] om του ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:8 Οὐκ ἐκδικηθήσεται ἐν ἀγαθοῖς ὁ φίλος, καὶ οὐ κρυβήσεται ἐν κακοῖς ὁ ἐχθρός.

Not it-shall-be-coursed-out-unto in unto-excess-placed the-one cared, and not it-shall-have-been-hidened in unto-wedge-wedged the-one en-enmitied.

12:8 ουκ εκδικηθησεται] ου γνωσθησεται ℵc.a ουκ ενβληθησεται A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:9 ἐν ἀγαθοῖς ἀνδρὸς οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ ἐν λύπῃ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς κακοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ φίλος διαχωρισθήσεται.

In unto-excess-placed of-a-man the-ones en-enmitied of-it in unto-a-throe, and in unto-the-ones unto-wedge-wedged of-it and the-one cared it-shall-be-spaced-through-to.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:10 μὴ πιστεύσῃς τῷ ἐχθρῷ σου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα· ὡς γὰρ ὁ χαλκὸς ἰοῦται, οὕτως ἡ πονηρία αὐτοῦ·

Lest thou-might-have-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-en-enmitied of-thee into to-the-one to-an-age; as too-thus the-one a-copper it-be-en-emitted, unto-the-one-this the-one an-en-necessitating-unto of-it;

Note: it-be-en-emitted : used to refer to being oxidated into rust emission.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:11 καὶ ἐὰν ταπεινωθῇ καὶ πορεύηται συνκεκυφώς, ἐπίστησον τὴν ψυχήν σου καὶ φύλαξαι ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσῃ αὐτῷ ὡς ἐκμεμαχὼς ἔσοπτρον, καὶ γνώσῃ ὅτι οὐκ εἰς τέλος κατίωσεν.

and if-ever it-might-have-been-en-low-belonged-to and it-might-traverse-of having-had-come-to-lean-together, thou-should-have-stood-upon to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee and thou-should-have-guardered off of-it, and thou-shall-be unto-it as having-had-come-to-knead-out to-an-en-looking-into, and thou-shall-acquaint to-which-a-one not into to-a-finisheedness it-en-emitted-down.

Note: to-an-en-looking-into : used to refer to looking in a mirror.

12:11 συγκεκυφως Bbℵ | τη ψυχη A | κατιωσεν Bℵc.a (καθιωσεν ℵ*)] κατιωται A

[appendix] ταπινωθη ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:12 μὴ στήσῃς αὐτὸν παρὰ σεαυτόν, μὴ ἀνατρέψας σε στῇ ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον σου· μὴ καθίσῃς αὐτὸν ἐκ δεξιῶν σου, μή ποτε ζητήσῃ τὴν καθέδραν σου, καὶ ἐπ' ἐσχάτῳ ἐπιγνώσῃ τοὺς λόγους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ῥημάτων μου κατανυγήσῃ.

Lest thou-might-have-stood to-it beside to-thyself, lest having-turned-up to-thee it-might-have-had-stood upon to-the-one to-an-occasion of-thee; lest thou-might-have-sat-down-to to-it out of-right-belonged of-thee, lest whither-also it-might-have-sought-unto to-the-one to-a-seatedness-down of-thee, and upon unto-most-bordered thou-shall-acquaint-upon to-the-ones to-forthees of-me, and upon of-the-ones of-utterings-to of-me thou-shall-be-dintered-down.

12:12 σεαυτω ℵ A | ανατρεψας] αναστρεψας ℵ A | του τοπου ℵc.a | εσχατων ℵ A | κατανυγηση] + μη δεσμευσης δις αμαρτιαν| εν γαρ μια ουκ αθωωθηση Bab mg sup

[appendix] καθεισης A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:13 τίς ἐλεήσει ἐπαοιδὸν ὀφιόδηκτον καὶ πάντας τοὺς προσάγοντας θηρίοις;

What-one it-shall-besectionate-unto to-a-chanter-upon to-snake-bitten and to-all to-the-ones to-leading-toward unto-beastlets?

12:13 ελεηση ℵ | παντες B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:14 οὕτως τὸν προσπορευόμενον ἀνδρὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ καὶ συνφυρόμενον ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις αὐτοῦ.

Unto-the-one-this to-the-one to-traversing-toward-of unto-a-man unto-un-adjusted-along and to-being-jumbled-together in unto-the-ones unto-un-adjustings-along-unto of-it.

12:14 συνφυρομενον (συμφ. Bbℵ)] συμφερομενον A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:15 ὥραν μετὰ σοῦ διαμενεῖ, καὶ ἐὰν ἐκκλίνῃς, οὐ μὴ καρτερήσῃ.

To-an-houredness with of-thee it-shall-stay-through, and if-ever thou-might-cline-out, not lest it-might-have-more-secured-unto.

12:15 καρτερηση] ρτερηση sup ras Aa

[appendix] εκκλεινης B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:16 καὶ ἐν τοῖς χείλεσιν αὐτοῦ γλυκανεῖ ὁ ἐχθρός, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ βουλεύσεται ἀνατρέψαι σε εἰς βόθρον· ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ δακρύσει ὁ ἐχθρός, καὶ ἐὰν εὕρῃ καιρόν, οὐκ ἐμπλησθήσεται ἀφ' αἵματος·

And in unto-the-ones unto-rimmeednesses of-it it-shall-sweeten, the-one en-enmitied, and in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-it it-shall-purpose-of to-have-turned-up to-thee into to-a-trench; in unto-eyes of-it it-shall-biten-tractanteth, the-one en-enmitied, and if-ever it-might-have-had-found to-a-time, not it-shall-be-repleted-in off of-a-rushering-to;

Note: it-shall-biten-tractanteth : i.e., shedding tears, usually from emotional "bite"; also, leaking sap.

12:16 γλυκαινει ℵ* (-κανει ℵ?) | εχθρος 1°] + και πολλα ψιθυρισει και ερει σοι καλα λεγων Bab mg inf | τη καρδια] om τη ℵ* (hab τη ℵc.a) | βουλευσεται] τ sup ras Aa | ανατρεψαι] αναστρεψαι ℵ | om εν 3° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | om ουκ C

[appendix] χιλεσιν A | ανατρεψε A | σε] σαι A | αιματος] εματος A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:17 κακὰ ἂν ὑπαντήσῃ σοι, εὑρήσεις αὐτὸν πρότερον ἐκεῖ σου. καὶ ὡς βοηθῶν ὑποσχάσει πτέρναν σου·

wedge-wedged ever it-might-have-under-ever-a-oned-unto unto-thee, thou-shall-find to-it to-more-before thither of-thee. And as holler-running-unto it-shall-under-sever-to to-a-heeledness of-thee;

12:17 αν] εαν ℵ A | υπαντησει C | προτερον] ρ 1° sup ras Aa | σου εκει ℵc.aC

[appendix] ευρησις C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 12:18 κινήσει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπικροτήσει ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πολλὰ διαψιθυρίσει καὶ ἀλλοιώσει τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ.

it-shall-move-unto to-the-one to-a-head of-it and it-shall-clatter-upon-unto unto-the-ones unto-hands of-it, and to-much it-shall-whisper-through-to and it-shall-en-other to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it.

12:18 διαψιθυρισει] διαψιθυριζει C | την κεφαλην αυτου κινησει ℵ A (κειν.) C | om αυτου 2° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:1 Ὁ ἁπτόμενος πίσσης μολυνθήσεται, καὶ ὁ κοινωνῶν ὑπερηφάνῳ ὁμοιωθήσεται αὐτῷ.

The-one fastening of-a-tar it-shall-be-sullied, and the-one en-together-belonging-to-unto unto-manifested-over it-shall-be-en-along-belonged unto-it.

13:1 μολυνθησεται] pr ου ℵ* (om ου ℵc.a) | ομοιωθησεται] θησ sup ras Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:2 βάρος ὑπὲρ σὲ μὴ ἄρῃς, καὶ ἰσχυροτέρῳ σου καὶ πλουσιωτέρῳ μὴ κοινώνει. τί κοινωνήσει χύτρα πρὸς λέβητα; αὕτη προσκρούσει, καὶ αὕτη συντριβήσεται.

To-a-weighteedness over to-thee lest thou-might-have-lifted, and unto-more-force-held of-thee and unto-more-wealth-belonged lest thou-should-en-together-belong-to-unto. To-what-one it-shall-en-together-belong-to-unto a-mortar toward to-a-cauldron? The-one-this it-shall-struck-toward, and the-one-this it-shall-be-rubbed-together.

13:2 πλουσιωτερω (-οτερω A)] + σου ℵ A | τι] incep αυ ℵ* (improb αυ ℵ1) | χυτρα] κυθρα ℵ | αυτη 1° Ca (de C* non liq) | προσκουση (sic) C | αυτη 2°] ατη C* (αυτ. Ca)

[appendix] κοινωνησει] κοινωνησι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:3 πλούσιος ἠδίκησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς προσενεβριμήσατο· πτωχὸς ἠδίκηται, καὶ αὐτὸς προσδεηθήσεται.

Wealth-belonged it-un-coursed-unto, and it it-toward-in-taughtened-unto; beggared it-had-come-to-be-un-course-unto, and it it-shall-be-binded-toward.

13:3 προσδεηθησεται] προσαπιληθησεται ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:4 ἐὰν χρησιμεύσῃς, ἐργᾶται ἐν σοί· καὶ ἐὰν ὑστερήσῃς, καταλείψει σε·

If-ever thou-might-have-afford-belonged-of, it-shall-work-to in unto-thee; and if-ever thou-might-have-lattered-unto, it-shall-remainder-down to-thee;

13:4-5 εαν 1° . . . πονεισει sup ras Ca (vid dup tantum stich fuisse sed evan omnia

13:4 [appendix] χρησειμευσης A | καταλιψει B*ℵc.c (-λειψ. Bab) καταλιψι ℵ* A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:5 ἐὰν ἔχῃς, συμβιώσεταί σοι καὶ ἀποκενώσει σε, καὶ αὐτὸς οὐ πονέσει·

if-ever thou-might-hold, it-shall-en-dureeate-together unto-thee and it-shall-en-empty-off to-thee, and it not it-shall-necessitatee-unto;

13:4-5 εαν 1° . . . πονεισει sup ras Ca (vid dup tantum stich fuisse sed evan omnia

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:6 χρείαν ἔσχηκέν σου, καὶ ἀποπλανήσει σε, καὶ προσγελάσεταί σοι καὶ δώσει σοι ἐλπίδα· λαλήσει σοι καλὰ καὶ ἐρεῖ Τίς ἡ χρεία σου;

to-an-affording-of it-had-come-to-hold of-thee, and it-shall-off-wander-unto to-thee, and it-shall-toward-laugh-unto unto-thee and it-shall-give unto-thee to-a-droved-sureeing; it-shall-speak unto-thee to-seemly and it-shall-utter, What-one the-one an-affording-of of-thee?

13:6 ελπιδαν A | om σοι 3° ℵ | ερει] ερις A

[appendix] χριαν ℵ A C | δωσι C | χρια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:7 καὶ αἰσχυνεῖ σε ἐν τοῖς βρώμασιν αὐτοῦ, ἕως οὗ ἀποκενώσῃ σε δὶς ἢ τρίς, καὶ ἐπ' ἐσχάτῳ καταμωκήσεταί σου· μετὰ ταῦτα ὄψεταί σε καὶ καταλείψει σε, καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ κινήσει ἐπὶ σοί.

And it-shall-shamen to-thee in unto-the-ones unto-feedeeings-to of-it, unto-if-which of-which it-might-have-en-emptied-off to-thee to-twice or to-thrice, and upon unto-most-bordered it-shall-down-mimick-unto of-thee; with to-the-ones-these it-shall-behold to-thee and it-shall-remainder-down to-thee, and to-the-one to-a-head of-it it-shall-move-unto upon unto-thee.

13:7 αποκενωσει ℵ A | εσχατων ℵc.a (mox ipse revoc -τω) | καταμωκησεται] adnot καταγε|λάσει ἢ| ψέξει Ba mg | καταλειψει] καλυψει ℵ

[appendix] καταλιψι C | κεινησει ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:8 πρόσεχε μὴ ἀποπλανηθῇς, καὶ μὴ ταπεινωθῇς ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ σου.

Thou-should-hold-toward lest thou-might-have-been-off-wandered-unto, and lest thou-might-have-been-en-low-belonged-to in unto-a-goodly-centeringedness of-thee.

13:8 om μη 2° ℵ

[appendix] ταπινωθης B* (ταπειν. Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:9 προσκαλεσαμένου σε δυνάστου ὑποχωρῶν γίνου, καὶ τόσῳ μᾶλλόν προσκαλέσεται σε·

Of-having-been-called-toward-unto to-thee of-an-abler spacing-under-unto thou-should-become, and unto-the-one-which more-such it-shall-call-toward-unto to-thee;

13:9 μαλλον] ον sup ras Aa | σε προσκαλεσεται ℵ σε προσκαλεσητ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:10 μὴ ἔμπιπτε, μὴ ἀπωσθῇς, καὶ μὴ μακρὰν ἀφίστω, ἵνα μὴ ἐπιλησθῇς.

lest thou-should-fall-upon, lest thou-might-have-been-pushed-off-unto, and lest to-en-longed thou-should-send-off, so lest thou-might-have-been secluded-upon.

13:10 om ινα 1° ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:11 μὴ ἔπεχε ἰσηγορεῖσθαι μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ πίστευε τοῖς πλείοσιν λόγοις αὐτοῦ· ἐκ πολλῆς γὰρ λαλιᾶς πειράσει σε, καὶ ὡς προσγελῶν ἐξετάσει σε·

Lest thou-should-hold-upon to-be-same-lead-alongednessed-unto with of-it, and lest thou-should-trust-of unto-the-ones unto-more-beyond unto-forthees of-it; out of-much too-thus of-a-speaking-unto it-shall-across-belong-to to-thee, and as toward-laughing-unto it-shall-out-test-to to-thee;

13:11 ισηγορεισθαι] εισηγορ. Bℵ* (improb postea ras ε 1° ℵ?) A | μετ] μετα Bc (vid) | πλειοσι ℵ

[appendix] εισηγορισθε C | πλιοσιν A | λαλειας A | πιρασι ℵ* πειρασι ℵc.c

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:12 ἀνελεήμων ὁ μὴ συντηρῶν λόγους, καὶ οὐ μὴ φείσηται περὶ κακώσεως καὶ δεσμῶν.

un-besectionatinged-of the-one lest keeping-together-unto to-forthees, and not lest it-might-have-spared about of-a-wedge-wedging and of-bindees.

13:12 [appendix] φισηται C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:13 συντήρησον καὶ πρόσεχε σφοδρῶς, ὅτι μετὰ τῆς πτώσεώς σου περιπατεῖς.

Thou-should-have-kept-together-unto and thou-should-hold-toward unto-vehemented, to-which-a-one with of-the-one of-a-falling of-thee thou-tread-about-unto.

13:13 περιπατεις] sign prae se fert B?(mg)

[appendix] περιπατις C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:15 πᾶν ζῷον ἀγαπᾷ τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῷ, καὶ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ·

All a-lifelet it-excesseth-off-unto to-the-one to-along-belonged unto-it, and all a-mankind to-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-it;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:16 πᾶσα σὰρξ κατὰ γένος συνάγεται, καὶ τῷ ὁμοίῳ αὐτοῦ προσκολληθήσεται ἀνήρ.

all a-flesh down to-a-becomeedness it-be-led-together, and unto-the-one unto-along-belonged of-it it-shall-be-toward-togetherned-unto a-man.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:17 τί κοινωνήσει λύκος ἀμνῷ; οὕτως ἁμαρτωλὸς πρὸς εὐσεβῆ.

To-what-one it-shall-en-together-belong-to-unto, a-wolf, unto-a-lamb? Unto-the-one-this un-adjusted-along toward to-goodly-reveringed.

13:17 ευσεβην Bℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:18 τίς εἰρήνη ὑαίνῃ πρὸς κύνα; καὶ τίς εἰρήνη πλουσίῳ πρὸς πένητα;

What-one a-joinifying unto-a-hyena toward to-a-dog? And what-one a-joinifying unto-wealth-belonged toward to-necessitatinged?

13:18 [appendix] υενη ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:19 κυνήγια λεόντων ὄναγροι ἐν ἐρήμῳ· οὕτως νομαὶ πλουσίων πτωχοί.

a-dog-leadlet of-lions field-donkeys in unto-solituded; unto-the-one-this parceleeings of-wealth-belonged beggared.

Note: a-dog-leadlet : used to refer to a hunt or the causes of it, i.e. the prey being hounded.

13:19 [appendix] κυνηγεια B* (-για Bb) C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:20 βδέλυγμα ὑπερηφάνῳ ταπεινότης, οὕτως βδέλυγμα πλουσίῳ πτωχός.

An-abhorrering-to unto-manifested-over a-low-belongness-to, unto-the-one-this an-abhorrering-to unto-wealth-belonged beggared.

13:20 ταπεινοτης] in π ras aliq B? ταπινωσις A

[appendix] ταπινοτης ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:21 πλούσιος σαλευόμενος στηρίζεται ὑπὸ φίλων, ταπεινὸς δὲ πεσὼν προσαπωθεῖται ὑπὸ φίλων.

Wealth-belonged being-undulated-of it-be-stablished-to under of-cared, lowed-belonged-to then-also having-had-fallen it-be-pushed-off-toward-unto under of-cared.

13:21-14:4 evan plurima in C

13:21 ταπεινος] πτωχος ℵ* (ταπ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:22 πλουσίου σφαλέντος πολλοὶ ἀντιλήμπτορες, ἐλάλησεν ἀπόρρητα καὶ ἐδικαίωσαν αὐτόν· ταπεινὸς ἔσφαλεν καὶ προσεπετίμησαν αὐτῷ, ἐφθέγξατο σύνεσιν καὶ οὐκ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ τόπος.

Of-wealth-belonged of-having-had-been-befailed much ever-a-one-takers, it-spoke-unto to-uttered-off and they-en-course-belonged to-it; lowed-belonged-to it-befailed and they-toward-upon-valuated-unto unto-it, it-voiced to-a-sending-together and not it-was-given unto-it an-occasion.

13:21-14:4 evan plurima in C

13:22 εσφαλη A

[appendix] ταπινος ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:23 πλούσιος ἐλάλησεν καὶ πάντες ἐσίγησαν, καὶ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ ἀνύψωσαν ἕως τῶν νεφελῶν· πτωχὸς ἐλάλησεν καὶ εἶπαν Τίς οὗτος; κἂν προσκόψῃ, προσανατρέψουσιν αὐτόν.

Wealth-belonged it-spoke-unto and all they-silenced-unto, and to-the-one to-a-forthee of-it they-en-lofteed-up unto-if-which of-the-ones of-cloudings; beggared it-spoke-unto and they-said, What-one the-one-this? And-ever it-might-have-felled-toward, they-shall-turn-up-toward to-it.

13:21-14:4 evan plurima in C

13:23 προσανατρεπουσιν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:24 ἀγαθὸς ὁ πλοῦτος ᾧ μή ἐστιν ἁμαρτία, καὶ πονηρὰ ἡ πτωχεία ἐν στόμασιν εὐσεβοῦς.

Excess-placed the-one a-wealth unto-which lest it-be an-un-adjusting-along-unto, and en-necessitated the-one a-beggaring-of in unto-becutteeings-to of-goodly-reveringed.

Note: unto-becutteeings-to of-goodly-reveringed in 03 : unto-a-becutteeing-to of-un-reveringed in 01 02 is probably correct.

13:21-14:4 evan plurima in C

13:24 αγαθος] + εστιν A | εστιν] προσεστιν ℵc.a | πτωχια ℵ | στοματι ℵ A | ευσεβους] ασεβους ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:25 καρδία ἀνθρώπου ἀλλοιοῖ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, ἐάν τε εἰς ἀγαθὰ ἐάν τε εἰς κακά.

A-heart of-a-mankind it-en-othereth to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it, if-ever also into to-excess-placed if-ever also into to-wedge-wedged.

13:21-14:4 evan plurima in C

13:25 εαν 1°] + τε ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 13:26 ἴχνος καρδίας ἐν ἀγαθοῖς πρόσωπον ἱλαρόν, καὶ εὕρεσις παραβολῶν διαλογισμοὶ μετὰ κόπου.

A-trackeedness-belonging-to of-a-heart in unto-excess-placed looked-toward sectionated, and a-finding of-castings-beside fortheeings-through-to-of with of-a-fell.

13:21-14:4 evan plurima in C

13:26 ευρεσεις A | κοπων ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:1 Μακάριος ἀνὴρ ὃς οὐκ ὠλίσθησεν ἐν στόματι αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐ κατενύγη ἐν λύπῃ ἁμαρτίας·

Bless-belonged a-man which not it-slipped in unto-a-becutteeing-to of-it, and not it-had-been-dintered-down in unto-a-throe of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;

13:21-14:4 evan plurima in C

14:1 στοματι] pr τω A | αμαρτιων ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:2 μακάριος οὗ οὐ κατέγνω ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὃς οὐκ ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐλπίδος αὐτοῦ.

bless-belonged of-which not it-had-acquainted-down, the-one a-breathing of-it, and which not it-had-fallen off of-the-one of-a-droved-sureeing of-it.

13:21-14:4 evan plurima in C

14:2 μακαριος] + ανηρ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:3 ἀνδρὶ μικρολόγῳ οὐ καλὸς ὁ πλοῦτος, καὶ ἀνθρώπῳ βασκάνῳ ἵνα τί χρήματα;

Unto-a-mankind unto-small-fortheed not seemly the-one a-wealth, and unto-a-mankind unto-scowled so to-what-one affordings-to?

13:21-14:4 evan plurima in C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:4 ὁ συνάγων ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ συνάγει ἄλλοις, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς αὐτοῦ τρυφήσουσιν ἕτεροι.

The-one leading-together off of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it it-leadeth-together unto-other, and in unto-the-ones unto-excess-placed of-it they-shall-luxury-unto, different.

13:21-14:4 evan plurima in C

14:4 αλλω A*fort (-οις A?) | τρυφησουσιν] εντρυφ. ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:5 ὁ πονηρὸς ἑαυτῷ τίνι ἀγαθὸς ἔσται; καὶ οὐ μὴ εὐφρανθήσεται ἐν τοῖς χρήμασιν αὐτοῦ.

The-one en-necessitated unto-self unto-what-one excess-placed it-shall-be? And not lest it-shall-be-goodly-centered in unto-the-ones unto-affordings-to of-it.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:6 τοῦ βασκαίνοντος ἑαυτὸν οὐκ ἔστιν πονηρότερος, καὶ τοῦτο ἀνταπόδομα τῆς κακίας αὐτοῦ·

Of-the-one of-scowling to-self not it-be more-en-necessitated, and the-one-this an-ever-a-one-giving-off-to of-the-one of-a-wedge-wedging-unto of-it;

14:6 βασκανοντος A | εαυτον] αυτον ℵ* (εαυτ. ℵ1)

[appendix] βασκενοντος C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:7 κἂν εὖ ποιῇ, ἐν λήθῃ ποιεῖ, καὶ ἐπ' ἐσχάτων ἐκφαίνει τὴν κακίαν αὐτοῦ.

and-ever to-goodly it-might-do-unto, in unto-a-secluding it-doeth-unto, and upon of-most-bordered it-manifesteth-out to-the-one to-a-wedge-wedging-unto of-it.

14:7 εκφανει ℵ?

[appendix] εκφενει C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:8 πονηρὸς ὁ βασκαίνων ὀφθαλμῷ, ἀποστρέφων πρόσωπον καὶ ὑπερορῶν ψυχάς.

En-necessitated the-one scowling unto-an-eye, beturning-off to-looked-toward and over-seeeeing-unto to-breathings.

14:8 οφθαλμω] οφθαλμον εαυτου A οφθαλμοις C

[appendix] βασκενων A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:9 πλεονέκτου ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ ἐμπίπλαται μερίδι, καὶ ἀδικία πονηρὰ ἀναξηρανεῖ ψυχήν.

Of-holdinged-beyond an-eye not it-be-repleted-in unto-a-portion, and an-un-coursing-unto en-necessitated it-shall-dry-up to-a-breathing.

14:9 πλεονεκτου] + δε A | μεριδα A | αναξηραινει ℵ (-νι) AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:10 ὀφθαλμὸς πονηρὸς φθονερὸς ἐπ' ἄρτῳ, καὶ ἐνλιπὴς ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης αὐτοῦ.

An-eye en-necessitated en-envied upon unto-an-adjustation, and remainderinged-in upon of-the-one of-a-four-footedness of-it.

Note: unto-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

14:10 φθονερος] pr ο ℵc.a | αρτων C | ελλιπης Babℵ A(? C)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:11 Τέκνον, καθὼς ἐὰν ἔχῃς εὖ ποίει σεαυτόν, καὶ προσφορὰς Κυρίῳ ἀξίως πρόσαγε·

Creationee, down-as if-ever thou-might-hold to-goodly thou-should-do-unto to-thyself, and to-bearednesses-toward unto-Authority-belonged unto-deem-belonged thou-should-lead-toward;

14:11 σεαυτον] σαυτον A σεαυτω C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:12 μνήσθητι ὅτι θάνατος οὐ χρονιεῖ, καὶ διαθήκη ᾅδου οὐχ ὑπεδείχθη σοι·

thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-which-a-one a-death not it-shall-while-to, and a-placement-through of-a-hadês not it-was-en-showed-under unto-thee;

14:12 θανατος] pr ο ℵc.a | υποδιχθησεται ℵc.a

[appendix] υπεδιχθη B* (υπεδειχθ. Bab) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:13 πρίν σε τελευτῆσαι εὖ ποίει φίλῳ, καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἰσχύν σου ἔκτεινον καὶ δὸς αὐτῷ.

Ere to-thee to-have-finished-of-unto to-goodly thou-should-do-unto unto-cared, and down to-the-one to-a-force-holding of-thee thou-should-have-stretched-out and thou-should-have-had-given unto-it.

14:13 [appendix] εκτινον B* (εκτειν. Bb) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:14 μὴ ἀφυστερήσῃς ἀπὸ ἀγαθῆς ἡμέρας, καὶ μερὶς ἐπιθυμίας ἀγαθῆς μή σε παρελθάτω.

Lest thou-might-have-lattered-off-unto off of-excess-placed of-a-dayedness, and a-portion of-a-passioning-upon-unto of-excess-placed lest to-thee it-should-have-came-beside.

14:14 om απο αγαθης A | παρελθετω ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:15 οὐχὶ ἑτέρῳ καταλείψεις τοὺς πόνους σου, καὶ τοὺς κόπους σου εἰς διαίρεσιν κλήρου;

Unto-not unto-different thou-shall-remainder-down to-the-ones to-necessitatees of-thee, and to-the-ones to-fells of-thee into to-lifting-through of-a-lot?

14:15-16 evan nonnulla in C

14:15 ετεροις ℵ A | διαιρεσις ℵc.aA | κληρων A

[appendix] καταλιψεις B* (καταλειψ. Bab) ℵ | διερεσιν ℵ*

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:16 δὸς καὶ λάβε, καὶ ἀπάτησον τὴν ψυχήν σου, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ᾅδου ζητῆσαι τρυφήν.

Thou-should-have-had-given and thou-should-have-had-taken, and thou-should-have-deluded-unto to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee, to-which-a-one not it-be in of-a-hadês to-have-sought-unto to-a-luxury.

14:15-16 evan nonnulla in C

14:16 απατησον] απαιτησον ℵ* (απατ. ℵ1(vid)) αγιασον ℵc.a αποτησον A | αδη A | τρυφης A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:17 πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιοῦται· ἡ γὰρ διαθήκη ἀπ' αἰῶνος Θανάτῳ ἀποθανῇ.

All a-flesh as an-apparelet it-be-en-past-belonged; the-one too-thus a-placement-through off of-an-age, Unto-a-death thou-shall-die-off.

14:17 αποθανη] αποθανιτα incep ℵ* (-νη ℵ1)

[appendix] θανα|θανατω A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:18 ὡς φύλλον θάλλον ἐπὶ δένδρου δασέος, τὰ μὲν καταβάλλει, ἄλλα δὲ φύει· οὕτως γενεὰ σαρκὸς καὶ αἵματος, ἡ μὲν τελευτᾷ, ἑτέρα δὲ γεννᾶται.

As a-leaf flourishing upon of-an-en-treeing of-shaggy, to-the-ones indeed it-casteth-down, to-other then-also it-spawneth; unto-the-one-this a-becomedness of-a-flesh and of-a-rushering-to, the-one indeed it-finisheth-of-unto, different then-also it-be-generated-unto.

14:18 δασεως ℵ A | τα μεν . . . φυει] pr ουτως . . . αιματος ℵ* (invert ℵ1)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:19 πᾶν ἔργον σηπόμενον ἐκλείπει, καὶ ὁ ἐργαζόμενος αὐτὸ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἀπελεύσεται.

All a-work decaying it-remaindereth-out, and the-one working-to to-it with of-it it-shall-come-off.

14:19 [appendix] εκλιπει ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:20 Μακάριος ἀνὴρ ὃς ἐν σοφίᾳ τελευτήσει, καὶ ὃς ἐν συνέσει αὐτοῦ διαλεχθήσεται·

Bless-belonged a-man which in unto-a-wisdoming-unto it-shall-finish-of-unto, and which in unto-a-sending-together of-it it-shall-be-forthed-through;

14:20 τελευτησει] μελετησει ℵc.a | διαδεχθησεται A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:21 ὁ διανοούμενος τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτῆς ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀποκρύφοις αὐτῆς νοηθήσεται.

the-one being-en-mulled-through-unto to-the-ones to-ways of-it in unto-a-heart of-it, and in unto-the-ones unto-hidened-off of-it it-shall-be-en-mulled-unto.

14:21 ο διανοουμενος] om ο A | νοηθησεται] εννοηθησεται ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:22 ἔξελθε ὀπίσω αὐτῆς ὡς ἰχνευτής, καὶ ἐν ταῖς εἰσόδοις αὐτῆς ἐνέδρευε.

Thou-should-have-had-came-out aback-unto-which of-it as a-trackeednesser-of, and in unto-the-ones unto-ways-into of-it thou-should-seat-in-of.

14:22 ταις] τοις A | εισοδοις Bab (ειοδ. B*)] οδοις ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:23 ὁ παρακύπτων διὰ τῶν θυρίδων αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν θυρωμάτων αὐτῆς ἀκροάσεται·

The-one leaning-beside through of-the-ones of-portalets of-it, and upon of-the-ones of-portalings-to of-it it-shall-hear-into;

Note: of-portalets : used to refer to a window.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:24 ὁ καταλύων σύνεγγυς τοῦ οἴκου αὐτῆς, καὶ πήξει πάσσαλον ἐν τοῖς τοίχοις αὐτῆς·

the-one loosing-down near-together of-the-one of-a-house of-it, and it-shall-en-pitch to-a-pitchment in unto-the-ones unto-lineations of-it;

Note: unto-lineations : lined siding.

14:24 om και ℵc.a | πηξει] πησσει A | τοιχοις (τυχ. A)] οικοις ℵ* (τοιχ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:25 στήσει τὴν σκηνὴν αὐτοῦ κατὰ χεῖρας αὐτῆς, καὶ καταλύσει ἐν καταλύματι ἀγαθῶν·

it-shall-stand to-the-one to-a-tenting of-it down to-hands of-it, and it-shall-loose-down in unto-a-loosing-down-to of-excess-placed;

14:25 στηση A | χειρας] pr τας C

[appendix] χιρας ℵ* (χειρας ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:26 θήσει τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ σκέπῃ αὐτῆς, καὶ ὑπὸ τοὺς κλάδους αὐτῆς αὐλισθήσεται·

it-shall-place to-the-ones to-creationees of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-covering of-it, and under to-the-ones to-branches of-it it-shall-be-channeled-to;

14:26 θησει] και στησει ℵ* (θησ. ℵc.a) AC | τη σκεπη] τη σκηνη ℵ* (τη σκεπ. ℵc.a) om τη A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 14:27 σκεπασθήσεται ὑπ' αὐτῆς ἀπὸ καύματος, καὶ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτῆς καταλύσει.

it-shall-be-covered-to under of-it off of-a-burning-to, and in unto-the-one unto-a-reckonedness of-it it-shall-loose-down.

14:27 σκεπασθησεται] pr και ℵ* (improb και ℵc.a) | υπ] απ ℵ* (υπ ℵc.a) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:1 ὁ φοβούμενος Κύριον ποιήσει αὐτό, καὶ ὁ ἐγκρατὴς τοῦ νόμου καταλήμψεται αὐτήν·

The-one feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-shall-do-unto to-it, and the-one securinged-in of-the-one of-a-parcelee it-shall-take-down to-it;

15:1 Κυριον] pr τον C | αυτην] αυτον A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:2 καὶ ὑπαντήσεται αὐτῷ ὡς μήτηρ, καὶ ὡς γυνὴ παρθενείας προσδέξεται αὐτόν·

and it-shall-under-ever-a-one-unto unto-it as a-mother, and as a-woman of-a-maidening-unto it-shall-receive-toward to-it;

15:2 υπαντησει ℵ A | παρθενιας Bbℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:3 ψωμιεῖ αὐτὸν ἄρτον συνέσεως, καὶ ὕδωρ σοφίας ποτίσει αὐτόν·

it-shall-morsel-to to-it to-an-adjustation of-a-sending-together, and to-a-water of-a-wisdoming-unto it-shall-drinkation-to to-it;

Note: to-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

15:3 ποτιει ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:4 στηριχθήσεται ἐπ' αὐτὴν καὶ οὐ μὴ κλιθῇ, καὶ ἐπ' αὐτῆς ἐφέξει καὶ οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ·

it-shall-be-stablished-to upon to-it and not lest it-might-have-been-clined, and upon of-it it-shall-hold-upon and not lest it-might-have-been-shamened-down;

15:4 στηρισθησεται ℵ A C | αυτην] αυτον ℵ* (-την ℵc.a) | κλιθη] κλισθη ℵ | αυτης] αυτη ℵc.aA

[appendix] κλειθη B*

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:5 καὶ ὑψώσει αὐτὸν παρὰ τοὺς πλησίον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας ἀνοίξει στόμα αὐτοῦ·

and it-shall-en-loftee to-it beside to-the-ones to-nigh-belonged of-it, and in unto-middle of-a-calling-out-unto it-shall-open-up to-a-becutteeing-to of-it;

15:5 στομα] pr το ℵ A C

[appendix] εμμεσω C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:6 εὐφροσύνην καὶ στέφανον ἀγαλλιάματος καὶ ὄνομα αἰώνιον κατακληρονομήσει.

to-a-goodly-centeringedness and to-a-wreath of-an-excess-jump-belonging-to and to-a-naming-to to-aged-belonged it-shall-lot-parcelee-unto.

15:6 αγαλλιαματος] + ευρησει ℵ* (improb ευρ. ℵc.a) A | αιωνιον] αιωνος ℵ A C | κατακληρονομησει] + αυτον ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:7 οὐ μὴ καταλήμψονται αὐτὴν ἄνθρωποι ἀσύνετοι, καὶ ἄνδρες ἁμαρτωλοὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδωσιν αὐτήν·

Not lest they-shall-take-down to-it, mankinds un-sent-together, and men un-adjusted-along not lest they-might-have-had-seen to-it;

15:7 ανδρες] αν̅οι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:8 μακράν ἐστιν ὑπερηφανίας, καὶ ἄνδρες ψεῦσται οὐ μὴ μνησθήσονται αὐτῆς.

to-en-longed it-be of-a-manifesting-over-unto, and men falsifiers not lest they-shall-be-memoried-unto of-it.

15:8 υπερηφανειας C | μνησθησονται] μνησωνται ℵ* (μνησθησ. ℵc.a)

[appendix] ψευστε A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:9 Οὐχ ὡραῖος αἶνος ἐν στόματι ἁμαρτωλοῦ, ὅτι οὐ παρὰ Κυρίου ἀπεστάλη·

Not hour-belonged a-laudation in unto-a-becutteeing-to of-un-adjusted-along, to-which-a-one not beside of-Authority-belonged it-had-been-set-off;

15:9 αινος bis scr ℵ* (improb 2° ℵc.a) | απεσταλη] τ sup ras Aa

[appendix] ουχ] ουκ ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:10 ἐν γὰρ σοφίᾳ ῥηθήσεται αἶνος, καὶ ὁ κύριος εὐοδώσει αὐτόν.

in too-thus unto-a-wisdoming-unto it-shall-be-uttered a-laudation, and the-one Authority-belonged it-shall-goodly-en-way to-it.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:11 μὴ εἴπῃς ὅτι Διὰ Κύριον ἀπέστην· ἃ γὰρ ἐμίσησεν, οὐ ποιήσεις.

Lest thou-might-have-had-said to-which-a-one, Through to-Authority-belonged I-had-stood-off; to-which too-thus it-hated-unto, not thou-shall-do-unto.

15:11 απεστην Bℵc.a (-στη ℵ*) A] [απ]εσταλην Cvid

[appendix] εμεισησεν B* (εμισησεν Bb : item 13)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:12 μὴ εἴπῃς ὅτι Αὐτός με ἐπλάνησεν· οὐ γὰρ χρείαν ἔχει ἀνδρὸς ἁμαρτωλοῦ.

Lest thou-might-have-had-said to-which-a-one, It to-me it-wandered-unto; not too-thus to-an-affording-of it-shall-hold of-a-man of-un-adjusted-along.

15:12 om οτι ℵ

[appendix] χριαν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:13 πᾶν βδέλυγμα ἐμίσησεν Κύριος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγαπητὸν τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν.

To-all to-an-abhorrering-to it-hated-unto, Authority-belonged, and not it-be excessed-off-unto unto-the-ones unto-feareeing-unto to-it.

15:13 Κυριος] pr ο ℵ A C | αγαπητον τοις] de C non liq

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:14 αὐτὸς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐποίησεν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτὸν ἐν χειρὶ διαβουλίου αὐτοῦ.

It out of-a-firsting it-did-unto to-a-mankind, and it-sent-off to-it in unto-a-hand of-a-purposelet-through of-it.

15:14 χειρι] pr τη C

[appendix] χιρι ℵ* (χειρι ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:15 ἐὰν θέλῃς, συντηρήσεις ἐντολάς, καὶ πίστιν ποιῆσαι εὐδοκίας.

If-ever thou-might-determine, thou-shall-keep-together-unto to-finishings-in, and to-a-trust to-have-done-unto of-a-goodly-thinking-unto.

15:15 θελης] θελησης ℵ* (θελης ℵc.a) | συντηρησε ℵc.a

[appendix] ποιησε A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:16 παρέθηκέν σοι πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ, οὗ ἐὰν θέλῃς ἐκτενεῖς τὴν χεῖρα σου·

It-placed-beside unto-thee to-a-fire and to-a-water, of-which if-ever thou-might-determine thou-shall-stretch-out to-the-one to-a-hand of-thee;

15:16 [appendix] εκτενις ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:17 ἔναντι ἀνθρώπων ἡ ζωὴ καὶ ὁ θάνατος, καὶ ὃ ἐὰν εὐδοκήσῃ δοθήσεται αὐτῷ.

in-ever-a-one of-mankinds the-one a-lifing and the-one a-death, and to-which if-ever it-might-have-goodly-thought-unto it-shall-be-given unto-it;

15:17 ευδοκησει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:18 ὅτι πολλὴ σοφία τοῦ κυρίου· ἰσχυρὸς ἐν δυναστείᾳ καὶ βλέπων τὰ πάντα·

to-which-a-one much a-wisdoming-unto of-the-one of-Authority-belonged; force-held in unto-an-abling-of and viewing to-the-ones to-all;

15:18 σοφια] pr η ℵc.aA | δυναστια ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:19 καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς φοβουμένους αὐτόν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπιγνώσεται πᾶν ἔργον ἀνθρώπου·

and the-ones eyes of-it upon to-the-ones to-feareeing-unto to-it, and it it-shall-acquaint-upon to-all to-a-work of-a-mankind;

15:19 ανθρωπου] ανθρωπων ℵ* (-που ℵc.a) αυτου A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 15:20 καὶ οὐκ ἐνετείλατο οὐδενὶ ἀσεβεῖν, καὶ οὐκ ἔδωκεν ἄνεσιν οὐδενὶ ἁμαρτάνειν.

and not it-finished-in unto-not-then-also-one to-un-revere-unto, and not it-gave to-a-sending-up unto-not-then-also-one to-un-adjust-along.

15:20 om και 1° ℵ A C | εδωκεν] εδωσεν A | ανεσιν] αινεσιν C | αμαρτειν C

[appendix] ενετιλατο ℵ | αμαρτανιν ℵ* (-νειν ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:1 Μὴ ἐπιθύμει τέκνων πλῆθος ἀχρήστων, μηδὲ εὐφραίνου ἐπὶ υἱοῖς ἀσεβέσιν·

Lest thou-should-passion-upon-unto of-creationees to-a-repleteedness of-un-afforded, lest-then-also thou-should-be-goodly-centered upon unto-sons unto-un-reveringed;

16:1 τεκνον ℵc.a | αχρηστον AC

[appendix] ευφρενου ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:2 ἐὰν πληθύνωσιν, μὴ εὐφραίνου ἐπ' αὐτοῖς· εἰ μή ἐστιν φόβος Κυρίου μετ' αὐτῶν,

if-ever they-might-repleten, lest thou-should-be-goodly-centered upon unto-them; if lest it-be a-fearee of-Authority-belonged with of-them,

16:2 πληθυνθωσιν (superscr θ) ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:3 μὴ ἐνπιστεύσῃς τῇ ζωῇ αὐτῶν, καὶ μὴ ἔπεχε ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον αὐτῶν, κρείσσων γὰρ εἷς ἢ χίλιοι, καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ἄτεκνον ἢ ἔχειν τέκνα ἀσεβῆ·

lest thou-might-have-trusted-in-of unto-the-one unto-a-lifing of-them, and lest thou-should-hold-upon upon to-the-one to-an-occasion of-them, more-securinged-of too-thus one or thousand, and to-have-had-died-off to-un-creationed or to-hold to-creationees to-un-reveringed;

16:3 εμπιστευσης Bbℵ A | τον τοπον] το πληθος ℵ A | αυτων 2°] + στεναξις γαρ πενθι αωρω και εξεφνης αυτων συντελιαν γνωσεται· κρισσων γαρ εις δικαιος ποιων θελημα κυ̅ η μυριοι παρανομοι ℵc.a | κρεισσων . . . χιλιοι] signa adpinx ℵc.a | και 2°] δικαιον ℵc.a

[appendix] κρισσων A | αποθανιν ℵ | εχιν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:4 ἀπὸ γὰρ ἑνὸς συνετοῦ συνοικισθήσεται πόλις, φυλὴ δὲ ἀνόμων ἐρημωθήσεται.

off too-thus of-one of-sendable-together it-shall-be-housed-together-to a-city, a-tribing then-also of-un-parceleed it-shall-be-en-solituded.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:5 πολλὰ τοιαῦτα ἑόρακα ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς μου, καὶ ἰσχυρότερα τούτων ἀκήκοεν τὸ οὖς μου.

to-much to-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these I-had-come-to-seeee-unto in unto-eyes of-me, and to-more-force-held of-the-ones-these it-had-come-to-hear, the-one an-ear of-me.

16:5 εορακα (εωρ. BabA) εν οφθαλμοις] εορακεν ο οφθαλμος ℵ | μου 2°] σου A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:6 ἐν συναγωγῇ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐκκαυθήσεται πῦρ, καὶ ἐν ἔθνει ἀπειθεῖ ἐξεκαύθη ὀργή.

In unto-a-leading-together of-un-adjusted-along it-shall-be-burn-belonged-out a-fire, and in unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to unto-un-conducinged it-was-burn-belonged-out a-stressing.

16:6 απειθη A

[appendix] εθνι ℵ | απιθει ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:7 οὐκ ἐξιλάσατο περὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων γιγάντων, οἳ ἀπέστησαν τῇ ἰσχύι αὐτῶν·

Not it-sectionated-out about of-the-ones of-first-belonged of-mighty, which they-stood-off unto-the-one unto-a-force-holding of-them;

16:7 εξιλασατο] εξιλατο A

[appendix] εξειλασατο B | ισχυει B* (ισχυι Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:8 οὐκ ἐφείσατο περὶ τῆς παροικίας Λώτ, οὓς ἐβδελύξατο διὰ τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν αὐτῶν·

not it-spared about of-the-one of-a-housing-beside-unto of-a-Lôt, to-which it-abhorrered through to-the-one to-a-manifesting-over-unto of-them;

16:8 [appendix] εφισατο ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:9 οὐκ ἠλέησεν ἔθνος ἀπωλείας, τοὺς ἐξηρμένους ἐν ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῶν·

not it-besectionated-unto to-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-a-destructing-off-of, to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-lifted-out in unto-un-adjustings-along-unto of-them;

16:9 απωλειας (-λιας ℵ*)] Χανααν ℵc.a | αυτων] + ταυτα παντα εποιησεν εθνεσιν σκληροκαρδιοις

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:10 καὶ οὕτως ἑξακοσίας χιλιάδας πεζῶν τοὺς ἐπισυναχθέντας ἐν σκληροκαρδίᾳ αὐτῶν.

and unto-the-one-this to-six-hundred to-thousands of-afoot to-the-ones to-having-been-led-together-upon in unto-a-stiff-heart of-them.

16:10 και . . . πεζων, τους . . . αυτων] pr asteriscos ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:11 κἂν ᾖ εἷς σκληροτράχηλος, θαυμαστὸν τοῦτο εἰ ἀθῳωθήσεται· ἔλεος γὰρ καὶ ὀργὴ παρ' αὐτοῦ, δυνάστης ἐξιλασμῶν καὶ ἐκχέων ὀργήν.

And-ever it-might-be one stiff-throated-of, marveled-to the-one-this if it-shall-be-en-un-guilted; a-besectionateedness too-thus and a-stressing beside of-it, an-abler of-out-sectionatings-to-of and pouring-out to-a-stressing.

Note: a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

16:11 εισκληροτρ. A | αθοωθησεται B*ℵ A (αθωωθ. Ba?b) | αυτου] αυτω ℵ* A κυ̅ ℵc.a | δυναστων A

[appendix] ει] ϊ A | εξειλασμων B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:12 κατὰ τὸ πολὺ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ, οὕτως καὶ πολὺς ὁ ἔλεγχος αὐτοῦ· ἄνδρα κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ κρινεῖ.

Down to-the-one to-much to-a-besectionateedness of-it, unto-the-one-this and much the-one a-trial of-it; to-a-man down to-the-ones to-works of-it it-shall-separate.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

16:12 ελεος . . . αυτου 2°] εος αυτου ου, ς ο ελεγχος αυτου sup ras Aa | ουτω A | πολυς ο] ο πολυς ℵ* (π. ο ℵc.a) | κρινει] κτινι A

[appendix] κρινι ℵ* (-νει ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:13 οὐκ ἐκφεύξεται ἐν ἁρπάγμασιν ἁμαρτωλός, καὶ οὐ μὴ καθυστερήσει ὑπομονὴν εὐσεβοῦς.

Not it-shall-flee-out in unto-snatchings-to, un-adjusted-along, and not lest it-shall-latter-down-unto to-a-staying-under of-goodly-reveringed.

16:13 αρπαγματι ℵ A (αρτ. A*) | καθυστερηση ℵ | υπομονη ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:14 πάσῃ ἐλεημοσύνῃ ποιήσει τόπον, ἕκαστος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει.

Unto-all unto-a-besectionatingedness it-shall-do-unto to-an-occasion, each down to-the-ones to-works of-it it-shall-find.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:17 μὴ εἴπῃς ὅτι Ἀπὸ Κυρίου κρυβήσομαι· μὴ ἐξ ὕψους τίς μου μνησθήσεται; ἐν λαῷ πλείονι οὐ μὴ μνησθῶ, τίς γὰρ ἡ ψυχή μου ἐν ἀμετρήτῳ κτίσει;

Lest thou-might-have-had-said to-which-a-one, Off of-Authority-belonged I-shall-have-been-hidened; lest out of-a-lofteedness what-one of-me it-shall-be-memoried-unto? In unto-a-people unto-more-beyond not lest I-might-have-been-memoried-unto, what-one too-thus the-one a-breathing of-me in unto-un-measured unto-a-befounding?

16:17 απο] παρα A | μη 2°] και ℵ A | υψους τις μου] υψιστου ℵ* (υψους τ. μ. ℵc.a) | μνησθω[ γνωσθω ℵ A

[appendix] πλιονι A | κτισι ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:18 ἰδοὺ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ὁ οὐρανὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἄβυσσος καὶ γῆ σαλευθήσονται ἐν τῇ ἐπισκοπῇ αὐτοῦ·

Thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one a-sky and the-one a-sky of-the-one of-a-sky of-the-one of-a-Deity, depthed-along and a-soil they-shall-be-undulated-of in unto-the-one unto-a-scouteeing-upon of-it;

16:18 om του θεου ℵ A | γη] pr η ℵ | εν τη επισκοπη αυτου σαλευθησονται ℵ* (σαλευονται ℵc.a) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:19 ἅμα τὰ ὄρη καὶ τὰ θεμέλια τῆς γῆς ἐν τῷ ἐπιβλέψαι εἰς αὐτὰ τρόμῳ συνσείονται,

along to-the-ones to-jutteednesses and to-the-ones to-placeeer-belonged of-the-one of-a-soil in unto-the-one to-have-viewed-upon into to-them unto-a-tremblee they-be-shake-belonged-together,

16:19 συσσειονται Bab

[appendix] συνσιονται ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:20 καὶ ἐπ' αὐτοῖς οὐ διανοηθήσεται καρδία· καὶ τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ τίς ἐνθυμηθήσεται;

and upon unto-them not it-shall-be-en-mulled-through-unto, a-heart; and to-the-ones to-ways of-it what-one it-shall-be-passioned-in-unto?

16:20 ενθυμηθησεται] + και καθο ποιει αν̅ο̅ς οψεται ο οφθαλμος αυτου ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:21 καὶ καταιγίς, ἣν οὐκ ὄψεται ἄνθρωπος, τὰ δὲ πλείονα τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ ἐν ἀποκρύφοις.

And a-shoring-down, to-which not it-shall-behold, a-mankind, the-ones then-also more-beyond of-the-ones of-works of-it in unto-hidened-off.

16:21 ανθρωπος] pr πας ℵ* (improb πας ℵc.a) +επελευσεται αυτω ℵc.a | αυτου] αυτων A

[appendix] κατεγις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:22 ἔργα δικαιοσύνης τίς ἀναγγελεῖ; ἢ τίς ὑπομενεῖ; μακρὰν γὰρ ἡ διαθήκη.

To-works of-a-course-belongingedness what-one it-shall-leadeeer-up? Or what-one it-shall-stay-under? To-en-longed too-thus the-one a-placement-through.

16:22 αναγγελλει ℵ | υπομονει (ε sup ras) Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:23 ἐλαττούμενος καρδίᾳ διανοεῖται ταῦτα, καὶ ἀνὴρ ἄφρων καὶ πλανώμενος διανοεῖται μωρά.

Being-en-lackened unto-a-heart it-en-mulleth-through to-the-ones-these, and a-man un-centeringed-of and being-wandered-unto it-en-mulleth-through to-dulled.

16:23 ελαττονουμενος A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:24 Ἄκουσόν μου, τέκνον, καὶ μάθε ἐπιστήμην, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λόγων μου πρόσεχε τῇ καρδίᾳ σου·

Thou-should-have-heard of-me, Creationee, and thou-should-have-had-learned to-a-standing-upon, and upon of-the-ones of-forthees of-me thou-should-hold-toward unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:25 ἐκφαίνω ἐν σταθμῷ παιδείαν, καὶ ἐν ἀκριβείᾳ ἀπαγγέλλω ἐπιστήμην.

I-manifest-out in unto-a-standness-placing-of of-a-childing-of, and in unto-an-exacting-of I-leadeeer-up to-a-standing-upon.

16:25 εκφανω ℵ A | om εν 1° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | παιδιαν ℵ A | ακριβια ℵ A | απαγγελω ℵ A

[appendix] ακρειβεια B*

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:26 ἐν κρίσει Κυρίου τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἀπὸ ποιήσεως αὐτῶν διέστελλεν μερίδας αὐτῶν·

In unto-a-separating of-Authority-belonged the-ones works of-it off of-a-firsting, and off of-a-doing of-them it-was-setting-through to-portions of-them;

16:26 διεστειλεν ℵc.aA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:27 ἐκόσμησεν εἰς αἰῶνα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς αὐτῶν εἰς γενεὰς αὐτῶν· οὔτε ἐπείνασαν οὔτε ἐκοπίασαν, καὶ οὐκ ἐξέλιπον ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν·

it-orderationed-unto into to-a-age to-the-ones to-works of-it, and to-the-ones to-firstings of-them into to-becomednesses of-them; not also they-hungered-unto not also they-fell-belonged-to, and not they-had-remaindered-out off of-the-ones of-works of-them;

16:27 αιωνα] pr τον A | αυτου] αυτων ℵ | εκοπιασαν] + ουτε ησθενησαν ℵ | εξελειπον A

[appendix] επινασαν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:28 ἕκαστος τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔθλιψεν, καὶ ἕως αἰῶνος οὐκ ἀπειθήσουσιν τοῦ ῥήματος αὐτοῦ.

each to-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-it not it-pressed, and unto-if-which of-an-age not they-shall-un-sure-unto of-the-one of-an-uttering-to of-it.

16:28 om αυτου 1° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | εθλιψεν] εξεθλιψεν ℵ A | του ρηματος] των ρηματων ℵc.a

[appendix] αποθησουσιν B* (απειθ. Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:29 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα Κύριος εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐπέβλεψεν καὶ ἐνέπλησεν αὐτὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν αὐτοῦ·

And with to-the-ones-these Authority-belonged into to-the-one to-a-soil it-viewed-upon and it-repleted-in to-it of-the-ones of-excess-placed of-it;

16:29 εις] επι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 16:30 ψυχὴν παντὸς ζώου ἐκάλυψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῆς, καὶ εἰς αὐτὴν ἡ ἀποστροφὴ αὐτῶν.

to-a-breathing of-all of-a-lifelet it-shrouded to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it, and into to-it the-one a-beturning-off of-them.

16:30 ψυχη ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:1 Κύριος ἔκτισεν ἐκ γῆς ἄνθρωπον, καὶ πάλιν ἀπέστρεψεν αὐτὸν εἰς αὐτήν·

Authority-belonged it-befounded-to out of-a-soil to-a-mankind, and unto-furthered it-beturned-off to-it into to-it;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:2 ἡμέρας ἀριθμοῦ καὶ καιρὸν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τῶν ἐπ' αὐτῆς.

to-dayednesses of-a-number and to-a-time it-gave unto-them, and it-gave unto-them to-a-being-out-unto of-the-ones upon of-it.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:3 καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἐνέδυσεν αὐτοὺς ἰσχύν, καὶ κατ' εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς·

Down to-selves it-sunk-in to-them to-a-force-holding, and down to-a-resemblance of-it it-did-unto to-them;

17:3 αυτου] εαυτου ℵ A

[appendix] κατ] καθ B*ℵ* (κατ Ba?bℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:4 καὶ ἔθηκεν τὸν φόβον αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πάσης σαρκός, καὶ κατακυριεύειν θηρίων καὶ πετεινῶν.

and it-placed to-the-one to-a-fearee of-it upon of-all of-a-flesh, and to-authority-belong-down-of of-beastlets and of-flying-belonged-to.

17:4 om και 1° ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:6 διαβούλιον καὶ γλῶσσαν καὶ ὀφθαλμούς, ὦτα καὶ καρδίαν ἔδωκεν διανοεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς·

To-a-purposelet-through and to-a-tongue and to-eyes, to-ears and to-a-heart it-gave to-be-en-mulled-through-unto unto-them;

17:6 διαβουλιαν ℵ* (-λιον ℵc.a) | αυτοις] αυτους ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:7 ἐπιστήμην συνέσεως ἐνέπλησεν αὐτούς, καὶ ἀγαθὰ καὶ κακὰ ὑπέδειξεν αὐτοῖς·

to-a-standing-under of-a-sending-together it-repleted-in to-them, and to-excess-placed and to-wedge-wedged it-en-showed-under unto-them;

17:7 [appendix] υπεδιξεν ℵ (item 12)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:8 ἔθηκεν τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν, δεῖξαι αὐτοῖς τὸ μεγαλεῖον τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ·

it-placed to-the-one to-an-eye of-it upon to-the-ones to-hearts of-them, to-have-en-showed unto-them to-the-one to-great-belonged of-the-ones of-works of-it;

17:8 εθηκεν] pr και A | αυτου 1°] αυτων ℵ | αυτου 2°] + ¬ καυχασθαι εν τοις θαυμασιοις αυτου ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:10 καὶ ὄνομα ἁγιασμοῦ αἰνέσουσιν, ἵνα διηγῶνται τὰ μεγαλεῖα τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ.

and to-a-naming-to of-a-hallow-belonging-to-of they-shall-laud-unto, so they-might-lead-through-unto to-the-ones to-great-belonged of-the-ones of-works of-it. Note : verse order in HS has this as Sir 17:9-10.

17:10 διηγουνται A

[appendix] μεγαλια ℵ ενεσουσιν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:11 προσέθηκεν αὐτοῖς ἐπιστήμην, καὶ νόμον ζωῆς ἐκληροδότησεν αὐτοῖς·

It-placed-toward unto-them to-a-standing-upon, and to-a-parcelee of-a-lifing it-lot-gave-unto unto-them;

17:11 προσεθηκεν] pr και ℵ | αυτοις 2°] αυτους ℵc.a (statim revoc -τοις) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:12 διαθήκην αἰῶνος ἔστησεν μετ' αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ ὑπέδειξεν αὐτοῖς·

to-a-placement-through of-an-age it-stood with of-them, and to-the-ones to-separatings-to of-it it-en-showed-under unto-them;

17:12 αιωνος] αιωνιον A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:13 μεγαλεῖον δόξης εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν, καὶ δόξαν φωνῆς αὐτῶν ἤκουσεν τὸ οὖς αὐτῶν·

to-great-belonged of-a-reckonedness they-had-seen, the-ones eyes of-them, and to-a-reckonedness of-a-sound of-them it-heard, the-one an-ear of-them;

17:13 ιδον AC | αυτων 2°] αυτου ℵ C

[appendix] μεγαλιον C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:14 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Προσέχετε ἀπὸ παντὸς ἀδίκου, καὶ ἐνετείλατο αὐτοῖς ἑκάστῳ περὶ τοῦ πλησίον.

and it-had-said unto-them, Ye-should-hold-toward off of-all of-un-coursed, and it-finished-in unto-them unto-each about of-the-one to-nigh-belonged.

17:14 [appendix] ενετιλατο ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:15 αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτῶν ἐναντίον αὐτοῦ διὰ παντός, οὐ κρυβήσονται ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ.

The-ones ways of-them to-ever-a-oned-in of-it through of-all, not they-shall-have-been-hidened off of-the-ones of-eyes of-it.

17:15 αυτων] αυτου A | εναντιον] ενωπιον ℵ C | αυτου 2°] αυτων A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:17 ἑκάστῳ ἔθνει κατέστησεν ἡγούμενον, καὶ μερὶς Κυρίου Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν.

Unto-each unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to it-stood-down to-leading-unto, and a-portion of-Authority-belonged an-Israêl it-be.

17:17 ηγουμενον] seq sign in B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:19 ἅπαντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος ἐναντίον αὐτοῦ, καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐνδελεχεῖς ἐπὶ τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτῶν·

Along-all the-ones works of-them as the-one a-sun to-ever-a-oned-in of-it, and the-ones eyes of-it elongatinged-in upon to-the-ones to-ways of-them;

17:19 απαντα] παντα ℵ A C | αυτων 1°] αυτου ℵ* (-των ℵc.a) A | αυτου 2°] αυτων A | αυτων 2°] των αν̅̅ω̅ν ℵ* (αυτ. ℵc.a)

[appendix] ενδελεχις ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:20 οὐκ ἐκρύβησαν αἱ ἀδικίαι αὐτῶν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῶν ἔναντι Κυρίου.

not they-had-been-hidened the-ones un-coursings-unto of-them off of-it, and all the-ones un-adjustings-along-unto of-them in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged.

17:20 απ] α sup ras Aa | αυτων 2°] + απ αυτου ℵ* (improb απ αυτ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:22 ἐλεημοσύνη ἀνδρὸς ὡς σφραγὶς μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ χάριν ἀνθρώπου ὡς κόρην συντηρήσει.

A-besectionatingedness of-a-man as a-seal with of-it, and a-granting of-a-mankind as to-a-shearaging it-shall-keep-together-unto.

Note: to-a-shearaging : refers to the iris/pupil because of its multi-sheared look; also, a female, as a sprout 16 yrs. and over before bearing children.

17:22 κοραν ℵ

[appendix] συντηρησι ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:23 μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξαναστήσεται καὶ ἀνταποδώσει αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὸ ἀνταπόδομα αὐτῶν εἰς κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν ἀποδώσει·

With to-the-ones-these it-shall-stand-up-out and it-shall-ever-a-one-give-off unto-them, and to-the-one to-an-ever-a-one-giving-off-to of-them into to-a-head of-them it-shall-give-off;

17:23 μετα] pr και ℵ* (improb ℵc.a) | αυτων εις κεφ.] ων εις κε rescr Ca nisi iam antea | αυτων 2°] αυτου AC* fort | αποδωσει] ανταποδωσει ℵ C

[appendix] ανταποδωσι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:24 πλὴν μετανοοῦσιν ἔδωκεν ἐπάνοδον, καὶ παρεκάλεσεν ἐκλείποντας ὑπομονήν.

to-beyond, unto-considering-with-unto it-gave to-a-way-up-upon, and it-called-beside-unto to-remaindering-out to-a-staying-under.

17:24 μετανοουσιν] pr τοις C | εκλιποντας ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:25 Ἐπίστρεφε ἐπὶ Κύριον καὶ ἀπόλειπε ἁμαρτίας, δεήθητι κατὰ πρόσωπον καὶ σμίκρυνον πρόσκομμα·

Thou-should-beturn-upon upon to-Authority-belonged and thou-should-remainder-off to-un-adjustings-along-unto, thou-should-have-been-binded down to-looked-toward and thou-should-have-besmallened to-a-felling-toward-to;

17:25 επιστρεφε] επιστρεψον C | και απολειπε] καταλιπε ℵ* και απολιπε ℵc.aC | προσσκομμα A

[appendix] επιστρεφαι A | απολειπαι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:26 ἐπάναγε ἐπὶ Ὕψιστον καὶ ἀπόστρεφε ἀπὸ ἀδικίας, καὶ σφόδρα μίσησον βδέλυγμα.

thou-should-lead-up-upon upon to-most-lofteed and thou-should-beturn-off off of-an-un-coursing-unto, and to-vehemented thou-should-have-hated-unto to-an-abhorrering-to.

17:26 επαναγε] επαναγαγε ℵ C

[appendix] μεισησον B* (μισ. Bb) ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:27 Ὑψίστῳ τίς αἰνέσει ἐν ᾅδου ἀντὶ ζώντων καὶ διδόντων ἀνθομολόγησιν;

Unto-most-lofteed what-one it-shall-laud-unto in of-a-hadês ever-a-one of-lifing-unto and of-giving to-an-ever-a-one-fortheeing-along?

17:27 αδου Bb (-δους B*) ℵc.a A C] αδη ℵ* | bis scr ζωντων και B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:28 ἀπὸ νεκροῦ ὡς μηδὲ ὄντος ἀπόλλυται ἐξομολόγησις· ζῶν καὶ ὑγιὴς αἰνέσει τὸν κύριον.

Off of-en-deaded as lest-then-also of-being it-be-destructed-off an-along-fortheeing-out; lifing-unto and healthinged it-shall-laud-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:29 ὡς μεγάλη ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ἐξιλασμὸς τοῖς ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπ' αὐτόν.

As great the-one a-besectionatingedness of-the-one of-Authority-belonged, and an-out-sectionating-to-of unto-the-ones unto-beturning-upon upon to-it.

17:29 εξιλασμος] εξειλασμον ℵ* ο εξειλασμος ℵc.a

[appendix] εξειλασμος B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:30 οὐ γὰρ δύναται πάντα εἶναι ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ὅτι οὐκ ἀθάνατος υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου.

Not too-thus it-be-abled all to-be in unto-mankinds, to-which-a-one not un-deathed a-son of-a-mankind.

17:30 υιος] pr ο A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:31 τί φωτεινότερον ἡλίου; καὶ τοῦτο ἐκλείπει, καὶ πονηρὸς ἐνθυμήσεται σάρκα καὶ αἷμα.

What-one more-lighted-belonged-to of-a-sun? And the-one-this it-remaindereth-out, and en-necessitated it-shall-passion-in-unto to-a-flesh and to-a-rushering-to.

17:31 τι] το ℵ* (τι ℵc.a) | και πονηρος ενθυμησεται] και πονηρος ενθυμηθησεται ℵ* ¬ τι πονηροτερο ενθυμιται ℵc.a και πονηρον ενθυμηθησεται BaA | σαρκα B*bℵ (in ℵ sunt signa corr)] σαρξ Bab A C

[appendix] φωτινοτερον A | ηλειου ℵ | εκλιπει ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 17:32 δύναμιν ὕψους οὐρανοῦ αὐτὸς ἐπισκέπτεται, καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι πάντες γῆ καὶ σποδός.

To-an-ability of-a-lofteedness of-a-sky it it-scouteth-upon, and the-ones mankinds all a-soil and an-ash.

17:32 υψους] ους sup ras 5 vel 6 litt Aa | αυτος] pr και ℵ (improb και ℵc.a) | οι ανθρωποι] om οι ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:1 Ὁ ζῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἔκτισεν τὰ πάντα κοινῇ·

The-one lifing-unto into to-the-one to-an-age it-befounded-to to-the-ones to-all unto-together-belonged-to;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:2 Κύριος μόνος δικαιωθήσεται.

Authority-belonged stayeed it-shall-be-en-course-belonged.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:4 οὐθενὶ ἐξεποίησεν ἐξαγγεῖλαι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ· καὶ τίς ἐξιχνιάσει τὰ μεγαλεῖα αὐτοῦ;

Unto-not-from-one it-did-out-unto to-have-leadeeered-out to-the-ones to-works of-it; and what-one it-shall-out-trackeedness-belong-to to-the-ones to-great-belonged of-it?

18:4 ουθενι] ουδενι ℵc.a A C | αξαγγειλαι Bedit | εξιχνευσει ℵ A C | αυτου 2°] του κυ̅ C

[appendix] εξαγγιλαι ℵ | μεγαλια C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:5 κράτος μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ τίς ἐξαριθμήσεται; καὶ τίς προσθήσει ἐκδιηγήσασθαι τὰ ἐλέη αὐτοῦ;

To-a-securement of-an-en-greateningedness of-it what-one it-shall-number-out-unto? And what-one it-shall-place-toward to-have-led-through-out-unto to-the-ones to-besectionateednesses of-it?

Note: to-besectionateednesses : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

18:5 αυτου 1°] εαυτου ℵ* (ras et improb ε ℵ?) | εξαριθμηθησεται ℵ* (improb θη ℵ1c.a) | ελεη] εργα C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:6 οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλαττῶσαι οὐδὲ προσθεῖναι, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐξιχνιάσαι τὰ θαυμάσια τοῦ κυρίου·

Not it-be to-have-en-lackened not-then-also to-have-had-placed-toward, and not it-be to-have-out-trackeedness-belonged-to to-the-ones to-marvel-to-belonged of-the-one of-Authority-belonged;

18:6 ελαττωσαι] ω sup ras 2 fere litt item ras 1 lit post σ Ca (ελαττουσθαι C*vid) | του κυριου] om του ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:7 ὅταν συντελέσῃ ἄνθρωπος τότε ἄρχεται, καὶ ὅταν παύσηται τότε ἀπορηθήσεται.

Which-also-ever it-might-have-finished-together-unto, a-mankind, to-the-one-which-also it-firsteth, and which-also-ever it-might-have-ceased to-the-one-which-also it-shall-be-un-traversed-unto.

18:7 συντελεσει A | αρχεται] ερχετ, A | απορρηθησεται AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:8 τί ἄνθρωπος καὶ τί ἡ χρῆσις αὐτοῦ; τί τὸ ἀγαθὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τί τὸ κακὸν αὐτοῦ;

What-one a-mankind and what-one the-one an-affording of-it; What-one the-one excess-placed of-it, and what-one the-one wedge-wedged of-it?

18:8 τι 1°] τις ℵ* (ras ς ℵ?)

[appendix] χρησεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:9 ἀριθμὸς ἡμερῶν ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ ἔτη ἑκατόν·

A-number of-dayednesses of-a-mankind to-much to-yeareednesses to-a-hundred;

18:9 ανθρωπου] αυτου C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:10 ὡς σταγὼν ὕδατος ἀπὸ θαλάσσης καὶ ψῆφος ἄμμου, οὕτως ὀλίγα ἔτη ἐν ἡμέρᾳ αἰῶνος.

as a-trickle of-a-water off of-a-flourisheredness and a-pebble of-a-sand, unto-the-one-this little yeareednesses in unto-a-dayedness of-an-age.

18:10 om εν ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | ημεραις C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:11 διὰ τοῦτο ἐμακροθύμησεν Κύριος ἐπ' αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐξέχεεν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ·

Through to-the-one-this it-en-long-passioned-unto, Authority-belonged, upon unto-them, and it-poured-out upon to-them to-the-one to-a-besectionateedness of-it;

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

18:11 Κυριος] pr ο ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:12 ἴδεν καὶ ἐπέγνω τὴν καταστροφὴν αὐτῶν ὅτι πονηρά, διὰ τοῦτο ἐπλήθυνεν τὸν ἐξιλασμὸν αὐτοῦ.

it-had-seen and it-had-acquainted-upon to-the-one to-a-beturning-down of-them to-which-a-one en-necessitated, through to-the-one-this it-repletened to-the-one to-an-out-sectionating-to-of of-it.

18:12 ιδεν . . . πονηρα, δια τουτο . . . αυτου] pr asteriscos ℵc.a | ειδεν ℵ | αυτων] ων sup ras Aa (-του A*vid)

[appendix] εξειλασμον B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:13 ἔλεος ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ, ἔλεος δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα· ἐλέγχων καὶ παιδεύων καὶ διδάσκων καὶ ἐπιστρέφων ὡς ποιμὴν τὸ ποίμνιον αὐτοῦ.

A-besectionateedness of-a-mankind upon to-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-it, a-besectionateedness then-also of-Authority-belonged upon to-all to-a-flesh; trialing and childing-of and veer-veerating and beturning-upon as a-shepherd to-the-one to-shepherd-belonged of-it.

Note: a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

18:13 om και 3° ℵc.aC | αυτου 2° autwn C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:14 τοὺς ἐκδεχομένους παιδείαν ἐλεᾷ, καὶ τοὺς κατασπεύδοντας ἐπὶ τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ.

To-the-ones to-receiving-out to-a-childing-of it-besectionateth-unto, and to-the-ones to-hastening-down upon to-the-ones to-separatings-to of-it.

Note: it-besectionateth-unto : from ELEAW, the focus being on the subject, while with the otherwise unnoted ELEEW case, the focus is on the object.

18:14 παιδιαν ℵ A C | ελεει Bab

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:15 Τέκνον, ἐν ἀγαθοῖς μὴ δῷς μῶμον, καὶ ἐν πάσῃ δόσει λύπην λόγων.

Creationee, in unto-excess-placed lest thou-might-have-had-given to-a-blemish, and in unto-all unto-a-giving to-a-throe of-forthees.

18:15 τεκνον] pr tit εγκρατεια ψυχης ℵ | λογω C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:16 οὐχὶ καύσωνα ἀναπαύσει δρόσος; οὕτως κρείσσων λόγος ἢ δόσις,

Unto-not to-an-en-burning it-shall-cease-up, a-dew? Unto-the-one-this more-securinged-of a-forthee or a-giving,

18:16 καυσωναναπ. AC

[appendix] αναπαυσι C | κρισσων ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:17 οὐκ ἰδοὺ λόγος ὑπὲρ δόμα ἀγαθόν; καὶ ἀμφότερα παρὰ ἀνδρὶ κεχαριτωμένῳ.

Not thou-should-have-had-seen, a-forthee over to-a-giving-to to-excess-placed? And more-around beside unto-a-man unto-having-had-come-to-be-en-granted.

18:17 δομα αγαθον] μα α sup ras Aa | παρα bis scr C

[appendix] ουχ B* (ουκ Bb) ℵ A | καιχαριτωμενω C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:18 μωρὸς ἀχαρίστως ὀνειδιεῖ, καὶ δόσις βασκάνου ἐκτήκει ὀφθαλμούς.

Dulled unto-un-grantable it-shall-reproach, and a-giving of-scowled it-melteth-out to-eyes.

18:18 [appendix] ονιδιει ℵ A C | δοσεις A εστηκι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:19 πρὶν ἢ λαλῆσαι μάνθανε, καὶ πρὸ ἀρρωστείας θεραπεύου·

Ere or to-have-spoken-unto thou-should-learn, and before of-an-un-strengthing-of thou-should-minister-of;

18:19 om η ℵ | αρρωστιας Bbℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:20 πρὸ κρίσεως ἐξέταζε σεαυτόν, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς εὑρήσεις ἐξιλασμόν·

before of-a-separating thou-should-out-test-to to-thyself, and in unto-an-houredness of-a-scouteeing-upon thou-shall-find to-an-out-sectionating-to-of;

18:20 εξιλασμον] ιλασμον A

[appendix] εξεταζαι A | εξειλασμον B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:21 πρὶν ἀρρωστῆσαί σε ταπεινώθητι, καὶ ἐν καιρῷ ἁμαρτημάτων δεῖξον ἐπιστροφήν.

ere to-have-un-strengthed-unto to-thee thou-should-have-been-en-low-belonged-to, and in unto-a-time of-un-adjustings-along-to thou-should-have-en-showed to-a-beturning-upon.

18:21 [appendix] αρρωστησε A | ταπινωθητι B* (ταπειν. Bab) ℵ C | διξον C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:22 μὴ ἐμποδισθῇς τοῦ ἀποδοῦναι εὐχὴν εὐκαίρως, καὶ μὴ μείνῃς ἕως θανάτου δικαιωθῆναι·

Lest thou-might-have-been-footed-in-to of-the-one to-have-had-given-off to-a-goodly-holding unto-goodly-timed, and lest thou-might-have-stayed unto-if-which of-a-death to-have-been-en-course-belonged;

18:22 μεινης εως θανα sup ras 16 fere litt Aa

[appendix] μινης ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:23 πρὶν εὔξασθαι ἑτοίμασον σεαυτόν, καὶ μὴ γίνου ὡς ἄνθρωπος πειράζων τὸν κύριον.

ere to-have-goodly-held thou-should-have-readied-to to-thyself, and lest thou-should-become as a-mankind across-belonging-to to-the-one to-Authority-belonged.

18:23 ευξασθαι (-ξεσθαι C)] + σε ℵc.aC | σεαυτον] την ευχην σου ℵc.a

[appendix] γεινου ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:24 μνήσθητι θυμοῦ ἐν ἡμέραις τελευτῆς, καὶ καιρὸν ἐκδικήσεως ἐν ἀποστροφῇ προσώπου.

Thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto of-a-passion in unto-dayednesses of-a-finishing-of-unto, and to-a-time of-a-coursing-out in unto-a-beturning-off of-looked-toward.

18:24 θυμου] θεου ℵ* (θυμ. ℵc.a) θυ ras C? | ημερα ℵ Ca | αποστροφη] επιστροφη C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:25 μνήσθητι καιρὸν λιμοῦ ἐν καιρῷ πλησμονῆς, πτωχείαν καὶ ἔνδειαν ἐν ἡμέραις πλούτου.

thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-a-time of-a-famine in unto-a-time of-a-repleted-staying, to-a-beggaring-of and to-a-binding-in-of in unto-dayednesses of-a-wealth.

18:25 καιρον] pr κατα A | καιρω] ημεραις A | πτωχιαν C

[appendix] λειμου B* (λιμ. Bb) C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:26 ἀπὸ πρωίθεν ἕως ἑσπέρας μεταβάλλει καιρός, καὶ πάντα ἐστὶν ταχινὰ ἔναντι Κυρίου.

Off unto-before-belonged-from unto-if-which of-an-into-acrossedness it-casteth-with, a-time, and all it-be quick-belonged-to in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged.

18:26 [appendix] ταχεινα B* (ταχιν. Bb) ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:27 ἄνθρωπος σοφὸς ἐν παντὶ εὐλαβηθήσεται, καὶ ἐν ἡμέραις ἁμαρτιῶν προσέξει ἀπὸ πλημμελίας.

A-mankind wisdomed in unto-all it-shall-be-goodly-taken-unto, and in unto-dayednesses of-un-adjustings-along-unto it-shall-hold-toward off of-a-beyond-membering-unto.

Note: it-shall-be-goodly-taken-unto : the Passive form is used to infer being affected into holding a goodly-taking mindset, i.e. into willingly giving attention to, as having been persuaded by the gravity of the Object.

18:27 om και A | πλημμελειας BabA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:28 πᾶς συνετὸς ἔγνω σοφίαν, καὶ τῷ εὑρόντι αὐτὴν δώσει ἐξομολόγησιν.

All sendable-together it-had-acquainted to-a-wisdoming-unto, and unto-the-one unto-having-had-found to-it it-shall-give to-an-along-fortheeing-out.

18:28 εξομολογησεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:29 συνετοὶ ἐν λόγοις καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐσοφίσαντο, καὶ ἀνώμβρησαν παροιμίας ἀκριβεῖς.

Sendable-together in unto-forthees and them they-wisdomed-to, and they-stormed-up-unto to-which-belongings-beside-unto to-exactinged.

18:29 ανωμβρωσαν C | εν παροιμιαις A*vid (-μιας Aa) | ακριβως ℵ* (-βεις ℵc.a)

[appendix] ακρειβεις B* (ακριβ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:30 Ἐγκράτεια ψυχῆς. Ὀπίσω τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν σου μὴ πορεύου, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀρέξεών σου κωλύου·

A-securing-in-of of-a-breathing. Aback-unto-which of-the-ones of-passionings-upon-unto of-thee lest thou-should-traverse-of, and off of-the-ones of-reachings of-thee thou-should-prevent;

18:30 tit evan in C nisi potius raserit Ca | εγκρατια A | om μη C | κωλυου] pr μη A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:31 ἐὰν χορηγήσεις τῇ ψυχῇ σου εὐδοκίαν ἐπιθυμίας, ποιήσει σε ἐπίχαρμα τῶν ἐχθρῶν σου.

if-ever thou-shall-chorus-lead-unto unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-thee to-a-goodly-thinking-unto of-a-passioning-upon-unto, it-shall-do-unto to-thee to-a-joying-upon-to of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-thee.

Note: thou-shall-chorus-lead-unto in 03 : thou-might-have-chorus-led-unto in 01 03C1 03C2.

18:31 χορηγησεις (-σης Babℵ C)] ευδοκησεις A | ποιησει σε] ποιησεις ℵ* (-σει σε ℵc.a) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:32 μὴ εὐφραίνου ἐπὶ πολλῇ τρυφῇ, μὴ προσδεθῇς συμβολῇ αὐτῆς·

Lest thou-should-be-goodly-centered upon unto-much unto-a-luxury, lest thou-might-have-been-binded-toward unto-a-casting-together of-it;

18:32 πολλυ A | μη 2°] μηδε C | προσδεθης] προσδεηθης ℵ* (-δεθης ℵc.a) AC + συ C | συμβολη] pr τη ℵc.a συμβολης A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 18:33 μὴ γίνου πτωχὸς συμβολοκοπῶν ἐκ δανισμοῦ, καὶ οὐδέν σοί ἐστιν ἐν μαρσιππίῳ.

lest thou-should-become beggared castee-together-felling-unto out of-a-lending-to-of, and not-then-also-one unto-thee it-be in unto-a-baglet.

18:33 δανεισμου Bab | μαρσιππιω Bℵ* (-πω AC)] βαλλαντιω ℵc.a

[appendix] γεινου ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:1 ἐργάτης μέθυσος οὐ πλουτισθήσεται· ὁ ἐξουθενῶν τὰ ὀλίγα κατὰ μικρὸν πεσεῖται.

A-worker toxinated not it-shall-be-wealthed-to; the-one not-from-oneing-out-unto to-the-ones to-little down to-small it-shall-fall.

19:1 μεθυς ℵ* (μεθυσος ℵ1) | ο εξουθενων] pr ¬ ℵc.a ο εξουδενων C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:2 οἶνος καὶ γυναῖκες ἀποστήσουσιν συνετούς, καὶ ὁ κολλώμενος πόρναις τολμηρότερος ἔσται·

A-wine and women they-shall-stand-off to-sendable-together, and the-one being-togetherned-unto unto-harlots more-ventured it-shall-be;

19:2 τολμηροτερος] τολμηρος ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:3 σήπη καὶ σκώληκες κληρονομήσουσιν αὐτόν, καὶ ψυχὴ τολμηρὰ ἐξαρθήσεται.

a-decaying and maggots they-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-it, and a-breathing ventured it-shall-be-lifted-out.

Note: A-decaying : usage includes references to moths by the resultant appearance of their handiwork.

19:3 σηπη] σητες Bb σηπες ℵ* (σηπη ℵc.a) | αυτον] την γην ℵ* (αυτ. ℵc.a) | τολμηρας ℵ* (-ρα ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:4 ὁ ταχὺ ἐνπιστεύων κοῦφος καρδίᾳ, καὶ ὁ ἁμαρτάνων εἰς ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ πλημμελήσει.

The-one to-quick trusting-in-of eased unto-a-heart, and the-one un-adjusting-along into to-a-breathing of-it it-shall-beyond-member-unto.

19:4 ο ταχυ] om ο ℵ* (hab ο ℵ1 vid mg) | εμπιστευων Babℵ A | πλημμελει ℵ* (-λησει ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:5 ὁ εὐφραινόμενος καρδίᾳ καταγνωσθήσεται,

The-one being-goodly-centered unto-a-heart it-shall-be-acquainted-down,

19:5 καρδια] πονηρα ℵ* (καρδ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:6 καὶ ὁ μισῶν λαλιὰν ἐλαττονοῦται κακίᾳ.

and the-one hating-unto to-a-speaking-unto it-be-en-lackened unto-a-wedge-wedging-unto.

19:6 ελαττονουται] ελαττουται ℵ | κακια] καρδια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:7 μηδέποτε δευτερώσῃς λόγον, καὶ οὐθέν σοι οὐ μὴ ἐλαττονωθῇ.

Lest-then-also-whither-also thou-might-have-en-seconded to-a-forthee, and not-from-one unto-thee not lest it-might-have-been-en-lackened.

19:7 μηδεποτε] μηποτε ℵ | λογον] + εν ευχη ℵc.a | ουδεν C | ελαττονηθη A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:8 ἐν φίλῳ καὶ ἐν ἐχθρῷ μὴ διηγοῦ, καὶ εἰ μή ἐστίν σοι ἁμαρτία, μὴ ἀποκάλυπτε·

In unto-cared and in unto-en-enmitied lest thou-should-lead-through-unto, and if lest it-be unto-thee an-un-adjusting-along-unto, lest thou-should-shroud-off;

19:8 om εν 2° ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:9 ἀκήκοεν γάρ σου καὶ ἐφυλάξατό σε, καὶ ἐν καιρῷ μισήσει σε.

it-had-come-to-hear too-thus of-thee and it-guardered to-thee, and in unto-a-time it-shall-hate-unto to-thee.

19:9 ακηκοα ℵ* (-κοεν ℵ1) | σου γαρ C | μισησει] μασησει A

[appendix] μισησι ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:10 ἀκήκοας λόγον; συναποθανέτω σοι· θάρσει, οὐ μή σε ῥήξει.

Thou-hath-had-come-to-hear to-a-forthee? It-should-have-died-off-together unto-thee; Thou-should-brave-unto, not lest to-thee it-shall-en-burst.

19:10 λογον] λεγων ℵ* (λογον ℵc.a) | συναποθανειτω C | θαρση A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:11 ἀπὸ προσώπου λόγου ὠδινήσει μωρός, ὡς ἀπὸ προσώπου βρέφους ἡ τίκτουσα.

Off of-looked-toward of-a-forthee it-shall-pang, dulled, as off of-looked-toward of-a-babe the-one creationing.

19:11 [appendix] ωδεινησει B* (ωδιν. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:12 βέλος πεπηγὸς ἐν μηρῷ σαρκός, οὕτως λόγος ἐν κοιλίᾳ μωροῦ.

A-casteedness having-had-come-to-en-pitch in unto-a-thigh of-a-flesh, unto-the-one-this a-forthee in unto-a-hollowing-unto of-dulled.

19:12 πεπηγως Bℵ C | μηρω] η sup ras 1 vel 2 litt Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:13 Ἔλεγξον φίλον, μή ποτε οὐκ ἐποίησεν, καὶ εἴ τι ἐποίησεν, μή ποτε προσθῇ.

Thou-should-have-trialed to-cared, lest whither-also not it-did-unto, and if to-a-one it-did-unto, lest whither-also it-might-have-had-placed-toward.

19:13-14 om και ει τι . . . ουκ ειπεν A

19:13 ελεγχον C | εποιησε (1°) C | ει] η C | om τι ℵc.a | μη 2°] pr ινα ℵ | om ποτε 2° ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:14 ἔλεγξον τὸν φίλον, μή ποτε οὐκ εἶπεν· καὶ εἰ εἴρηκεν, ἵνα μὴ δευτερώσῃ.

Thou-should-have-trialed to-the-one to-cared, lest whither-also not it-had-said; and if it-had-come-to-utter-unto, so lest it-might-have-en-seconded.

19:13-14 om και ει τι . . . ουκ ειπεν A

19:14 ελεγχον C*vid (-ξον Ca) : item 15 | φιλον] πλησιον ℵ C | ει] η ℵ A C | δευτερωσει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:15 ἔλεγξον φίλον, πολλάκις γὰρ γίνεται διαβολή, καὶ μὴ παντὶ λόγῳ πίστευε.

Thou-should-have-trialed to-cared, much-oft too-thus it-becometh, a-casting-through, and lest unto-all unto-a-forthee thou-should-trust-of.

19:15 διαβολη] αβολη (sic) A

[appendix] γεινεται ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:16 ἔστιν ὀλισθάνων καὶ οὐκ ἀπὸ ψυχῆς, καὶ τίς οὐχ ἥμαρτεν ἐν τῇ γλώσσῃ αὐτοῦ;

It-be slipping and not off of-a-breathing, and what-one not it-had-un-adjusted-along in unto-the-one unto-a-tongue of-it?

19:16 εστι C | ολισθαινων ℵ1?c.aC (-σθενων) | ημαρτεν] ημαρτησεν Babℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:17 ἔλεγξον τὸν πλησίον σου πρὶν ἢ ἀπειλῆσαι, καὶ δὸς τόπον νόμῳ Ὑψίστου.

Thou-should-have-trialed to-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-thee ere or to-have-poised-off-unto, and thou-should-have-had-given to-an-occasion unto-a-parcelee of-most-lofteed.

19:17 om σου ℵ | νομον C

[appendix] απιλησαι ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:20 Πᾶσα σοφία φόβος Κυρίου, καὶ ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ ποίησις νόμου.

All a-wisdoming-unto a-fearee of-Authority-belonged, and in unto-all unto-a-wisdoming-unto a-doing of-a-parcelee.

19:20 φοβος] παρα C | ποιησεις ACa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:22 καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν σοφία πονηρίας ἐπιστήμη, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπου βουλὴ ἁμαρτωλῶν φρόνησις.

And not it-be a-wisdoming-unto of-an-en-necessitating-unto a-standing-upon, and not it-be to-which-of-whither a-purposing of-un-adjusted-along a-centering.

19:22 om οπου ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) AC

[appendix] φρονησεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:23 ἔστιν πονηρία καὶ αὕτη βδέλυγμα, καὶ ἔστιν ἄφρων ἐλαττούμενος σοφίᾳ.

It-be an-en-necessitating-unto and the-one-this an-abhorrering-to, and it-be un-centeringed-of being-en-lackened unto-a-wisdoming-unto.

19:23 αυτη] λυτη ℵedit

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:24 κρείττων ἡττώμενος ἐν συνέσει ἔμφοβος ἢ περισσεύων ἐν φρονήσει καὶ παραβαίνων νόμον.

Securinged-of being-lessened-unto in unto-a-sending-together feareed-in or abouting-of in unto-a-centering and stepping-beside to-a-parcelee.

19:24 κρειττων] των sup ras Aa (και A*vid) κρισσων C | ηττωμενος] ηλαττωμενος Bab | φρονησει] συνεσει A

[appendix] κριττων ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:25 ἔστιν πανουργία ἀκριβὴς καὶ αὕτη ἄδικος, καὶ ἔστιν διαστρέφων χάριν τοῦ ἐκφᾶναι κρίμα.

It-be an-all-working-unto exactinged and the-one-this un-coursed, and it-be beturning-through to-a-granting of-the-one to-have-manifested-out to-a-separating-to.

19:25 [appendix] πανουργεια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:26 ἔστιν πονηρευόμενος συνκεκυφὼς μελανίᾳ, καὶ τὰ ἐντὸς αὐτοῦ πλήρη δόλου·

It-be en-necessitating-of having-had-come-to-lean-together unto-a-blackening-unto, and the-ones in-unto-the-one-which of-it fullinged of-a-guile;

Note: unto-a-blackening-unto : usage includes mood.

19:26 συγκεκυφως Bab | πληρης] πληρη Bbℵ* (-ρης ℵc.a) πληρεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:27 συνκρύφων πρόσωπον καὶ ἑτεροκωφῶν, ὅπου οὐκ ἐπεγνώσθη προφθάσει σε·

hidening-together to-looked-toward and different-blunting-unto, to-which-of-whither not it-was-acquainted-upon it-shall-prior-before to-thee;

Note: different-blunting-unto : used to refer to partial or feigned deafness or muteness.

19:27 συνκυφων (συγκ. Bab A C)] συκρυφων B*ℵ1 fort c.a | επεγνωσθη] εγνωσθη C

[appendix] προφθασι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:28 καὶ ἐὰν ὑπὸ ἐλαττώματος ἰσχύος κωλυθῇ ἁμαρτεῖν, ἐὰν εὕρῃ καιρόν κακοποιήσει.

and if-ever under of-an-en-lackening-to force-held it-was-prevented to-have-had-un-adjusted-along, if-ever it-might-have-had-found to-a-time it-shall-wedge-wedge-do-unto.

19:28 om και ℵ* (hab ¬ ℵc.a) | κωλυθης ℵ | κακοποιησει] κακοπ. σε sup ras et in mg Aa

[appendix] αμαρτιν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:29 ἀπὸ ὁράσεως ἐπιγνωσθήσεται ἀνήρ, καὶ ἀπὸ ἀπαντήσεως προσώπου ἐπιγνωσθήσεται νοήμων·

Off of-a-seeeeing it-shall-be-acquainted-upon a-man, and off of-an-ever-a-oneing-off of-looked-toward it-shall-be-acquainted-upon en-mullinged-of;

19:29 απο 1°] pr [κ]αι C* (om και Ca) | ανηρ] νοημω| ℵ* (ανηρ ℵc.a)

[appendix] απαντησαιως A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 19:30 στολισμὸς ἀνδρὸς καὶ γέλως ὀδόντων καὶ βήματα ἀνθρώπου ἀναγγέλλει τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ.

a-seteeing-to-of of-a-man and a-laughter of-teeth and steppings-to of-a-mankind it-leadeeereth-up to-the-ones about of-it.

Note: a-seteeing-to-of : used to refer to a setting of clothing of purpose, i.e. for uniforming or equipping, etc.

19:30 βηματα] βημα ποδος ℵc.a βημα C | αναγγελει ℵ A C (-λι) +σοι C | αυτου] εμου A | σιωπων sup ras Ca (τις σιγων C*fort)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:1 ἔστιν ἔλεγχος ὃς οὐκ ἔστιν ὡραῖος, καὶ ἔστιν σιωπῶν καὶ αὐτὸς φρόνιμος.

It-be a-trial which not it-be hour-belonged, and it-be muting-unto and it centered-belonged-unto.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:2 Ὡς καλὸν ἐλέγξαι ἢ θυμοῦσθαι, (Sir 20:3) καὶ ὁ ἀνθομολογούμενος ἀπὸ ἐλαττώσεως κωλυθήσεται.

As seemly to-have-trialed or to-be-passioned-upon-unto, (Sir 20:3) and the-one ever-a-one-forthee-along-unto off of-an-en-lackening it-shall-be-prevented.

20:2 θυμουσθαι sup ras Bab | ελλαττωσις C | κωλυσθησεται C

(Sir 20:3) not in HS.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:4 ἐπιθυμία εὐνούχου ἀποπαρθενῶσαι νεάνιδα, οὕτως ὁ ποιῶν ἐν βίᾳ κρίματα.

A-passioning-upon-unto of-a-bed-holder to-have-en-maidened-off to-a-new-belonging, unto-the-one-this the-one doing-unto in unto-a-dureeatedness to-separatings-to.

20:4 αποπαρθενωσεν C | om εν ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:5 ἔστιν σιωπῶν εὑρισκόμενος σοφός, καὶ ἔστιν μισητὸς ἀπὸ πολλῆς λαλιᾶς.

It-be muting-unto being-found wisdomed, and it-be hated off of-much of-a-speaking-unto.

20:5 [appendix] μεισητος B* (μισ. Bb : item 15)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:6 ἔστιν σιωπῶν, οὐ γὰρ ἔχει ἀπόκρισιν, καὶ ἔστιν σιωπῶν, εἰδὼς καιρόν.

It-be muting-unto, not too-thus it-holdeth to-a-separating-off, and it-be muting-unto, having-had-come-to-see to-a-time.

20:6 om και ℵ* (hab ¬ ℵc.a) | ειδως καιρον] ιδως (sic) καιρ sup ras Aa (ουκ ιδ. A*fort)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:7 ἄνθρωπος σοφὸς σιγήσει ἕως καιροῦ, ὁ δὲ λαπιστὴς καὶ ἄφρων ὑπερβήσεται καιρόν.

A-mankind wisdomed it-silenced-unto unto-if-which of-a-time, the-one then-also a-swaggerer and un-centeringed-of it-shall-step-over to-a-time.

20:7 σιγησει] σιωπησει ℵ | λαπιστης] adnot ψεύστης Ba mg | αφρων] αφιων A | καιρον] καιρω ℵ* (-ρον ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:8 ὁ πλεονάζων λόγῳ βδελυχθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἐνεξουσιαζόμενος μισηθήσεται.

The-one beyonding-to unto-a-forthee it-shall-be-abhorrered, and the-one be-out-belonging-in-to it-shall-be-hated-unto.

Note: be-out-belonging-in-to : in Middle voice used to refer to giving oneself authority.

20:8 λογον A | εξουσιαζομενος A

[appendix] μεισηθησεται B* (μισ. Bb) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:9 Ἔστιν εὐοδία ἐν κακοῖς ἀνδρί, καὶ ἔστιν εὕρεμα εἰς ἐλάττωσιν.

It-be a-goodly-waying-unto in unto-wedge-wedged unto-a-man, and it-be a-finding-to into to-an-en-lackening.

20:9 ευοδια] ευωδια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:10 ἔστιν δόσις ἣ οὐ λυσιτελήσει σοι, καὶ ἔστιν δόσις ἧς τὸ ἀνταπόδομα διπλοῦν.

It-be a-giving which not it-shall-loosing-finish-unto unto-thee, and it-be a-giving of-which the-one an-ever-a-one-giving-off-to two-fold.

Note: it-shall-loosing-finish-unto : used to refer to freeing out of a debt or need.

20:10 [appendix] δοσεις A | λυσιτελησι A | δειπλουν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:11 ἔστιν ἐλάττωσις ἕνεκεν δόξης, καὶ ἔστιν ὃς ἀπὸ ταπεινώσεως ἦρεν κεφαλήν.

It-be an-en-lackening in-out-in of-a-reckonedness, and it-be which off of-an-en-lowed-belonging-to it-lifted to-a-head.

20:11 ελαττωσις] ελαττων A | ταπεινως (sic) A

[appendix] ταπινωσεως ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:12 ἔστιν ἀγοράζων πολλὰ ὀλίγου καὶ ἀποτιννύων αὐτὰ ἑπταπλάσιον.

It-be lead-alongednessing-to to-much of-little and valuing-off to-them to-seven-fold-belonged.

20:12 αγοραζων] pr ο A | αποτηννυων A | επταπλασια ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:13 ὁ σοφὸς ἐν λόγῳ ἑαυτὸν προσφιλῆ ποιήσει, χάριτες δὲ μωρῶν ἐκχυθήσονται.

The-one wisdomed in unto-a-forthee to-self to-caringed-toward it-shall-do-unto, grantings then-also of-dulled they-shall-be-poured-out.

20:13 λογοις ℵ A | ante ποιησει ras 1 lit A? | μωρων εκχ.] ων ε sup ras B1 fort

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:14 δόσις ἄφρονος οὐ λυσιτελήσει σοι, οἱ γὰρ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ἀνθ' ἑνὸς πολλοί·

A-giving of-un-centeringed-of not it-shall-loosing-finishing-unto unto-thee, the-ones too-thus eyes of-it ever-a-one of-one much;

Note: it-shall-loosing-finish-unto : used to refer to freeing out of a debt or need.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:15 ὀλίγα δώσει καὶ πολλὰ ὀνειδίσει, καὶ ἀνοίξει τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ ὡς κήρυξ· σήμερον δανιεῖ καὶ αὔριον ἀπαιτήσει, μισητὸς ἄνθρωπος ὁ τοιοῦτος.

to-little it-shall-give and to-much it-shall-reproach-to, and it-shall-open-up to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-it as a-heralder; this-day it-shall-lend-to and to-morrow it-shall-appeal-off-unto, hated a-mankind the-one the-one-unto-the-one-this.

20:15 απαιτησει] αποτισει A

[appendix] ονιδισει ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:16 μωρὸς ἐρεῖ Οὐχ ὑπάρχει μοι φίλος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν χάρις τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς μου· (Sir 20:17) οἱ ἔσθοντες τὸν ἄρτον μου φαῦλοι γλώσσῃ.

Dulled it-shall-utter, Not it-firsteth-under unto-me, cared, and not it-be a-granting unto-the-ones unto-excess-placed of-me; (Sir 20:17) the-ones eating to-the-one to-an-adjustation of-me pettied unto-a-tongue.

Note: to-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

20:16 om μοι A | μου 1°] αυτου ℵ* (μ. ℵc.a) | γλωσσης ℵ* (-σση ℵc.a)

[appendix] ουκ B* (ουχ Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:17 ποσάκις καὶ ὅσοι καταγελάσονται αὐτοῦ;

To-whither-which-oft and which-a-which they-shall-down-laugh-unto of-it?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:18 Ὀλίσθημα ἀπὸ ἐδάφους μᾶλλον ἢ ἀπὸ γλώσσης, οὕτως πτῶσις κακῶν κατὰ σπουδὴν ἥξει.

A-slipping-to off of-a-beloweedness more-such or off of-a-tongue, unto-the-one-this a-falling of-wedge-wedged down to-a-hasteneeing it-shall-arrive.

20:18 [appendix] πτωσεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:19 ἄνθρωπος ἄχαρις, μῦθος ἄκαιρος· ἐν στόματι ἀπαιδεύτων ἐνδελεχισθήσεται.

A-mankind un-granted, a-relating un-timed; in unto-a-becutteeing-to of-un-childed-of it-shall-be-elongated-in-to.

20:19 απαιδευτου ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:20 ἀπὸ στόματος μωροῦ ἀποδοκιμασθήσεται παραβολή, οὐ γὰρ μὴ εἴπῃ αὐτὴν ἐν καιρῷ αὐτῆς.

Off of-a-becutteeing-to of-dulled it-shall-be-off-assessed-to a-casting-beside, not too-thus lest it-might-have-had-said to-it in unto-a-time of-it.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:21 ἔστιν κωλυόμενος ἁμαρτάνειν ἀπὸ ἐνδείας, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀναπαύσει αὐτοῦ οὐ κατανυγήσεται.

It-be being-prevented to-un-adjust-along off of-a-binding-in-of, and in unto-the-one unto-a-ceasing-up of-it not it-shall-be-dintered-down.

20:21 [appendix] αμαρτανιν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:22 ἔστιν ἀπολλύων τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ δι' αἰσχύνην, καὶ ἀπὸ ἄφρονος προσώπου ἀπολεῖ αὐτήν.

It-be destructing-off to-the-one to-a-breathing of-it through to-a-shamening, and off of-un-centeringed-of of-looked-toward it-shall-destruct-off to-it.

20:22 απολει] απολλυει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:23 ἔστιν χάριν αἰσχύνης ἐπαγγελλόμενος φίλῳ, καὶ ἐκτήσατο αὐτὸν ἐχθρὸν δωρεάν.

It-be to-a-granting of-a-shamening leadeeering-upon unto-cared, and it-befounded-unto to-it to-en-enmitied to-a-giftedness.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:24 μῶμος πονηρὸς ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ ψεῦδος, ἐν στόματι ἀπαιδεύτων ἐνδελεχισθήσεται.

A-blemish en-necessitated in unto-a-mankind a-falseedness, in unto-a-becutteeing-to of-un-childed-of it-shall-be-elongated-in-to.

20:24 ψευδος] pr το ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:25 αἱρετὸν κλέπτης ἢ ἐνδελεχίζων ψεύδει, ἀμφότεροι δὲ ἀπώλιαν κληρονομήσουσιν.

Sectioned-along a-stealer or elongating-in-to unto-a-falseedness, more-around then-also to-a-destructing-off-unto they-shall-lot-parcelee-unto.

20:25 om η A | ενδελεχιζων] pr ο Babℵ | απωλειαν BabA

[appendix] ψευδι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:26 ἦθος ἀνθρώπου ψευδοῦς ἀτιμία, καὶ ἡ αἰσχύνη αὐτοῦ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἐνδελεχῶς. Λόγοι παραβολῶν.

A-beplaceedness of-a-mankind of-falsinged an-un-valuating-unto, and the-one a-shamening of-it with of-it unto-elongatinged-in. Forthees of-castings-beside.

20:26 ψευδος BabA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:27 Ὁ σοφὸς ἐν λόγοις προάξει ἑαυτόν, καὶ ἄνθρωπος φρόνιμος ἀρέσει μεγιστᾶσιν·

The-one wisdomed in unto-forthees it-shall-lead-before to-self, and a-mankind centered-belonged-unto it-shall-please unto-most-greats;

20:27 προαξει εαυτον] προσαξεις αυτον Avid | αρεσκει ℵ* (αρεσει ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:28 ὁ ἐργαζόμενος γῆν ἀνυψώσει θιμωνιὰν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ ἀρέσκων μεγιστᾶσιν ἐξιλάσεται ἀδικίαν.

the-one working-to to-a-soil it-shall-en-loftee-up to-a-piling-unto of-it, and the-one pleasing unto-most-greats it-shall-sectionate-out to-an-un-coursing-unto.

20:28 θειμωνιων A*vid (θειμωνιαν A?vid) | αδικιας A

[appendix] εξειλασεται B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:29 ξένια καὶ δῶρα ἀποτυφλοῖ ὀφθαλμοὺς σοφῶν, καὶ ὡς φιμὸς ἐν στόματι ἀποτρέπει ἐλεγμούς.

Guest-belonged and gifts it-en-blindeth-off to-eyes of-wisdomed, and as a-muzzle in unto-a-becutteeing-to it-turneth-off to-trialings-of.

Note: Guest-belonged : perhaps Guestlets from the undocumented Noun ZENION; referring to the gifts provided to guests, inferring favoritisms and their associated obligations.

20:29 αποτρεμει A

[appendix] φειμος ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:30 σοφία κεκρυμμένη καὶ θησαυρὸς ἀφανής, τίς ὠφέλεια ἐν ἀμφοτέροις;

A-wisdoming-unto having-had-come-to-be-hidened and an-en-placing un-manifestinged, what-one an-aidancing-of in unto-more-around?

20:30 ωφελια ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 20:31 κρείσσων ἄνθρωπος ἀποκρύπτων τὴν μωρίαν αὐτοῦ ἢ ἄνθρωπος ἀποκρύπτων τὴν σοφίαν αὐτοῦ.

More-securinged-of a-mankind hidening-off to-the-one to-a-dulling-unto of-it or a-mankind hidening-off to-the-one to-a-wisdoming-unto of-it.

20:31 κριττων ℵ A | αποκριπτων 2°] αποκαλυπτων ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:1 Τέκνον, ἥμαρτες; μὴ προσθῇς μηκέτι, καὶ περὶ τῶν προτέρων σου δεήθητι.

Creationee, thou-had-un-adjusted-along? Lest thou-might-have-had-placed-toward lest-if-to-a-one, and about of-the-ones of-more-before of-thee thou-should-have-been-binded.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:2 ὡς ἀπὸ προσώπου ὄφεως φεῦγε ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας· ἐὰν γὰρ προσέλθῃς, δήξεταί σε· ὀδόντες λέοντος οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτῆς, ἀναιροῦντες ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων.

As off of-looked-toward of-a-snake thou-should-flee off of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto; if-ever too-thus thou-might-have-had-came-toward, it-shall-bite to-thee; teeth of-a-lion the-ones teeth of-it, sectioning-along-up-unto to-breathings of-mankinds.

21:2 λεοντες ℵ* (-τος ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:3 ὡς ῥομφαία δίστομος πᾶσα ἀνομία, τῇ πληγῇ αὐτῆς οὐκ ἔστιν ἴασις.

As a-sabre two-becutteeing-toed all an-un-parceleeing-unto, unto-the-one unto-a-smiting of-it not it-be a-curing.

21:3 τη πληγη] pr και A

[appendix] ιασεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:4 καταπληγμὸς καὶ ὕβρις ἐρημώσουσιν πλοῦτον, οὕτως οἶκος ὑπερηφάνου ἐρημωθήσεται.

A-smiting-down-of and an-abuse they-shall-en-solitude to-a-wealth, unto-the-one-this a-house of-manifested-over it-shall-be-en-solituded.

21:4 καταπληγμος και] κακῶν πλῆθος ¬ Ba?c? mg | υπερηφανων ℵc.aA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:5 δέησις πτωχοῦ ἐκ στόματος ἕως ὠτίων αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ κρίμα αὐτοῦ κατὰ σπουδὴν ἔρχεται.

A-binding of-beggared out of-a-becutteeing-to unto-if-which of-earlets of-it, and the-one a-separating-to of-it down to-a-hasteneeing it-cometh.

21:5 στοματος εως] τος εως sup litur B?vid

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:6 μισῶν ἐλεγμὸν ἐν ἴχνει ἁμαρτωλοῦ, καὶ ὁ φοβούμενος Κύριον ἐπιστρέψει ἐν καρδίᾳ.

Hating-unto to-a-trialing-of in unto-a-trackeedness-belonging-tos of-un-adjusted-along, and the-one feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged it-shall-beturn-upon in unto-a-heart.

21:6 ελεγμον] ελεγχον A | ιχνη B? | αμαρτωλου] retract aliq B? | Κυριον] τον θν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:7 γνωστὸς μακρόθεν ὁ δυνατὸς ἐν γλώσσῃ, ὁ δὲ νοήμων οἶδεν ἐν τῷ ὀλισθάνειν αὐτόν.

acquaintable en-longed-from the-one able in unto-a-tongue, the-one then-also en-mullinged-of it-had-come-to-see in unto-the-one to-slip to-it.

21:7 ολισθαινειν ℵc.a(vid)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:8 ὁ οἰκοδομῶν τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ ἐν χρήμασιν ἀλλοτρίοις ὡς συνάγων αὐτοῦ τοὺς λίθους εἰς χειμῶνα.

The-one house-building-unto to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-it in unto-affordings-to unto-other-belonged as leading-together of-it to-the-ones to-stones into to-a-pouring.

21:8 συναγων] pr ο ℵ | τους λιθους αυτου ℵ A

[appendix] χιμωνα B* (χειμ. Bab) ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:9 στιππύον συνηγμένον συναγωγὴ ἀνόμων, καὶ ἡ συντέλεια αὐτῶν φλὸξ πυρός.

A-canvass having-had-come-to-be-led-together a-leading-together of-un-parceleed, and the-one a-finishing-together-of of-them a-blaze of-a-fire.

21:9 στυππιον A | συναγωγη] υνα sup litur Ba εισαγωγη A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:10 ὁδὸς ἁμαρτωλῶν ὡμαλισμένη ἐκ λίθων, καὶ ἐπ' ἐσχάτῳ αὐτῆς βόθρος ᾅδου.

A-way of-un-adjusted-along having-had-come-to-be-threshed-along-to out of-stones, and upon unto-most-bordered of-it a-trench of-a-hadês.

21:10 εσχατω] εσχατου ℵ εσχατω| A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:11 ὁ φυλάσσων νόμον κατακρατεῖ τοῦ ἐννοήματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ συντέλεια τοῦ φόβου Κυρίου σοφία.

The-one guardering to-a-parcelee it-secureth-down-unto of-the-one of-an-en-mulling-in-to of-it, and a-finishing-together-of of-the-one of-a-fearee of-Authority-belonged a-wisdoming-unto.

21:11 κατακρατει] κατακρατησει ℵ | om του εννοηματος αυτου ℵ* (hab τ. νοηματος αυτ. ℵc.a) | συντελια ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:12 οὐ παιδευθήσεται ὃς οὐκ ἔστιν πανοῦργος· ἔστιν πανουργία πληθύνουσα πικρίαν.

Not it-shall-be-childed-of which not it-be all-worked; it-be an-all-working-unto repletening to-a-bittering-unto.

21:12 εστιν 2°] +δε ℵ A C | πανουργεια A | πικριαν] παιδιαν (αιδι sup ras) Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:13 γνῶσις σοφοῦ ὡς κατακλυσμὸς πληθυνθήσεται, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς πηγὴ ζωῆς.

An-acquainting of-wisdomed as a-down-sloshing-of-to it-shall-be-repletened, and the-one a-purposing of-it as a-pitching of-a-lifing.

21:13 αυτου] αυτων C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:14 ἔγκατα μωροῦ ὡς ἄγγιον συντετριμμένον, καὶ πᾶσαν γνῶσιν οὐ κρατήσει.

Down-in of-dulled as a-leadeelet having-had-come-to-be-rubbed-together, and to-all to-an-acquainting not it-shall-secure-unto.

21:14 om ως C | αγγειον Bab

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:15 λόγον σοφὸν ἐὰν ἀκούσῃ ἐπιστήμων, αἰνέσει αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπ' αὐτὸν προσθήσει· ἤκουσεν ὁ σπαταλῶν καὶ ἀπήρεσεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀπέστρεψεν αὐτὸν ὀπίσω τοῦ νώτου αὐτοῦ.

To-a-forthee to-wisdomed if-ever it-might-have-heard, standinged-upon-of, it-shall-laud-unto to-it and upon to-it thou-shall-place-toward; it-heard, the-one wantoning-unto, and it-pleased-off unto-it, and it-beturned-off to-it aback-unto-which of-the-one of-reared of-it.

21:15 του νωτου] τωνωτων A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:16 ἐξήγησις μωροῦ ὡς ἐν ὁδῷ φορτίον, ἐπὶ δὲ χείλους συνετοῦ εὑρεθήσεται χάρις.

A-beleading-out of-dulled as in unto-a-way a-bearereelet, upon then-also of-a-rimmeedness of-sendable-together it-shall-be-found a-granting.

21:16 om ως ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | φορτιον] φ . . ρητιον C | χιλουσυνετου A | χαρις] παραβολη ℵc.a om A

[appendix] εξηγησεις A | επει C | χιλους ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:17 στόμα φρονίμου ζητηθήσεται ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ, καὶ τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ διανοηθήσεται ἐν καρδίᾳ.

A-becutteeing-to of-centered-belonged-unto it-shall-be-sought-unto in unto-a-calling-out-unto, and to-the-ones to-forthees of-it it-shall-be-en-mulled-through-unto in unto-a-heart.

21:17 στομα] + δε ℵ* (om ℵc.a) | διανοηθησονται ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:18 ὡς οἶκος ἠφανισμένος οὕτως μωρῷ σοφία, καὶ γνῶσις ἀσυνέτου ἀδιεξέταστοι λόγοι.

As a-house having-had-come-to-be-un-manifested-to unto-the-one-this unto-dulled a-wisdoming-unto, and an-acquainting of-un-sent-together un-tested-out-through forthees.

21:18 συνετου ℵ* (ασυν. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:19 πέδαι ἐν ποσὶν ἀνοήτοις παιδεία, καὶ ὡς χειροπέδαι ἐπὶ χειρὸς δεξιᾶς.

Footings in unto-feet unto-un-en-mulled a-childing-of, and as hand-footings upon of-a-hand of-right-belonged.

21:19 ποσιν] πασιν C | ανοητοις παιδεια] ανομια του παιδιου A ανοητου παιδια ℵ C | om ως ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | χειροπαιδες A

[appendix] πεδαι] παιδε AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:20 μωρὸς ἐν γέλωτι ἀνυψοῖ φωνὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀνὴρ δὲ πανοῦργος μόλις ἡσυχῇ μειδιάσει.

Dulled in unto-a-laugh it-en-lofteeth-up to-a-sound of-it, a-man then-also all-worked arduously unto-quiesced it-shall-smile-belong-unto.

21:20 φωνην] pr την ℵ A C | μηδιασει ℵ* (μιδ. ℵ?) AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:21 ὡς κόσμος χρυσοῦς φρονίμῳ παιδεία, καὶ ὡς χλιδὼν ἐπὶ βραχίονι δεξιῷ.

As an-orderation golden unto-centered-belonged-unto a-childing-of, and as an-ornament upon unto-more-short unto-right-belonged.

21:21 παιδια ℵ A C | χλιδων] χελιδων C* (ε ras C?)

[appendix] χλειδων ℵ κλιδων A | βραχειονι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:22 ποὺς μωροῦ ταχὺς εἰς οἰκίαν, ἄνθρωπος δὲ πολύπειρος αἰσχυνθήσεται ἀπὸ προσώπου.

A-foot of-dulled quick into to-a-housing-unto, a-mankind then-also much-across-belonged it-shall-be-shamened off of-looked-toward.

21:22 [appendix] πολυπιρος ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:23 ἄφρων ἀπὸ θύρας παρακύπτει εἰς οἰκίαν, ἀνὴρ δὲ πεπαιδευμένος ἔξω στήσεται.

Un-centeringed-of off of-a-portaledness it-leaneth-beside into to-a-housing-unto, a-man then-also having-had-come-to-be-childed-of out-unto-which it-shall-stand.

21:23 θυρας] υ sup ras 3 fere litt Ca

[appendix] πεπεδευμενος ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:24 ἀπαιδευσία ἀνθρώπου ἀκροᾶσθαι παρὰ θύραν, ὁ δὲ φρόνιμος βαρυνθήσεται ἀτιμίᾳ.

An-un-childing-of-unto of-a-mankind to-hear-unto beside to-a-portaledness, the-one then-also centered-belonged-unto it-shall-be-weightened unto-an-un-valuating-unto.

21:24 ακροασασθαι ℵ | θυραν] θυρας C | ατιμιαν ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:25 χείλη ἀλλοτρίων ἐν τούτοις βαρυνθήσεται, λόγοι δὲ φρονίμων ἐν ζυγῷ σταθήσονται.

Rimmeednesses of-other-belonged in unto-the-ones-these it-shall-be-weightened, forthees then-also of-centered-belonged-unto in unto-a-couplage they-shall-be-stood.

21:25 αλλοτρια ℵc.a | ταυτοις ℵ* (τουτ. ℵc.a) | βαρυνθησεται] διηγησονται ℵ βαρυνθησονται C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:26 ἐν στόματι μωρῶν ἡ καρδία αὐτῶν, καρδία δὲ σοφῶν στόμα αὐτῶν.

In unto-a-becutteeing-to of-dulled the-one a-heart of-them, a-heart then-also of-wisdomed a-becutteeing-to of-them.

21:26 η Babℵ A C] εν B* | σοφων] φρονιμων A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:27 ἐν τῷ καταρᾶσθαι ἀσεβῆ τὸν σατανᾶν αὐτὸς καταρᾶται τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν.

In unto-the-one to-down-curse-unto to-un-reveringed to-the-one to-a-satanas it it-down-curseth-unto to-the-one of-self to-a-breathing.

Note: to-a-satanas : only occurrence of this word in the Apocryphal books; including this in the count of the number of the beast depends on 1) whether or not this is a direct reference to satan, i.e. the general meaning of adversary may have been the intended conveyance; 2) whether or not this is a scribal error; 3) whether or not the Wisdom of Sirach is a Deity-currented writing.

21:27 καταρασασθαι A | ασεβη (-βην A)] pr τον ℵ C | σατανα B*fort σαταναν Bbℵ A C | την εαυτου ψυχην] την ψ. αυτου A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 21:28 μολύνει τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ὁ ψιθυρίζων, καὶ ἐν παροικήσει μισηθήσεται.

It-sullieth to-the-one of-self to-a-breathing, the-one whispering-to, and in unto-a-housing-beside it-shall-be-hated-unto.

21:28 μολυνει] inter υ et ν om 1 lit (ν fort) C? | ψιθυριζων] θυρ sup ras 4 litt Aa | εν] ου εαν C

[appendix] μολυνι ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:1 Λίθῳ ἠρδαλωμένῳ συνεβλήθη ὀκνηρός, καὶ πᾶς ἐκσυριεῖ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ αὐτοῦ.

Unto-a-stone unto-having-had-come-to-be-en-daubed it-was-casted-together en-hesitated, and all it-shall-hiss-out-to upon unto-the-one unto-an-un-valuating-unto of-it.

22:1 ηρδαλωμενω (αλ sup ras Ca)] adnot ἠρδαλωμένω | μεμελισμένω Bb fort c mg sup | συνεβληθη] ελιθοβοληθη ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:2 βολβίτῳ κοπρίων συνεβλήθη ὀκνηρός, πᾶς ὁ ἀναιρούμενος αὐτὸν ἐκτινάξει χεῖρα.

Unto-a-clump of-en-fellings-unto it-was-casted-together en-hesitated, all the-one sectioning-along-up-unto to-it it-shall-jolt-out to-a-hand.

22:2 κοπριω ℵ A | συνεβληθη] improb συν ℵc.a | εκτιναξαι C

[appendix] εκτειναξει A | χιρα ℵ* (χειρ. ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:3 αἰσχύνη πατρὸς ἐν γεννήσει ἀπαιδεύτου, θυγάτηρ δὲ ἐπ' ἐλαττώσει γίνεται.

A-shamening of-a-father in unto-a-generating of-un-childed-of, a-daughter then-also upon unto-an-en-lackening it-becometh.

22:3 δε επ ελαττωσει] δε επ ελατ sup ras Ca

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:4 θυγάτηρ φρονίμη κληρονομήσει ἄνδρα αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ καταισχύνουσα εἰς λύπην γεννήσαντος·

A-daughter center-belonged-unto it-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-a-man of-it, and the-one shamening-down into to-a-throe of-having-generated-unto;

22:4 αυτης] εαυτης ℵ | γεννησαντος] ενγενν. ℵ* (improb εν ℵc.a)

[appendix] κληρονομησι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:5 πατέρα καὶ ἄνδρα καταισχύνει ἡ θρασεῖα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀμφοτέρων ἀτιμασθήσεται.

to-a-father and to-a-man it-shameneth-down, the-one boldened, and under of-more-around it-shall-be-un-valuated-to.

22:5 θρασεια] θρησκια A

[appendix] καταισχυνι A | θρασια ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:6 μουσικὰ ἐν πένθει ἄκαιρος διήγησις, μάστιγες καὶ παιδεία ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ σοφίας.

Muse-belonged-of in unto-a-grieveedness un-timed a-beleading-through, thrashes and a-childing-of in unto-all unto-a-time of-a-wisdoming-unto.

22:6 μαστιγες] + δε ℵ A C | παιδια ℵ A C | σοφια ℵ* (-ας ℵc.a)

[appendix] πενθι C | διηγησεις AC | μαστειγες B* (μαστιγες Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:7 συνκολλῶν ὄστρακον ὁ διδάσκων μωρόν, ἐξεγείρων καθεύδοντα ἐκ βαθέος ὕπνου·

Together-togetherning-unto to-a-shell the-one veer-veerating to-dulled, rousing-out to-resting-down out of-depthed of-a-sleep;

22:7 συγκολλων Bab A C | οστρακων ℵ | βαθεου A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:8 διηγούμενος νυστάζοντι ὁ διηγούμενος μωρῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ ἐρεῖ Τί ἐστιν;

leading-through-unto unto-nodding-to the-one leading-through-unto unto-dulled, and upon of-a-finishing-together-of it-shall-utter, What-one it-be?

22:8 συντελια ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:11 ἐπὶ νεκρῷ κλαῦσον, ἐξέλιπεν γὰρ φῶς· καὶ ἐπὶ μωρῷ κλαῦσον, ἐξέλιπεν γὰρ σύνεσιν· ἥδιον κλαῦσον ἐπὶ νεκρῷ, ὅτι ἀνεπαύσατο, τοῦ δὲ μωροῦ ὑπὲρ θάνατον ἡ ζωὴ πονηρά.

Upon unto-en-deaded thou-should-have-sob-belonged, it-had-remaindered-out too-thus to-a-light; and upon unto-dulled thou-should-have-sob-belonged, it-had-remaindered-out too-thus to-a-sending-together; to-en-pleasured thou-should-have-sob-belonged upon unto-en-deaded, to-which-a-one it-ceased-up, of-the-one then-also of-dulled over to-a-death the-one a-lifing en-necessitated.

22:11 εξελειπεν (bis) AC | συνεσις Bab | ηδιον (ηδειον ℵ)] ιδιον AC | δε] γαρ ℵ* (δε ℵc.a) A om C | θανατον η ζωη] om η AC*vid (τον η ζ sup ras Ca)

[appendix] ηδειον ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:12 πένθος νεκροῦ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι, μωροῦ δὲ καὶ ἀσεβοῦς πᾶσαι αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ.

A-grieveedness of-en-deaded seven dayednesses, of-dulled then-also and of-un-reveringed all the-ones dayednesses of-the-one of-a-lifing of-it.

22:12 πασαι αι ημεραι sup ras Ca | αυτου] αυτων A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:13 μετὰ ἄφρονος μὴ πληθύνῃς λόγον, καὶ πρὸς ἀσύνετον μὴ πορεύου· φύλαξαι ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ κόπον ἔχῃς καὶ οὐ μὴ μολυνθῇς ἐν τῷ ἐντιναγμῷ αὐτοῦ· ἔκκλινον ἀπ' αὐτοῦ καὶ εὑρήσεις ἀνάπαυσιν, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀκηδιάσῃς ἐν τῇ ἀπονοίᾳ αὐτοῦ.

With of-un-centeringed-of lest thou-might-repleten to-a-forthee, and toward to-un-sent-together lest thou-should-traverse-of; thou-should-have-guardered off of-it, so lest to-a-fell thou-might-hold and not lest thou-might-have-been-sullied in unto-the-one unto-a-jolting-in-of of-it; thou-should-have-clined-out off of-it and thou-shall-find to-a-ceasing-up, and not lest thou-might-have-un-regard-belonged-to in unto-the-one unto-an-en-mulling-off-unto of-it.

Note: thou-might-have-un-regard-belonged-to : from AKHDIAZW, azw Verb, which infers the action is about the subject if there is no object, i.e. thou might feel un-regarded.

22:13 ακηδιασης] ακηδιασεις ℵ κηδιασης A | απονοια] υπονοια C

νης λογον sup ras pl litt Aa | εντιναγματι A

[appendix] φυλαξε B A | εντειναγμω C | εκκλεινον B | ακιδιασης C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:14 ὑπὲρ μόλιβον τί βαρυνθήσεται; καὶ τί αὐτῷ ὄνομα ἀλλ' ἢ μωρός;

Over to-a-plumbum what-one it-shall-be-weightened? And what-one unto-it a-naming-to other or dulled?

Note: to-a-plumbum : used to avoid confusion with the paradigm lead.

22:14 μολιβον] βολιβον A | ονομα αυτω ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:15 ἄμμον καὶ ἅλα καὶ βῶλον σιδήρου εὔκοπον ὑπενεγκεῖν ἢ ἄνθρωπον ἀσύνετον.

To-a-sand and to-a-salt and to-a-clod of-an-iron to-goodly-felled to-have-had-beared-under or to-a-mankind to-un-sent-together.

22:15 αμμων A | σιδηρουν ℵ* (-ρου ℵc.a) A

[appendix] υπενεγκιν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:16 ἱμάντωσις ξυλίνη ἐνδεδεμένη εἰς οἰκοδομὴν ἐν συσσεισμῷ οὐ διαλυθήσεται, οὕτως καρδία ἐστηριγμένη ἐπὶ διανοήματος βουλῆς ἐν καιρῷ οὐ δειλιάσει.

An-en-strapping wooded-belonged-to having-had-come-to-be-binded-in into to-a-house-building in unto-a-shaking-together-to-of not it-shall-be-loosed-through, unto-the-one-this a-heart having-had-come-to-be-stablished-to upon of-an-en-mulling-through-to of-a-purposing in unto-a-time not it-shall-dire-belong-to.

22:16 ενδεδεμενη εις οικοδομην] εις οικοδομην A* + ενδεδεμενη Aa(mg) ενδεδ. sup ras Ca vid | συσεισμω BC (συσισμ.) συνσισμω ℵ συσσισμω A | εν καιρω ου δειλ. c seqq coniung ℵ

[appendix] ημαντωσις A | διλιασει B* (δειλ. Bab) ℵ C διλειασει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:17 καρδία ἡδρασμένη ἐπὶ διανοίας συνέσεως ὡς κόσμος ψαμμωτὸς τοίχου ξυστοῦ.

A-heart having-had-come-to-be-seated-to upon of-an-en-mulling-through-unto of-a-sending-together as an-orderation en-granuled of-a-lineation of-scythed.

Note: of-a-lineation : lined siding.

Note: of-scythed : used to refer to a surface leveled with this curved blade, to an area cleared with it, or to a spear or weapon comprised with it.

22:17 διανοια ℵ? (ras ς) A | ψαμμωτος] τ sup ras Aa | ξυστου] ξεστου ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:18 χάρακες ἐπὶ μετεώρου κείμενοι κατέναντι ἀνέμου οὐ μὴ ὑπομείνωσιν· οὕτως καρδία δειλὴ ἐπὶ διανοήματος μωροῦ κατέναντι παντὸς φόβου οὐ μὴ ὑπομείνῃ.

Pales upon of-lift-houred-with being-situated down-in-ever-a-one of-a-wind not lest they-might-have-stayed-under; unto-the-one-this a-heart dired upon of-an-en-mulling-through-to of-dulled down-in-ever-a-one of-all of-a-fearee not lest it-might-have-stayed-under.

22:18 χαρακες] χαλικες AC | ου μη (1°)] ουκ C | υπομεινωσιν] μινωσιν ℵ* (υπομιν. ℵc.a) υπομενουσιν A υπομινουσιν C | om ου 2° A* (superscr Aa)

[appendix] κιμενοι ℵ | δειλι A | υπομινη ℵ* (υπομεινη ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:19 ὁ νύσσων ὀφθαλμὸν κατάξει δάκρυα, καὶ νύσσων καρδίαν ἐκφαίνει αἴσθησιν.

The-one dintering to-an-eye it-shall-lead-down to-biten-tractants, and dintering to-a-heart it-manifesteth-out to-a-knowing-along.

22:19 οφθαλμους A | νυσσων 2°] pr ο ℵc.aA

[appendix] αικφαινει A εκφενει C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:20 βάλλων λίθον ἐπὶ πετεινὰ ἀποσοβεῖ αὐτά, καὶ ὁ ὀνειδίζων φίλον διαλύσει φιλίαν.

Casting to-a-stone upon to-flying-belonged-to it-revereeth-off-unto to-them, and the-one reproaching-to to-cared it-shall-loose-through to-a-caring-unto.

22:20 βαλλων] pr ο ℵ* (om ο ℵc.a)

[appendix] πετινα ℵ | ονιδιζων B* (ονειδ. Bab) ονειδειζων A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:21 ἐπὶ φίλον ἐὰν σπάσῃς ῥομφαίαν, μὴ ἀφελπίσῃς, ἔστιν γὰρ ἐπάνοδος·

Upon to-cared if-ever thou-might-have-drawn-unto to-a-sabre, lest thou-might-have-drove-sureed-off-to, it-be too-thus a-way-up-upon;

22:21 απελπισης A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:22 ἐπὶ φίλον ἐὰν ἀνοίξῃς στόμα, μὴ εὐλαβηθῇς, ἔστιν γὰρ διαλλαγή· πλὴν ὀνειδισμοῦ καὶ ὑπερηφανίας καὶ μυστηρίου ἀποκαλύψεως καὶ πληγῆς δολίας· ἐν τούτοις ἀποφεύξεται πᾶς φίλος.

upon to-cared if-ever thou-might-have-opened-up to-a-becutteeing-to, lest thou-might-have-been-goodly-taken-unto, it-be too-thus an-othering-through; to-beyond of-a-reproaching-to-of and of-a-manifesting-over-unto and of-a-flexerlet of-a-shrouding-off and of-a-smiting of-guile-belonged; in unto-the-ones-these it-shall-flee-off, all cared.

Note: thou-might-have-been-goodly-taken-unto : the Passive form is used to infer being affected into holding a goodly-taking mindset, i.e. into willingly giving attention to, as having been persuaded by the gravity of the Object.

Note: of-a-flexerlet : used to refer to things requiring thought flex to understand.

22:22 ανοιξηστομα A | διαλλαγη] αλλαγη sup ras Aa | φιλος] pr ο A

[appendix] ονιδισμου ℵ | δολειας A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:23 πίστιν κτῆσαι ἐν πτωχείᾳ μετὰ τοῦ πλησίον, ἵνα ἐν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς αὐτοῦ ὁμοῦ πλησθῇς· ἐν καιρῷ θλίψεως διάμενε αὐτῷ, ἵνα ἐν τῇ κληρονομίᾳ αὐτοῦ συνκληρονομήσῃς.

To-a-trust thou-should-have-befounded-unto in unto-a-beggaring-of with of-the-one to-nigh-belonged, so in unto-the-ones unto-excess-placed of-it of-alonged thou-might-have-been-repletened; in unto-a-time of-a-pressing thou-should-stay-through unto-it, so in unto-the-one unto-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-it thou-might-have-lot-parceleed-together-unto.

22:23 πιστον ℵ* (-τιν ℵc.a) | πτωχια A | εν 2°] επι A | ομου πλησθης] ευφρανθης ℵ ευφρ. συ A | συγκληρονομησης BcA

[appendix] διαμεναι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:24 πρὸ πυρὸς ἀτμὶς καμίνου καὶ καπνός, οὕτως πρὸ αἱμάτων λοιδορίαι.

Before of-a-fire a-misting of-a-furnace and a-smoke, unto-the-one-this before of-rusherings-to revilings-unto.

22:24 [appendix] καμεινου Bℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:25 φίλον σκεπάσαι οὐκ αἰσχυνθήσομαι, καὶ ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ οὐ μὴ κρυβῶ,

To-cared to-have-covered-to not I-shall-be-shamened, and off of-looked-toward of-it not lest I-might-have-had-been-hidened,

22:25 ουκ αισχυνθησομαι] ου κατεσχυνθ. ℵ* (ουκ εσχυνθ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:26 καὶ εἰ κακά μοι συμβήσεται δι' αὐτόν, πᾶς ὁ ἀκούων φυλάξεται ἀπ' αὐτοῦ.

and if wedge-wedged unto-me it-shall-step-together through to-it, all the-one hearing it-shall-guarder off of-it.

22:26 συμβησεται] συμβη Bab (improb et unc incl σεται) συνεβη ℵ* (συνβεη ℵc.a) συμβεβηκεν A | ο ακουων] om ο A

[appendix] φυλαξετε A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 22:27 Τίς δώσει μοι ἐπὶ στόμα μου φυλακὴν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν χειλέων μου σφραγῖδα πανοῦργον, ἵνα μὴ πέσω ἀπ' αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ γλῶσσά μου ἀπολέσῃ με;

What-one it-shall-give unto-me upon to-a-becutteeing-to of-me to-a-guardery and upon of-the-ones of-rimmeednesses of-me to-a-seal to-all-worked, so lest I-might-have-had-fallen off of-it, and the-one a-tongue of-me it-might-have-destructed-off to-me?

22:27 om μοι ℵ A | στομα] τω στοματι ℵc.a στοματι A | πανουργων ℵ A

[appendix] χιλεων ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:1 Κύριε, πάτερ καὶ δέσποτα ζωῆς μου, μὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς με ἐν βουλῇ αὐτῶν, μὴ ἀφῇς με πεσεῖν ἐν αὐτοῖς.

Authority-belonged, Father and Bind-doer of-a-lifing of-me, lest thou-might-have-had-remaindered-down-in to-me in unto-a-purposing of-them, lest thou-might-have-had-sent-off to-me to-have-had-fallen in unto-them.

23:1 πατερ] πη̅ρ A | δεσποτα] θε̅ A | εγκαταλειπης A | μη 2°] pr και ℵc.aA

[appendix] πεσιν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:2 τίς ἐπιστήσει ἐπὶ τοῦ διανοήματός μου μάστιγας, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς καρδίας μου παιδείαν σοφίας, ἵνα ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀγνοήμασίν μου μὴ φείσωνται, καὶ οὐ μὴ παρῇ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα αὐτῶν·

What-one it-shall-stand-upon upon of-the-one of-an-en-mulling-through-to of-me to-thrashes and upon of-the-one of-a-heart of-me to-a-childing-of of-a-wisdoming-unto, so upon unto-the-ones unto-un-en-mullings-to of-me lest they-might-have-spared, and not lest it-might-be-beside the-ones un-adjustings-along-to of-them;

23:2 επιστησει] επιστησε ℵ? (ras ι 2°) επιστηση A | παιδιας A | και ου μη . . . αυτων] pr asterisc ℵc.a | αυτων] ω sup ras Aa

[appendix] φισωνται A | χιλεσιν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:3 ὅπως μὴ πληθύνωσιν αἱ ἄγνοιαί μου, καὶ αἱ ἁμαρτίαι μου πλεονάσωσιν, καὶ πεσοῦμαι ἔναντι τῶν ὑπεναντίων, καὶ ἐπιχαρεῖταί μοι ὁ ἐχθρός μου;

unto-which-whither lest they-might-repleten, the-ones un-en-mullings-unto of-me, and the-ones un-adjustings-along-unto of-me they-might-have-beyonded-to, and I-shall-fall in-ever-a-one of-the-ones of-ever-a-oned-in-under, and it-shall-joy-upon unto-me, the-one en-enmitied of-me?

23:3 πληθυνθωσιν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:4 Κύριε, πάτερ καὶ θεὲ ζωῆς μου; μετεωρισμὸν ὀφθαλμῶν μὴ δῷς μοι,

Authority-belonged, Father and Deity of-a-lifing of-me, to-a-lift-houring-with-to-of of-eyes lest thou-might-have-had-given unto-me,

23:4 μετεωρισμον] ρ sup ras Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:5 καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν ἀπόστρεψον ἀπ' ἐμοῦ·

and to-a-passioning-upon-unto thou-should-have-beturned-off off of-ME;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:6 κοιλίας ὄρεξις καὶ συνουσιασμὸς μὴ καταλαβέτωσάν με, καὶ ψυχῇ ἀναιδεῖ μὴ παραδῷς με.

of-a-hollowing-unto a-reaching and a-being-together-to-of lest they-should-have-had-taken-down to-me, and unto-a-breathing unto-un-un-sightinged lest thou-might-have-had-given-beside to-me.

Note: unto-un-un-sightinged (ANAIDEI): un-un intended; from AN=un and AIDEW; AIDEW is from A and EIDOS, to-un-sight-unto, i.e., a desire to be unseen (because of shame); so, lacking a desire to be unseen, i.e., un-ashamed.

23:6 καιλιας A | αναιδη A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:7 Παιδεία στόματος. Παιδείαν στόματος ἀκούσατε, τέκνα, καὶ ὁ φυλάσσων οὐ μὴ ἁλῷ·

A-childing-of of-a-becutteeing-to. To-a-childing-of of-a-becutteeing-to ye-should-have-heard, Creationees, and the-one guardering not lest it-might-have-had-other-alonged;

Note: it-might-have-had-other-alonged : Intransitive Active Voice, i.e. to go on a course accountable to penalties.

23:7 om tit ℵ A | παιδιαν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:8 ἐν τοῖς χείλεσιν αὐτοῦ καταλειφθήσεται ἁμαρτωλὸς καὶ λοίδορος καὶ ὑπερήφανος· σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν αὐτοῖς.

in unto-the-ones unto-rimmeednesses of-it it-shall-be-remaindered-down un-adjusted-along and a-reviler and manifested-over; they-shall-be-cumbered-to in unto-them.

23:8 εν] pr ουτε ℵc.a | λοιδοριαι ℵ* (λοιδορος ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:9 ὅρκῳ μὴ ἐθίσῃς τὸ στόμα σου, καὶ ὀνομασίᾳ τοῦ ἁγίου μὴ συνεθισθῇς.

Unto-a-fencee lest thou-might-have-placeed-to to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-thee, and unto-a-naming-to-unto of-the-one of-hallow-belonged lest thou-might-have-been-placeed-together-to.

23:9 αγιου] υψιστου ℵc.aA | post μη 2° 2 fere litt ras A?

[appendix] εθεισης ℵ αιθισης A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:10 ὥσπερ γὰρ οἰκέτης ἐξεταζόμενος ἐνδελεχῶς ἀπὸ μώλωπος οὐκ ἐλαττωθήσεται, οὕτως καὶ ὁ ὀμνύων καὶ ὀνομάζων διὰ παντὸς ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας οὐ μὴ καθαρισθῇ.

As-very too-thus a-houser being-out-tested-to unto-elongatinged-in off of-a-battled-look not it-shall-be-en-lackened, unto-the-one-this and the-one oathing and naming-to through of-all off of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto not lest it-might-have-been-cleansed-to.

Note: oathing : from OMNUW.

23:10 ονομαζων] pr ο ℵ A | δια παντος] + το ονομα κυ̅ ℵc.aA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:11 ἀνὴρ πολύορκος πλησθήσεται ἀνομίας, καὶ οὐκ ἀποστήσεται ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ μάστιξ· ἐὰν πλημμελήσῃ, ἁμαρτία αὐτοῦ ἐπ' αὐτῷ, κἂν ὑπερίδῃ, ἥμαρτεν δισσῶς· καὶ εἰ διὰ κενῆς ὤμοσεν, οὐ δικαιωθήσεται, πλησθήσεται γὰρ ἐπαγωγῶν ὁ οἶκος αὐτοῦ.

A-man much-fenceed it-shall-be-repleted of-an-un-parceleeing-unto, and not it-shall-stand-off off of-the-one of-a-house of-it, a-thrash; if-ever it-might-have-beyond-membered-unto, an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-it upon unto-it, and-ever it-might-have-had-seen-over, it-had-un-adjusted-along unto-twice; and if through of-empty it-en-oathed, not it-shall-be-en-course-belonged, it-shall-be-repleted too-thus of-leadings-upon the-one a-house of-it.

23:11 μαστιγξ ℵ | καν] και εαν ℵ | υπερειδη A | κενης] καινης ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:12 ἔστιν λέξις ἀντιπεριβεβλημένη θανάτῳ, μὴ εὑρεθήτω ἐν κληρονομίᾳ Ἰακώβ· ἀπὸ γὰρ εὐσεβῶν ταῦτα πάντα ἀποστήσεται, καὶ ἐν ἁμαρτίαις οὐκ ἐνκυλισθήσονται.

It-be a-forthing having-had-come-to-be-ever-a-one-casted-about unto-a-death, lest it-should-have-been-found in unto-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-an-Iakôb; off too-thus of-goodly-reveringed the-ones-these all it-shall-stand-off, and in unto-un-adjustings-along-unto not they-shall-be-roll-belonged-in.

23:12 εγκυλισθησονται Bab εκυλισθησονται A* (ενκυλ. Aa)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:13 ἀπαιδευσίαν ἀσυρῆ μὴ συνεθίσῃς τὸ στόμα σου· ἔστιν γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ λόγος ἁμαρτίας.

To-an-un-childing-of-unto to-un-dragginged lest thou-might-have-placeed-together-to to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-thee; it-be too-thus in unto-it a-forthee of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto.

Note: to-un-dragginged : from Greek ASURHS, of uncertain origin, apparently from SURW and A in the sense of privation where drag is being referred to as part of a cleansing or acclamating process, thus dirty or lewd, but to-dragginged-along with A in the sense of union is also a possibility where drag is being referred to a resistance to acclamation.

23:13 απαιδευσια ℵc.a | εθισης ℵ* (συνεθισης ℵc.a)

[appendix] απεδευσιαν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:14 μνήσθητι πατρὸς καὶ μητρός σου, ἀνὰ μέσον γὰρ μεγιστάνων συνεδρεύει· μή ποτε ἐπιλάθῃ ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν, καὶ τῷ ἐθισμῷ σου μωρανθῇς, καὶ θελήσεις εἰ μὴ ἐγεννήθης, καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ τοκετοῦ σου καταράσῃ.

Thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto of-a-father and of-a-mother of-thee, up to-middle too-thus of-most-greats thou-seat-together-of; lest whither-also thou-might-have-had-secluded-upon to-in-look-belonged of-them, and unto-the-one unto-a-placeeing-to-of of-thee thou-might-have-been-dulled, and thou-shall-determine if lest thou-was-generated-unto, and to-the-one to-a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-creationing-of of-thee thou-might-have-down-cursed-unto.

23:14 πατρος] + σου ℵ A | συνεδρευεις BcA συνεδρευσεις ℵ | om μη 3° ℵ A | om καταραση A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:15 ἄνθρωπος συνεθιζόμενος λόγοις ὀνειδισμοῦ ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ οὐ μὴ παιδευθῇ.

A-mankind having-had-come-to-be-placeed-together-to unto-forthees of-a-reproaching-to-of in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses of-it not lest it-might-have-been-childed-of.

23:15 [appendix] ονιδισμου B* (ονειδ. Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:16 Δύο εἴδη πληθύνουσιν ἁμαρτίας, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ἐπάξει ὀργήν· (Sir 23:17) ψυχὴ θερμὴ ὡς πῦρ καιόμενον, οὐ μὴ σβεσθῇ ἕως ἂν καταποθῇ· ἄνθρωπος πόρνος ἐν σώματι σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ παύσηται ἕως ἂν ἐκκαύσῃ πῦρ·

Two sighteednesses they-repleten to-un-adjustings-along-unto, and the-one third it-shall-lead-upon to-a-stressing; (Sir 23:17) a-breathing heated as a-fire being-burn-belonged, not lest it-might-have-been-en-quelled unto-if-which ever it-might-have-been-drank-down; a-mankind a-harlot in unto-an-en-capsuling-to of-a-flesh of-it, not lest it-might-have-ceased unto-if-which ever it-might-have-burn-belonged-out, a-fire;

23:16 πληθυνωσιν A | καταποθη] καταπιη τι ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:17 ἀνθρώπῳ πόρνῳ πᾶς ἄρτος ἡδύς, οὐ μὴ κοπάσῃ ἕως ἂν τελευτήσῃ·

unto-a-mankind unto-a-harlot all a-adjustation pleasured, not lest it-might-have-felled-to unto-if-which ever it-might-have-finished-of-unto;

Note: an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

23:17 τελευτησει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:18 ἄνθρωπος παραβαίνων ἀπὸ τῆς κλίνης αὐτοῦ, λέγων ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτοῦ Τίς με ὁρᾷ; σκότος κύκλῳ μου, καὶ οἱ τοῖχοί με καλύπτουσιν, καὶ οὐθείς με ὁρᾷ, τί εὐλαβοῦμαι; τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν μου οὐ μὴ μνησθήσεται ὁ ὕψιστος.

a-mankind stepping-beside off of-the-one of-a-clining of-it, forthing in unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-it, What-one to-me it-seeeeth-unto? A-dimmeedness unto-a-circle of-me, and the-ones lineations to-me they-shroudeth, and not-from-one to-me it-seeeeth-unto, to-what-one I-be-goodly-taken-unto? Of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-unto of-me not lest it-shall-be-memoried-unto the-one most-lofteed.

Note: lineations : lined siding.

Note: I-be-goodly-taken-unto : the Passive form is used to infer being affected into holding a goodly-taking mindset, i.e. into willingly giving attention to, as having been persuaded by the gravity of the Object.

23:18 ανθρωπος] + πορνος A | κλινης] κοιτης A | om εν A | τη ψυχη] om τη ℵ* (hab τη ℵc.a) | οι τοιχοι] om οι ℵ* (hab οι ℵc.a) | και ουθεις . . . ευλαβουμαι] pr asterisc ℵc.a | τι] τινα A | ο υψιστος] οψιστος ℵ* (ο υψ. ℵc.c)

[appendix] κλεινης B* (κλιν. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:19 καὶ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἀνθρώπων ὁ φόβος αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνω ὅτι ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου μυριοπλασίως ἡλίου φωτεινότεροι, ἐπιβλέποντες πάσας ὁδοὺς ἀνθρώπων καὶ κατανοοῦντες εἰς ἀπόκρυφα μέρη.

And eyes of-mankinds the-one a-fearee of-it, and not it-had-acquainted to-which-a-one eyes of-Authority-belonged unto-myriad-fold-belonged of-a-sun more-lighted-belonged-to, viewing-upon to-all to-ways of-mankinds and en-mulling-down-unto into to-hidened-off to-portioneednesses.

23:19 πασας] pr επι ℵc.a | om εις A

[appendix] φωτινοτεροι ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:20 πρὶν ἢ κτισθῆναι τὰ πάντα ἔγνωσται αὐτῷ, οὕτως καὶ μετὰ τὸ συντελεσθῆναι.

Ere or to-have-been-befounded-to to-the-ones to-all it-had-come-to-be-acquainted unto-it, unto-the-one-this and with to-the-one to-have-been-finished-together-unto.

23:20 κτισθηναι (-θεναι A)] κτ sup ras Bab | συντελεσθηναι] τελεσθηναι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:21 οὗτος ἐν πλατείαις πόλεως ἐκδικηθήσεται, καὶ οὗ οὐχ ὑπενόησεν πιασθήσεται.

The-one-this in unto-broad of-a-city it-shall-be-coursed-out-unto, and of-which not it-en-mulled-under-unto it-shall-be-squeezed-to.

23:21 ου] ος A | πιασθησεται] κολασθησετ, A

[appendix] πλατιαις ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:22 οὕτως καὶ γυνὴ καταλιποῦσα τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ παριστῶσα κληρονόμον ἐξ ἀλλοτρίου·

Unto-the-one-this and a-woman having-had-remaindered-down to-the-one to-a-man and standing-beside-unto to-lot-parceleed out of-other-belonged;

23:22 καταλειπουσα A | καταλειπουσα A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:23 πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἐν νόμῳ Ὑψίστου ἠπείθησεν, καὶ δεύτερον εἰς ἄνδρα ἑαυτῆς ἐπλημμέλησεν· καὶ τὸ τρίτον ἐν πορνείᾳ ἐμοιχεύθη, ἐξ ἀλλοτρίου ἀνδρὸς τέκνα παρέστησεν.

to-most-before indeed too-thus in unto-a-parcelee of-most-lofteed it-un-sured-unto, and to-second into to-a-man of-self it-beyond-membered-unto; and to-the-one to-third in unto-a-harloting-of it-was-adultered-of, out of-other-belonged of-a-man to-creationees it-stood-beside.

23:23 Υψιστω A | εαυτης] αυτης ℵ A | πορνια ℵ | εξ] pr και ℵ A

[appendix] ηπιθησεν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:24 αὕτη εἰς ἐκκλησίαν ἐξαχθήσεται, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς ἐπισκοπὴ ἔσται·

The-one-this into to-a-calling-out-unto it-shall-be-led-out, and upon to-the-ones to-creationees of-it a-scouteeing-upon it-shall-be;

23:24 αυτης] αυτη B* (-της Ba?b(vid))

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:25 οὐ διαδώσουσιν τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς εἰς ῥίζαν, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι αὐτῆς οὐκ δώσουσιν καρπόν·

not they-shall-give-through to-the-ones to-creationees of-it into to-a-rootedness, and the-ones branches of-it not they-shall-give to-a-fruit;

23:25 ου δωσουσιν] ουκ οισουσιν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:26 καταλείψει εἰς κατάραν τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸ ὄνειδος αὐτῆς οὐκ ἐξαλειφθήσεται·

it-shall-remainder-down into to-a-cursedness-down to-the-one to-a-remembrance of-it, and the-one a-name-sighteedness of-it not it-shall-be-smeared-along-out;

23:26 καταλειψις A

[appendix] καταλιψει B* (καταλειψ. Bab) | εξαλιφθησεται B* (εξαλειφθ. Bb) ℵ | κριττον ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 23:27 καὶ ἐπιγνώσονται οἱ καταλειφθέντες ὅτι οὐθὲν κρεῖττον φόβου Κυρίου, καὶ οὐθὲν γλυκύτερον τοῦ προσέχειν ἐντολαῖς Κυρίου.

and they-shall-acquaint-upon, the-ones having-been-remaindered-down, to-which-a-one not-from-one securinged-of of-a-fearee of-Authority-belonged, and not-from-one more-sweet of-the-one to-hold-toward unto-finishings-in of-Authority-belonged.

23:27 [appendix] καταλιφθεντες B* (καταλειφθ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:1 Αἴνεσις σοφίας. Ἡ σοφία αἰνέσει ψυχὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐν μέσῳ λαοῦ αὐτῆς καυχήσεται.

A-lauding of-a-wisdoming-unto. The-one a-wisdoming-unto it-shall-laud-unto to-a-breathing of-it, and in unto-middle of-a-people of-it it-shall-boast-unto.

24:1 tit σοφιας αινεσις ℵ A | η σοφια] om η ℵ*vid (hab ℵ? (mg sinistr)) | καυχησοντ, A

[appendix] εμμεσω A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:2 ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ Ὑψίστου στόμα αὐτῆς ἀνοίξει, καὶ ἔναντι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ καυχήσεται

In unto-a-calling-out-unto of-most-lofteed to-a-becutteeing-to of-it it-shall-open-up, and in-ever-a-one of-an-ability of-it it-shall-boast-unto,

24:2 στομα] pr το ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:3 Ἐγὼ ἀπὸ στόματος Ὑψίστου ἐξῆλθον, καὶ ὡς ὁμίχλη κατεκάλυψα γῆν·

I off of-a-becutteeing-to of-most-lofteed I-had-came-out, and as a-fog I-shrouded-down to-a-soil;

24:3 ομιχλην A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:4 ἐγὼ ἐν ὑψηλοῖς κατεσκήνωσα, καὶ ὁ θρόνος μου ἐν στύλῳ νεφέλης·

I in unto-lofteed-of I-en-tented-down, and the-one a-throne of-me in unto-a-pillar of-a-clouding;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:5 γῦρον οὐρανοῦ ἐκύκλωσα μόνη, καὶ ἐν βάθει ἀβύσσων περιεπάτησα·

to-an-orbiculation of-a-sky I-en-circled stayeed, and in unto-depthed of-depthed-along I-treaded-about-unto;

24:5 [appendix] βαθι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:6 ἐν κύμασιν θαλάσσης καὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ, καὶ ἐν παντὶ λαῷ καὶ ἔθνει ἐκτησάμην·

in unto-swellings-to of-a-flourisheredness and in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-soil, and in unto-all unto-a-people and unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to I-befounded-unto;

24:6 κυμασι ℵ | om και 3° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | εκτησαμην] ηγησαμην ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:7 μετὰ τούτων πάντων ἀνάπαυσιν ἐζήτησα, καὶ ἐν κληρονομίᾳ τίνος αὐλισθήσομαι;

with of-the-ones-these of-all to-a-ceasing-up I-sought-unto, and in unto-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-what-one I-shall-be-channeled-to?

24:7 εζητησα αναπαυσιν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:8 τότε ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ κτίστης ἁπάντων, καὶ ὁ κτίσας με κατέπαυσεν τὴν σκηνήν μου καὶ εἶπεν Ἐν Ἰακὼβ κατασκήνωσον, καὶ ἐν Ἰσραὴλ κατακληρονομήθητι.

To-the-one-which-also it-finished-in unto-me, the-one a-befounder of-along-all, and the-one having-befounded-to to-me it-ceased-down to-the-one to-a-tenting of-me and it-had-said, In unto-an-Iakôb thou-should-have-en-tented-down, and in unto-an-Israêl thou-should-have-been-lot-parceleed-down-unto.

24:8 κτισας] κτιστης ℵ* (κτισας ℵ1c.a) | om εν 1° A | Ιακωβ· A | κατακληρονομηθητι] κληρονομηθητι A

[appendix] ενετιλατο ℵ (item 23)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:9 πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἀπ' ἀρχῆς ἔκτισέν με, καὶ ἕως αἰῶνος οὐ μὴ ἐκλίπω.

Before of-the-one of-an-age off of-a-firsting it-befounded-to to-me, and unto-if-which of-an-age not lest I-might-have-had-remaindered-out.

24:9 απαρχην A | post εως ras 1 lit A? | αιωνος 2°] αιωνων ℵ A | εκλειπω A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:10 ἐν σκηνῇ ἁγίᾳ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ἐλειτούργησα, καὶ οὕτως ἐν Σειὼν ἐστηρίχθην·

In unto-a-tenting unto-hallow-belonged to-in-look-belonged of-it I-public-worked-unto, and unto-the-one-this in unto-a-Seiôn I-was-stablished-to;

24:10 ελειτουργουν A | Σιων Bb (ita saepius)

[appendix] ελιτουργησα B*ℵ* (ελειτουργ. Babℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:11 ἐν πόλει ἠγαπημένῃ ὁμοίως με κατέπαυσεν, καὶ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἡ ἐξουσία μου·

in unto-a-city unto-having-had-come-to-be-excessed-off-unto unto-along-belonged to-me it-ceased-down, and in unto-an-Ierousalêm the-one a-being-out-unto of-me;

24:11 om με ℵ | η εξουσα] εξουσιαν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:12 καὶ ἐρρίζωσα ἐν λαῷ δεδοξασμένῳ, ἐν μερίδι Κυρίου κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ.

and I-en-rooted in unto-a-people unto-having-had-come-to-be-reckoned-to, in unto-a-portion of-Authority-belonged of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-it.

24:12 δεδοξασμενω] δεδοκιμασμενω ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:13 ὡς κέδρος ἀνυψώθην ἐν τῷ Λιβάνῳ, καὶ ὡς κυπάρισσος ἐν ὄρεσιν Ἁερμών·

As a-cedar I-was-en-lofteed-up in unto-the-one unto-a-Libanos, and as a-cypress in unto-jutteednesses of-a-Haermôn;

Note: unto-a-Libanos : transliterated from Hebrew LEBONAH meaning whiteness, used of the milky extract of the frankincense tree and the tree itself, this name also given to the white capped (milky) mountain ranges (LIBANOS and ANTI LIBANOS) of the area later called by this name (Lebanon).

24:13 ορεσιν] ορει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:14 ὡς φοίνιξ ἀνυψώθην ἐν αἰγιαλοῖς, καὶ ὡς φυτὰ ῥόδου ἐν Ἰερειχώ· ὡς ἐλαία εὐπρεπὴς ἐν πεδίῳ, καὶ ἀνυψώθην ὡς πλάτανος.

as a-palm I-was-en-lofteed-up in unto-shores, and as plants of-a-rose in unto-an-Iereichô; as an-oliving-unto goodly-befittinged in unto-a-footinglet, and I-was-en-lofteed-up as a-platan.

24:14 αιγιαλοις] Ενγαδδοις ℵc.a | Ιεριχω BbA | ως 3°] pr και ℵ A

[appendix] φυνιξ A | παιδιω A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:15 ὡς κιννάμωμον καὶ ἀσπάλαθος ἀρωμάτων δέδωκα ὀσμήν, καὶ ὡς σμύρνα ἐκλεκτὴ διέδωκα εὐωδίαν, ὡς χαλβάνη καὶ ὄνυξ καὶ στακτή, καὶ ὡς λιβάνου ἀτμὶς ἐν σκηνῇ·

As a-cinnamon and blurred-along of-en-liftings-to I-had-come-to-give to-an-odor, and as a-myrrh forthed-out I-gave-through to-a-goodly-odoring-unto, as a-chalbanê and an-unguis and a-trickling, and as a-libanos a-mist in unto-a-tenting;

Note: blurred-along (ASPALAQOS) : listed under aspalathus in sources; perhaps blurred in appearance; a plant of pleasant odor.

Note: of-en-liftings-to : used to refer to ploughing, often of an aroma as ploughing the air.

Note: a-chalbanê : refers to a resinous plant, perhaps Ferula galbaniflua.

Note: an-unguis : refers to bony composites as in fingernails and talons, also of the appearance of onyx, also as here to a composite which was ground into a spice, perhaps from a sea shell.

Note: of-a-libanos : transliterated from Hebrew LEBONAH meaning whiteness, used of the milky extract of the frankincense tree and the tree itself, this name also given to the white capped (milky) mountain ranges (LIBANOS and ANTI LIBANOS) of the area later called by this name (Lebanon).

24:15 ασπαλαθος] pr ως ℵc.a | οσμη ℵc.a | ζμυρναν εκλεκτην ℵ* (ζμυρνα εκλεκτη ℵc.a) | διεδωκα] δεδωκα ℵ* (διεδ. ℵc.a) A | ως 3°] pr και A | χαλβανη] χαρβανη A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:16 ἐγὼ ὡς τερέμινθος ἐξέτεινα κλάδους μου, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι μου κλάδοι δόξης καὶ χάριτος.

I as a-tereminthos I-stretched-out to-branches of-me, and the-ones branches of-me branches of-a-reckonedness and of-a-granting.

24:16 εγω] + δε A | τερεμινθος] τερεβινθος ℵ A

[appendix] εξετινα ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:17 ἐγὼ ὡς ἄμπελος ἐβλάστησα χάριν, καὶ τὰ ἄνθη μου καρπὸς δόξης καὶ πλούτου.

I as a-vine I-sprouted to-a-granting, and the-ones placeednesses-up of-me a-fruit of-a-reckonedness and of-a-wealth.

Note: placeednesses-up : a flower, a bloom, a highest point, a surfacing, etc.

24:17 βλαστησασα] εβλαστησα ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:19 προσέλθετε πρὸς μέ, οἱ ἐπιθυμοῦντές μου, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενημάτων μου ἐμπλήσθητε·

Ye-should-have-had-came-toward toward to-me, the-ones passioning-upon-unto of-me, and off of-the-ones of-becomings-to of-me ye-should-have-been-repleted-in;

24:19 προσελθατε ℵ A | με] εμε ℵ* (με ℵc.a) | οι επιθυμουντες] παντες οι επιθουντες ℵ* π. οι επιθυμ. ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:20 τὸ γὰρ μνημόσυνόν μου ὑπὲρ μέλι γλυκύ, καὶ ἡ κληρονομία μου ὑπὲρ μέλιτος κηροῦ.

the-one too-thus a-remembrance of-me over to-a-honey to-sweet, and the-one a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-me over of-a-honey of-a-cell.

24:20 μελι γλυκυ] το μ. το γλ. ℵ (το μ. γλ. ℵc.a) A | κηρου] και κηριου

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:21 οἱ ἐσθίοντές με ἔτι πεινάσουσιν, καὶ οἱ πίνοντές με ἔτι διψήσουσιν·

The-ones eat-belonging to-me if-to-a-one they-shall-hunger-unto, and the-ones drinking to-me if-to-a-one they-shall-thirst-unto;

24:21 εσθοντες ℵ A | με 2°] μ sup ras B?

[appendix] πινασουσιν ℵ A | πεινοντες B* (πιν. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:22 ὁ ὑπακούων μου οὐκ αἰσχυνθήσεται, καὶ οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐχ ἁμαρτήσουσιν.

the-one hearing-under of-me not it-shall-be-shamened, and the-ones working-to in unto-ME not they-shall-un-adjust-along.

24:22 ουκ αισχυνθησεται] ου κατεσχυνθ. ℵ* (ουκ αισχ. ℵc.a)

[appendix] ουχ] ουκ B* (ουχ Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:23 ταῦτα πάντα βίβλος διαθήκης θεοῦ Ὑψίστου, νόμον ὃν ἐνετείλατο Μωυσῆς κληρονομίαν συναγωγαῖς Ἰακώβ·

The-ones-these all a-paper of-a-placement-through of-a-Deity of-most-lofteed, to-a-parcelee to-which it-finished-in, a-Môusês, to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto unto-leadings-together of-an-Iakôb;

24:23 ενετειλατο (ετ incep ℵ*)] + ημιν ℵ A | Μωσης ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:25 ὁ πιμπλῶν ὡς Φισὼν σοφίαν, καὶ ὡς Τίγρις ἐν ἡμέραις νέων·

the-one filling as a-Fisôn to-a-wisdoming-unto, and as a-Tigris in unto-dayednesses of-new;

Note: a-Fisôn in 03 : a-Feisôn in 01 03C2 is probably correct as in Gen 2:11.

24:25 ο πιμπλων] ος (ο ℵ1) πειπλων ℵ* (ο πειμπλων ℵc) ο πιπλων A | Φεισων Bb(vid)ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:26 ὁ ἀναπληρῶν ὡς Εὐφράτης σύνεσιν, καὶ ὡς Ἰορδάνης ἐν ἡμέραις θερισμοῦ·

the-one en-filling-up as a-Eufratês to-a-sending-together, and as an-Iordanês in unto-dayednesses of-a-summering-to-of;

24:26 Ιορδανης] pr ο ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:27 ὁ ἐκφαίνων ὡς φῶς παιδείαν, ὡς Γηὼν ἐν ἡμέραις τρυγήτου.

the-one manifesting-out as a-light to-a-childing-of, as a-Gêôn in unto-dayednesses of-a-gleaning.

24:27 παιδιαν ℵ A (item 32)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:28 οὐ συνετέλεσεν ὁ πρῶτος γνῶναι αὐτήν, καὶ οὕτως ὁ ἔσχατος οὐκ ἐξιχνίασεν αὐτήν·

Not it-finished-together-unto, the-one most-before, to-have-had-acquainted to-it, and unto-the-one-this the-one most-bordered not it-out-trackeedness-belonged-to to-it;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:29 ἀπὸ γὰρ θαλάσσης ἐπληθύνθη διανόημα αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ αὐτῆς ἀπὸ ἀβύσσου μεγάλης.

off too-thus of-a-flourisheredness it-was-repletened, an-en-mulling-through-to of-it, and the-one a-purposing of-it off of-depthed-along of-great.

24:29 διανοηματα A | αυτης 2°] αυτου A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:30 κἀγὼ ὡς διῶρυξ ἀπὸ ποταμοῦ, καὶ ὡς ὑδραγωγὸς ἐξῆλθον εἰς παράδεισον·

And-I as a-gougering-through off of-a-drinkationing-of and as water-led I-had-came-out into to-a-sending-through-beside;

24:30 απο] απρο A* (ras ρ A?)

[appendix] παραδισον ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:31 εἶπα Ποτιῶ μου τὸν κῆπον, καὶ μεθύσω μου τὴν πρασιάν· καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐγένετο μοι ἡ διῶρυξ εἰς ποταμόν, καὶ ὁ ποταμός μου ἐγένετο εἰς θάλασσαν.

I-said, I-shall-drinkation-to of-me to-the-one to-a-garden, and I-shall-toxinate of-me to-the-one to-a-moduling-unto; and thou-should-have-had-seen, it-had-became unto-me the-one a-gougering-through into to-a-drinkationing-of, and the-one a-drinkationing-of of-me it-had-became into to-a-flourisheredness.

24:31 ποτισω BabA | μοι] μου A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:32 ἔτι παιδείαν ὡς ὄρθρον φωτιῶ, καὶ ἐκφανῶ αὐτὰ ἕως εἰς μακράν·

If-to-a-one to-a-childing-of as to-a-ruddy-judding I-shall-light-to, and I-shall-manifest-out to-them unto-if-which into to-en-longed;

24:32 παιδιαν A | ορθον B | εκφαινω ℵ* (εκφανω ℵ? postea inst εκφαιν.) εμφαινω A | αυτα] αυτας ℵ

[appendix] φωτειω B* (-τιω Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:33 ἔτι διδασκαλίαν ὡς προφητείαν ἐκχεῶ, καὶ καταλείψω αὐτὴν εἰς γενεὰς αἰώνων.

if-to-a-one to-a-veer-veerating-unto as to-a-declaring-before-of I-shall-pour-out, and I-shall-remainder-down to-it into to-becomednesses of-ages.

24:33 προφητια| A | γενεαν ℵ A

[appendix] καταλιψω B* (-λειψ. Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 24:34 ἴδετε ὅτι οὐκ ἐμοὶ μόνῳ ἐκοπίασα, ἀλλ' ἅπασιν τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν αὐτήν.

Ye-should-have-had-seen to-which-a-one not unto-ME unto-stayeed I-fell-belonged-to, other unto-along-all unto-the-ones unto-seeking-out-unto to-it.

24:34 εκοπιασα] ras aliq B? | αλλ] αλ B* (αλλ Bb) αλλα ℵ* | πασιν ℵ? | αυτην ras aliq B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:1 Ἐν τρισὶν ὡραίσθην καὶ ἀνέστην ὡραία ἔναντι Κυρίου καὶ ἀνθρώπων· ὁμόνοια ἀδελφῶν, καὶ φιλία τῶν πλησίον, καὶ γυνὴ καὶ ἀνὴρ ἑαυτοῖς συνπεριφερόμενοι.

In unto-three I-was-houred-to and I-had-stood-up hour-belonged in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged and of-mankinds; an-along-en-mulling-unto of-brethrened, and a-caring-unto of-the-ones to-nigh-belonged, and a-woman and a-man unto-selves bearing-about-together.

25:1 ωραισθην] + εκοιμηθην ℵ* (improb εκοιμ. ℵc.a) | συμπεριφερομενοι Bb vid

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:2 τρία δὲ εἴδη ἐμίσησεν ἡ ψυχή μου καὶ προσώχθισα σφόδρα τῇ ζωῇ αὐτῶν· πτωχὸν ὑπερήφανον, καὶ πλούσιον ψεύστην, γέροντα μοιχὸν ἐλαττούμενον συνέσει.

To-three then-also to-sighteednesses it-hated-unto, the-one a-breathing of-me, and I-vexed-toward-to to-vehemented unto-the-one unto-a-lifing of-them; to-beggared to-manifested-over, and to-wealth-belonged to-a-falsifier, to-a-senior to-an-adulterer to-being-en-lackened unto-a-sending-together.

25:2 προσωχθισα] προσωφθισα A | μοιχον ελαττουμενον] μωρον ¬ μοιχον και ελασσουμενον ℵc.a

[appendix] προσωχθεισα B* (-χθισα Bb) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:3 ἐν νεότητι οὐ συναγίοχας, καὶ πῶς ἂν εὕροις ἐν τῷ γήρᾳ σου;

In unto-a-newness not thou-had-come-to-lead-together, and unto-whither ever thou-may-have-had-found in unto-the-one unto-an-oldeness of-thee?

25:3 εν 1°] pr α A | συναγηοχας Bb (ita alias) συναγειοχας ℵ (super χας superscr aliq mox extinx ℵc.a) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:4 ὡς ὡραῖον πολιαῖς κρίσις, καὶ πρεσβυτέροις ἐπιγνῶναι βουλήν·

As hour-belonged unto-hoar-belonged a-separating, and unto-more-eldered to-have-had-acquainted-upon to-a-purposing;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:5 ὡς ὡραία γερόντων σοφία, καὶ δεδοξασμένοις διανόημα καὶ βουλή.

as hour-belonged of-seniors a-wisdoming-unto, and unto-having-had-come-to-be-reckoned-to an-en-mulling-through-to and a-purposing.

25:5 δεδοξασμενοις διανοη sup ras B1(vid)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:6 στέφανος γερόντων πολυπειρία, καὶ τὸ καύχημα αὐτῶν φόβος Κυρίου

A-wreath of-seniors a-much-across-belonging-unto, and the-one a-boasting-unto of-them a-fearee of-Authority-belonged.

25:6 πουπειρια B* (πολυπ. Bab)

[appendix] πολυπιρεια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:7 Ἐννέα ὑπονοήματα ἐμακάρισα ἐν καρδίᾳ, καὶ τὸ δέκατον ἐρῶ ἐπὶ γλώσσης· ἄνθρωπος εὐφραινόμενος ἐπὶ τέκνοις, ζῶν καὶ βλέπων ἐπὶ πτώσει ἐχθρῶν·

To-nine to-en-mullings-under-to I-blessed-to in unto-a-heart, and to-the-one to-tenth I-shall-utter upon of-a-tongue; a-mankind being-goodly-centered upon unto-creationees, lifing-unto and viewing upon unto-a-falling of-en-enmitied;

25:7 υπονοηματα] adscr ανϋπονοητα ℵc.a | καρδια] κ. μου ℵ τη κ. μου A | επι 1°] απο A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:8 μακάριος ὁ συνοικῶν γυναικὶ συνετῇ, καὶ ὃς ἐν γλώσσῃ οὐκ ὠλίσθησεν, καὶ ὃς οὐκ ἐδούλευσεν ἀναξίῳ αὐτοῦ·

bless-belonged the-one housing-together-unto unto-a-woman unto-sendable-together, and which in unto-a-tongue not it-slipped, and which not it-bondeed-of unto-un-deem-belonged of-it;

25:8 αναξιω] αξιω ℵ* (αναξ ℵc.a postea restit αξ.) | αυτου] εαυτου A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:9 μακάριος ὃς εὗρεν φρόνησιν, καὶ ὁ διηγούμενος εἰς ὦτα ἀκουόντων·

bless-belonged which it-had-found to-a-centering, and the-one leading-through-unto into to-ears of-hearing;

25:9 μακαριος] +ανηρ ℵ* (improb αν. ℵc.a) | δηγ. ℵ* (ι superscr ℵ?)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:10 ὡς μέγας ὁ εὑρὼν σοφίαν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔστιν ὑπὲρ τὸν φοβούμενον τὸν κύριον·

as great the-one having-had-found to-a-wisdoming-unto, other not it-be over to-the-one to-feareeing-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh);

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:11 φόβος Κυρίου ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὑπερέβαλεν, ὁ κρατῶν αὐτοῦ τίνι ὁμοιωθήσεται;

a-fearee of-Authority-belonged over to-all it-had-casted-over, the-one securing-unto of-it unto-what-one it-shall-be-en-along-belonged?

25:11 αυτου τ. ομοιωθ. sup ras Bab

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:13 Πᾶσαν πληγήν, καὶ μὴ πληγὴν καρδίας· καὶ πᾶσαν πονηρίαν, καὶ μὴ πονηρίαν γυναικός·

To-all to-a-smiting, and lest to-a-smiting of-a-heart; and to-all to-an-en-necessitating-unto, and lest to-a-necessitating-unto of-a-woman;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:14 πᾶσαν ἐπαγωγήν, καὶ μὴ ἐπαγωγὴν μισούντων· καὶ πᾶσαν ἐκδίκησιν, καὶ μὴ ἐκδίκησιν ἐχθρῶν.

to-all to-a-leading-upon, and lest to-a-leading-upon of-hating-unto; and to-all to-a-coursing-out, and lest to-a-coursing-out of-en-enmitied.

25:14 πασαν 1°] pr και ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:15 οὐκ ἔστιν κεφαλὴ ὑπὲρ κεφαλὴν ὄφεως, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν θυμὸς ὑπὲρ θυμὸν ἐχθροῦ.

Not it-be a-head over to-a-head of-a-snake, and not it-be a-passion over to-a-passion of-en-enmitied.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:16 συνοικῆσαι λέοντι καὶ δράκοντι εὐδοκήσω ἢ ἐνοικῆσαι μετὰ γυναικὸς πονηρᾶς.

To-have-housed-together-unto unto-a-lion and unto-a-serpent I-shall-goodly-think-unto or to-have-housed-in-unto with of-a-woman of-en-necessitated.

25:16 ευδοκησω] -κησαι ℵc.aA (-σε) | ενοικησαι] συνοικησαι ℵc.aA

[appendix] συνοικησε A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:17 πονηρία γυναικὸς ἀλλοιοῖ τὴν ὅρασιν αὐτῆς, καὶ σκοτοῖ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῆς ὡς σάκκον·

An-en-necessitating-unto of-a-woman it-en-othereth to-the-one to-a-seeeeing of-it, and it-en-dimmeeth to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it as to-a-burlap;

25:17 ως σακκον] ως αρκος ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:18 ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ πλησίον αὐτοῦ ἀναπεσεῖται ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀκούσας ἀνεστέναξεν πικρά.

up to-middle of-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-it it-shall-fall-up, the-one a-man of-it, and having-heard it-up-narrowed-to to-bittered.

25:18 ανεστεναξε ℵ* (-ξεν ℵc.a) | πικρα] μεικρα ℵ* (πεικρα ℵ?)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:19 μικρὰ πᾶσα κακία πρὸς κακίαν γυναικός, κλῆρος ἁμαρτωλοῦ ἐπιπέσοι αὐτῇ.

Small all a-wedge-wedging-unto toward to-a-wedge-wedging-unto of-a-woman, a-lot of-un-adjusted-along it-may-have-had-fallen-upon unto-it.

25:19 κακιαν sup ras B1fort

[appendix] μεικρα ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:20 ἀνάβασις ἀμμώδης ἐν ποσὶν πρεσβυτέρου, οὕτως γυνὴ γλωσσώδης ἀνδρὶ ἡσύχῳ.

A-stepping-up sand-seeinged in unto-feet of-more-eldered, unto-the-one-this a-woman tongue-seeinged unto-a-man unto-quiesced.

25:20 ησυχω sup ras Aa

[appendix] αναβασεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:21 μὴ προσπέσῃς ἐπὶ κάλλος γυναικής, καὶ γυναῖκα μὴ ἐπιποθήσῃς.

Lest thou-might-have-had-fallen-toward upon to-seemlieedness of-a-woman, and to-a-woman lest thou-might-have-yearned-upon.

25:21 καλλος] καλλους ℵc.a | γυναικα] +εν καλλει ℵ (-λλι) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:22 ὀργὴ καὶ ἀναίδεια καὶ αἰσχύνη μεγάλη γυνὴ ἐὰν ἐπιχορηγῇ τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς.

A-stressing and an-un-un-sighting-of and a-shamening great a-woman if-ever it-might-chorus-lead-upon-unto unto-the-one unto-a-man of-it.

Note: an-un-un-sighting-of (ANAIDEIA): un-un intended; from AN=un and AIDEW; AIDEW is from A and EIDOS, to-un-sight-unto, i.e., a desire to be unseen (because of shame); so, lacking a desire to be unseen, i.e., un-ashamed.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:23 καρδία ταπεινὴ καὶ πρόσωπον σκυθρωπὸν καὶ πληγὴ καρδίας γυνὴ πονηρά· χεῖρες παρειμέναι καὶ γόνατα παραλελυμένα, ἥτις οὐ μακαριεῖ τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς.

A-heart lowed-belonged-to and looked-toward sullen-looked and a-smiting of-a-heart a-woman en-necessitated; hands having-had-come-to-be-sent-beside and knees having-had-come-to-be-loosed-beside, which-a-one not it-shall-bless-to to-the-one to-a-man of-it.

25:23 [appendix] ταπινη B* (ταπειν. Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:24 ἀπὸ γυναικὸς ἀρχὴ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ δι' αὐτὴν ἀποθνήσκομεν πάντες.

Off of-a-woman a-firsting of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, and through to-it we-die-off, all.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:25 μὴ δῷς ὕδατι διέξοδον, μηδὲ γυναικὶ πονηρᾷ ἐξουσίαν·

Lest thou-might-have-had-given unto-a-water to-a-way-out-through, lest-then-also unto-a-woman unto-en-necessitated to-a-being-out-unto;

25:25 εξουσιαν] παρρησιαν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 25:26 εἰ μὴ πορεύεται κατὰ χεῖρά σου, ἀπὸ τῶν σαρκῶν σου ἀπότεμε αὐτήν.

if lest it-traverseth-of down to-a-hand of-thee, off of-the-ones of-fleshes of-thee thou-should-have-had-cut-off to-it.

25:26 χειρας ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:1 Γυναικὸς ἀγαθῆς μακάριος ὁ ἀνήρ, καὶ ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἡμερῶν αὐτοῦ διπλάσιος.

Of-a-woman of-excess-placed bless-belonged the-one a-man, and a-number of-the-ones of-dayednesses of-it two-fold-belonged.

26:1 αγαθης] pr ο ℵ* (improb et ras ℵ1(vid)) | αριθμος] pr ο A | διπλασιον A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:2 γυνὴ ἀνδρεία εὐφραίνει τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς, καὶ τὰ ἔτη αὐτοῦ πληρώσει ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

A-woman man-belonged it-goodly-centereth to-the-one to-a-man of-it, and to-the-ones to-yeareednesses of-it it-shall-en-fill in unto-a-joinifying.

26:2 [appendix] ανδρια A | ευφραινι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:3 γυνὴ ἀγαθὴ μερὶς ἀγαθή, ἐν μερίδι φοβουμένων Κύριον δοθήσεται.

A-woman excess-placed a-portion excess-placed, in unto-a-portion of-feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged it-shall-be-given.

26:3 Κυριον] pr τον A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:4 πλουσίου δὲ καὶ πτωχοῦ καρδία ἀγαθή, ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ πρόσωπον ἱλαρόν.

Of-wealth-belonged then-also and of-beggared a-heart excess-placed, in unto-all unto-a-time looked-toward sectionated.

26:4 om δε ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:5 ἀπὸ τριῶν εὐλαβήθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ τετάρτῳ προσώπῳ ἐδεήθην· διαβολὴν πόλεως, καὶ ἐκκλησίαν ὄχλου, καὶ καταψευσμόν, ὑπὲρ θάνατον πάντα μοχθηρά.

Off of-three it-was-goodly-taken-unto the-one a-heart of-me, and upon unto-the-one unto-fourth unto-looked-toward I-was-binded; to-a-casting-through of-a-city, and to-a-calling-out-unto of-a-crowd, and to-a-falsifying-down-of, over to-a-death all en-toiled.

Note: it-was-goodly-taken : the Passive form is used to infer being affected into holding a goodly-taking mindset, i.e. into willingly giving attention to, as having been persuaded by the gravity of the Object.

26:5 ηυλαβηθη ℵ A | η καρδια] om η A | εδεηθην] εδοθην ℵ* εφοβηθην ℵc.aA | διαβολην] η sup ras Aa | om οχλου A* (hab Aa)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:6 ἄλγος καρδίας καὶ πένθος γυνὴ ἀντίζηλος ἐπὶ γυναικί, καὶ μάστιξ γλώσσης πᾶσιν ἐπικοινωνοῦσα.

A-paineedness of-a-heart and a-grieveedness a-woman an-ever-a-one-craver upon unto-a-woman, and a-thrash of-a-tongue unto-all en-together-belonging-to-upon-unto.

26:6 αλγος] γ sup ras Aa | επικοινωνουσα] α sup ras 2 litt Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:7 βοοζύγιον σαλευόμενον γυνὴ πονηρά, ὁ κρατῶν αὐτῆς ὡς ὁ δρασσόμενος σκορπίου.

An-ox-couplagelet being-undulated-of a-woman en-necessitated, the-one securing-unto of-it as the-one grasping of-a-scorpion.

26:7 ο δρασσομενος] om ο A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:8 ὀργὴ μεγάλη γυνὴ μέθυσος, καὶ ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτῆς οὐ συνκαλύψει.

A-stressing great a-woman toxinated, and to-an-un-holdeningedess of-it not it-shall-shroud-together.

26:8 αυτης] ς sup ras B? | ου] + μη ℵ A | συγκαλυψει BabA (αλυψει sup ras A?vid)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:9 πορνεία γυναικὸς ἐν μετεωρισμοῖς ὀφθαλμῶν, καὶ ἐν τοῖς βλεφάροις αὐτῆς γνωσθήσεται.

A-harloting-of of-a-woman in unto-lift-hourings-with-to-of of-eyes, and in unto-the-ones unto-en-viewings of-it it-shall-be-acquainted.

Note: en-viewings : used to refer to caused viewings or to the viewing mechanism of the eyes, i.e. eyelids.

26:9 πορνια ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:10 ἐπὶ θυγατρὶ ἀδιατρέπτως στερέωσον φυλακήν, ἵνα μὴ εὑροῦσα ἄνεσιν ἑαυτῇ χρήσηται·

Upon unto-a-daughter unto-un-turnable-through thou-should-have-en-stabled to-a-guardery, so lest having-had-found to-a-sending-up unto-self it-might-have-afforded-unto;

26:10 αδιατρεπτως] αδιαστεπτω· ℵ αδιατρεπτω A | ευρη incep ℵ* (ευρουσα ℵ1)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:11 ὀπίσω ἀναιδοῦς ὀφθαλμοῦ φύλαξαι, καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς ἐὰν εἰς σὲ πλημμελήσῃ·

aback-unto-which of-un-un-sightinged of-an-eye thou-should-have-guardered, and lest thou-might-have-marveled-to if-ever into to-thee it-might-have-beyond-membered-unto;

Note: of-un-un-sightinged (ANAIDOUS): un-un intended; from AN=un and AIDEW; AIDEW is from A and EIDOS, to-un-sight-unto, i.e., a desire to be unseen (because of shame); so, lacking a desire to be unseen, i.e., un-ashamed.

26:11 οφθαλμου] οφθαλμων ℵ* (-μου ℵc.a) seq ras 1 lit A | πλημμελησει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:12 ὡς διψῶν ὁδοιπόρος τὸ στόμα ἀνοίγει, καὶ ἀπὸ παντὸς ὕδατος τοῦ σύνεγγυς πίεται, κατέναντι παντὸς πασσάλου καθήσεται, καὶ ἔναντι βέλους ἀνοίξει φαρέτραν.

as thirsting-unto, a-way-taverser, to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to it-openeth-up, and off of-all of-a-water of-the-one near-together it-shall-drink, down-in-ever-a-one of-all of-a-pitchment it-shall-sit-down, and in-ever-a-one of-a-casteedness it-shall-open-up to-a-quiver.

Note: it-shall-sit-down (KAQHSETAI) : from KAQHMAI.

26:12 το στομα] om το ℵc.a | ανοιγει] ανοιξει ℵc.aA | και εναντι] κατεναντι ℵ* (και εν. ℵ?)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:13 χάρις γυναικὸς τέρψει τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς, καὶ τὰ ὀστᾶ αὐτοῦ πιανεῖ ἡ ἐπιστήμη αὐτῆς.

A-granting of-a-woman it-shall-delight to-the-one to-a-man of-it, and to-the-ones to-bones of-it it-shall-plumpen, the-one a-standing-upon of-it.

26:13 τον ανδρα] om τον ℵ A | πιαινει ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:14 δόσις Κυρίου γυνὴ σιγηρά, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀντάλλαγμα πεπαιδευμένης ψυχῆς·

A-giving of-Authority-belonged a-woman en-silenced, and not it-be an-ever-a-one-othering-to of-having-had-come-to-be-childed-of of-a-breathing;

26:14 [appendix] πεπεδευμενης A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:15 χάρις ἐπὶ χάριτι γυνὴ αἰσχυντηρά, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν σταθμὸς πᾶς ἄξιος ἐγκρατοῦς ψυχῆς.

a-granting upon unto-a-granting a-woman en-shamened, and not it-be a-standness-placing-of all deem-belonged of-securinged-in of-a-breathing.

26:15 εν κρατους A | ψυχης] + αυτης ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:16 ἥλιος ἀνατέλλων ἐν ὑψίστοις Κυρίου, καὶ κάλλος ἀγαθῆς γυναικὸς ἐν κόσμῳ οἰκίας αὐτοῦ·

A-sun finishing-up in unto-most-lofteed of-Authority-belonged, and a-seemlieedness of-excess-placed of-a-woman in unto-an-orderation of-a-housing-unto of-it;

26:16 αυτου] αυτης Ba?ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:17 λύχνος ἐκλάμπων ἐπὶ λυχνίας ἁγίας, καὶ κάλλος προσώπου ἐπὶ ἡλικίᾳ στασίμῃ·

a-luminating-of it-lamped-out upon of-a-luminating-unto of-hallow-belonged, and a-seemlieedness of-looked-toward upon unto-a-staturing-unto unto-stand-belonged-unto;

26:17 [appendix] λυκνιας B | ιλικια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:18 στῦλοι χρύσεοι ἐπὶ βάσεως ἀργυρᾶς, καὶ πόδες ὡραῖοι ἐπὶ στέρνοις εὐσταθοῦς.

pillars golden upon of-a-stepping of-silvern, and feet hour-belonged upon unto-sternums of-a-goodly-standinged.

26:18 χρυσεοι] χρυσεως A | στερνοις] πτερνοις ℵ* (στ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:28 Ἐπὶ δυσὶ λελύπηται ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ τρίτῳ θυμός μοι ἐπῆλθεν· ἀνὴρ πολεμιστὴς ὑστερῶν δι' ἔνδειαν, καὶ ἄνδρες συνετοὶ ἐὰν σκυβαλισθῶσιν, ἐπανάγων ἀπὸ δικαιοσύνης ἐπὶ ἁμαρτίαν· ὁ κύριος ἑτοιμάσει εἰς ῥομφαίαν αὐτόν.

Upon unto-two it-had-come-to-be-throed-unto, the-one a-heart of-me, and upon unto-the-one unto-third a-passion unto-me it-had-came-upon; a-man a-war-belonger lattering-unto through to-a-binding-in-of, and men sendable-together if-ever they-might-have-been-dog-casted-into-to, leading-upon off of-a-course-belongingedness upon to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto; the-one Authority-belonged it-shall-ready-to into to-a-sabre to-it.

26:28 [appendix] δυσει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 26:29 Μόλις ἐξελεῖται ἔμπορος ἀπὸ πλημμελίας, καὶ οὐ δικαιωθήσεται κάπηλος ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας.

Arduously it-shall-section-out, traversed-in, off of-a-beyond-membering-unto, and not it-shall-be-en-course-belonged a-profiteeer off of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto.

26:29 πλημμελιας ℵ | καπηλος Bc.a? ℵ A] καμηλος B*

[appendix] εξελιται ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:1 χάριν ἀδιαφόρου πολλοὶ ἥμαρτον, καὶ ὁ ζητῶν πληθῦναι ἀποστρέψει ὀφθαλμόν.

To-a-granting of-un-beareed-through much they-had-un-adjusted-along, and the-one seeking-unto to-have-repletened it-shall-beturn-off to-an-eye.

27:1 αδιαφορου] διαφορου ℵ* (αδιαφ. ℵc.a) | ημαρτον] μ saltem sup ras B?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:2 ἀνὰ μέσον ἁρμῶν λίθων παγήσεται πάσσαλος, καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον πράσεως καὶ ἀγορασμοῦ συντριβήσεται ἁμαρτία.

Up to-middle of-liftings-along-of of-stones it-shall-have-been-en-pitched a-pitchment, and up to-middle of-an-en-acrossating and of-a-lead-alongednessing-to-of it-shall-have-been-rubbed-together an-un-adjusting-along-unto.

Note: of-liftings-along-of : used to refer to en-capsuling joints.

27:2 λιθων] λιθινων ℵc.a | παγησεται] αγησ sup ras Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:3 ἐὰν μὴ ἐν φόβῳ Κυρίου κρατήσῃ κατὰ σπουδήν, ἐν τάχει καταστραφήσεται αὐτοῦ ὁ οἶκος.

If-ever lest in unto-a-fearee of-Authority-belonged it-might-have-secured-unto down to-a-hasteneeing, in unto-a-quickeedness it-shall-have-been-beturned-down of-it the-one a-house.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:4 ἐν σείσματι κοσκίνου διαμένει κοπρία, οὕτως σκύβαλα ἀνθρώπου ἐν λογισμῷ αὐτοῦ.

In unto-a-shaking-to of-a-sieve it-shall-stay-through, an-en-felling-unto, unto-the-one-this dog-castings-into of-a-mankind in unto-a-fortheeing-to-of of-it.

27:4 σησματι Bℵ A | κοσκινου] κοκκινου ℵ* (κοσκ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:5 σκεύη κεραμέως δοκιμάζει κάμινος, καὶ πειρασμὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐν διαλογισμῷ αὐτοῦ.

To-equipeednesses of-a-potter-of it-shall-assess-to, a-furnace, and an-across-belonging-to-of of-a-mankind in unto-a-fortheeing-through-to-of of-it.

27:5 δοκιμαζει] δοκιμα ℵ* (-μαζι ℵc.a) δοκειμασει A | διαλογισμω] λογισμω ℵc.aA

[appendix] καμεινος B* (καμιν. Bb) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:6 γεώργιον ξύλου ἐκφαίνει ὁ καρπὸς αὐτοῦ, οὕτως λόγος ἐνθυμήματος καρδίας ἀνθρώπου.

To-a-soil-worklet of-a-wood it-manifesteth-out, the-one a-fruit of-it, unto-the-one-this a-forthee of-a-passioning-in-to of-a-heart of-a-mankind.

27:6 καρδια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:7 πρὸ λογισμοῦ μὴ ἐπαινέσῃς ἄνδρα, οὗτος γὰρ πειρασμὸς ἀνθρώπων.

Before of-a-fortheeing-to-of lest thou-might-have-lauded-upon-unto to-a-man, the-one-this too-thus an-across-belonging-to-of of-mankinds.

27:7 λογισμου] λ sup ras Aa | επαινεσης] επαινει A

[appendix] πιρασμος B* (πειρ. Bab)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:8 ἐὰν διώκῃς τὸ δίκαιον, καταλήμψῃ, καὶ ἐνδύσῃ αὐτὸ ὡς ποδήρη δόξης.

If-ever thou-might-pursue to-the-one to-course-belonged, thou-shall-take-down, and thou-shall-sink-in to-it as to-foot-adaptinged of-a-reckonedness.

27:8 το δικαιον] in τ ras aliq B?vid

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:9 πετεινὰ πρὸς τὰ ὅμοια αὐτοῖς καταλύσει, καὶ ἀλήθεια πρὸς τοὺς ἐργαζομένους αὐτὴν ἐπανήξει.

Flying-belonged-to toward to-the-ones to-along-belonged unto-them it-shall-loose-down, and an-un-secluding-of toward to-the-ones to-working-to to-it it-shall-arrive-up-upon.

27:9 αυτοις] αυτων A | αληθεια] η αληθια ℵ

[appendix] πετινα ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:10 λέων θήραν ἐνεδρεύει, οὕτως ἁμαρτίαι ἐργαζομένους ἄδικα.

A-lion to-a-beasting it-seateth-in-of, unto-the-one-this un-adjustings-along-unto to-working-to to-un-coursed.

27:10 αμαρτια ℵ A | αδικα] αδικια ℵ* αδικιαν ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:11 διήγησις εὐσεβοῦς διὰ παντὸς σοφία, ὁ δὲ ἄφρων ὡς σελήνη ἀλλοιοῦται.

A-beleading-through of-goodly-reveringed through of-all a-wisdoming-unto, the-one then-also un-centeringed-of as a-moon it-be-en-othered.

27:11 ευσεβους] σοφου A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:12 εἰς μέσον ἀσυνέτων συντήρησον καιρόν, εἰς μέσον δὲ διανοουμένων ἐνδελέχιζε.

Into to-middle of-un-sent-together thou-should-have-kept-together-unto to-a-time, into to-middle then-also of-considering-through-unto thou-should-elongate-in-to.

27:12 διανοουμενων ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:13 διήγησις μωρῶν προσόχθισμα, καὶ ὁ γέλως αὐτῶν ἐν σπατάλῃ ἁμαρτίας.

A-beleading-through of-dulled a-vexing-toward-to, and the-one a-laughter of-them in unto-a-wantoning of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto.

27:13 διηγησεις A | προσοχθισμα (προσωχθ. ℵ A)] pr και A | εν] ως ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:14 λαλιὰ πολυόρκου ὀρθώσει τρίχας, καὶ ἡ μάχη αὐτῶν ἐνφραγμὸς ὠτίων.

A-speaking-unto of-much-fenceed it-shall-en-straightly-jut to-hairs, and the-one a-battling of-them a-hedging-in-of of-earlets.

27:14 πολυορκου] ο 2° sup ras B?vid πολορκου ℵ* (πολυορκ. ℵ1(vid)) | ορθωσει] ανωρθωσει A | ενφραγμος] στεναγμος ℵ* (εμφρ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:15 ἔκχυσις αἵματος μάχη ὑπερηφάνων, καὶ ἡ διαλοιδόρησις αὐτῶν ἀκοὴ μοχθηρά.

A-pouring-out of-a-rushering-to a-battling of-manifested-over, and the-one a-reviling-through of-them a-hearing en-toiled.

27:15 εκχυσεις A | μοχθηρα] πονηρα ℵc.a

[appendix] διαλοιδορησεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:16 Ὁ ἀποκαλύπτων μυστήρια ἀπώλεσεν πίστιν, (18) καὶ οὐ μὴ εὕρῃ φίλον πρὸς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ.

The-one shrouding-off to-flexerlets it-destructed-off to-a-trust, and not lest it-might-have-had-found to-cared toward to-the-one to-a-breathing of-it.

Note: to-flexerlets : used to refer to things requiring thought flex to understand.

27:16 την ψυχην] om την ℵ* (hab τ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:17 στέρξον φίλον καὶ πιστώθητι μετ' αὐτοῦ· ἐὰν δὲ ἀποκαλύψῃς τὰ μυστήρια αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ καταδιώξῃς ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ.

Thou-should-have-affectioned to-cared and thou-should-have-been-en-trusted with of-it; if-ever then-also thou-might-have-shrouded-off to-the-ones to-flexerlets of-it, not lest thou-might-have-pursued-down aback-unto-which of-it,

Note: to-flexerlets : used to refer to things requiring thought flex to understand.

27:17 om ου ℵc.aA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:18 καθὼς γὰρ ἀπώλεσεν ἄνθρωπος τὸν ἐχθρὸν αὐτοῦ, οὕτως ἀπώλεσας τὴν φιλίαν τοῦ πλησίον·

down-as too-thus it-destructed-off, a-mankind, to-the-one to-en-enmitied of-it, unto-the-one-this thou-destructed-off to-the-one to-a-caring-unto of-the-one to-nigh-belonged;

27:18 απωλεσεν ℵ* (-σας ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:19 καὶ ὡς πετεινὸν ἐκ χειρός σου ἀπέλυσας, οὕτως ἀφῆκας τὸν πλησίον, καὶ οὐ θηρεύσεις αὐτόν.

and as to-flying-belonged-to out of-a-hand of-thee thou-loosed-off, unto-the-one-this thou-sent-off to-the-one to-nigh-belonged, and not thou-shall-beast-of to-it.

27:19 αφηκας] απελυσας C | ου θηρευσεις] ουχ ευρησις C

[appendix] πετινον ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:20 μὴ αὐτὸν διώξῃς, ὅτι μακρὰν ἀπέστη, καὶ ἐξέφυγεν ὡς δορκὰς ἐκ παγίδος.

Lest to-it thou-might-have-pursued, to-which-a-one to-en-longed it-had-stood-off, and it-had-fled-out as a-gazelle out of-a-snare;

27:20 παγιδος] βροχων ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:21 ὅτι τραῦμα ἔστιν καταδῆσαι, καὶ λοιδορίας ἐστὶν διαλλαγή· ὁ δὲ ἀποκαλύψας μυστήρια ἀφήλπισεν.

to-which-a-one a-wounding-to it-be to-have-binded-down, and of-a-reviling-unto it-be an-othering-through; the-one then-also having-shrouded-off to-flexerlets it-drove-sureed-off-to.

Note: to-flexerlets : used to refer to things requiring thought flex to understand.

27:21 μυστηριον ℵ C | απηλπισεν Bc.aℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:22 διανεύων ὀφθαλμῷ τεκταίνει κακά, καὶ οὐδεὶς αὑτὸν ἀποστήσει ἀπ' αὐτοῦ·

Nodding-through-of unto-an-eye it-deviseth to-wedge-wedged, and not-then-also-one to-itself it-shall-stand-off off of-it;

27:22 διανευων] και εννευων A pr ο C | τεκταινει] adnot κατασκευαζει Ba?b?mg τεκταιννεται ℵc.a | αυτον] αυτα AC | αυτου] αυτων A

[appendix] τεκτενει A | ουδις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:23 ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου γλυκανεῖ στόμα σου καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λόγων σου ἐκθαυμάσει, ὕστερον δὲ διαστρέψει τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου δώσει σκάνδαλον.

off-in-ever-a-one of-the-ones of-eyes of-thee it-shall-sweeten to-a-becutteeing-to of-thee and upon of-the-ones of-forthees of-thee it-shall-out-marvel-to, to-latter then-also it-shall-beturn-through to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-it and in unto-the-ones unto-forthees of-thee it-shall-give to-a-cumbrance.

Note: of-thee (2nd) in 03 : of-it in 01 02.

27:23 γλυκαινει ℵ* (ras ι 1° ℵ?) | στομα 1°] pr το ℵ A C | σου 2°] αυτου ℵ A C | δε bis scr C

[appendix] εκθαυμασι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:24 πολλὰ ἐμίσησα καὶ οὐχ ὡμοίωσα αὐτῷ, καὶ ὁ κύριος μισήσει αὐτόν.

To-much I-hated-unto and not I-en-along-belonged unto-it, and the-one Authority-belonged it-shall-hate-unto to-it.

27:24 ωμοιωσα Bb A C | αυτω] αυτοις A | μισησει] μεισει ℵ* (μεισησει ℵc.a) C (μισ.) εμισει A

[appendix] εμεισησα B* (εμισ. Bb) | μεισησει B* (μισ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:25 ὁ βάλλων λίθον εἰς ὕψος ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ βάλλει, καὶ πληγὴ δολία διελεῖ τραύματα.

The-one casting to-a-stone into to-a-lofteedness, upon to-a-head of-it it-casteth, and a-smiting guile-belonged it-shall-have-sectioned-through to-woundings-to.

27:25 ο βαλλων] om ο A | διελει] ελει A* (superscr δι Aa?)

[appendix] δολεια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:26 ὁ ὀρύσσων βόθρον εἰς αὐτὸν ἐμπεσεῖται, καὶ ὁ ἱστῶν παγίδα ἐν αὐτῇ ἁλώσεται·

The-one gougering to-a-trench into to-it it-shall-fall-in, and the-one standing to-a-snare in unto-it it-shall-other-along;

27:26 αυτη] ταυτη ℵ* (αυτ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:27 ὁ ποιῶν πονηρὰ εἰς αὐτὸν κυλισθήσεται, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐπιγνῷ πόθεν ἥκει αὐτῷ.

the-one doing-unto to-en-necessitated, into to-it it-shall-be-roll-belonged, and not lest it-might-have-had-acquainted-upon whither-from it-arriveth unto-it.

27:27 om ο ποιων . . . κυλισθησεται C | αυτον] αυτα ℵc.aA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:28 ἐμπαιγμὸς καὶ ὀνειδισμὸς ὑπερηφάνων, καὶ ἡ ἐκδίκησις ὡς λέων ἐνεδρεύσει αὐτόν.

A-childing-in-of and a-reproaching-to-of of-manifested-over, and the-one a-coursing-out as a-lion it-shall-seat-in-of to-it.

27:28 ονειδισμος] ονιδος ℵ

[appendix] εμπεγμος A | ονιδισμος B* (ονειδ. Bab) C | εκδικησεις ℵ A | ενεδρευσι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:29 παγίδι ἁλώσονται οἱ εὐφραινόμενοι πτώσει εὐσεβῶν, καὶ ὀδύνη καταναλώσει αὐτοὺς πρὸ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτῶν.

Unto-a-snare they-shall-other-along, the-ones being-goodly-centered unto-a-falling of-goodly-reveringed, and an-anguish it-shall-other-along-up-down to-them before of-the-one of-a-death of-them.

27:29 παγιδα A* (-δι A?) | του θανατου] om του ℵ* (hab τ. ℵc.a) | αυτων] αυτου C

[appendix] παγειδει ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 27:30 Μῆνις καὶ ὀργή, καὶ ταῦτά ἐστιν βδελύγματα, καὶ ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλὸς ἐγκρατὴς ἔσται αὐτῶν.

A-wrathing and a-stressing, and the-ones-these it-be abhorrerings-to, and a-man un-adjusted-along securinged-in it-shall-be of-them.

27:30 om και 2° ℵ | εκγρατης εσται] εγκρατησεται B*fortC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:1 ὁ ἐκδικῶν παρὰ Κυρίου εὑρήσει ἐκδίκησιν, καὶ τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτοῦ διαστηριῶν διαστηρίσει.

The-one coursing-out-unto beside of-Authority-belonged it-shall-find to-a-coursing-out, and to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-unto of-it stablishing-through-to it-shall-stablish-through-to.

28:1 διαστηρισει (-ρησει C)] διαστηριει ℵ* (-ρισει ℵ1)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:2 ἄφες ἀδίκημα τῷ πλησίον σου, καὶ τότε δεηθέντος σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου λυθήσονται.

Thou-should-have-had-sent-off to-an-un-coursing-to unto-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-thee, and to-the-one-which-also of-having-been-binded of-thee the-ones un-adjustings-along-unto of-thee they-shall-be-loosed.

28:2 αδικηματα ℵ | δεηθεντος] incep εδ ℵ* (improb ε ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:3 ἄνθρωπος ἀνθρώπῳ συντηρεῖ ὀργήν, καὶ παρὰ Κυρίου ζητεῖ ἴασιν;

A-mankind unto-a-mankind it-keepeth-together-unto to-a-stessing, and beside of-Authority-belonged it-seeketh-unto to-a-curing?

28:3 [appendix] συντηρι C | ζητι ℵ* (-τει ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:4 ἐπ' ἄνθρωπον ὅμοιον αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔχει ἔλεος, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτοῦ δεῖται;

Upon to-a-mankind to-along-belonged unto-it not it-holdeth to-a-besectionateedness, and about of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-unto of-it it-be-binded?

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

28:4 ομοιον] pr τον ℵ* (om τον ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:5 αὐτὸς σὰρξ ὢν διατηρεῖ μῆνιν, τίς ἐξιλάσεται τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτοῦ;

It a-flesh being it-keepeth-together-unto to-a-wrath, what-one it-shall-sectionate-out to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-unto of-it?

28:5 [appendix] εξειλασεται Bℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:6 μνήσθητι τὰ ἔσχατα καὶ παῦσαι ἐχθραίνων, καταφθορὰν καὶ θάνατον, καὶ ἔμμενε ἐντολαῖς.

Thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-the-ones to-most-bordered and thou-should-have-ceased en-enmitying, to-a-degradedness-down and to-a-death, and thou-should-stay-in unto-finishings-in.

28:6 [appendix] εμμεναι AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:7 μνήσθητι ἐντολῶν καὶ μὴ μηνίσῃς τῷ πλησίον, καὶ διαθήκην Ὑψίστου, καὶ πάριδε ἄγνοιαν.

thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto of-finishings-in and lest thou-might-have-wrath-belonged unto-the-one to-nigh-belonged, and to-a-placement-through of-most-lofteed, and thou-should-have-had-seen-beside to-an-un-en-mulling-unto.

28:7 πλησιον] + σου ℵ

[appendix] μηνισ.] μινησ. A | παρειδε AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:8 Ἀπόσχου ἀπὸ μάχης, καὶ ἐλαττώσεις ἁμαρτίας· ἄνθρωπος γὰρ θυμώδης ἐκκαύσει μάχην,

Thou-should-have-had-held-off off of-a-battling, and thou-shall-en-lacken to-un-adjustings-along-unto; a-mankind too-thus passion-seen it-shall-burn-belong-out to-a-battling,

28:8 αποσχου] απολιπε ℵc.a | μαχης] μεθης ℵc.a | ελαττωσις ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:9 καὶ ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλὸς ταράξει φίλους, καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον εἰρηνευόντων ἐμβάλλει διαβολήν.

and a-man un-adjusted-along it-shall-stir to-cared, and up to-middle of-joinifying-of it-casteth-in to-a-casting-through.

28:9 om και 1° . . . φιλους C* (hab Ca(mg)) | ταραξει] κακοι Ca | εκβαλλει] εμβαλει ℵ A

[appendix] ιρηνευοντων ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:10 κατὰ τὴν ὕλην πυρὸς οὕτως ἐκκαυθήσεται, κατὰ τὴν ἰσχὺν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὁ θυμὸς αὐτοῦ ἔσται· καὶ κατὰ τὸν πλοῦτον ἀνυψώσει ὀργὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ κατὰ τὴν στερέωσιν τῆς μάχης ἐκκαυθήσεται.

Down to-the-one to-a-cumulation of-a-fire unto-the-one-this it-shall-be-burn-belonged-out, down to-the-one to-force-holding of-the-one of-a-mankind the-one a-passion of-it it-shall-be; and down to-the-one to-a-wealth it-shall-en-loftee-up to-a-stressing of-it, and down to-the-one to-an-en-stabling of-the-one of-a-battling it-shall-be-burn-belonged-out.

Note: to-a-cumulation : a forest as a cumulation of trees, fuel as a cumulation of wood stuff, the stuff of which anything is made, sediments, excretions, etc.

28:10-11 κατα την ισχυν . . . εκκαιει πυρ sup ras Ca

28:10 πυρος] pr του ℵc.a | κατα την ισχυν . . . εκκαυθησεται] και κατα την στερεωσιν . . . εκκαυθησεται [+και ℵ] κατα την ισχυν . . . οργην αυτου ℵ A C | om εσται C | πλουτον] + αυτου ℵ | μαχης] + σου ουτως ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:11 ἔρις κατασπευδομένη ἐκκαίει πῦρ, καὶ μάχη κατασπεύδουσα ἐκχέει αἷμα.

A-wrangling being-hastened-down it-burn-belongeth-out to-a-fire, and a-battling hastening-down it-poureth-out to-a-rushering-to.

28:10-11 κατα την ισχυν . . . εκκαιει πυρ sup ras Ca

28:11 εκχεαι ℵ

[appendix] ερεις C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:12 ἐὰν φυσήσῃς σπινθῆρα ἐκκαήσεται, καὶ ἐὰν πτύσῃς ἐπ' αὐτόν σβεσθήσεται· καὶ ἀμφότερα ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου ἐκπορεύεται.

If-ever thou-might-have-puffed-unto to-a-spark it-shall-have-been-burn-belonged-out, and if-ever thou-might-have-spewed upon to-it it-shall-be-en-quelled; and more-around out of-the-one of-a-becutteeing-to of-thee it-traverseth-out.

28:12 φυσησησπινθ. ℵ* (φυσησης σπινθ. ℵc.a) | σπινθηρα (ante ν ras 1 lit [ν fort] A?)] pr εις AC | πτυσις C | επ] εις AC | εκπορευεται] εξελευσεται ℵ A εξελευσονται C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:13 Ψίθυρον καὶ δίγλωσσον καταρᾶσθε, πολλοὺς γὰρ εἰρηνεύοντας ἀπώλεσαν.

To-whispered and to-two-tongued thou-should-down-curse-unto, to-much too-thus to-joinifying-of they-destructed-off.

28:13 καταρασθε (-σθαι Bℵc.a)] καταρασασθαι ℵ* C -σασθε A | απωλεσε| A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:14 γλῶσσα τρίτη πολλοὺς ἐσάλευσεν καὶ διέστησεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ ἔθνους εἰς ἔθνος, καὶ πόλεις ὀχυρὰς καθεῖλεν, καὶ οἰκίας μεγιστάνων κατέστρεψεν·

A-tongue third to-much it-undulated-of and it-stood-through to-them off of-a-placeedness-belonging-to into to-a-placeedness-belonging-to, and to-cities to-holdationed it-had-sectioned-down, and to-housings-unto of-most-greats it-beturned-down;

28:14 γλωσσα τριτη] adnot τετρυπημένη| γλῶσσα τρητὴ Ba?c.a?mg sup | εθνους] εθνος ℵ* (-θνους ℵc.a) | πολις C

[appendix] τριτὴ Bb : item 15 | καθιλεν C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:15 γλῶσσα τρίτη γυναῖκας ἀνδρείας ἐξέβαλεν, καὶ ἐστέρεσεν αὐτὰς τῶν πόνων αὐτῶν·

a-tongue third to-women to-man-belonged it-had-casted-out, and it-destituted-unto to-them of-the-ones of-necessitatees of-them;

28:15 ανδριας C | εστερησεν BabC εστερεσαν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:16 ὁ προσέχων αὐτῇ οὐ μὴ εὕρῃ ἀνάπαυσιν, οὐδὲ κατασκηνώσει μεθ' ἡσυχίας.

the-one holding-toward unto-it not lest it-might-have-had-found to-a-ceasing-up, not-then-also it-shall-en-tent-down with of-a-quiescing-unto.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:17 πληγὴ μάστιγος ποιεῖ μώλωπας, πληγὴ δὲ γλώσσης συνκλάσει ὀστᾶ.

A-smiting of-a-thrash it-doeth-unto to-battled-looks, a-smiting then-also of-a-tongue it-shall-break-together to-bones.

28:17 μωλωπα ℵ A C | συγκλασει Bab A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:18 πολλοὶ ἔπεσαν ἐν στόματι μαχαίρας, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ πεπτωκότες διὰ γλῶσσαν.

Much they-falled in unto-a-becutteeing-to of-a-battle-section-alongedness, and not as the-ones having-had-come-to-fall through to-a-tongue.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

28:18 μαχαιρας] ρομφαιας C | οι πεπτωκοτες] ο πεπτωκως A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:19 μακάριος ὁ σκεπασθεὶς ἀπ' αὐτῆς, ὃς οὐ διῆλθεν ἐν τῷ θυμῷ αὐτῆς, ὃς οὐχ εἵλκυσεν τὸν ζυγὸν αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς αὐτῆς οὐκ ἐδέθη·

Bless-belonged the-one having-been-covered-to off of-it, which not it-had-came-through in unto-the-one unto-a-passion of-it, which not it-haulationed to-the-one to-a-couplage of-it, and in unto-the-ones unto-bindees of-it not it-was-binded;

28:19 ος 1°] pr ¬ ℵc.a | ειλκυσι C | om εν 2° A C

[appendix] ουχ] ουκ ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:20 ὁ γὰρ ζυγὸς αὐτῆς ζυγὸς σιδηροῦς, καὶ οἱ δεσμοὶ αὐτῆς δεσμοὶ χάλκειοι·

The-one too-thus a-couplage of-it a-couplage iron, and the-ones bindees of-it bindees copper-belonged;

28:20 χαλκειοι Ba (-κιοι B*ℵc.a)] χαλκεοι ℵ* A χαλκοι C

[appendix] χαλκιοι B* (-κει. Bab)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:21 θάνατος πονηρὸς ὁ θάνατος αὐτῆς, καὶ λυσιτελὴς μᾶλλον ὁ ᾅδης αὐτῆς.

a-death en-necessitated the-one a-death of-it, and loosing-finished more-such the-one a-hadês of-it.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:22 οὐ μὴ κρατήσῃ εὐσεβῶν, καὶ ἐν τῇ φλογὶ αὐτῆς οὐ καήσονται·

Not lest it-might-have-secured-unto of-goodly-reveringed, and in unto-the-one unto-a-blaze of-it not they-shall-have-been-burn-belonged-down;

28:22 κρατησει ℵ | ου 2°] + μη ℵ A C

[appendix] φλογει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:23 οἱ καταλείποντες Κύριον ἐμπεσοῦνται εἰς αὐτήν, καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐκκαήσεται καὶ οὐ μὴ σβεσθῇ· ἐπαποσταλήσεται ἐπ' αὐτοῖς ὡς λέων, καὶ ὡς πάρδαλις λυμανεῖται αὐτούς.

the-ones remaindering-down to-Authority-belonged they-shall-fall-in into to-it, and in unto-them it-shall-have-been-burn-belong-out and not lest it-might-have-been-en-quelled; it-shall-have-been-set-off-upon upon unto-them as a-lion, and as a-leapord it-shall-slag to-them.

28:23 καταλιποντες ℵ | Κυριον] θν̅ C | εμπεσειται C | εκκαησονται ℵ | επαποσταλησεται ℵ A C | om επ ℵ A C | ωσσπαρδαλις C | λοιμανειται B*ℵ (λυμ. BbA)

[appendix] παρδαλεις ℵ | λυμανειτε A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:24 ἴδε, περίφραξον τὸ κτῆμά σου ἀκάνθαις, (29) τὸ ἀργύριόν σου καὶ τὸ χρυσίον κατάδησον·

Thou-should-have-had-seen, thou-should-have-hedged-about to-the-one to-a-befoundeeing-to of-thee unto-apexednesses, to-the-one to-a-silverlet of-thee and to-the-one to-a-goldlet thou-should-have-binded-down;

28:24 κτημα] στομα ℵ | χρυσιον] + σου ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:25 καὶ τοῖς λόγοις σου ποίησον ζυγὸν καὶ σταθμόν, καὶ τῷ στόματί σου ποίησον θύραν καὶ μοχλόν.

and unto-the-ones unto-forthees of-thee thou-should-have-done-unto to-a-couplage and to-a-standness-placing-of, and unto-the-one unto-a-becutteeing-to of-thee thou-should-have-done-unto to-a-portaledness and to-a-pole.

28:25 [appendix] μοκλον B* (μοχλ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 28:26 πρόσεχε μή πως ὀλισθήσῃς ἐν αὐτῇ, μὴ πέσῃς κατέναντι ἐνεδρεύοντος.

Thou-should-hold-toward lest unto-whither thou-might-have-slipped in unto-it, lest thou-might-have-had-fallen down-in-ever-a-one of-sitting-in-of.

28:26 ολισθης ℵ* (-θησις ℵc.a) A | εν αυτη] εν αυ sup ras Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:1 Ὁ ποιῶν ἔλεος δανιεῖ τῷ πλησίον, καὶ ὁ ἐπισχύων τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ τηρεῖ ἐντολάς.

The-one doing-unto to-a-besectionateedness it-shall-lend-to unto-the-one to-nigh-belonged, and the-one force-holding-upon unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-it it-keepeth-unto to-finishings-in.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

29:1 δανειει Bab | τηρει] ποιει A

[appendix] τηρι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:2 δάνισον τῷ πλησίον ἐν καιρῷ χρείας αὐτοῦ, καὶ πάλιν ἀπόδος τῷ πλησίον εἰς τὸν καιρόν·

Thou-should-have-lent-to unto-the-one to-nigh-belonged in unto-a-time of-an-affording-of of-it, and unto-furthered thou-should-have-had-given-off unto-the-one to-nigh-belonged into to-the-one to-a-time;

29:2 δανεισον Bab | τον καιρον] om τον ℵ A

[appendix] χριας A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:3 στερέωσον λόγον καὶ πιστώθητι μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ εὑρήσεις τὴν χρείαν σου.

thou-should-have-en-stabled to-a-forthee and thou-should-have-been-en-trusted with of-it, and in unto-all unto-a-time thou-shall-find to-the-one to-an-affording-of of-thee.

29:3 [appendix] χριαν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:4 πολλοὶ ὡς εὕρεμα ἐνόμισαν δάνος, καὶ παρέσχον πόνον τοῖς βοηθήσασιν αὐτοῖς.

Much as to-a-finding-to they-parceleed-to to-a-lend, and they-had-held-beside to-a-necessitatee unto-the-ones unto-holler-running-unto unto-them.

29:4 πονον] κοπον ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:5 ἕως οὗ λάβῃ, καταφιλήσει χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν χρημάτων τοῦ πλησίον ταπεινώσει φωνήν· καὶ ἐν καιρῷ ἀποδόσεως παρελκύσει χρόνον, καὶ ἀποδώσει λόγους ἀκηδίας καὶ τὸν καιρὸν αἰτιάσεται.

Unto-if-which of-which it-might-have-had-taken, it-shall-care-down-unto to-a-hand of-it, and upon of-the-ones of-affordings-to of-the-one to-nigh-belonged it-shall-en-low-belong-to to-a-sound; and in unto-a-time of-a-giving-off it-shall-haulation-beside to-a-while, and it-shall-give-off to-forthees of-an-un-regarding-unto and to-the-one to-a-time it-shall-appeal-belong-unto.

29:5 χειρας ℵ (χιρ.) A | αυτου] σου ℵc.a | ακηδειας B* (-διας Bb)

[appendix] ταπινωσει ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:6 ἐὰν ἰσχύσῃ, μόλις κομίσεται τὸ ἥμισυ καὶ λογιεῖται αὐτὸ ὡς εὕρεμα· εἰ δὲ μή, ἀπεστέρησεν αὐτὸν τῶν χρημάτων αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκτήσατο αὐτὸν ἐχθρὸν οὐ δωρεάν· κατάρας καὶ λοιδορίας ἀποδώσει αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀντὶ δόξης ἀποδώσει αὐτῷ ἀτιμίαν.

If-ever it-might-have-force-held, arduously it-shall-tend-to to-the-one to-half and it-shall-forthee-to to-it as to-a-finding-to; if then-also lest, it-destituted-off-unto to-it of-the-ones of-affordings-to of-it, and it-befounded-unto to-it to-en-enmitied not to-a-giftedness; to-cursednesses-down and to-revilings-unto it-shall-give-off unto-it, and ever-a-one of-a-reckonedness it-shall-give-off unto-it to-an-un-valuating-unto.

29:6 εαν] pr και ℵ | κομιειται A | om ου ℵc.aA | λοιδορειας B* (-ριας Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:7 πολλοὶ χάριν πονηρίας ἀπέστρεψαν, ἀποστερηθῆναι δωρεὰν εὐλαβήθησαν.

Much to-a-granting of-an-en-necessitating-unto they-beturned-off, to-have-been-destituted-off-unto to-a-giftedness they-were-goodly-taken-unto.

Note: they-were-goodly-taken-unto : the Passive form is used to infer being affected into holding a goodly-taking mindset, i.e. into willingly giving attention to, as having been persuaded by the gravity of the Object.

29:7 πολλοι] + ουν ℵ* (ου ℵ?) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:8 πλὴν ἐπὶ ταπεινῷ μακροθύμησον, καὶ ἐπ' ἐλεημοσύνην παρελκύσεις αὐτόν·

To-beyond upon unto-lowed-belonged-to thou-should-have-en-long-passioned-unto, and upon to-a-besectionatingedness thou-shall-haulation-beside to-it;

29:8 επ] επι A | ελεημοσυνη ℵ A | παρελκυσεις] μη παρελκυσης ℵ A

[appendix] ταπινω ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:9 χάριν ἐντολῆς ἀντιλαβοῦ πένητος, καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἔνδειαν αὐτοῦ μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς αὐτὸν κενόν.

to-a-granting of-a-finishing-in thou-should-have-had-ever-a-one-taken of-necessitatinged, and down to-the-one to-a-binding-in-of of-it lest thou-might-have-beturned-off to-it to-empty.

29:9 πενητος] πενητ sup ras Aa (πτωχου A*vid) | κενον] καινον ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:10 ἀπόλεσον ἀργύριον δι' ἀδελφὸν καὶ φίλον, καὶ μὴ ἰωθήτω ὑπὸ τὸν λίθον εἰς ἀπωλίαν·

Thou-should-have-destructed-off to-a-silverlet through to-brethrened and to-cared, and lest it-should-have-been-en-emitted under to-the-one to-a-stone into to-a-destructing-off-unto;

Note: it-should-have-been-en-emitted : used to refer to being oxidated into rust emission.

29:10 απωλειαν BabA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:11 θὲς τὸν θησαυρόν σου κατ' ἐντολὰς Ὑψίστου, καὶ λυσιτελήσει σοι μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ χρυσίον.

thou-should-have-had-placed to-the-one to-an-en-placing of-thee down to-finishings-in of-most-lofteed, and it-shall-loosing-finish-unto unto-thee more-such or to-the-one to-a-goldlet.

Note: it-shall-loosing-finish-unto : used to refer to meeting the requirement to be freed of a debt.

29:11 το χρυσιον] om το A* (superscr Aa?)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:12 σύνκλεισον ἐλεημοσύνην ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις σου, καὶ αὕτη ἐξελεῖταί σε ἐκ πάσης κακώσεως·

Thou-should-have-latch-belonged-together to-a-besectionatingedness in unto-the-ones unto-facilitatelets-of of-thee, and the-one-this it-shall-section-out to-thee out of-all of-a-wedge-wedging;

29:12 συγλεισον Bb | ταμειοις Bab (-μιοις B*ℵ)] ταμιειοις A

[appendix] συνκλισον ℵ A | εξελιται ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:13 ὑπὲρ ἀσπίδα κράτους καὶ ὑπὲρ δόρυ ἀλκῆς κατέναντι ἐχθροῦ πολεμήσει ὑπὲρ σοῦ.

over to-a-spar-along of-a-securement and over to-a-shank of-a-hauleeing-along down-in-ever-a-one of-en-enmitied it-shall-war-unto over of-thee.

Note: to-a-spar-along : used of shields and asps.

29:13 αλκης B A*] ολκης ℵ A?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:14 ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς ἐγγυήσεται τὸν πλησίον, καὶ ὁ ἀπολωλεκὼς αἰσχύνην καταλείψει αὐτόν.

A-man excess-placed it-shall-near-unto to-the-one to-nigh-belonged, and the-one having-had-come-to-destruct-off to-a-shamening it-shall-remainder-down to-it.

Note: it-shall-near-unto : used to refer to giving a promise of propriety as nearing its fruition or to making a claim of propriety as in being most near its ownership.

29:14 καταλειψει] ενκαταλειψει ℵ (-λιψ.) A

[appendix] καταλιψει B* (-λειψ. Bb(vid))

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:15 χάριτας ἐγγύου μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ, ἔδωκεν γὰρ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ὑπὲρ σοῦ.

To-grantings of-pieced-in lest thou-might-have-had-secluded-upon, it-gave too-thus to-the-one to-a-breathing of-it over of-thee.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:16 ἀγαθὰ ἐγγύου ἀνατρέψει ἁμαρτωλός,

To-excess-placed of-pieced-in it-shall-turn-up, un-adjusted-along,

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:17 (Sir 29:16) καὶ ἀχάριστος ἐν διανοίᾳ ἐγκαταλείψει ῥυσάμενον.

(Sir 29:16) and un-granted in unto-an-en-mulling-through-unto it-shall-remainder-down-in to-having-tracted.

29:17 ενκαταλειψε ℵ A

[appendix] εγκαταλιψει B* (-λειψ. Bb(vid))

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:18 (Sir 29:17) ἐγγύη πολλοὺς ἀπώλεσεν κατευθύνοντας, καὶ ἐσάλευσεν αὐτοὺς ὡς κῦμα θαλάσσης· (Sir 29:18) ἄνδρας δυνατοὺς ἀπῴκισεν, καὶ ἐπλανήθησαν ἐν ἔθνεσιν ἀλλοτρίοις.

(Sir 29:17) pieced-in to-much it-destructed-off to-straightening-down, and it-undulated-of to-them as to-a-swelling-to of-a-flourisheredness; (Sir 29:18) to-men to-able it-housed-off-to, and they-were-wandered-unto in unto-placeedness-belongings-to unto-other-belonged.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:19 ἁμαρτωλὸς ἐμπεσὼν εἰς ἐγγύην καὶ διώκων ἐργολαβείας ἐμπεσεῖται εἰς κρίσεις.

Un-adjusted-along having-had-fallen-in into to-a-piecing-in and pursuing to-work-takings-of it-shall-fall-in into to-separatings.

29:19 εμπεσων] εμπεσειται ℵc.a (-σιτ.) A | εργολαβιας ℵ | κρισεις Bℵc.a (-σις ℵ*)] εγγυη| A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:20 ἀντιλαβοῦ τοῦ πλησίον κατὰ δύναμίν σου, καὶ πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ μὴ ἐμπέσῃς.

Thou-should-have-had-ever-a-one-taken of-the-one to-nigh-belonged down to-an-ability of-thee, and thou-should-hold-toward unto-thyself lest thou-might-have-had-fallen-in.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:21 Ἀρχὴ ζωῆς ὕδωρ καὶ ἄρτος καὶ ἱμάτιον, καὶ οἶκος καλύπτων ἀσχημοσύνην.

A-firsting of-a-lifing a-water and an-adjustation and an-apparelet, and a-house shrouding to-an-un-holdeningedness.

Note: an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

29:21 υδωρ κ. αρτος κ. ιματιον] ανο̅υ αρτος κ. υδωρ κ. ιματιο| (sup ras) Aa | ασχημοσυνην] + ανδρος ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:22 κρείσσων βίος πτωχοῦ ὑπὸ σκέπην δοκῶν ἢ ἐδέσματα λαμπρὰ ἐν ἀλλοτρίοις.

More-securinged-of a-dureeation of-beggared under to-a-covering of-beamed or eatings-to en-lamped in unto-other-belonged.

29:22 κρεισσων] κρισσον ℵ* (-σσων ℵc.a mox revoc -σσον) | υπο] ο sup ras Ba (υπερ B* fort)

[appendix] κρισσων A | αιδεσματα B* (εδεσμ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:23 ἐπὶ μικρῷ καὶ μεγάλῳ εὐδοκίαν ἔχε.

Upon unto-small and unto-great to-a-goodly-thinking-unto thou-should-hold.

29:23 εχε] + ¬ ονιδισμον οικειας σου μη ακουσης ℵc.a

[appendix] μεικρω ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:24 ζωὴ πονηρὰ ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν, καὶ οὗ παροικήσει οὐκ ἀνοίξει στόμα·

A-lifing en-necessitated out of-a-housing-unto into to-a-housing-unto, and of-which it-shall-house-beside-unto not it-shall-open-up to-a-becutteeing-to;

29:24 παροικησεις ℵ A | ανοιξεις ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:25 ξενιεῖς καὶ ποτιεῖς εἰς ἀχάριστα, καὶ πρὸς ἐπὶ τούτοις πικρὰ ἀκούσῃ

thou-shall-guest-to and thou-shall-drinkation-to into to-un-granted, and toward upon unto-the-ones-these to-bitter thou-shall-hear,

29:25 om εις ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) A | ακουση] ακουειν ℵ* (-ση ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:26 Πάρελθε, πάροικε, κόσμησον τράπεζαν, καὶ εἴ τι ἐν τῇ χειρί σου ψώμισόν με·

Thou-should-have-had-came-beside, Housed-beside, thou-should-have-orderationed-unto to-a-four-footedness, and if to-a-one in unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-thee thou-should-have-morseled-to to-me;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:27 ἔξελθε, πάροικε, ἀπὸ προσώπου δόξης, ἐπεξένωταί μοι ὁ ἀδελφός, χρεία τῆς ξενίας.

thou-should-have-had-came-out, Housed-beside, off of-looked-toward of-a-reckonedness, it-had-come-to-en-guest-upon unto-me, the-one brethrened, an-affording-of of-the-one of-a-guesting-unto.

29:27 αροικε ℵ* (παρ. ℵ1) | ξενιας B*b] οικιας Bb?c.a?ℵ A

[appendix] χρια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 29:28 βαρέα ταῦτα ἀνθρώπῳ ἔχοντι φρόνησιν, ἐπιτίμησις οἰκίας καὶ ὀνειδισμὸς δανιστοῦ.

Weighted the-ones-these unto-a-mankind unto-holding to-a-centering, a-valuating-upon of-a-housing-unto and a-reproaching-to-of of-a-lender.

29:28 επιτιμησεις ℵ A | ονιδισμον ℵ* (-σμος ℵc.a) | δανειστου Ba?b

[appendix] ονιδισμος B* (ονειδ. Ba?b) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:1 Περὶ τέκνων. Ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐνδελεχήσει μάστιγας αὐτῷ, ἵνα εὐφρανθῇ ἐπ' ἐσχάτων αὐτοῦ·

About of-creationees. The-one excessing-off-unto to-the-one to-a-son of-it it-shall-elongate-in-unto to-thrashes unto-it, so it-might-have-been-goodly-centered upon of-most-bordered of-it;

30:1 ενδελεχησει] λε sup ras B?vid | εσχατω BabA

[appendix] μαστειγας B* (μαστιγ. Bab)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:2 ὁ παιδεύων τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ὀνήσεται ἐπ' αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον γνωρίμων ἐπ' αὐτῷ καυχήσεται·

the-one childing-of to-the-one to-a-son of-it it-shall-profit upon unto-it, and up to-middle of-acquainted-belonged-unto upon unto-it it-shall-boast-unto;

30:2 ονησεται] αινεθησεται ℵc.a | επ αυτω (1°) sup ras Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:3 ὁ διδάσκων τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ παραζηλώσει τὸν ἐχθρόν, καὶ ἔναντι φίλων ἐπ' αὐτῷ ἀγαλλιάσεται.

the-one veer-veerating to-the-one to-a-son of-it it-shall-en-crave-beside to-the-one to-en-enmitied, and in-ever-a-one of-cared upon unto-it it-shall-excess-jump-belong-unto.

30:3 εχθρον] + αυτου ℵ* (om αυτ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:4 ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτοῦ ὁ πατήρ, καὶ ὣς οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ὅμοιον γὰρ αὐτῷ κατέλιπεν μετ' αὐτόν.

It-finished-of-unto of-it, the-one a-father, and as not it-had-died-off, to-along-belonged too-thus unto-it it-had-remaindered-down with to-it.

30:4 ως ουκ] ουχ (ουκ A) ως ℵ A | κατελειπεν A | μετ] μεθ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:5 ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν καὶ εὐφράνθη, καὶ ἐν τῇ τελευτῇ αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐλυπήθη·

In unto-the-one unto-a-lifing of-it it-had-seen and it-was-goodly-centered, and in unto-the-one unto-a-finishing-of-unto of-it not it-was-throed-unto;

30:5 ιδεν A | ηυφρανθη ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:6 ἐναντίον ἐχθρῶν κατέλιπεν ἔκδικον, καὶ τοῖς φίλοις ἀνταποδιδόντα χάριν.

to-ever-a-oned-in of-en-enmitied it-had-remaindered-down to-coursed-out, and unto-the-ones unto-cared to-ever-a-one-giving-off to-a-granting.

30:6 κατελειπεν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:7 περὶ ψυχῶν υἱῶν καταδεσμεύσει τραύματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ πάσῃ βοῇ ταραχθήσεται σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ.

About of-breathings of-sons it-shall-bindee-down-of to-woundings-to of-it, and upon unto-all unto-a-hollering it-shall-be-stirred bowels of-it.

30:7 υιον ℵc.aA | αυτου 1°] αυτων ℵ* (-του ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:8 ἵππος ἀδάμαστος ἀποβαίνει σκληρός, καὶ υἱὸς ἀνειμένος ἐκβαίνει προαλής.

A-horse un-prevailed it-steppeth-off stiffened, and a-son having-had-come-to-be-sent-up it-steppeth-out jumpinged-before.

Note: un-prevailed : usually used in the sense of the subject not being prevailed upon.

30:8 αποβαινει] εκβαινει ℵ (-νι) AC | ανειμενος] adnot ἀναπτόμενος Ba mg

[appendix] εκβαινι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:9 τιθήνησον τέκνον καὶ ἐκθαμβήσει σε, σύνπαιξον αὐτῷ καὶ λυπήσει σε.

Thou-should-have-fostered-unto to-a-creationee and it-shall-stupor-out-unto to-thee, thou-should-have-childed-together-to unto-it and it-shall-throe-unto to-thee.

30:9 συμπαιξον Babℵ (-πεξ.) A συμπεζον C

[appendix] εκθαμβησι AC | λυπησι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:10 μὴ συνγελάσῃς αὐτῷ, ἵνα μὴ συνοδυνηθῇς, καὶ ἐπ' ἐσχάτῳ γομφιάσεις τοὺς ὀδόντας σου.

Lest thou-might-have-together-laughed-unto unto-it, so lest thou-might-have-been-together-anquished-unto, and upon unto-most-bordered thou-shall-dowel-belong-to to-the-ones to-teeth of-thee.

Note: thou-shall-dowel-belong-to : used to refer to things as a dowel fitting, applied to teeth grinding as though dowels being fitted together from dental failure.

30:10 συγγελασης BabA | εσχατων AC | σου sup ras Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:11 μὴ δῷς αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν ἐν νεότητι·

Lest thou-might-have-had-given unto-it to-a-being-out-unto in unto-a-newness;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:12 θλάσον τὰς πλευρὰς αὐτοῦ ὡς ἔστιν νήπιος, μή ποτε σκληρυνθεὶς ἀπειθήσῃ σοι.

Thou-should-have-dashed-unto to-the-ones to-sidednesses of-it as it-be non-word-belonged, lest whither-also having-been-stiffened it-might-have-un-sured-unto unto-thee.

Note: non-word-belonged : used to refer to unlearned in words, to baby talk, to infants, etc.

30:12 ως] εως A | απιθησι ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:13 παίδευσον τὸν υἱόν σου καὶ ἔργασαι ἐν αὐτῷ, ἵνα μὴ ἐν τῇ ἀσχημοσύνῃ σου προσκόψῃ.

Thou-should-have-childed-of to-the-one to-a-son of-thee and thou-should-have-worked-to in unto-it, so lest in unto-the-one unto-an-un-holdeningedness of-thee it-might-have-felled-toward.

30:13 και εργασαι εν αυτω] ως εστιν ηνπιος C | σου 2°] αυτου ℵ A C | προσκοψης ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:14 κρείσσων πτωχὸς ὑγιὴς καὶ ἰσχύων τῇ ἕξει ἢ πλούσιος μεμαστιγωμένος εἰς σῶμα αὐτοῦ.

More-securinged-of beggared healthinged and force-holding unto-the-one unto-a-holding or wealth-belonged having-had-come-to-be-en-thrashed into to-an-en-capsuling-to of-it.

30:14 inter lineas pr tit πε ὑγιειας Ba?b

[appendix] κρισσων (item 17) ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:15 ὑγεία καὶ εὐεξία βελτίων παντὸς χρυσίου, καὶ σῶμα εὔρωστον ἢ ὄλβος ἀμέτρητος.

A-healthing-of and a-goodly-holding-unto better-belonginged-of of-all of-a-goldlet, and an-en-capsuling-to goodly-strengthed or a-weal un-measurable.

30:15 υγεια ℵ C (-για B*)] υγιεια Bab vidA | ευεξεια ℵ ευξεια C | βελτειον ℵ | χρυσιου] χρυσι sup ras Bab

[appendix] ευεξεια ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:16 Περὶ βρωμάτων. Οὐκ ἔστιν πλοῦτος βελτίων ὑγείας σώματος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν εὐφροσύνη ὑπὲρ χαρὰν καρδίας.

About of-feedeeings-to. Not it-be a-wealth better-belonginged-of of-a-healthing-of of-an-en-capsuling-to, and not it-be a-goodly-centeringedness over to-a-joyedness of-a-heart.

30:16 tit περι βρωματων improb Bc περι υγιας A?mg sup evan in Cvid | υγειας ℵ (-γιας B*C)] υγιειας Ba?bA | χαριν ℵ* (-ραν ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:17 κρείσσων θάνατος ὑπὲρ ζωὴν πικρὰν ἢ ἀρρώστημα ἔμμονον.

More-securinged-of a-death over to-a-lifing to-bittered or to-an-un-strengthing-to to-stayeed-in.

30:17 πικραν] πικρο| ℵ + ¬ αναπαυσις αιωνιος ℵc.a | ενμονον ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:18 ἀγαθὰ ἐκκεχυμένα ἐπὶ στόματι κεκλεισμένῳ, θέμα βρωμάτων παρακείμενα ἐπὶ τάφῳ.

Excess-placed having-had-come-to-be-poured-out upon unto-a-becutteeing-to unto-having-had-come-to-be-latch-belonged, a-placing-to of-feedeeings-to being-situated-beside upon unto-a-buriage.

30:18 στοματι] μ sup ras Ba | θεματα ℵ A C

[appendix] κεκλισμενω ℵ A | παρακιμενα ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:19 τί συμφέρει κάρπωσις εἰδώλῳ; οὔτε γὰρ ἔδεται οὔτε μὴ ὀσφρανθῇ· οὕτως ὁ ἐκδιωκόμενος ὑπὸ Κυρίου.

To-what-one it-beareth-together an-en-fruiting unto-an-image? Not-also too-thus it-shall-eat not-also lest it-might-have-been-odor-centered; unto-the-one-this the-one being-pursued-out under of-Authority-belonged.

30:19 καρπωσεις ℵ Avid

[appendix] συμφερι ℵ | ιδωλω C | εδετε A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:20 βλέπων ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ στενάζων ὥσπερ εὐνοῦχος περιλαμβάνων παρθένον καὶ στενάζων.

Viewing in unto-eyes and narrowing-to as-very a-bed-holder taking-about to-a-maiden and narrowing-to.

30:20 ante βλεπων ras aliq B? | οφθαλμοις] + αυτου C | στεναζων 2°] + ουτως ο ποιων εν βια κριματα Bb mg inf

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:21 μὴ δῷς εἰς λύπην τὴν ψυχήν σου, καὶ μὴ θλίψῃς σεαυτὸν ἐν βουλῇ σου.

Lest thou-might-have-had-given into to-a-throe to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee, and lest thou-might-have-pressed to-thyself in unto-a-purposing of-thee.

30:21-22 μηδως . . . μακροημερ. (2 stich) sup ras Ca

30:21 βουλη] ζωη Ca

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:22 εὐφροσύνη καρδίας ζωὴ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ἀγαλλίαμα ἀνδρὸς μακροημέρευσις.

A-goodly-centeringedness of-a-heart a-lifing of-a-mankind, and an-excess-jump-belonging-to of-a-man an-en-longed-daying-of.

30:21-22 μηδως . . . μακροημερ. (2 stich) sup ras Ca

30:22 καρδιας] α 1° sup ras B? | μακροημερευσις] μεγαλοημερευσεις ℵ* (μακροημ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:23 ἀγάπα τὴν ψυχήν σου καὶ παρακάλει τὴν καρδίαν σου, καὶ λύπην μακρὰν ἀπόστησον ἀπὸ σοῦ· πολλοὺς γὰρ ἀπέκτεινεν ἡ λύπη, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὠφελία ἐν αὐτῇ.

Thou-should-excess-off-unto to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee and thou-should-call-beside-unto to-the-one to-a-heart of-thee, and to-a-throe to-en-longed thou-should-have-stood-off off of-thee; to-much too-thus it-killed-off, the-one a-throe, and not it-be an-aidancing-unto in unto-it.

30:23 αγαπα] απατα ℵc.aC | παρακαλει] πα sup ras 4 fere litt Ca | και λυπην . . . απο σου bis scr B* (unc incl 1° Bab) | απεκτεινεν] απωλεσεν ℵ A C | η λυπη] om η A | ωφελεια Bab A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:24 ζῆλος καὶ θυμὸς ἐλαττοῦσιν ἡμέρας, καὶ πρὸ καιροῦ γῆρας ἄγει μέριμνα.

A-craveedness and a-passion they-en-lackeneth to-dayednesses, and before of-a-time to-an-oldeness it-leadeth, a-portion-memoriedness.

30:24 ελαττουσιν] ελαττονουσιν C | προ] incep α ℵ* (improb postea ras α ℵ?) | γηρας] γηρους ℵc.a | μεριμνα| ℵ

See Sir_33:16.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 30:25 (Sir 33:13b 03) λαμπρὰ καρδία καὶ ἀγαθὴ ἐπὶ ἐδέσμασιν τῶν βρωμάτων αὐτῆς ἐπιμελήσεται.

(Sir 33:13b 03) en-lamped a-heart and excess-placed upon unto-eatings-to of-the-ones of-feedeeings-to of-it it-shall-vier-upon-unto.

30:25 [appendix] αιδεσμασιν B* (εδεσμ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:1 (Sir 34:1 03) ἀγρυπνία πλούτου ἐκτήκει σάρκας, καὶ ἡ μέριμνα αὐτοῦ ἀφιστᾷ ὕπνον·

(Sir 34:1 03) A-field-sleeping-unto of-a-wealth it-melteth-out to-fleshes, and the-one a-portion-memoriedness of-it it-standeth-off to-a-sleep;

31:1-2 post πλουτου ras omnia usque μεριμνα αγρ. C? (om αυτου . . . μεριμνα 2° C*vid)

31:1 αγρυπνεια B* (-νια Bb) | αφιστατο A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:2 (Sir 34:2 03) μέριμνα ἀγρυπνίας ἀπαιτήσει νυσταγμόν, καὶ ἀρρώστημα βαρὺ ἐκνήψει ὕπνον.

(Sir 34:2 03) a-portion-memoriedness of-a-field-sleeping-unto it-shall-appeal-off-unto to-a-nodding-of, and an-un-strengthing-to weighted it-shall-sober-out to-a-sleep.

31:1-2 post πλουτου ras omnia usque μεριμνα αγρ. C? (om αυτου . . . μεριμνα 2° C*vid)

31:2 μεριμνα] pr η Cvid | υπνον B*b(vid)C] υπνος Baℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:3 (Sir 34:3 03) ἐκοπίασεν πλούσιος ἐν συναγωγῇ χρημάτων, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀναπαύσει ἐμπίμπλαται τῶν τρυφημάτων αὐτοῦ·

(Sir 34:3 03) It-fell-belonged-to, wealth-belonged, in unto-a-leading-together of-affordings-to, and in unto-the-one unto-a-ceasing-up it-be-filled-in of-the-ones of-luxuryings-to of-it;

31:3 εμπιπλαται ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:4 (Sir 34:4 03) ἐκοπίασεν πτωχὸς ἐν ἐλαττώσει βίου, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀναπαύσει ἐπιδεὴς γίνεται.

(Sir 34:4 03) it-fell-belonged-to, beggared, in unto-an-en-lackening of-a-dureeation, and in unto-the-one unto-a-ceasing-up bindinged-upon it-becometh.

31:4 εκοπιασεν] ε 1° rescr ℵ1

[appendix] ελαττωσι B*A* (-σει Ba?bAa) | αναπαυσι C | γεινεται ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:5 (Sir 34:5 03) ὁ ἀγαπῶν χρυσίον οὐ δικαιωθήσεται, καὶ ὁ διώκων διαφθορὰν αὐτὸς πλησθήσεται.

(Sir 34:5 03) The-one excessing-off-unto to-a-goldlet not it-shall-be-en-course-belonged, and the-one pursuing to-a-degradedness-through it it-shall-be-repleted.

31:5 αυτος] ουτος ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:6 (Sir 34:6 03) πολλοὶ ἐδόθησαν εἰς πτῶμα χάριν χρυσίου, καὶ ἐγενήθη ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν.

(Sir 34:6 03) Much they-were-given into to-an-en-falling-to to-a-granting of-a-goldlet, and it-was-became a-destructing-off-of of-them down to-looked-toward of-them.

31:6 απωλεια] η απωλια ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:7 (Sir 34:7 03) ξύλον προσκόμματός ἐστιν τοῖς ἐνθουσιάζουσιν αὐτῷ, καὶ πᾶς ἄφρων ἁλώσεται ἐν αὐτῷ.

(Sir 34:7 03) A-wood of-a-felling-toward-to it-be unto-the-ones unto-in-deity-belonging-to unto-it, and all un-centeringed-of it-shall-other-along in unto-it.

31:7 ξυλον προσκομματος Bℵc.aA (προσσκ.) C] ουδε προσταγματος ℵ* | ενθουσιαζουσιν ℵ* (ενθυσ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:8 (Sir 34:8 03) μακάριος πλούσιος ὃς εὑρέθη ἄμωμος, καὶ ὃς ὀπίσω χρυσίου οὐκ ἐπορεύθη·

(Sir 34:8 03) Bless-belonged wealth-belonged which it-was-found un-blemished, and which aback-unto-which of-a-goldlet not it-was-traversed-of;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:9 (Sir 34:9 03) τίς ἐστιν, καὶ μακαριοῦμεν αὐτόν; ἐποίησεν γὰρ θαυμάσια ἐν λαῷ αὐτοῦ.

(Sir 34:9 03) what-one it-be, and we-shall-bless-to to-it? It-did-unto too-thus to-marvel-to-belonged in unto-a-people of-it.

31:9 om γαρ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:10 (Sir 34:10 03) τίς ἐδοκιμάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐτελειώθη; καὶ ἔστω εἰς καύχησιν. τίς ἐδύνατο παραβῆναι καὶ οὐ παρέβη, καὶ ποιῆσαι κακὰ καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν;

(Sir 34:10 03) What-one it-was-assessed-to in unto-it and it-was-en-finish-belonged? And it-should-be into to-a-boasting. What-one it-was-abling to-have-had-stepped-beside and not it-had-stepped-beside, and to-have-done-unto to-wedge-wedged and not it-did-unto?

31:10 εστω] εσται αυτω ℵc.a | εποιησε C

[appendix] ετελιωθη B* (-λειωθη Ba?b) ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:11 (Sir 34:11 03) στερεωθήσεται τὰ ἀγαθὰ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰς ἐλεημοσύνας αὐτοῦ ἐκδιηγήσεται ἐκκλησία.

(Sir 34:11 03) It-shall-be-en-stabled the-ones excessed-off of-it, and to-the-ones to-besectionatingednesses of-it it-shall-lead-through-out, a-calling-out-unto.

31:11 εκκλησια] σοφια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:12 (Sir 34:12 03) Ἐπὶ τραπέζης μεγάλης ἐκάθισας· μὴ ἀνοίξῃς ἐπ' αὐτῆς τὸν φάρυγγά σου, καὶ μὴ εἴπῃς Πολλά γε τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῆς.

(Sir 34:12 03) Upon of-a-four-footedness of-great thou-sat-down-to; Lest thou-might-have-opened-up upon of-it to-the-one to-a-pharynx of-thee, and lest thou-might-have-had-said, Much too the-ones upon of-it.

31:12 ανοιξας ℵ* (-ξης ℵc.a) | αυτης] αυτη ℵ | τον φαρυγγα] om τον Babℵ A C | om μη 2° A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:13 (Sir 34:13 03) μνήσθητι ὅτι κακὸν ὀφθαλμὸς πονηρός· πονηρότερον ὀφθαλμοῦ τί ἔκτισται; διὰ τοῦτο ἀπὸ παντὸς προσώπου δακρύει.

(Sir 34:13 03) Thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-which-a-one wedge-wedged an-eye en-necessitated; more-en-necessitated of-an-eye what-one it-had-come-to-be-befounded-to? Through to-the-one-this off of-all of-looked-toward it-biten-tractanteth.

Note: it-biten-tractanteth : i.e., shedding tears, usually from emotional "bite"; also, leaking sap.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:14 (Sir 34:14 03) οὗ ἐὰν ἐπιβλέψῃ, μὴ ἐκτείνῃς χεῖρα, καὶ μὴ συνθλίβου αὐτῷ ἐν τρυβλίῳ.

(Sir 34:14 03) Of-which if-ever thou-might-have-viewed-upon, lest thou-might-stretch-out to-a-hand, and lest thou-should-press-together unto-it in unto-a-dishlet.

31:14 επιβλεψης ℵ* (improb ς postea revoc ℵ?) | τρυβλιω] pr τω ℵ C

[appendix] εκτινης ℵ A | χιρα A | συνθλειβου B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:15 (Sir 34:15 03) νόει τὰ τοῦ πλησίον ἐκ σεαυτοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ παντὶ πράγματι διανοοῦ.

(Sir 34:15 03) Thou-should-en-mull-unto to-the-ones of-the-one to-nigh-belonged out of-thyself, and upon unto-all unto-a-practicing-to thou-should-en-mull-through-unto.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:16 (Sir 34:16 03) φάγε ὡς ἄνθρωπος τὰ παρακείμενά σοι, καὶ μὴ διαμασῶ, μὴ μισηθῇς·

(Sir 34:16 03) Thou-should-have-had-devoured as a-mankind to-the-ones to-being-situated-beside unto-thee, and lest thou-should-through-knead-unto, lest thou-might-have-been-hated-unto;

31:16 διαμασου ℵ* (-σω ℵc.a)

[appendix] μεισηθης B* (μισ. Bb) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:17 (Sir 34:17 03) παῦσαι πρῶτος χάριν παιδείας, καὶ μὴ ἀπληστεύου, μή ποτε προσκόψῃς·

(Sir 34:17 03) thou-should-have-ceased most-before to-a-granting of-a-childing-of, and lest thou-should-be-un-repletabled-of, lest whither-also thou-might-have-felled-toward;

31:17 παιδιας ℵ A C | προσσκοψης A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:18 (Sir 34:18 03) καὶ εἰ ἀνὰ μέσον πλειόνων ἐκάθισας, πρότερος αὐτῶν μὴ ἐκτείνῃς τὴν χεῖρα σου.

(Sir 34:18 03) and if up to-middle of-more-beyond thou-sat-down-to, more-before of-them lest thou-might-stretch-out to-the-one to-a-hand of-thee.

31:18 [appendix] πλιονων A | εκτινης ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:19 (Sir 34:19 03) ὡς ἱκανὸν ἀνθρώπῳ πεπαιδευμένῳ τὸ ὀλίγον, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἀσθμαίνει.

(Sir 34:19 03) As ampled unto-a-mankind unto-having-had-come-to-be-childed-of the-one little, and upon of-the-one of-a-situating of-it not it-gaspeth.

31:19 ασθμαινει] ασθεναι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:20 (Sir 34:20 03) ὕπνος ὑγείας ἐπὶ ἐντέρῳ μετρίῳ· ἀνέστη πρωί, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ μετ' αὐτοῦ· πόνος ἀγρυπνίας καὶ χολέρας καὶ στρόφος μετὰ ἀνδρὸς ἀπλήστου.

(Sir 34:20 03) A-sleep of-a-healthing-of upon unto-more-in unto-measure-belonged; it-had-stood-up unto-before-belonged, and the-one a-breathing of-it with of-it; a-necessitatee of-a-field-sleeping-unto and of-a-cholera and of-a-beturnee with of-a-man of-un-repletable.

Note: of-a-beturnee : used to refer to something twisted upon itself, of cords and ropes and of the twisted bowel disorder colic, etc.

31:20 υγειας (-γιας B*ℵ C)] υγιειας BabA | πονος] + δε ℵ | αγρυπνειας B* (-νιας Bb) | στροφος] στρεφομενος ℵ* (στροφ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:21 (Sir 34:21 03) καὶ εἰ ἐβιάσθης ἐν ἐδέσμασιν, ἀνάστα μεσοπορῶν, καὶ ἀναπαύσῃ.

(Sir 34:21 03) And if thou-was-dureeated-to in unto-an-eating-to, thou-should-have-up-stood-unto middle-traversing-unto, and thou-shall-cease-up.

31:21 εν εδεσμασιν] ενδεσμασιν C | μεσοπορων ℵc.a] μεσοπωρων B A C μεσοπωρον ℵ*

[appendix] αιδεσμασιν B* (εδεσμ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:22 (Sir 34:22 03) ἄκουσόν μου, τέκνον, καὶ μὴ ἐξουδενήσῃς με, καὶ ἐπ' ἐσχάτῳ εὑρήσεις τοὺς λόγους μου. ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔργοις σου γίνου ἐντρεχής, καὶ πᾶν ἀρρώστημα οὐ μή σοι ἀπαντήσῃ.

(Sir 34:22 03) Thou-should-have-heard of-me, Creationee, and lest thou-might-have-not-then-also-oned-out-unto to-me, and upon unto-most-bordered thou-shall-find to-the-ones to-forthees of-me. In unto-all unto-the-ones unto-works of-thee thou-should-become circuitinged-in, and all an-un-strengthing-to not lest unto-thee it-might-have-off-ever-a-oned-unto.

Note: circuitinged-in : as in skilled, etc.

31:22 εξουδενωσης ℵ A C | εσχατω Bℵ*] εσχατων ℵc.a εσχατου AC | πασιν ℵ | εργοις] λογοις A

[appendix] ευρησις C | γεινου ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:23 (Sir 34:23 03) λαμπρὸν ἐπ' ἄρτοις εὐλογήσει χείλη, καὶ μαρτυρία τῆς καλλονῆς αὐτοῦ πιστή·

(Sir 34:23 03) To-en-lamped upon unto-adjustations it-shall-goodly-forthee-unto, rimmeednesses, and a-witnessing-unto of-the-one of-a-seemlying of-it trusted;

Note: unto-adjustations : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

31:23 μαρτυρια] pr η ℵc.aA

[appendix] χιλη B*vid (χειλ. Bab) ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:24 (Sir 34:24 03) πονηρῷ ἐπ' ἄρτῳ διαγογγύσει πόλις, καὶ ἡ μαρτυρία τῆς πονηρίας αὐτοῦ ἀκριβής.

(Sir 34:24 03) unto-en-necessitated upon unto-an-adjustation it-shall-through-murmur-of-to a-city, and the-one a-witnessing-unto of-the-one of-an-en-necessitating-unto of-it exactinged.

Note: unto-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:25 (Sir 34:25 03) Ἐν οἴνῳ μὴ ἀνδρίζου, πολλοὺς γὰρ ἀπώλεσεν ὁ οἶνος·

(Sir 34:25 03) In unto-a-wine lest thou-should-man-to, to-much too-thus it-destructed-off, the-one a-wine;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:26 (Sir 34:26 03) κάμινος δοκιμάζει στόμωμα ἐν βαφῇ, οὕτως οἶνος καρδίας ἐν μάχῃ ὑπερηφάνων.

(Sir 34:26 03) a-furnace it-assesseth-to to-becutteeings-to in unto-a-dipping, unto-the-one-this a-wine to-hearts in unto-a-battling of-manifested-over.

31:26 δοκιμαζει] δοκιμα (sic) ℵ* (-μαζι ℵc.a) δοκιμαζεις A

[appendix] καμεινος B* (καμιν. Bb) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:27 (Sir 34:27 03) ἔφισον ζωῆς οἶνος ἀνθρώπῳ, ἐὰν πίνῃς αὐτὸν μέτρῳ αὐτοῦ· τίς ζωὴ ἐλασσουμένῳ οἴνῳ; καὶ αὐτὸς ἔκτισται εἰς εὐφροσύνην ἀνθρώποις.

(Sir 34:27 03) Samed-upon of-a-lifing a-wine unto-a-mankind, if-ever thou-might-drink to-it unto-a-measure of-it; what-one a-lifing unto-being-en-lackened unto-a-wine? And it it-had-come-to-be-befounded-to into to-a-goodly-centeringedness unto-mankinds.

31:27 επισον A | ανθρωπω] ανοι̅ς ℵ A | μετρω] pr εν ℵc.a | οινω] pr εν ℵc.a οινου A | ανθρωποις] ανω̅ν ℵ* (ανοι̅ς ℵc.a)

[appendix] πεινης B* (πιν. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:28 (Sir 34:28 03) ἀγαλλίαμα καρδίας καὶ εὐφροσύνη ψυχῆς οἶνος πινόμενος ἐν καιρῷ αὐτάρκης·

(Sir 34:28 03) An-excess-jump-belonging-to of-a-heart and a-goodly-centeringedness of-a-breathing a-wine being-drank in unto-a-time self-lift-belonginged-of-unto;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:29 (Sir 34:29 03) πικρία ψυχῆς οἶνος πινόμενος πολὺς ἐν ἐρεθισμῷ καὶ ἀντιπτώματι.

(Sir 34:29 03) a-bittering-unto of-a-breathing a-wine being-drank much in unto-an-irking-to-of and unto-an-ever-a-one-en-falling-to.

31:29 πινομενος] γινομενος A | αντιπτωμα ℵ* (-ματι ℵc.a)

[appendix] αιρεθισμω B* (ερεθ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:30 (Sir 34:30 03) πληθύνει μέθη θυμὸν ἄφρονος εἰς πρόσκομμα, ἐλαττῶν ἰσχὺν καὶ προσποιῶν τραύματα.

(Sir 34:30 03) It-repleteneth, a-toxinating, to-a-passion of-un-centeringed-of into to-a-felling-toward-to, en-lackening to-a-force-holding and doing-toward-unto to-woundings-to.

31:30 προσσκομμα A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 31:31 (Sir 34:31 03) ἐν συμποσίῳ οἴνου μὴ ἐλέγξῃς τὸν πλησίον, καὶ μὴ ἐξουθενήσῃς αὐτὸν ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ αὐτοῦ· λόγον ὀνειδισμοῦ μὴ εἴπῃς αὐτῷ, καὶ μὴ αὐτὸν θλίψῃς ἐν ἀπαιτήσει.

(Sir 34:31 03) In unto-a-drinking-togetherlet of-a-wine lest thou-might-have-trialed to-the-one to-nigh-belonged, and lest thou-might-have-not-from-oned-out-unto to-it in unto-a-goodly-centeringedness of-it; to-a-forthee of-a-reproaching-to-of lest thou-might-have-had-said unto-it, and lest to-it thou-might-have-pressed in unto-an-appealing-off.

31:31 εξουδενωσης ℵ εξουθενωσης A

[appendix] ονιδισμου B* (ονειδ. Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:1 (Sir 35:1 03) Ἡγούμενόν σε κατέστησαν; μὴ ἐπαίρου· γίνου ἐν αὐτοῖς ὡς εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν, φρόντισον αὐτῶν καὶ οὕτω κάθισον·

(Sir 35:1 03) To-leading-unto to-thee they-stood-down? Lest thou-should-lift-upon; thou-should-become in unto-them as one out of-them, thou-should-have-centressed-to of-them and of-which-unto-the-one thou-should-have-sat-down-to;

32:1 ηγουμενον] pr πε ηγδμεμνω | Bb?c? mg dextr | om εν ℵ | ουτως ℵ A | καθισε A

[appendix] γεινου ℵ (item 8)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:2 (Sir 35:2 03) καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν χρείαν σου ποιήσας ἀνάπεσε, ἵνα εὐφρανθῇς δι' αὐτούς, καὶ εὐκοσμίας χάριν λάβῃς στέφανον.

(Sir 35:2 03) and to-all to-the-one to-an-affording-of of-thee having-done-unto thou-should-have-had-fallen-up, so thou-might-have-been-goodly-centered through to-them, and of-a-goodly-orderationing-unto to-a-granting thou-might-have-had-taken to-a-wreath.

32:2 αναπεσον A | στεφανον] pr τον ℵ* A pr δι αυτων ℵc.a

[appendix] χριαν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:3 (Sir 35:3 03) Λάλησον, πρεσβύτερε, πρέπει γάρ σοι, ἐν ἀκριβεῖ ἐπιστήμῃ, καὶ μὴ ἐμποδίσῃς μουσικά.

(Sir 35:3 03) Thou-should-have-spoken-unto, More-eldered; it-befitteth too-thus unto-thee, in unto-exactinged unto-a-standing-upon, and lest thou-might-have-footed-in-to to-muse-belonged-to.

32:3 ακριβη A | om και ℵ* (hab ¬ ℵc.a)

[appendix] πρεπι ℵ | ακριβη ℵ* (-βει ℵc.a) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:4 (Sir 35:4 03) ὅπου ἀκρόαμα, μὴ ἐκχέῃς λαλιάν, καὶ ἀκαίρως μὴ σοφίζου.

(Sir 35:4 03) To-which-of-whither a-hearing-to, lest thou-might-pour-out to-a-speaking-unto, and unto-un-timed lest thou-should-wisdom-to.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:5 (Sir 35:5 03 σφραγὶς ἄνθρακος ἐπὶ κόσμῳ χρυσῷ, σύγκριμα μουσικῶν ἐν συμποσίῳ οἴνου·

(Sir 35:5 03) A-seal of-an-anthrax upon unto-an-orderation unto-golden, a-separating-together-to of-muse-belonged-of in unto-a-drinking-togetherlet of-a-wine;

32:5 συνκριμα ℵ A | συμποσια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:6 (Sir 35:6 03) ἐν κατασκευάσματι χρυσῷ σφραγὶς σμαράγδου, μέλος μουσικῶν ἐφ' ἡδεῖ οἴνῳ.

(Sir 35:6 03) in unto-a-down-equipping-to unto-golden a-seal of-an-emerald, a-member of-muse-belonged-of upon unto-pleasured unto-a-wine.

32:6 ζσμαραγδου ℵ* (σμ. ℵ?)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:7 (Sir 35:7 03) λάλησον, νεανίσκε, εἰ χρεία σου, μόλις δὶς ἐὰν ἐπερωτηθῇς·

(Sir 35:7 03) Thou-should-have-spoken-unto, New-belonging-of, if an-affording-of of-thee, arduously to-twice if-ever thou-might-have-been-upon-entreated-unto;

32:7 [appendix] χρια ℵ* (χρεια ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:8 (Sir 35:8 03) κεφαλαίωσον λόγον, ἐν ὀλίγοις πολλά· γίνου ὡς γινώσκων καὶ ἅμα σιωπῶν.

(Sir 35:8 03) Thou-should-have-en-head-belonged to-a-forthee, in unto-little to-much; thou-should-become as acquainting and along muting-unto.

32:8 om λογον ℵ | om ως A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:9 (Sir 35:9 03) ἐν μέσῳ μεγιστάνων μὴ ἐξισάζου, καὶ ἑτέρου λέγοντος μὴ πολλὰ ἀδολέσχει.

(Sir 35:9 03) In unto-middle of-most-greats lest thou-should-out-same-to, and of-different of-forthing lest to-much thou-should-ponder-unto.

32:9 εξισαζου] εξουσιαζου ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:10 (Sir 35:10 03) πρὸ βροντῆς κατασπεύδει ἀστραπή, καὶ πρὸ αἰσχυντηροῦ προελεύσεται χάρις.

(Sir 35:10 03) Before of-a-thunder it-hasteneth-down a-gleaming-along, and before of-en-shamened it-shall-come-before, a-granting.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:11 (Sir 35:11 03) ἐν ὥρᾳ ἐξεγείρου καὶ μὴ οὐράγει, ἀπότρεχε εἰς οἶκον καὶ μὴ ῥᾳθύμει·

(Sir 35:11 03) In unto-an-houredness thou-should-rouse-out and lest thou-should-tailedness-lead-unto, thou-should-circuit-off into to-a-house and lest thou-should-loll-unto;

32:11 εν] κεν ℵ* (κ improb ℵ?) | ραθυμει] αθυμει A

[appendix] εξεγιρου ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:12 (Sir 35:12 03) ἐκεῖ παῖζε καὶ ποίει τὰ ἐνθυμήματά σου, καὶ μὴ ἁμάρτῃς λόγῳ ὑπερηφάνῳ.

(Sir 35:12 03) thither thou-should-child-to and thou-should-do-unto to-the-ones to-passionings-in-to of-thee, and lest thou-might-have-had-un-adjusted-along unto-a-forthee unto-manifested-over.

32:12 αμαρτης] αμαρτια και ℵ* (αμαρτης ℵc.a) αμαρτησης A

[appendix] πεζε ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:13 (Sir 35:13 03) καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις εὐλόγησον τὸν ποιήσαντά σε καὶ μεθύσκοντά σε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν αὐτοῦ.

(Sir 35:13 03) And upon unto-the-ones-these thou-should-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-the-one to-having-done-unto to-thee and to-toxicating to-thee off of-the-ones of-excess-placed of-it.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:14 (Sir 35:14 03) Ὁ φοβούμενος Κύριον ἐκδέξεται παιδίαν, καὶ οἱ ὀρθρίζοντες εὑρήσουσιν εὐδοκίαν·

(Sir 35:14 03) The-one feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged it-shall-receive-out to-a-childing-unto, and the-ones ruddy-jutting-to they-shall-find to-a-goodly-thinking-unto;

32:14 Κυριον] pr τον ℵ | εκδεξεται] εκλεξεται Bb | παιδειαν BabA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:15 (Sir 35:15 03) ὁ ζητῶν νόμον ἐμπλησθήσεται αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ ὑποκρινόμενος σκανδαλισθήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ·

(Sir 35:15 03) the-one seeking-unto to-a-parcelee it-shall-be-repleted-in of-it, and the-one separating-under it-shall-be-cumbered-to in unto-it;

32:15 εμπλησθησεται] επιλησθησεται ℵ* (εμπλ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:16 (Sir 35:16 03) οἱ φοβούμενοι Κύριον εὑρήσουσιν κρίμα, καὶ δικαιώματα ὡς φῶς ἐξάψουσιν.

(Sir 35:16 03) the-ones feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged they-shall-find to-a-separating-to, and to-en-course-belongings-to as to-a-light they-shall-fasten-out.

32:16 κριμα] χαριν ℵ* (κριμα ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:17 (Sir 35:17 03) ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς ἐκκλινεῖ ἐλεγμόν, καὶ κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει σύγκριμα.

(Sir 35:17 03) A-mankind un-adjusted-along it-shall-cline-out to-a-trialing-of, and down to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-it it-shall-find to-a-separating-together-to.

32:17 εκκλειν| B* vid εκκλεινι Ba (εκκλινει Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:18 (Sir 35:18 03) ἀνὴρ βουλῆς οὐ μὴ παρίδῃ διανόημα, ἀλλότριος καὶ ὑπερήφανος οὐ καταπτήξει φόβον, καὶ μετὰ τὸ ποιῆσαι μετ' αὐτοῦ ἄνευ βουλῆς.

(Sir 35:18 03) A-man of-a-purposing not lest it-might-have-had-seen-beside to-an-en-mulling-through-to, other-belonged and manifested-over not it-shall-cower-down to-a-fearee, and with to-the-one to-have-done-unto with of-it un-nodded of-a-purposing.

32:18 και μετα . . . βουλης] pr asterisc ℵc.a

[appendix] παρειδη A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:19 (Sir 35:19 03) ἄνευ βουλῆς μηθὲν ποιήσῃς, καὶ ἐν τῷ ποιῆσαί σε μὴ μεταμελοῦ.

(Sir 35:19 03) Un-nodded of-a-purposing to-lest-then-also-one thou-might-have-done-unto, and in unto-the-one to-have-done-unto to-thee lest thou-should-vier-with.

32:19 μηδεν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:20 (Sir 35:20 03) ἐν ὁδῷ ἀντιπτώματος μὴ πορεύου, καὶ μὴ προσκόψῃς ἐν λιθώδεσιν·

(Sir 35:20 03) In unto-a-way of-an-ever-a-one-en-falling-to lest thou-should-traverse-of, and lest thou-might-have-felled-toward in unto-stone-seeinged;

(132 B.C.;)

Sir 32:21 (Sir 35:21 03) μὴ πιστεύσῃς ἐν ὁδῷ ἀπροσκόπῳ,

(Sir 35:21 03) lest thou-might-have-trusted-of in unto-a-way unto-un-felled-toward,

32:21 μη] pr και A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:22 (Sir 35:22 03) καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων σου φύλαξαι.

(Sir 35:22 03) and off of-the-ones of-creationees of-thee thou-should-have-guardered.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:23 (Sir 35:23 03) ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ πίστευε τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ γὰρ τοῦτό ἐστιν τήρησις ἐντολῶν.

(Sir 35:23 03) In unto-all unto-a-work thou-should-trust-of unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-thee, and too-thus the-one-this it-be a-keeping of-finishings-in.

32:23 [appendix] τηρησεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 32:24 (Sir 35:24 03) ὁ πιστεύων νόμῳ προσέχει ἐντολαῖς, καὶ ὁ πεποιθὼς Κυρίῳ οὐκ ἐλαττωθήσεται.

(Sir 35:24 03) The-one trusting-of unto-a-parcelee it-holdeth-toward unto-finishings-in, and the-one having-hath-had-come-to-sure unto-Authority-belonged not it-shall-be-en-lackened.

32:24 εντολη ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:1 (Sir 36:1 03) τῷ φοβουμένῳ Κύριον οὐκ ἀπαντήσει κακόν, ἀλλ' ἐν πειρασμῷ καὶ πάλιν ἐξελεῖται.

(Sir 36:1 03) Unto-the-one unto-feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged not it-shall-off-ever-a-one-unto, wedge-wedged, other in unto-an-across-belonging-to-of and unto-furthered it-shall-section-out.

33:1 Κυριον] pr τον ℵ | εξελειται] + αυτον ℵc.a

[appendix] πιρασμω ℵ* (πειρ. ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:2 (Sir 36:2 03) ἀνὴρ σοφὸς οὐ μισήσει νόμον, ὁ δὲ ὑποκρινόμενος ἐν αὐτῷ ὡς ἐν καταιγίδι πλοῖον.

(Sir 36:2 03) A-man wisdomed not it-shall-hate-unto to-a-parcelee, the-one then-also separating-under in unto-it as in unto-a-shoring-down a-floatlet.

33:2 υποκρινομενος] ενυποκρ. ℵ

[appendix] μεισησει ℵ | κατεγιδι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:3 (Sir 36:3 03) ἄνθρωπος συνετὸς ἐμπιστεύσει νόμῳ, καὶ ὁ νόμος αὐτῷ πιστὸς ὡς ἐρώτημα δικαίων.

(Sir 36:3 03) A-mankind sendable-together it-shall-trust-of unto-a-parcelee, and the-one a-parcelee unto-it trusted as an-entreating-to of-course-belonged.

33:3 εμπιστευσει BbA | ερωτημα] επερωτημα ℵ | δικαιων] δηλων ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:4 (Sir 36:4 03) ἑτοίμασον λόγον καὶ οὕτως ἀκουσθήσῃ, σύνδησον παιδείαν καὶ ἀποκρίθητι.

(Sir 36:4 03) Thou-should-have-readied-to to-a-forthee and unto-the-one-this thou-shall-be-heard, thou-should-have-binded-together to-a-childing-of and thou-should-have-been-separated-off.

33:4 παιδιαν ℵ A | και 2°] + ουτως ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:5 (Sir 36:5 03) τροχὸς ἁμάξης σπλάγχνα μωροῦ, καὶ ὡς ἄξων στρεφόμενος ὁ διαλογισμὸς αὐτοῦ.

(Sir 36:5 03) A-circuitee of-a-leadedness-along bowels of-dulled, and as an-axis being-beturned the-one a-fortheeing-through-to-of of-it.

Note: a-circuitee : used to refer to something circuited, the course or the thing designed, of wheels, hoops, mechanical rings, whirlwinds, circular tracks and boundaries, etc.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:6 (Sir 36:6 03) ἵππος εἰς ὀχείαν ὡς φίλος μωκός, ὑποκάτω παντὸς ἐπικαθημένου χρεμετίζει.

(Sir 36:6 03) A-horse into to-a-holding-of as cared mimicked, under-down-unto-which of-all of-seating-down-upon it-neigheth-to.

33:6 οχειαν Bℵc.a] οχειον ℵ* (-χιον A) | om ως ℵc.a | μωκος] μωρος ℵc.a | χρεμετισει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:7 (Sir 36:7 03) διὰ τί ἡμέρα ἡμέρας ὑπερέχει, καὶ πᾶν φῶς ἡμέρας ἐνιαυτοῦ ἀφ' ἡλίου;

(Sir 36:7 03) Through to-what-one a-dayedness of-a-dayedness it-holdeth-over, and all a-light of-a-dayedness of-a-being-in-unto-it off of-a-sun?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:8 (Sir 36:8 03) ἐν γνώσει Κυρίου διεχωρίσθησαν, καὶ ἠλλοίωσεν καιροὺς καὶ ἑορτάς·

(Sir 36:8 03) In unto-an-acquainting of-Authority-belonged they-were-spaced-through-to, and it-en-othered to-times and to-festivals;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:9 (Sir 36:9 03) ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἀνύψωσεν καὶ ἡγίασεν, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἔθηκεν εἰς ἀριθμὸν ἡμερῶν.

(Sir 36:9 03) off of-them it-en-lofteed-up and it-hallow-belonged-to, and out of-them it-placed into to-a-number of-dayednesses.

33:9 αυτων 1°] ων sup ras Aa | ηγιασεν κ. ανυψωσεν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:10 (Sir 36:10 03) καὶ ἄνθρωποι πάντες ἀπὸ ἐδάφους, καὶ ἐκ γῆς ἐκτίσθη Ἀδάμ·

(Sir 36:10 03) And mankinds all off of-a-beloweedness, and out of-a-soil it-was-befounded-to an-Adam;

33:10 εκτισθη εκ γης ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:11 (Sir 36:11 03) ἐν πλήθει ἐπιστήμης Κύριος διεχώρισεν αὐτούς, καὶ ἠλλοίωσεν τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτῶν·

(Sir 36:11 03) in unto-a-repleteedness of-a-standing-upon Authority-belonged it-spaced-through-to to-them, and it-en-othered to-the-ones to-ways of-them;

33:11 [appendix] εμπληθει ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:12 (Sir 36:12 03) ἐξ αὐτῶν εὐλόγησεν καὶ ἀνύψωσεν, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἡγίασεν καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἤγγισεν· ἀπ' αὐτῶν κατηράσατο καὶ ἐταπείνωσεν, καὶ ἀνέστρεψεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ στάσεως αὐτῶν.

(Sir 36:12 03) out of-them it-goodly-fortheed-unto and it-en-lofteed-up, and out of-them it-hallow-belonged-to and toward to-it it-neared-to; off of-them it-down-cursed-unto and it-en-low-belonged-to, and it-beturned-up to-them off of-a-standing of-them.

33:12 ηυλογησεν ℵ A | εταπεινωσεν] προς αυτον ηγγισεν A | απο στασεως] απο| αποστασεως (? απο bis scr) A

[appendix] εταπινωσεν B* (εταπειν. Bb(vid)) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:13 (Sir 36:13 03) ὡς πηλὸς κεραμέως ἐν χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, πᾶσαι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν αὐτοῦ· οὕτως ἄνθρωποι ἐν χειρὶ τοῦ ποιήσαντος αὐτούς, ἀποδοῦναι αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὴν κρίσιν αὐτοῦ.

(Sir 36:13 03) As a-clay of-a-potter-of in unto-a-hand of-it, all the-ones ways of-it down to-the-one to-a-goodly-thinking-unto of-it; unto-the-one-this mankinds in unto-a-hand of-the-one of-having-done-unto to-them, to-have-had-given-off unto-them down to-the-one to-a-separating of-it.

33:13 πηλον ℵ* (-λος ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:14 (Sir 36:14 03) ἀπέναντι τοῦ κακοῦ τὸ ἀγαθόν, καὶ ἀπέναντι τοῦ θανάτου ἡ ζωή· οὕτως ἀπέναντι εὐσεβοῦς ἁμαρτωλός.

(Sir 36:14 03) Off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-wedge-wedged the-one excess-placed, and off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-death the-one a-lifing; unto-the-one-this off-in-ever-a-one of-goodly-reveringed un-adjusted-along.

33:14 ευσεβους] pr του ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:15 (Sir 36:15 03) καὶ οὕτως ἔμβλεψον εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔργα τοῦ ὑψίστου, δύο δύο, ἓν κατέναντι τοῦ ἑνός.

(Sir 36:15 03) And unto-the-one-this thou-should-have-viewed-in into to-all to-the-ones to-works of-the-one of-most-lofteed, to-two to-two, to-one down-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-one.

33:15 om εν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

[16a] (Sir 33:16) (Sir 36:16 03) Κἀγὼ ἔσχατος ἠγρύπνησα,

(Sir 33:16) (Sir 36:16 03) And-I most-bordered I-field-slept-unto,

(132 B.C.)

[16b] (Sir 33:16) (Sir 30:25 03) ὡς καλαμώμενος ὀπίσω τρυγητῶν·

(Sir 33:16) (Sir 30:25 03) as reeding-unto aback-unto-which of-gleanings;

Note: reeding-unto : used to refer to making a stalk or branch bare of its fruit, i.e. making it a reed, by implication to completely gather up the remainder.

33:16b καλαμωμενος] καλαμενος ℵ* (καλαμωμ. ℵc.a) καλαμουμενος C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:17 (Sir 33:16) ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Κυρίου ἔφθασα, καὶ ὡς τρυγῶν ἐπλήρωσα ληνόν.

(Sir 33:16) in unto-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto of-Authority-belonged I-priored, and as gleaning-unto I-en-filled to-a-trough.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:18 (Sir 33:17) (Sir 30:26 03) κατανοήσατε ὅτι οὐκ ἐμοὶ μόνῳ ἐκοπίασα, ἀλλὰ πᾶσιν τοῖς ζητοῦσιν παιδείαν.

(Sir 33:17) (Sir 30:26 03) Ye-should-have-en-mulled-down-unto to-which-a-one not unto-ME unto-stayeed I-fell-belonged-unto, other unto-all unto-the-ones unto-seeking-unto to-a-childing-of.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:19 (Sir 33:18) (Sir 30:27 03) ἀκούσατέ μου, εγιστᾶνες λαοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἡγούμενοι ἐκκλησίας, ἐνωτίσασθε.

(Sir 33:18) (Sir 30:27 03) Ye-should-have-heard of-me, Most-greats of-a-people; and the-ones leading-unto to-callings-out-unto, ye-should-have-eared-in-to.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:20 (Sir 33:19) (Sir 30:28 03) υἱῷ καὶ γυναικί, ἀδελφῷ καὶ φίλῳ μὴ δῷς ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ σὲ ἐν ζωῇ σου· καὶ μὴ δῷς ἑτέρῳ τὰ χρήματά σου, ἵνα μὴ μεταμεληθεὶς δέῃ περὶ αὐτῶν.

(Sir 33:19) (Sir 30:28 03) Unto-a-son and unto-a-woman, unto-brethrened and unto-cared lest thou-might-have-had-given to-a-being-out-unto upon to-thee in unto-a-lifing of-thee; and lest thou-might-have-had-given unto-different to-the-ones to-affordings-to of-thee, so lest having-been-vied-with-unto thou-might-be-binded about of-them.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:21 (Sir 33:20) (Sir 30:29 03) ἕως ἔτι ζῇς καὶ πνοὴ ἐν σοί, μὴ ἀλλάξῃς σεαυτὸν πάσῃ σαρκί.

(Sir 33:20) (Sir 30:29 03) Unto-if-which if-to-a-one thou-might-life-unto and a-currenting in unto-thee, lest thou-might-have-othered to-thyself unto-all unto-a-flesh.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:22 (Sir 33:21) (Sir 30:30 03) κρεῖσσον γάρ ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα δεηθῆναί σου ἢ σὲ ἐμβλέπειν εἰς χεῖρας υἱῶν σου.

(Sir 33:21) (Sir 30:30 03) More-securinged-of too-thus it-be to-the-ones to-creationees to-have-been-binded of-thee or to-thee to-view-in into to-hands of-sons of-thee.

33:22 [appendix] κρισσον ℵ A C | χιρας ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:23 (Sir 33:22) (Sir 30:31 03) ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔργοις σου γίνου ὑπεράγων, μὴ δῷς μῶμον ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου.

(Sir 33:22) (Sir 30:31 03) In unto-all unto-the-ones unto-works of-thee thou-should-become leading-over, lest thou-might-have-had-given to-a-blemish in unto-the-one unto-a-reckonedness of-thee.

33:23 πασιν ℵ A | υπεραγων] υπερανω C | μη] pr ¬ ℵc.a

[appendix] γεινου ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:24 (Sir 33:23) (Sir 30:32 03) ἐν ἡμέρᾳ συντελείας ἡμερῶν ζωῆς σου καὶ ἐν καιρῷ τελευτῆς διάδος κληρονομίαν.

(Sir 33:23) (Sir 30:32 03) In unto-a-dayedness of-a-finishing-together-of of-dayednesses of-a-lifing of-thee and in unto-a-time of-a-finishing-of-unto thou-should-have-had-given-through to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto.

33:24 συντελιας C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:25 (Sir 33:24) (Sir 30:33 03) χορτάσματα καὶ ῥάβδος καὶ φορτία ὄνῳ, ἄρτος καὶ παιδεία καὶ ἔργον οἰκέτῃ.

(Sir 33:24) (Sir 30:33 03) Victualagings-to and a-rod and a-bearereelet unto-a-donkey, an-adjustation and a-childing-of and a-work unto-a-houser.

Note: an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

33:25 χορτασματα] χορτασμα A pr περι δουλων C'man satis ant' mg | αρτος] pr πε δόυλω Ba?b?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:26 (Sir 33:25) (Sir 30:34 03) ἔργασαι ἐν παιδί, καὶ εὑρήσεις ἀνάπαυσιν· ἄνες χεῖρας αὐτῷ, καὶ ζητήσει ἐλευθερίαν.

(Sir 33:25) (Sir 30:34 03) Thou-should-have-worked-to in unto-a-child, and thou-shall-find to-a-ceasing-up; thou-should-have-had-sent-up to-hands unto-it, and it-shall-seek-unto to-an-en-freeing-unto.

33:26 ζητησεις ℵ* A* (-σει ℵc.aA?) C* fort (τησει ελευθ. sup ras Ca)

[appendix] πεδι ℵ | ευρησις C | και 2°] κα C* (και Ca)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:27 (Sir 33:26) (Sir 30:35 03) ζυγὸς καὶ ἱμὰς κάμψουσιν τράχηλον, καὶ οἰκέτῃ κακούργῳ στρέβλαι καὶ βάσανοι·

(Sir 33:26) (Sir 30:35 03) A-couplage and a-strap they-shall-bend to-a-throat, and unto-a-houser unto-wedge-wedge-worked wrenchings and abradants;

33:27 τραχηλον καμψουσῑ| ℵ A τραχ. καμπτουσιν C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:28 (Sir 33:27) (Sir 30:36 03) ἔμβαλε αὐτὸν εἰς ἐργασίαν, ἵνα μὴ ἀργῇ,

(Sir 33:27) (Sir 30:36 03) thou-should-have-had-casted-in to-it into to-a-working-unto, so lest it-might-un-work-unto,

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:29 (Sir 30:37 03) πολλὴν γὰρ κακίαν ἐδίδαξεν ἡ ἀργία·

(Sir 30:37 03) to-much too-thus to-a-wedge-wedging-unto it-veer-veerated, the-one an-un-working-unto;

33:29 πολλη C* (ν superscr C? vid)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:30 (Sir 33:28) (Sir 30:38 03) εἰς ἔργα κατάστησον καθὼς πρέπει αὐτῷ, κἂν μὴ πειθαρχῇ, βάρυνον τὰς πέδας αὐτοῦ. (Sir 33:29) καὶ μὴ περισσεύσῃς ἐν πάσῃ σαρκί, καὶ ἄνευ κρίσεως μὴ ποιήσῃς μηδέν.

(Sir 33:28) (Sir 30:38 03) into to-works thou-should-have-stood-down down-as it-befitteth unto-it, and-ever lest it-might-firsting-sure-unto, thou-should-have-weightened to-the-ones to-footings of-it. (Sir 33:29) And lest thou-might-have-abouted-of in unto-all unto-a-flesh, and un-nodded of-a-separating lest thou-might-have-done-unto to-lest-then-also-one.

33:30 om αυτου Babℵ* (hab ℵc.a) AC | εν] επι ℵ A C

[appendix] πρεπι C | πιθαρχη B* (πειθ. Bab) ℵ A C | παιδας C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:31 (Sir 33:30) (Sir 30:39 03) εἰ ἔστιν σοι οἰκέτης, ἔστω ὡς σύ, ὅτι ἐν αἵματι ἐκτήσω αὐτόν· (Sir 33:31) εἰ ἔστιν σοι οἰκέτης, ἄγε αὐτὸν ὡς σεαυτόν, ὅτι ὡς ἡ ψυχή σου ἐπιδεήσεις αὐτῷ·

(Sir 33:30) (Sir 30:39 03) If it-be unto-thee a-houser, it-should-be as thou, to-which-a-one in unto-a-rushering-to thou-befounded-unto to-it; (Sir 33:31) if it-be unto-thee a-houser, thou-should-have-had-led to-it as to-thyself, to-which-a-one as the-one a-breathing of-thee thou-shall-bind-upon unto-it;

33:31 συ] σοι C | om ει 2° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | σεαυτον] αδελφον ℵ A C | επιδεησεις Bℵ A επιδεησι C

[appendix] ψυχη σου] ψυσου C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:32 (Sir 33:31) (Sir 30:40 03) ἐὰν κακώσῃς αὐτὸν καὶ ἀπάρας ἀποδρᾷ,

(Sir 33:31) (Sir 30:40 03) if-ever thou-might-have-en-wedge-wedged to-it and having-lifted-off it-might-have-had-en-apartated-off,

33:32 απαρας] in πα ras aliq B?

[appendix] ζητησις C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 33:33 (Sir 33:31) ἐν ποίᾳ ὁδῷ ζητήσεις αὐτόν;

(Sir 33:31) in unto-whither-belonged unto-a-way thou-shall-seek-unto to-it?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:1 (Sir 31:1 03) Κεναὶ ἐλπίδες καὶ ψευδεῖς ἀσυνέτῳ ἀνδρί, καὶ ἐνύπνια ἀναπτεροῦσιν ἄφρονας.

(Sir 31:1 03) Empty droved-sureeings and falsinged unto-un-sent-together unto-a-man, and in-sleeplets they-en-feather-up to-un-centeringed-of.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:2 (Sir 31:2 03) ὡς δρασσόμενος σκιᾶς καὶ διώκων ἄνεμον, οὕτως ὁ ἐπέχων ἐνυπνίοις·

(Sir 31:2 03) As grasping to-shadowings-unto and pursuing to-a-wind, unto-the-one-this the-one holding-upon unto-in-sleeplets;

34:2 ενυπνιοις] pr ο ℵ* (improb ο ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:3 (Sir 31:3 03) τοῦτο κατὰ τούτου ὅρασις ἐνυπνίων, κατέναντι προσώπου ὁμοίωμα προσώπου.

(Sir 31:3 03) the-one-this down of-the-one-this a-seeeeing of-in-sleeplets, down-in-ever-a-one of-looked-toward an-along-belonging-to of-looked-toward.

34:3 τουτο] τουτο ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:4 (Sir 31:4 03) ἀπὸ ἀκαθάρτου τί καθαρισθήσεται; καὶ ἀπὸ ψευδοῦς τί ἀληθεύσει;

(Sir 31:4 03) Off of-un-cleansed what-one it-shall-be-cleansed-down-to? And off of-falsinged what-one it-shall-un-seclude-of?

34:4 απο 1°] pr και A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:5 (Sir 31:5 03) μαντεῖαι καὶ οἰωνισμοὶ καὶ ἐνύπνια μάταιά ἐστιν, καὶ ὡς ὠδινούσης φαντάζεται καρδία.

(Sir 31:5 03) Augurings-of and raptorings-to-of and in-sleeplets folly-belonged it-be, and as of-panging it-shall-be-manifestationed-to a-heart.

34:5 μαντιαι ℵ C

[appendix] ωδεινουσης ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:6 (Sir 31:6 03) ἐὰν μὴ παρὰ Ὑψίστου ἀποσταλῇ ἐν ἐπισκοπῇ, μὴ δῷς εἰς αὐτὰ τὴν καρδίαν σου·

(Sir 31:6 03) If-ever lest beside of-most-lofteed it-might-have-had-been-set-off in unto-a-scouteeing-upon, lest thou-might-have-had-given into to-them into to-the-one to-a-heart of-thee;

34:6 παρα Υψ, αποσταλη] αποστ. παρα Υψ. ℵ απο Υψ. αποστ. A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:7 (Sir 31:7 03) πολλοὺς ἐπλάνησεν τὰ ἐνύπνια, καὶ ἐξέπεσον ἐλπίζοντες ἐπ' αὐτοῖς.

(Sir 31:7 03) to-much it-wandered-unto, the-ones in-sleeplets, and they-had-fallen-out drove-sureeing-to upon unto-them.

34:7 πολλους] + γαρ A | εξεπεσαν ℵ | επ] εν ℵ* (επ ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:8 (Sir 31:8 03) ἄνευ ψεύδους συντελεσθήσεται νόμος, καὶ σοφία στόματι πιστῷ τελείωσις.

(Sir 31:8 03) Un-nodded of-a-falseedness it-shall-be-finished-together-unto a-parcelee, and a-wisdoming-unto unto-a-becutteeing-to unto-trusted an-en-finished-belonging.

34:8 [appendix] τελιωσις B* (τελειωσ. Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:9 (Sir 31:9 03) Ἀνὴρ πεπλανημένος ἔγνω πολλά, καὶ ὁ πολύπειρος ἐκδιηγήσεται σύνεσιν·

(Sir 31:9 03) A-man having-had-come-to-be-wandered-unto it-had-acquainted to-much, and the-one much-across-belonged it-shall-lead-through-out-unto to-a-sending-together;

34:9 πεπαιδευμενος] πεπλανημενος ℵ A*vid (αιδευ sup ras Aa)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:10 (Sir 34:10) (Sir 31:10 03) ὃς οὐκ ἐπειράθη ὀλίγα οἶδεν,

(Sir 34:10) (Sir 31:10 03) which not it-was-across-belonged-to to-little it-had-come-to-see,

34:10 επειραθη] επιρασθη ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:11 (Sir 34:10) (Sir 31:11 03) ὁ δὲ πεπλανημένος πληθυνεῖ πανουργίαν.

(Sir 34:10) (Sir 31:11 03) the-one then-also having-had-come-to-be-wandered-unto it-shall-repleten to-an-all-working-unto.

34:11 πανουργειαν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:12 (Sir 34:11) (Sir 31:12 03) πολλὰ ἑώρακα ἐν τῇ ἀποπλανήσει μου, καὶ πλείονα τῶν λόγων μου σύνεσίς μου·

(Sir 34:11) (Sir 31:12 03) To-much I-had-come-to-seeee-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-wandering-off of-me, and to-more-beyond of-the-ones of-forthees of-me a-sending-together of-me;

34:12 εορακα ℵ A | πλειονα] τα πλεονα ℵ* τα πλειονα ℵc.a

[appendix] αποπλανησι Bℵ A | πλιονα A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:13 (Sir 34:12) (Sir 31:13 03) πλεονάκις ἕως θανάτου ἐκινδύνευσα, καὶ διεσώθην τούτων χάριν.

(Sir 34:12) (Sir 31:13 03) beyond-oft unto-if-which of-a-death I-periled-of, and I-was-saved-through-to of-the-ones-these to-a-granting.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:14 (Sir 34:13) (Sir 31:14 03) πνεῦμα φοβουμένων Κύριον ζήσεται,

(Sir 34:13) (Sir 31:14 03) A-currenting-to of-feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged it-shall-life-unto,

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:15 (Sir 34:13) (Sir 31:15 03) ἡ γὰρ ἐλπὶς αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸν σώζοντα αὐτούς·

(Sir 34:13) (Sir 31:15 03) the-one too-thus a-droved-sureeing of-them upon to-the-one to-saving-to to-them;

34:15 αυτων] ω sup ras Ab

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:16 (Sir 34:14) (Sir 31:16 03) ὁ φοβούμενος Κύριον οὐ μὴ εὐλαβηθήσεται, καὶ οὐ μὴ δειλιάσει, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐλπὶς αὐτοῦ.

(Sir 34:14) (Sir 31:16 03) the-one feareeing-unto to-Authority-belonged not lest it-shall-be-goodly-taken-unto, and not lest it-shall-dire-belong-unto, to-which-a-one it a-droved-sureeing of-it.

Note: it-shall-be-goodly-taken-unto : the Passive form is used to infer being affected into holding a goodly-taking mindset, i.e. into willingly giving attention to, as having been persuaded by the gravity of the Object.

34:16 ου μη 1°] ουδεν ℵ πολλα A | δειλιαση Bb(vid)

[appendix] δειλειασει B* (δειλιασ. Bb) διλιασει ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:17 (Sir 34:15) (Sir 31:17 03) φοβουμένου τὸν κύριον μακαρία ἡ ψυχή·

(Sir 34:15) (Sir 31:17 03) Of-feareeing-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged bless-belonged the-one a-breathing;

34:17 φοβουμενω ℵ* (-νου ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:18 (Sir 34:15) (Sir 31:18 03) τίνι ἐπέχει; καὶ τίς ἀντιστήριγμα αὐτοῦ;

(Sir 34:15) (Sir 31:18 03) unto-what-one it-holdeth-upon? And what-one an-ever-a-one-stablishing-to of-it?

34:18 αντιστηριγμα αυτου] improb αντι Bab αυτου στηριγμα Ba?b?ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:19 (Sir 34:16) (Sir 31:19 03) οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας αὐτόν, ὑπερασπισμὸς δυναστείας καὶ στήριγμα ἰσχύος, σκέπη ἀπὸ καύσωνος καὶ σκέπη ἀπὸ μεσημβρίας, φυλακὴ ἀπὸ προσκόμματος καὶ βοήθεια ἀπὸ πτώματος·

(Sir 34:16) (Sir 31:19 03) The-ones eyes of-Authority-belonged upon to-the-ones to-excessing-off-unto to-it, a-sparring-along-over-to-of of-an-abling-of and a-stablishing-to of-a-force-holding, a-covering off of-an-en-burning and a-covering off of-a-middle-daying-unto, a-guardery off of-a-felling-toward-to and a-holler-running-of off of-an-en-falling-to;

34:19 δυναστιας ℵ | σκεπη 2°] σκεπην A | πτωματος] πτωσεως A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:20 (Sir 34:17) (Sir 31:20 03) ἀνυψῶν ψυχὴν καὶ φωτίζων ὀφθαλμούς, ἴασιν διδοὺς ζωὴν καὶ εὐλογίαν.

(Sir 34:17) (Sir 31:20 03) en-lofteeing-up to-a-breathing and lighting-to to-eyes, to-a-curing giving to-a-lifing and to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto.

34:20 [appendix] φωτειζων ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:21 (Sir 34:18) (Sir 31:21 03) Θυσιάζων ἐξ ἀδίκου, προσφορὰ μεμωμημένη,

(Sir 34:18) (Sir 31:21 03) Surge-belonging-to out of-un-coursed, a-bearedness-toward having-had-come-to-be-blemished-unto,

34:21 μεμωκημενη] μεμωμημενη A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:22 (Sir 34:18) (Sir 31:22 03) καὶ οὐκ εἰς εὐδοκίαν μωκήματα ἀνόμων·

(Sir 34:18) (Sir 31:22 03) and not into to-a-goodly-thinking-unto mimickings-to of-un-parceleed;

34:22 μωκηματα] μωμηματα ℵc.a (sed adscr in mg δωρηματα) A (α 1° sup ras Aa)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:23 (Sir 34:19) (Sir 31:23 03) οὐκ εὐδοκεῖ ὁ ὕψιστος ἐν προσφοραῖς ἀσεβῶν, οὐδὲ ἐν πλήθει θυσιῶν ἐξιλάσκεται ἁμαρτίας.

(Sir 34:19) (Sir 31:23 03) not it-goodly-thinketh-unto, the-one most-lofteed, in unto-bearednesses-toward of-un-reveringed, not-then-also in unto-a-repleteedness of-surgings-unto it-be-sectionated-out of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto.

34:23 [appendix] εξειλασκεται B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:24 (Sir 34:20) (Sir 31:24 03) θύων υἱὸν ἔναντι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ προσάγων θυσίαν ἐκ χρημάτων πενήτων.

(Sir 34:20) (Sir 31:24 03) Surging to-a-son in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-father of-it the-one leading-toward to-a-surging-unto out of-affordings-to of-necessitatinged.

34:24 του πατρος] om του ℵ | προσαγων] προσαγαγων ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:25 (Sir 34:21) (Sir 31:25 03) ἄρτος ἐπιδεομένων ζωὴ πτωχῶν, ὁ ἀποστερῶν αὐτὴν ἄνθρωπος αἱμάτων·

(Sir 34:21) (Sir 31:25 03) An-adjustation of-binding-upon a-lifing of-beggared, the-one destituting-off-unto to-it a-mankind of-rusherings-to;

Note: an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

34:25 επενδεομενων ℵ A | αυτην] αυτον ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:26 (Sir 34:22) (Sir 31:26 03) φονεύων τὸν πλησίον ὁ ἀφαιρούμενος συμβίωσιν,

(Sir 34:22) (Sir 31:26 03) slaying-of to-the-one to-nigh-belonged the-one sectioning-along-off-unto to-an-en-dureeating-together,

34:26 συμβιωσιν] εμβιωσιν ℵ A (ενβ.)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:27 (Sir 34:22) (Sir 31:27 03) καὶ ἐκχέων αἷμα ὁ ἀποστερῶν μισθὸν μισθίου.

(Sir 34:22) (Sir 31:27 03) and pouring-out to-a-rushering-to the-one destituting-off-unto to-a-pay of-pay-belonged.

34:27 ο αποστερων] και αποστ. A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:28 (Sir 34:23) (Sir 31:28 03) εἷς οἰκοδομῶν καὶ εἷς καθαιρῶν, τί ὠφέλησαν πλεῖον ἢ κόπου;

(Sir 34:23) (Sir 31:28 03) One house-building-unto and one sectioning-along-down-unto, to-what-one they-aidanced-unto to-more-beyond or of-a-fell?

34:28 ωφελησεν A | κοπους ℵ A

[appendix] πλιον A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:29 (Sir 34:24) (Sir 31:29 03) εἷς εὐχόμενος καὶ εἷς καταρώμενος, τίνος φωνῆς εἰσακούσεται ὁ δεσπότης;

(Sir 34:24) (Sir 31:29 03) One goodly-holding and one down-cursing-unto, of-what-one of-a-sound it-shall-hear the-one a-bind-doer?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:30 (Sir 34:25) (Sir 31:30 03) βαπτιζόμενος ἀπὸ νεκροῦ καὶ πάλιν ἁπτόμενος αὐτοῦ, τί ὠφέλησεν τῷ λουτρῷ αὐτοῦ;

(Sir 34:25) (Sir 31:30 03) Dipping-to off of-en-deaded and unto-furthered fastening of-it, to-what-one it-aidanced-unto unto-the-one unto-an-bathing of-it?

34:30 τω λουτρω] pr εν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 34:31 (Sir 34:26) (Sir 31:31 03) οὕτως ἄνθρωπος νηστεύων ἐπὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ πάλιν πορευόμενος καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ ποιῶν· τῆς προσευχῆς αὐτοῦ τίς εἰσακούσεται; καὶ τί ὠφέλησεν ἐν τῷ ταπεινωθῆναι αὐτόν;

(Sir 34:26) (Sir 31:31 03) Unto-the-one-this a-mankind non-eating-of upon of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-unto of-it and unto-furthered traversing-of and to-the-ones to-them doing-unto; of-the-one of-a-goodly-holding-toward of-it what-one it-shall-hear-into? And to-what-one it-aidanced-unto in unto-the-one to-have-been-en-low-belonged-to to-it?

34:31 [appendix] ταπινωθηναι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:1 (Sir 35:1) (Sir 32:1 03) Ὁ συντηρῶν νόμον πλεονάζει προσφοράς,

(Sir 35:1) (Sir 32:1 03) The-one keeping-together-unto to-a-parcelee it-beyondeth-to to-bearednesses-toward,

35:1 προσφορας ℵ A] συμφορας B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:2 (Sir 35:1) (Sir 32:2 03) θυσιάζων σωτηρίου ὁ προσέχων ἐντολαῖς·

(Sir 35:1) (Sir 32:2 03) surge-belonging-to of-saviored-belonged the-one holding-toward unto-finishings-in;

35:2 θυσιαζων] θυσια A? (ras ζων)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:3 (Sir 35:2) (Sir 32:3 03) ἀνταποδιδοὺς χάριν προσφέρων σεμίδαλιν,

(Sir 35:2) (Sir 32:3 03) ever-a-one-giving-off to-a-granting bearing-toward to-a-flour,

35:3 [appendix] σεμειδαλιν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:4 (Sir 35:2) (Sir 32:4 03) καὶ ὁ ποιῶν ἐλεημοσύνην θυσιάζων αἰνέσεως.

(Sir 35:2) (Sir 32:4 03) and the-one doing-unto to-a-besectionatingedness surge-belonging-to of-a-lauding.

35:4 θυσιαζων] θυσια ℵ* (-ζων ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:5 (Sir 35:3) (Sir 32:5 03) εὐδοκία Κυρίου ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ πονηρίας, καὶ ἐξιλασμὸς ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ ἀδικίας.

(Sir 35:3) (Sir 32:5 03) A-goodly-thinking-unto of-Authority-belonged to-have-stood-off off of-an-en-necessitating-unto, and an-out-sectionating-to-of to-have-stood-off off of-an-un-coursing-unto.

35:5 εξιλασμος] ειλασμος ℵ* (εξειλ. ℵc.a)

[appendix] εξειλασμος B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:6 (Sir 35:4) (Sir 32:6 03) μὴ ὀφθῇς ἐν προσώπῳ Κυρίου κενός,

(Sir 35:4) (Sir 32:6 03) Lest thou-might-have-been-beheld in unto-looked-toward of-Authority-belonged empty,

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:7 (Sir 35:5) (Sir 32:7 03) πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα χάριν ἐντολῆς.

(Sir 35:5) (Sir 32:7 03) all too-thus the-ones-these to-a-granting of-a-finishing-in.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:8 (Sir 35:6) (Sir 32:8 03) προσφορὰ δικαίου λιπαίνει θυσιαστήριον, καὶ ἡ εὐωδία αὐτῆς ἔναντι Ὑψίστου·

(Sir 35:6) (Sir 32:8 03) A-bearedness-toward of-course-belonged it-fatteneth to-a-surgerlet, and the-one a-goodly-waying-unto of-it in-ever-a-one of-most-lofteed;

35:8 [appendix] λειπενει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:9 (Sir 35:7) (Sir 32:9 03) θυσία ἀνδρὸς δικαίου δεκτή, καὶ τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς οὐκ ἐπιλησθήσεται.

(Sir 35:7) (Sir 32:9 03) A-surging-unto of-a-man of-course-belonged receivable, and the-one a-remembrance of-it not it-shall-be-secluded-upon.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:10 (Sir 35:8) (Sir 32:10 03) ἐν ἀγαθῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δόξασον τὸν κύριον, καὶ μὴ μικρύνῃς ἀπαρχὴν χειρῶν σου·

(Sir 35:8) (Sir 32:10 03) In unto-excess-placed unto-an-eye thou-should-have-reckoned-to to-the-one to-Authority-belonged, and lest thou-might-have-smallened to-a-firsting-off of-hands of-thee;

35:10 κυριον] + θν̅ ℵ | μικρυνης] σμικρυνης ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:11 (Sir 35:9) (Sir 32:11 03) ἐν πάσῃ δόσει ἱλάρωσον τὸ πρόσωπόν σου, καὶ ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ ἁγίασον δεκάτην.

(Sir 35:9) (Sir 32:11 03) in unto-all unto-a-giving thou-should-have-en-sectionated to-the-one to-looked-toward of-thee, and in unto-a-goodly-centeringedness thou-should-have-hallow-belonged-to to-tenth.

35:11 τον προσωπον ℵ* (το πρ. ℵ1 (vid) c.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:12 (Sir 35:10) (Sir 32:12 03) δὸς Ὑψίστῳ κατὰ τὴν δόσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν ἀγαθῷ ὀφθαλμῷ καθ' εὕρεμα χειρός·

(Sir 35:10) (Sir 32:12 03) Thou-should-have-had-given unto-most-lofteed down to-the-one to-a-giving of-it, and in unto-excess-placed unto-an-eye down to-a-finding-to of-a-hand;

35:12 αυτου] σου A | ευρεμα] αιρεμα ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:13 (Sir 35:11) (Sir 32:13 03) ὅτι Κύριος ἀνταποδιδούς ἐστιν, καὶ ἑπταπλᾶ ἀνταποδώσει σοι.

(Sir 35:11) (Sir 32:13 03) to-which-a-one Authority-belonged ever-a-one-giving-off it-be, and to-seven-fold it-shall-ever-a-one-give-off unto-thee.

35:13 επταπλα] επταπλασια ℵ A | ανταποδωσει] ανταποδιδωσειν (sic) ℵc.a αποδωσει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:14 (Sir 35:12) (Sir 32:14 03) μὴ δωροκόπει, οὐ γὰρ προσδέξεται·

(Sir 35:12) (Sir 32:14 03) Lest thou-should-gift-fell-unto, not too-thus it-shall-receive-toward;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:15 (Sir 35:12) (Sir 32:15 03) καὶ μὴ ἔπεχε θυσίᾳ ἀδίκῳ, ὅτι Κύριος κριτής ἐστιν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν παρ' αὐτῷ δόξα προσώπου.

(Sir 35:12) (Sir 32:15 03) and lest thou-should-hold-upon unto-a-surging-unto unto-un-coursed, to-which-a-one Authority-belonged a-separater it-be, and not it-be beside unto-it a-reckonedness of-looked-toward.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:16 (Sir 35:13) (Sir 32:16 03) οὐ λήμψεται πρόσωπον ἐπὶ πτωχοῦ, καὶ δέησιν ἠδικημένου εἰσακούσεται·

(Sir 35:13) (Sir 32:16 03) Not it-shall-take to-looked-toward upon of-beggared, and to-a-binding of-being-un-coursed-unto it-shall-hear-into;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:17 (Sir 35:14) (Sir 32:17 03) οὐ μὴ ὑπερίδῃ ἱκετίαν ὀρφανοῦ, καὶ χήραν ἐὰν ἐκχέῃ λαλιάν.

(Sir 35:14) (Sir 32:17 03) not lest it-might-have-had-seen-over to-a-petitioning-unto of-orphaned, and to-bereaved if-ever it-might-pour-out to-a-speaking-unto.

35:17 υπεριδη] παριδη A | ικετιαν (υκ. A*)] ικετειαν Bab | χηρα ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:18 (Sir 35:15) (Sir 32:18 03) οὐχὶ δάκρυα χήρας ἐπὶ σιαγόνα καταβαίνει,

(Sir 35:15) (Sir 32:18 03) Unto-not biten-tractants of-bereaved upon to-a-jawing it-steppeth-down,

35:18 σιαγονας ℵ σιαγονει A

[appendix] καταβοησεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:19 (Sir 35:15) (Sir 32:19 03) καὶ ἡ καταβόησις ἐπὶ τῷ καταγαγόντι αὐτά;

(Sir 35:15) (Sir 32:19 03) and the-one a-hollering-down upon unto-the-one unto-having-had-led-down to-them?

35:19 καταβοησις] καταπτωσις ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:20 (Sir 35:16) (Sir 32:20 03) θεραπεύων ἐν εὐδοκίᾳ δεχθήσεται, καὶ ἡ δέησις αὐτοῦ ἕως νεφελῶν συνάψει·

(Sir 35:16) (Sir 32:20 03) Minstering-of in unto-a-goodly-thinking-unto it-shall-be-received, and the-one a-binding of-it unto-if-which of-clouding it-shall-fasten-together;

35:20 [appendix] δεησεις ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:21 (Sir 35:17) (Sir 32:21 03) προσευχὴ ταπεινοῦ νεφέλας διῆλθεν, καὶ ἕως συνεγγίσῃ, οὐ μὴ παρακληθῇ· καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀποστῇ ἕως ἐπισκέψηται ὁ ὕψιστος,

(Sir 35:17) (Sir 32:21 03) a-goodly-holding-toward of-lowed-belonged-to to-cloudings it-had-came-through, and unto-if-which it-might-have-neared-together-to, not lest it-might-have-been-called-beside-unto; and not lest it-might-have-had-stood-off unto-if-which it-might-have-scouted-upon, the-one most-lofteed,

35:21 ο υψιστος] κς̅ A

[appendix] ραπινου B* (ταπειν. Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:22 καὶ κρινεῖ δικαίως καὶ ποιήσει κρίσιν. (Sir 35:18) (Sir 32:22 03) καὶ ὁ κύριος οὐ μὴ βραδύνῃ οὐδὲ μὴ μακροθυμήσει ἐπ' αὐτοῖς, ἕως ἂν συντρίψῃ ὀσφὺν ἀνελεημόνων,

and it-shall-separate unto-course-belonged and it-shall-do-unto to-a-separating. (Sir 35:18) (Sir 32:22 03) And the-one Authority-belonged not lest it-might-have-delayed not-then-also lest it-shall-en-long-passion-unto upon unto-them, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-rubbed-together to-a-loin of-un-besectionatinged-of,

35:22 δικαιως] δικαιοις ℵ* (-ως ℵc.a) A | μακροθυμηση ℵ A | om αν C

[appendix] ποιησι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:23 (Sir 35:18) (Sir 32:23 03) καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀνταποδώσει ἐκδίκησιν· ἕως ἐξάρῃ πλῆθος ὑβριστῶν καὶ σκῆπτρα ἀδίκων συντρίψει·

(Sir 35:18) (Sir 32:23 03) and unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to it-shall-ever-a-one-give-off to-a-coursing-out; unto-if-which it-might-have-lifted-out to-a-repleteedness of-abusers and to-canes of-un-coursed it-shall-rub-together;

35:23 ανταποδωσει] ανταποδιδωσιν C | αδικων] δικαιων A | συντριψη ℵ A C

[appendix] ανταποδωσι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:24 (Sir 35:19) (Sir 32:24 03) ἕως ἀνταποδῷ ἀνθρώπῳ κατὰ τὰς πράξεις αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ ἔργα τῶν ἀνθρώπων κατὰ τὰ ἐνθυμήματα αὐτῶν·

(Sir 35:19) (Sir 32:24 03) unto-if-which it-might-have-had-ever-a-one-given-off unto-a-mankind down to-the-ones to-practices of-it, and to-the-ones to-works of-the-ones of-mankinds down to-the-ones to-passionings-in-to of-them;

35:24 ανταποδοι ℵ* (-δω ℵc.a) | κατα 2°] και A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:25 (Sir 35:19) (Sir 32:25 03) ἕως κρίνῃ τὴν κρίσιν τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ καὶ εὐφρανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ἐλέει αὐτοῦ.

(Sir 35:19) (Sir 32:25 03) unto-if-which it-might-have-separated to-the-one to-a-separating of-the-one of-a-people of-it and it-shall-goodly-center to-them in unto-the-one unto-a-besectionateedness of-it.

Note: unto-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

35:25 εως] + αν ℵc.a | κρινει C | om και ευφρανει . . . ελεει αυτου C | ελεει] ελει A

[appendix] ευφρανι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 35:26 (Sir 35:20) (Sir 32:26 03) ὡραῖον ἔλεος ἐν καιρῷ θλίψεως αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεφέλαι ὑετοῦ ἐν καιρῷ ἀβροχίας.

(Sir 35:20) (Sir 32:26 03) Hour-belonged a-besectionateedness in unto-a-time of-a-pressing of-it, as cloudings of-a-rain in unto-a-time of-an-un-showering-unto.

Note: a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

35:26 ωραιον] pr ως ℵ | om αυτου ℵ | ως] εως ℵ* (ως ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:1 (Sir 33:1 03) Ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, δέσποτα ὁ θεὸς πάντων, καὶ ἐπίβλεψον,

(Sir 33:1 03) Thou-should-have-besectionated-unto to-us, Bind-doer the-one a-Deity of-all, and thou-should-have-viewed-upon,

36:1 om δεσποτα A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:2 (Sir 33:2 03) καὶ ἐπίβαλε τὸν φόβον σου ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη·

(Sir 33:2 03) thou-should-have-had-casted-upon to-the-one to-a-fearee of-thee upon to-all to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:3 (Sir 33:3 03) ἔπαρον τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπὶ ἔθνη ἀλλότρια, καὶ ἰδέτωσαν τὴν δυναστείαν σου.

(Sir 33:3 03) thou-should-have-lifted-upon to-the-one to-a-hand of-thee upon to-placeedness-belongings-to to-other-belonged, and they-should-have-had-seen to-the-one to-an-abling-of of-thee.

36:3 ιδετωσαν την] επι εθνη ταν (sic) ℵ* (ιδ. την ℵc.a) | δυναστιαν AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:4 (Sir 33:4 03) ὥσπερ ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἡγιάσθης ἐν ἡμῖν, οὕτως ἐνώπιον ἡμῶν μεγαλυνθείης ἐν αὐτοῖς·

(Sir 33:4 03) As-very to-in-look-belonged of-them thou-was-hallow-belonged-to in unto-us, unto-the-one-this to-in-look-belonged of-us thou-may-have-been-greatened in unto-them;

36:4 ηγιασθης] εθαυμασθης ℵ* (ηγ. ℵc.a) | μεγαλυνθης ℵ* (-θιης ℵ1(fort))C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:5 (Sir 33:5 03) καὶ ἐπιγνώτωσάν σε καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐπέγνωμεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν θεὸς πλὴν σοῦ, Κύριε.

(Sir 33:5 03) and they-should-have-had-acquainted-upon to-thee down-to-which-very and we we-had-acquainted-upon, to-which-a-one not it-be a-Deity to-beyond of-thee, Authority-belonged.

36:5 επεγνωμεν] + σε ℵ A

[appendix] ημις ℵ* (-μεις ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:6 (Sir 36:6) (Sir 33:6 03) ἐγκαίνισον σημεῖα καὶ ἀλλοίωσον θαυμάσια,

(Sir 36:6) (Sir 33:6 03) Thou-should-have-freshened-in to-signlets-of and thou-should-have-en-othered to-marvel-to-belonged,

36:6 ενκαινισον ℵ

[appendix] σημια ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:7 (Sir 36:6) (Sir 33:7 03) δόξασον χεῖρα καὶ βραχίονα δεξιόν·

(Sir 36:6) (Sir 33:7 03) thou-should-have-reckoned-to to-a-hand and to-more-short to-right-belonged;

36:7 [appendix] βραχειονα ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:8 (Sir 36:7) (Sir 33:8 03) ἔγειρον θυμὸν καὶ ἔκχεον ὀργήν,

(Sir 36:7) (Sir 33:8 03) thou-should-have-roused to-a-passion and thou-should-have-poured-out to-a-stressing,

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:9 (Sir 36:7) (Sir 33:9 03) ἔξαρον ἀντίδικον καὶ ἔκτριψον ἐχθρόν.

(Sir 36:7) (Sir 33:9 03) thou-should-have-lifted-out to-ever-a-one-coursed and thou-should-have-rubbed-out to-en-enmitied.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:10 (Sir 36:8) (Sir 33:10 03) σπεῦσον καιρὸν καὶ μνήσθητι ὁρκισμοῦ, καὶ ἐκδιηγησάσθωσαν τὰ μεγαλεῖά σου.

(Sir 36:8) (Sir 33:10 03) Thou-should-have-hastened to-a-time and thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto of-a-fenceeing-to-of, and they-should-have-been-led-through-out-unto to-the-ones to-great-belonged of-thee.

36:10 ορκισμου] ορισμου ℵ ορκων C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:11 (Sir 36:9) (Sir 33:11 03) ἐν ὀργῇ πυρὸς καταβρωθήτω ὁ σωζόμενος, καὶ οἱ ἀδικοῦντες τὸν λαόν σου εὕροισαν ἀπώλειαν.

(Sir 36:9) (Sir 33:11 03) In unto-a-stressing of-a-fire it-should-have-been-feedeed-down the-one being-saved-to, and the-ones un-coursing-unto to-the-one to-a-people of-thee they-may-have-had-found to-a-destructing-off-of.

36:11 καταβρωθιητω A* | ο σωζομενος] ο μη σωζ. ℵ* (improb μη et pr ο ασεβης ℵc.a) | αδικουντες] κατοικουντες A*vidC κακουντες (ras τοι) Aa | απωλιαν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:12 (Sir 36:10) (Sir 33:12 03) σύντριψον κεφαλὰς ἀρχόντων ἐχθρῶν, λεγόντων Οὐκ ἔστιν πλὴν ἡμῶν.

(Sir 36:10) (Sir 33:12 03) Thou-should-have-rubbed-together to-heads of-firsting of-en-enmitied, of-forthing, Not it-be to-beyond of-us.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:13 (Sir 36:11) (Sir 33:13a 03) σύναγε πάσας φυλὰς Ἰακώβ, (Sir 36:11) (Sir 36:16b 03) καὶ κατακληρονομήσεις αὐτοὺς καθὼς ἀπ' ἀρχῆς.

(Sir 36:11) (Sir 33:13a 03) Thou-should-lead-together to-all to-tribings of-an-Iakôb, (Sir 36:11) (Sir 36:16b 03) and thou-shall-lot-parcelee-down-unto to-them down-as off of-a-firsting.

36:13 συναγε] συναγαγε A συναγαγεται C* συναγαγε τας Ca vid | κατακληρονομησεις (vid praef)] κατεκληρονομησα Bℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:14 (Sir 36:13) (Sir 36:17 03) ἐλέησον λαόν, Κύριε, κεκλημένον ἐπ' ὀνόματι σου, καὶ Ἰσραὴλ ὃν πρωτογόνῳ ὡμοίωσας.

(Sir 36:13) (Sir 36:17 03) Thou-should-have-besectionated-unto to-a-people, Authority-belonged, to-having-had-come-to-be-called-unto upon unto-a-naming-to of-thee, and to-an-Israêl to-which unto-most-before-became thou-en-along-belonged.

36:14 om Κυριε ℵ | πτωτογονω] πρωτοτοκω ℵc.a

[appendix] και̅ι̅ι̅σ̅λ ℵ* (ras ι 1° ℵ?)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:15 (Sir 36:13) (Sir 36:18 03) οἰκτείρησον πόλιν ἁγιάσματός σου, Ἰερουσαλήμ, πόλιν καταπαύματός σου·

(Sir 36:13) (Sir 36:18 03) Thou-should-have-pitiered-unto to-a-city of-a-hallow-belonging-to of-thee, to-an-Ierousalêm, to-a-city of-a-ceasing-down-to of-thee;

36:15 πολιν 2°] τοπον ℵ A

[appendix] οικτιρησον ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:16 (Sir 36:14) (Sir 36:19 03) πλῆσον Σιὼν ἀρεταλογίας σου, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης σου τὸν λαόν σου.

(Sir 36:14) (Sir 36:19 03) thou-should-have-repleted to-a-Siôn of-a-pleased-fortheeing-unto of-thee, and off of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-thee to-the-one to-a-people of-thee.

36:16 πλησον B*c.aℵ A] πλησιον Bb | αρεταλογιας] αραι (αρε ℵ A) τα λογια Bbℵ Avid

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:17 (Sir 36:15) (Sir 36:20 03) δὸς μαρτύριον τοῖς ἐν ἀρχῇ κτίσμασίν σου. καὶ ἔγειρον προφητείας τὰς ἐπ' ὀνόματι σου·

(Sir 36:15) (Sir 36:20 03) Thou-should-have-had-given to-a-witnesslet unto-the-ones in unto-a-firsting unto-befoundings-to of-thee. And thou-should-have-roused to-declarings-before-of to-the-ones upon unto-a-naming-to of-thee;

36:17 προφητιας A | τας επ] om τας ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:18 (Sir 36:16) (Sir 36:21 03) δὸς μισθὸν τοῖς ὑπομένουσίν σε, καὶ οἱ προφῆταί σου ἐμπιστευθήτωσαν.

(Sir 36:16) (Sir 36:21 03) thou-should-have-had-given to-a-pay unto-the-ones unto-staying-under to-thee, and the-ones declarers-before of-thee they-should-have-been-trusted-in-of.

36:18 εμπιστευθησονται ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:19 (Sir 36:17) (Sir 36:22 03) εἰσάκουσον, Κύριε, δεήσεως τῶν ἱκετῶν σου κατὰ τὴν εὐλογίαν Ἀαρὼν περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ σου, καὶ γνώσονται πάντες οἱ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὅτι Κύριος εἶ, ὁ θεὸς τῶν αἰώνων.

(Sir 36:7) (Sir 36:22 03) Thou-should-have-heard-into, Authority-belonged, of-a-binding of-the-ones of-petitioners of-thee down to-the-one to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto of-an-Aarôn about of-the-one of-a-people of-thee, and they-shall-acquaint, all the-ones upon of-the-one of-a-soil, to-which-a-one Authority-belonged thou-be, the-one a-Deity of-the-ones of-ages.

36:19 ικετων] οικετων ℵ A | λαου] υιου ℵ* (λαου ℵc.a) | Κυριος ει] συ ει κς̅

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:20 (Sir 36:18) (Sir 36:23 03) Πᾶν βρῶμα φάγεται κοιλία, ἔστιν δὲ βρῶμα βρώματος κάλλιον.

(Sir 36:18) (Sir 36:23 03) To-all to-a-feedeeing-to it-shall-devour, a-hollowing-unto, it-be then-also a-feedeeing-to of-a-feedeeing-to more-seemly.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:21 (Sir 36:19) (Sir 36:24 03) φάρυγξ γεύεται βρώματα θήρας, οὕτως καρδία συνετὴ λόγους ψευδεῖς.

(Sir 36:19) (Sir 36:24 03) A-pharynx it-tasteth-of to-feedeeings-to of-a-beasting, unto-the-one-this a-heart sendable-together to-forthees to-falsinged.

36:21 φαρυγξ] βαρυγξ A | γευσεται ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:22 (Sir 36:20) (Sir 36:25 03) καρδία στρεβλὴ δώσει λύπην, καὶ ἄνθρωπος πολύπειρος ἀνταποδώσει αὐτῷ.

(Sir 36:20) (Sir 36:25 03) A-heart wrenched it-shall-give to-a-throe, and a-mankind much-across-belonged it-shall-ever-a-one-give-off unto-it.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:23 (Sir 36:21) (Sir 36:26 03) πάντα ἄρρενα ἐπιδέξεται γυνή, ἔστιν δὲ θυγάτηρ θυγατρὸς κρείσσων.

(Sir 36:21) (Sir 36:26 03) To-all to-a-male it-shall-receive-upon, a-woman, it-be then-also a-daughter of-a-daughter more-securinged-of.

36:26 θυγατηρος ℵ* (η improb ℵ1 postea ras) | κρισσων ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:24 (Sir 36:22) (Sir 36:27 03) κάλλος γυναικὸς ἱλαρύνει πρόσωπον, καὶ ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν ἀνθρώπου ὑπεράγει·

(Sir 36:22) (Sir 36:27 03) A-seemlieedness of-a-woman it-sectionateneth to-looked-toward, and over to-all to-a-passioning-upon-unto of-a-mankind it-leadeth-over;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:25 (Sir 36:23) (Sir 36:28 03) εἰ ἔστιν ἐπὶ γλώσσης αὐτῆς ἔλεος καὶ πρᾳύτης, οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς καθ' υἱοὺς ἀνθρώπων.

(Sir 36:23) (Sir 36:28 03) if it-be upon of-a-tongue of-it a-besectionateedness and a-mildness, not it-be the-one a-man of-it down to-sons of-mankinds.

Note: a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:26 (Sir 36:24) (Sir 36:29 03) ὁ κτώμενος γυναῖκα ἐνάρχεται κτήσεως, βοηθὸν κατ' αὐτὸν καὶ στῦλον ἀναπαύσεως.

(Sir 36:24) (Sir 36:29 03) The-one befounding-unto to-a-woman it-firsteth-in of-a-befoundeeing, to-holler-ran down to-it and to-a-pillar of-a-ceasing-up.

36:26 αναπαυσεως] litur 1 lit post ε A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:27 (Sir 36:25) (Sir 36:30 03) οὗ οὐκ ἔστιν φραγμός, διαρπαγήσεται κτῆμα· καὶ οὗ οὐκ ἔστιν γυνή, στενάξει πλανώμενος.

(Sir 36:25) (Sir 36:30 03) Of-which not it-be a-hedging-of, it-shall-be-through-snatched-to, a-befoundeeing-to; and of-which not it-be a-woman, it-shall-narrow-to being-wandered-unto.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 36:28 (Sir 36:26) (Sir 36:31 03) τίς γὰρ πιστεύσει εὐζώνῳ λῃστῇ σφαλλομένῳ ἐκ πόλεως εἰς πόλιν; οὕτως ἀνθρώπῳ μὴ ἔχοντι νοσσιὰν καὶ καταλύοντι οὗ ἐὰν ὀψίσῃ.

(Sir 36:26) (Sir 36:31 03) What-one too-thus it-shall-trust-of unto-goodly-girded unto-a-robber unto-befailing out of-a-city into to-a-city? Unto-the-one-this unto-a-mankind lest unto-holding to-a-nestling-unto and unto-loosing-down of-which if-ever it-might-have-lated-to.

36:28 σφαλλομενω] αφαλλομενω ℵ A

[appendix] νοσσειαν B* (-σσιαν Bb) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:1 Πᾶς φίλος ἐρεῖ Ἐφιλίασα αὐτῷ κἀγώ· ἀλλ' ἔστιν φίλος ὀνόματι μόνον φίλος.

All cared it-shall-utter, I-care-belonged-to unto-it and-I; other it-be cared unto-a-naming-to to-stayeed cared.

37:1 om αυτω ℵ A

[appendix] εφιληασα ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:2 οὐχὶ λύπη ἔνι ἕως θανάτου ἑταῖρος καὶ φίλος τρεπόμενος εἰς ἔχθραν;

Unto-not a-throe it-be-in unto-if-which of-a-death a-comrade and cared being-turned into to-an-en-enmitying?

37:2 ενι] μενει Bb(vid)ℵc.a (-νι) | εταιρος] ετερος ℵ (item 4, 5) | εχθρον A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:3 ὦ πονηρὸν ἐνθύμημα, πόθεν ἐνεκυλίσθης καλύψαι τὴν ξηρὰν ἐν δολιότητι;

Oh en-necessitated a-passioning-in-to, whither-from thou-was-roll-belonged-in to-have-shrouded to-the-one to-dried in unto-a-guile-belongness?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:4 ἑταῖρος φίλου ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ ἥδεται, καὶ ἐν καιρῷ θλίψεως ἔσται ἀπέναντι·

A-comrade of-cared in unto-a-goodly-centeringedness it-pleasureth, and in unto-a-time of-a-pressing it-shall-be off-in-ever-a-one;

37:4 [appendix] απεναντει ℵc.c

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:5 ἑταῖρος φίλῳ συνπονεῖ χάριν γαστρός, ἔναντι πολέμου λήμψεται ἀσπίδα.

a-comrade unto-cared it-necessitateeth-together-unto to-a-granting of-a-stomach, in-ever-a-one of-a-war it-shall-take to-a-spar-along.

Note: a-spar-along : used of shields and asps.

37:5 φιλω συνπονει (συμπ. Bb)] συνπονει φιλω ℵ | εναντι] απεναντι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:6 μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ φίλου ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ μὴ ἀμνημονήσῃς αὐτοῦ ἐν χρήμασίν σου.

Lest thou-might-have-had-secluded-upon of-cared in unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-thee, and lest thou-might-have-un-memory-stayeed-unto of-it in unto-an-affordings-to of-thee.

37:6 επιλαθου A | ψι incep ℵ* (ψυχ. ℵ1 et postea) | αμνημονησης] μνημονευσης ℵ* (αμνημ. ℵc.a) | αυτου] αυτω A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:7 πᾶς σύμβουλος ἐξαίρει βουλήν, ἀλλ' ἔστιν συμβουλεύων εἰς αὑτόν.

All a-purposer-together it-lifteth-out to-a-purposing, other it-be purposing-together-of into to-itself.

37:7 εξαρει ℵ* (εξαιτει ℵc.a) | εστιν] + σοι ℵ | αυτον (υτον sup ras Ba)] εαυτον Ba (ε non inst Bb) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:8 ἀπὸ συμβούλου φύλαξον τὴν ψυχήν σου, καὶ γνῶθι πρότερον τίς αὐτοῦ χρεία· καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ βουλεύσεται, μή ποτε βάλῃ ἐπὶ σοὶ κλῆρον,

Off of-a-purposer-together thou-should-have-guardered to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee, and thou-should-have-had-acquainted to-more-before what-one of-it an-affording-of; and too-thus it unto-self it-shall-purpose-of, lest whither-also it-might-have-had-casted upon unto-thee to-a-lot,

37:8 την ψυχην] om την ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | om και 1° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | εαυτω] pr εν ℵ

[appendix] γνωθει A | χρια B*b (χρεια Ba) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:9 καὶ εἴπῃ σοι Καλὴ ἡ ὁδός σου, καὶ στήσεται ἐξ ἐναντίας ἰδεῖν τὸ συμβησόμενόν σοι.

and it-might-have-had-said unto-thee, Seemly the-one a-way of-thee, and it-shall-stand out of-ever-a-oned-in to-have-had-seen to-the-one to-shall-having-stepped-together unto-thee.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:10 μὴ βουλεύου μετὰ τοῦ ὑποβλεπομένου σε, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ζηλούντων σε κρύψον βουλήν·

Lest thou-should-purpose-of with of-the-one of-viewing-under to-thee, and off of-the-ones of-en-craving-unto to-thee thou-should-have-hidened to-a-purposing;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:11 μετὰ γυναικὸς περὶ τῆς ἀντιζήλου αὐτῆς καὶ μετὰ δειλοῦ περὶ πολέμου καὶ μετὰ ἐμπόρου περὶ μεταβολίας καὶ μετὰ ἀγοράζοντος περὶ πράσεως, μετὰ βασκάνου περὶ εὐχαριστίας καὶ μετὰ ἀνελεήμονος περὶ χρηστοηθείας, μετὰ ὀκνηροῦ περὶ παντὸς ἔργου καὶ μετὰ μισθίου ἀφεστίου περὶ συντελείας, οἰκέτῃ ἀργῷ περὶ πολλῆς ἐργασίας, μὴ ἔπεχε ἐπὶ τούτοις περὶ πάσης συμβουλίας·

with of-a-woman about of-the-one of-an-ever-a-one-craver of-it and with of-dired about of-a-war and with of-traversed-in about of-a-casteeing-with-unto and with of-lead-alongednessing-to about of-an-en-acrossating, with of-scowled about of-a-goodly-granting-unto and with of-un-besectionatinged-of about of-an-afforded-beplaceeing-of, with of-en-hesitated about of-all of-a-work and with of-pay-belonged of-hearth-belonged-off about of-a-finishing-together-of, unto-a-houser unto-un-worked about of-much of-a-working-unto, lest thou-should-hold-upon upon unto-the-ones-these about of-all of-a-purposing-together-unto;

37:11 της αντιζηλου] pr περι ℵ A C | om και 2° Babℵ A C | εμπορου] ευπορου C | μεταβολης ℵ | ανελεημονος] ελεημονος C | om και 5° ℵ* (hab ¬ ℵc.a) | αφεστιου] εφεστιου ℵ* C (επεστ.) επαιτιου ℵc.a (επετ.) A | επι] ι sup ras 3 fere litt in A | περι πασης συμβουλιας] om πασης A επι παση συμβουλια C

[appendix] ευχαριστειας B* (-τιας Bb) C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:12 ἀλλ' ἢ μετὰ ἀνδρὸς εὐσεβοῦς ἐνδελέχιζε, ὃν ἂν ἐπιγνῷς συντηροῦντα ἐντολάς, ὃς ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν σου, καὶ ἐὰν πταίσῃς συναλγήσει σοι.

other or with of-a-man of-goodly-reveringed thou-should-elongate-in-to, to-which ever thou-might-have-had-acquainted-upon to-keeping-together-unto to-finishings-in, which in unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-it down to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee, and if-ever thou-might-have-fall-belonged it-shall-pain-together-unto unto-thee.

37:12 ον] ο C | αν] εαν ℵ | επιγνω A

[appendix] πτεσης B* (πταισ. Bb(vid)) C | συναλγησι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:13 καὶ βουλὴν καρδίας στῆσον, οὐ γὰρ ἐστίν σοι πιστότερος αὐτῆς·

And to-a-purposing of-a-heart thou-should-have-stood, not too-thus it-be unto-thee more-trusted of-it;

37:13 καρδιαν ℵ* (-διας ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:14 ψυχὴ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς ἀπαγγέλλειν ἐνίοτε εἴωθεν ἢ ἑπτὰ σκοποὶ ἐπὶ μετεώρου καθήμενοι ἐπὶ σκοπῆς.

a-breathing too-thus of-a-man to-leadeeer-off it-be-in-which-also it-hath-had-come-to-placee or seven scouts upon of-suspended-with sitting-down upon of-a-scouteeing.

37:14 καθημενοι επι μετεωτου επι σκοπης ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:15 καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις δεήθητι Ὑψίστου ἵνα εὐθύνῃ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ τὴν ὁδόν σου.

And upon unto-all unto-the-ones-these thou-should-have-been-binded of-most-lofteed so it-might-straighten in unto-an-un-secluding-of to-the-one to-a-way of-thee.

37:15 πασι] πα sup ras B1?ab | αληθια C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:16 ἀρχὴ παντὸς ἔργου λόγος, καὶ πρὸ πάσης πράξεως βουλή.

A-firsting of-all of-a-work a-forthee, and before of-all of-a-practice a-purposing.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:17 ἴχνος ἀλλοιώσεως καρδίᾳ·

A-trackeedness-belonging-to of-an-en-othering unto-a-heart;

37:17 καρδιας Babℵc.a A C + προσ[ωπον] C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:18 τέσσαρα μέρη ἀνατέλλει, ἀγαθὸν καὶ κακόν, ζωὴ καὶ θάνατος, καὶ κυριεύουσα ἐνδελεχῶς αὐτῶν γλῶσσά ἐστιν.

four portioneednesses it-finisheth-up, excess-placed and wedge-wedged, a-lifing and a-death, and authority-belonging-of unto-elongatinged-in of-them a-tongue it-be.

37:18 τεσσαρα B? | κυριευουσα (κυριευσα ℵ)] pr η AC | ενδελεχως αυτων] ενδ. αυτω A αυτων ενδ. C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:19 ἔστιν ἀνὴρ πανοῦργος καὶ πολλῶν παιδευτής, καὶ τῇ ἰδίᾳ ψυχῇ ἐστιν ἄχρηστος.

It-be a-man all-worked and of-much a-childer-of, and unto-the-one unto-private-belonged unto-a-breathing it-be un-afforded.

37:19 om και 1° ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:20 ἔστιν σοφιζόμενος ἐν λόγοις μισητός, οὗτος πάσης τροφῆς καθυστερήσει·

It-be being-wisdomed-to in unto-forthees hated, the-one-this of-all of-a-nourishing it-shall-latter-down-unto;

37:20 ουτος] και αυτος C | τροφης] σοφιας ℵ* (τροφ. ℵc.a)

[appendix] μεισητος B* (μισ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:21 οὐ γὰρ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ παρὰ Κυρίου χάρις, ὅτι πάσης σοφίας ἐστερήθη.

not too-thus it-was-given unto-it beside of-Authority-belonged a-granting, to-which-a-one of-all of-a-wisdoming-unto it-was-destituted-unto.

37:21 πασσης C* (σ 2° ras C?vid)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:22 ἔστιν σοφὸς τῇ ἰδίᾳ ψυχῇ, καὶ οἱ καρποὶ τῆς συνέσεως αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ στόματος πιστοί.

It-be wisdomed unto-the-one unto-private-belonged unto-a-breathing, and the-ones fruits of-the-one of-a-sending-together of-it upon of-a-becutteeing-to trusted.

37:22 στοματι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:23 ἀνὴρ σοφὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λαὸν παιδεύσει, καὶ οἱ καρποὶ τῆς συνέσεως αὐτοῦ πιστοί.

A-man wisdomed to-the-one of-self to-a-people it-shall-child-of, and the-ones fruits of-the-one of-a-sending-together of-it trusted.

37:23 [appendix] παιδευσι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:24 ἀνὴρ σοφὸς πλησθήσεται εὐλογίας, καὶ μακαριοῦσιν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ ὁρῶντες.

A-man wisdomed it-shall-be-repleted of-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto, and they-shall-bless-to to-it, all the-ones seeeeing-unto.

37:24 ενπλησθησεται A | om και A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:25 ζωὴ ἀνδρὸς ἐν ἀριθμῷ ἡμερῶν, καὶ αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἀναρίθμητοι.

A-lifing of-a-man in unto-a-number of-dayednesses, and the-ones dayednesses of-the-one of-an-Israêl un-numberable.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:26 ὁ σοφὸς ἐν τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ κληρονομήσει πίστιν, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.

The-one wisdomed in unto-the-one unto-a-people of-it it-shall lot-parcelee-unto to-a-trust, and the-one a-naming-to of-it it-shall-life-unto into to-the-one to-an-age.

37:26 ζησεται] ζησει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:27 τέκνον, ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου πείρασον τὴν ψυχήν σου, καὶ ἴδε τί πονηρὸν αὐτῇ, καὶ μὴ δῷς αὐτῇ·

Creationee, in unto-the-one unto-a-lifing of-thee thou-should-have-across-belonged-to to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee, and thou-should-have-had-seen to-what-one to-en-necessitated unto-it, and lest thou-might-have-had-given unto-it;

37:27 τη ζωη] om τη ℵ A C | αυτη 2°] αυτω C

[appendix] πιρασον C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:28 οὐ γὰρ πάντα πᾶσιν συμφέρει, καὶ οὐ πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐν παντὶ εὐδοκεῖ.

not too-thus all unto-all it-beareth-together, and not all a-breathing in unto-all it-goodly-thinketh-unto.

37:28 πασι ℵ C | om εν παντι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:29 μὴ ἀπληστεύου ἐν πάσῃ τρυφῇ, καὶ μὴ ἐκχυθῇς ἐπὶ ἐδεσμάτων·

Lest thou-should-be-un-repletabled-of in unto-all unto-a-luxury, and lest thou-might-have-been-poured-out upon of-eatings-to;

37:29 τρυφη] ψυχη C

[appendix] αιδεσματων B* (εδεσμ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:30 ἐν πολλοῖς γὰρ βρώμασιν ἔσται πόνος, καὶ ἡ ἀπληστία ἐγγιεῖ ἕως χολέρας·

in unto-much too-thus unto-feedeeings-to it-shall-be a-necessitatee, and the-one an-un-repleting-unto it-shall-neareth-to unto-if-which of-a-cholera;

37:30 πονος] νοσος ℵ A | απληστεια B* (-τια Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 37:31 δι' ἀπληστίαν πολλοὶ ἐτελεύτησαν, ὁ δὲ προσέχων προσθήσει ζωήν.

through to-an-un-repeleting-unto much they-finished-of-unto, the-one then-also holding-toward it-shall-place-toward to-a-lifing.

37:31 δι] δια ℵ A C | απληστειαν B* (-τιαν Bb) ℵ C A

[appendix] προσθησι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:1 Τίμα ἰατρὸν πρὸς τὰς χρείας τιμαῖς αὐτοῦ, καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸν ἔκτισεν Κύριος·

Thou-should-valuate-unto to-an-en-curer toward to-the-ones to-affordings-of unto-valuations of-it, and too-thus to-it it-befounded-to, Authority-belonged;

38:1 τιμα] π incep ℵ*vid | χρειας] + αυτου ℵ A | om τιμαις αυτου ℵc.a | Κυριος] pr ο ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:2 παρὰ γὰρ Ὑψίστου ἐστὶν ἴασις, καὶ παρὰ βασιλέως λήμψεται δόμα.

beside too-thus of-most-lofteed it-be a-curing, and beside of-a-ruler-of it-shall-take to-a-giving-to.

38:2 om γαρ ℵ* (superscr ℵ1 (vid))

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:3 ἐπιστήμη ἰατροῦ ἀνυψώσει κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔναντι μεγιστάνων θαυμασθήσεται.

A-standing-upon of-an-en-curer it-shall-en-loftee-up to-a-head of-it, and in-ever-a-one of-most-greats it-shall-be-marveled-to.

38:3 ιατρου] καιρου ℵ* (ιατρ. ℵc.a) | κεφαλην] pr την ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:4 Κύριος ἔκτισεν ἐκ γῆς φάρμακα, καὶ ἀνὴρ φρόνιμος οὐ προσοχθιεῖ αὐτοῖς.

Authority-belonged it-befounded-to out of-a-soil to-doses, and a-man centered-belonged-unto not it-shall-vex-toward-to unto-them.

38:4 [appendix] προσοχθειει ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:5 οὐκ ἀπὸ ξύλου ἐγλυκάνθη ὕδωρ, εἰς τὸ γνωσθῆναι τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτοῦ;

Not off of-a-wood it-was-sweetened a-water, into to-the-one to-have-been-acquainted to-the-one to-a-force-holding of-it?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:6 καὶ αὐτὸς ἔδωκεν ἀνθρώποις ἐπιστήμην ἐνδοξάζεσθαι ἐν τοῖς θαυμασίοις αὐτοῦ·

And it it-gave unto-mankinds to-a-standing-upon to-be-in-reckoned-to in unto-the-ones unto-marvel-to-belonged of-it;

38:6 ανθρωποις] αν̅ω A | ενδοξαζεσθε ℵ

[appendix] ενδοξαζεσθε ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:7 ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐθεράπευσεν καὶ ἦρεν τὸν πόνον αὐτοῦ,

in unto-them it-ministered-of and it-lifted to-the-one to-a-necessitatee of-it,

38:7 τον πονον] παν πονον A παν . . . . C (cett perier) | αυτου] αυτων ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:8 μυρεψὸς ἐν τούτοις ποιήσει μίγμα· καὶ οὐ μὴ συντελέσῃ ἔργα αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰρήνη παρ' αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐπὶ προσώπου τῆς γῆς.

a-seeped-seether in unto-the-ones-these it-shall-do-unto to-a-mingling-to; and not lest it-might-have-finished-together-unto to-a-work of-it, and a-joinifying beside of-it it-be upon of-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-soil.

38:8 συντελεσθη ℵ A C

[appendix] ποιησι A | ιρηνη ℵ* (ειρ. ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:9 τέκνον, ἐν ἀρρωστήματί σου μὴ παράβλεπε, ἀλλ' εὖξαι Κυρίῳ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἰάσεταί σε·

Creationee, in unto-an-un-strengthing-to of-thee lest thou-should-view-beside, other thou-should-have-goodly-held unto-Authority-belonged, and it it-shall-cure-unto to-thee;

38:9 αρρωστημασιν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:10 ἀπόστησον πλημμελίαν καὶ εὔθυνον χεῖρας, καὶ ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας καθάρισον καρδίαν·

thou-should-have-stood-off to-a-beyond-membering-unto and thou-should-have-straightened to-hands, and off of-all of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto thou-should-have-cleansed-to to-a-heart;

38:10 πλημμελειαν Ba?bA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:11 δὸς εὐωδίαν καὶ μνημόσυνον σεμιδάλεως, καὶ λίπανον προσφοράν, ὡς μὴ ὑπάρχων.

thou-should-have-had-given to-a-goodly-odoring-unto and to-a-remembrance of-a-flour, and thou-should-have-fattened to-a-bearedness-toward, as lest firsting-under.

38:11 [appendix] λειπανον A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:12 καὶ ἰατρῷ δὸς τόπον, καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸν ἔκτισεν Κύριος, καὶ μὴ ἀποστήτω σου, καὶ γὰρ αὐτοῦ χρεία.

And unto-an-en-curer thou-should-have-had-given to-an-occasion, and too-thus to-it it-befounded-to, Authority-belonged, and lest it-should-have-had-stood-off of-thee, and too-thus of-it an-affording-of.

38:12 [appendix] χρια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:13 ἔστιν καιρὸς ὅτε καὶ ἐν χερσὶν αὐτῶν εὐοδία.

It-be a-time which-also and in unto-hands of-them a-goodly-waying-unto.

38:13 ευωδια ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:14 καὶ γὰρ αὐτοὶ Κυρίου δεηθήσονται, ἵνα εὐοδώσῃ αὐτοῖς ἀνάπαυσιν καὶ ἴασιν χάριν ἐμβιώσεως.

And too-thus them of-Authority-belonged they-shall-be-binded, so it-might-have-goodly-en-wayed unto-them to-a-ceasing-up and to-a-curing to-a-granting of-an-en-dureeating-in.

38:14 om γαρ ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | ευοδωσει C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:15 ὁ ἁμαρτάνων ἔναντι τοῦ ποιήσαντος αὐτὸν ἐμπέσοι εἰς χεῖρας ἰατροῦ.

The-one un-adjusting-along in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-having-done-unto to-it it-may-have-had-fallen-in into to-hands of-an-en-curer.

38:15 εις χε . . . . C | ιατρου] αυτου A

[appendix] χιρας ℵ* (χειρ. ℵc.c : item 31)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:16 τέκνον, ἐπὶ νεκρῷ κατάγαγε δάκρυα, καὶ ὡς δεινὰ πάσχων ἔναρξαι θρήνου, κατὰ δὲ τὴν κρίσιν αὐτοῦ περίστειλον τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ὑπερίδῃς τὴν ταφὴν αὐτοῦ.

Creationee, upon unto-en-deaded thou-should-have-had-led-down to-biten-tractants, and as to-dired-belonged-to trekking thou-should-have-firsted-in of-a-wail, down then-also to-the-one to-a-separating of-it thou-should-have-set-about to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to of-it, and lest thou-might-have-had-seen-over to-the-one to-a-buriaging of-it.

38:16 καταγε ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:17 πίκρανον κλαυθμὸν καὶ θέρμανον κοπετόν, καὶ ποίησον τὸ πένθος κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν αὐτοῦ ἡμέραν μίαν καὶ δύο χάριν διαβολῆς, καὶ παρακλήθητι λύπης ἕνεκα·

Thou-should-have-bittered to-a-sobbing-of and thou-should-have-heated to-a-fellableness, and thou-should-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-grieveedness down to-the-one to-deem-belonged of-it to-a-dayedness to-one and to-two to-a-granting of-a-casting-through, and thou-should-have-been-called-beside-unto of-a-throe to-in-out-which;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:18 ἀπὸ λύπης γὰρ ἐκβαίνει θάνατος, καὶ λύπη καρδίας κάμψει ἰσχύν·

off of-a-throe too-thus it-steppeth-out, a-death, and a-throe of-a-heart it-shall-bend to-a-force-holding;

38:18 απο γαρ λυπης ℵ | καμψει] καμπτι ℵ* (καμψι ℵc.a)

[appendix] εκβαινι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:19 ἐν ἀπαγωγῇ παραβαίνει καὶ λύπη, καὶ βίος πτωχοῦ κατὰ καρδίας.

in unto-a-leading-off it-steppeth-beside and a-throe, and a-dureeation of-beggared down of-a-heart.

38:19 επαγωγη ℵ A | παραβαινει] παραμενε ℵ* παραμενει ℵc.aA | om και 1° ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:20 μὴ δῷς εἰς λύπην τὴν καρδίαν σου, ἀπόστησον αὐτὴν μνησθεὶς τὰ ἔσχατα·

Lest thou-might-have-had-given into to-a-throe to-the-one to-a-heart of-thee, thou-should-have-stood-off to-it having-been-memoried-unto to-the-ones to-most-bordered;

38:20 [appendix] δώσεις Bb

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:21 μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ, οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἐπάνοδος, καὶ τοῦτον οὐκ ὠφελήσεις καὶ σεαυτὸν κακώσεις.

lest thou-might-have-had-secluded-upon, not too-thus it-be a-way-up-upon, and to-the-one-this not thou-shall-aidance-unto and to-thyself thou-shall-en-wedge-wedge.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:22 μνήσθητι ὅτι τὸ κρίμα αὐτοῦ οὕτω ὡς καὶ τὸ σόν· ἐμοὶ ἐχθὲς καὶ σοὶ σήμερον.

Thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-which-a-one the-one a-separating-to of-it of-which-unto-the-one as and the-one thine; unto-ME yester and unto-thee to-morrow.

38:22 οτι το κριμα αυτου ουτω ως] το κριμα αυτου οτι ουτω ως Bab το κρ. οτι ουτως ℵ το κρ. μου οτι ουτως A | εχθες] χθες Bb

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:23 ἐν ἀναπαύσει νεκροῦ κατάπαυσον τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ παρακλήθητι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐν ἐξόδῳ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ.

In unto-a-ceasing-up of-en-deaded thou-should-have-ceased-down to-the-one to-a-remembrance of-it, and thou-should-have-been-called-beside-unto in unto-it in unto-a-way-out of-a-currenting-to of-it.

38:23 πνευματος] πρ̅ς ℵ* (πν̅ς ℵc.a)

[appendix] αναπαυσι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:24 Σοφία γραμματέως ἐν εὐκαιρίᾳ σχολῆς, καὶ ὁ ἐλασσούμενος πράξει αὐτοῦ σοφισθήσεται.

A-wisdoming-unto of-a-scribing-toer-of in unto-a-goodly-timing-unto of-a-leisuring, and the-one more-en-lackening unto-a-practice of-it it-shall-be-wisdomed-to.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:25 τί σοφισθήσεται ὁ κρατῶν ἀρότρου, καὶ καυχώμενος ἐν δόρατι κέντρου, βόας ἐλαύνων καὶ ἀναστρεφόμενος ἐν ἔργοις αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ διήγησις αὐτῶν ἐν υἱοῖς ταύρων;

To-what-one it-shall-be-wisdomed-to the-one securing-unto of-an-en-lifting, and boasting-unto in unto-a-shank of-a-prick, to-oxen drovening and being-beturned-up in unto-works of-them, and the-one a-beleading-through of-them in unto-sons of-bulls?

Note: of-an-en-lifting : used to refer to a plough for soil, with contexts extending into procuring in women and unearthing information, etc.

38:25 τι σοφισθησεται] τις οφθησεται A | om και 1° ℵ A | αυτων 2°] αυτου Bbℵc.aA

[appendix] διηγησεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:26 καρδίαν αὐτοῦ δώσει ἐκδοῦναι αὔλακας, καὶ ἡ ἀγρυπνία αὐτοῦ εἰς χορτάσματα δαμάλεων.

To-a-heart of-it it-shall-give to-have-had-given-out to-channelors, and the-one a-field-sleeping-unto of-it into to-victualagings-to of-heifers.

Note: channelors : used to refer to something that channels, usually water, in feminine ploughed furrows, in masculine waterways, etc.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:27 οὕτως πᾶς τέκτων καὶ ἀρχιτέκτων, ὅστις νύκτωρ ὡς ἡμέρᾳ διάγει· οἱ γλύφοντες γλύμματα σφραγίδων, καὶ ἡ ὑπομονὴ αὐτοῦ ἀλλοιῶσαι ποικιλίαν· καρδίαν αὐτοῦ δώσει εἰς ὁμοιῶσαι ζωγραφίαν, καὶ ἡ ἀγρυπνία αὐτοῦ τελέσαι ἔργον.

Unto-the-one-this all a-creationer and a-first-creationer, which-a-one of-night as unto-a-dayedness it-leadeth-through; the-ones carving to-carvings-to of-seals, and the-one a-staying-under of-it to-have-en-othered to-a-varying-unto; to-a-heart of-it it-shall-give into to-have-en-along-belonged to-a-life-scribing-unto, and the-one a-field-sleeping-unto of-it to-have-finished-unto to-a-work.

38:27 ημερας ℵ A | γλυμματα] γραμματα ℵ* (γλ. ℵc.a) | υπομονη] επιμονη ℵ A | om εις ℵc.a | τελεσαι] συντελεσαι ℵc.a

[appendix] σφραγειδω| ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:28 οὕτως χαλκεὺς καθήμενος ἐγγὺς ἄκμονος καὶ καταμανθάνων ἀργῷ σιδήρῳ· ἀτμὶς πυρὸς πήξει σάρκας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν θέρμῃ καμίνου διαμαχήσεται· φωνὴ σφύρης καινιεῖ τὸ οὖς αὐτοῦ, καὶ κατέναντι ὁμοιώματος σκεύους οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ· καρδίαν αὐτοῦ δώσει εἰς συντέλειαν ἔργων, καὶ ἡ ἀγρυπνία αὐτοῦ κοσμῆσαι ἐπὶ συντελείας.

Unto-the-one-this a-copperer-of sitting-down neared of-an-apexing and learning-down unto-un-worked unto-an-iron; a-misting of-a-fire it-shall-en-pitch to-fleshes of-it, and in unto-a-heating of-a-furnace it-shall-battle-through; a-sound of-a-peen it-shall-freshen-to to-the-one to-an-ear of-it, and down-in-ever-a-one of-an-en-along-belonging-to of-an-equipeedness the-ones eyes of-it; to-a-heart of-it it-shall-give into to-a-finishing-together-of of-works, and the-one a-field-sleeping-unto of-it to-have-orderationed-unto upon of-a-finishing-together-of.

Note: of-an-apexing : used to refer to things apexing in appearance, of lightning, of meteorites which tend to be apexed, of anvils, of a funneled kind of pestle, of a kind of wolf, of a kind of eagle, etc.

38:28 ακμωνος B | αγρω σιδηρω] εργα σιδηρω] εργα σιδηρου ℵ εργον σιδηρου A | πηξει] τηξει ℵ A | φωνη] σ incep ℵ* (improb postea ras σ ℵ?) | καινει] κενιει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:29 οὕτως κεραμεὺς καθήμενος ἐν ἔργῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ συστρέφων ἐν ποσὶν αὐτοῦ τροχόν, ὃς ἐν μερίμνῃ κεῖται διὰ παντὸς ἐπὶ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐναρίθμιος πᾶσα ἡ ἐργασία αὐτοῦ·

Unto-the-one-this a-potter-of sitting-down in unto-a-work of-it and beturning-together in unto-feet of-it to-a-circuitee, which in unto-portion-memoriedness it-situateth through of-all upon to-the-one to-a-work of-it, and number-belonged-in all the-one a-working-unto of-it;

Note: to-a-circuitee : used to refer to something circuited, the course or the thing designed, of wheels, hoops, mechanical rings, whirlwinds, circular tracks and boundaries, etc.

38:29 συνστρεφων ℵ | τροχον] πηλον ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:30 ἐν βραχίονι αὐτοῦ τυπώσει πηλόν, καὶ πρὸ ποδῶν κάμψει ἰσχὺν αὐτοῦ· καρδίαν ἐπιδώσει συντελέσαι τὸ χάρισμα, καὶ ἡ ἀγρυπνία αὐτοῦ καθαρίσαι κάμινον.

in unto-more-short of-it it-shall-en-strike to-a-clay, and before of-feet it-shall-bend to-a-force-holding of-it; to-a-heart it-shall-give-upon to-have-finished-together-unto to-the-one to-a-granting-to, and the-one a-field-sleeping-unto of-it to-have-cleansed-to to-a-furnace.

38:30 εν] pr ος ℵ | βραχειοσιν ℵ | επιδωσει] αυτου δωσει ℵ | χαρισμα B*b] χρισμα Baℵ A

[appendix] καμεινον B* (καμιν. Bb) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:31 πάντες οὗτοι εἰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν ἐνεπίστευσαν, καὶ ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ αὐτοῦ σοφίζεται·

All the-ones-these into to-hands of-them they-trusted-in-of, and each in unto-the-one unto-a-work of-it it-be-wisdomed-to;

38:31 αυτων] εαυτων A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:32 ἄνευ αὐτῶν οὐκ οἰκισθήσεται πόλις, καὶ οὐ παροικήσουσιν οὐδὲ περιπατήσουσιν·

un-nodded of-them not it-shall-be-housed-to a-city, and not they-shall-house-beside-unto not-then-also they-shall-tread-about-unto;

38:32 οικισθησεται] οικηθησεται ℵ* οικησεται ℵc.aA | περιπατησουσιν] + αλλ εις βουλην λαου ζητηθησονται ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:33 καὶ ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ οὐχ ὑπεραλοῦνται, καὶ διαθήκην κρίματος οὐ διανοηθήσονται· ἐπὶ δίφρον δικαστοῦ οὐ καθιοῦνται, οὐδὲ μὴ ἐκφάνωσιν δικαιοσύνην καὶ κρίμα, καὶ ἐν παραβολαῖς οὐχ εὑρεθήσονται·

and in unto-a-calling-out-unto not they-shall-jump-over, and to-a-placement-through of-a-separating-to not they-shall-be-en-mulled-through-unto; upon to-a-two-bearer of-a-courser not they-shall-sit-down-to, not-then-also lest they-might-have-manifested-out to-a-course-belongingedness and to-a-separating-to, and in unto-castings-beside not they-shall-be-found;

Note: to-a-two-bearer : used to refer to things made to bear two persons, types of chariots and large seats, etc.

38:33 om και 1° ℵ* (hab ¬ ℵc.a) | και διαθηκην . . . διανοηθησονται bis scr B* (improb 1° Bc : 2° Bb) | και διαθηκην . . . καθιουνται] επι διφρον . . . διανοηθησονται bis scr B* (improb 1° Bc : 2° Bb) | και διαθηκην . . . καθιουνται] επι διφρον . . . διανοηθησονται (invers stichis) ℵ A | ου 1°] σου ℵ* (improb σ ℵ?) | δικαστου] δυναστου A | καθιονται A | εκφανουσιν ℵ | δικαιοσυνην] παιδιαν ℵ A

[appendix] ουχ 1°] ουκ ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 38:34 ἀλλὰ κτίσμα αἰῶνος τηρήσουσιν, καὶ ἡ δέησις αὐτῶν ἐν ἐργασίᾳ τέχνης.

other to-a-befounding-to of-an-age they-shall-keep-unto, and the-one a-binding of-them in unto-a-working-unto of-a-crafting.

38:34 τηρησουσιν] στηριζουσιν ℵ* -ριουσιν ℵc.a postea revoc -ριζουσιν pr ου ℵ* (improb ου ℵc.a) | om εν 1° ℵ | επιδιδοντος A | διανοουμενω A

[appendix] δεησεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:1 Πλὴν τοῦ ἐπιδόντος τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ διανοουμένου ἐν νόμῳ Ὑψίστου, σοφίαν πάντων ἀρχαίων ἐκζητήσει, καὶ ἐν προφητείαις ἀσχοληθήσεται·

To-beyond of-the-one of-having-had-given to-the-one to-a-breathing of-it and of-being-considered-through-unto in unto-a-parcelee of-most-lofteed, to-a-wisdoming-unto of-all of-first-belonged it-shall-seek-out-unto, and in unto-declarings-before-of it-shall-be-un-leisured-unto;

39:1 αρχαιων] αρχοντων ℵ* (-χαιων ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:2 διηγήσεις ἀνδρῶν ὀνομαστῶν συντηρήσει, καὶ ἐν στροφαῖς παραβολῶν συνεισελεύσεται·

to-beleadings-through of-men of-namable it-shall-keep-together-unto, and in unto-beturnings of-castings-through it-shall-come-into-together;

39:2 διηγησεις Bab (-σις B*)] διηγησιν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:3 ἀπόκρυφα παροιμιῶν ἐκζητήσει, καὶ ἐν αἰνίγμασι παραβολῶν ἀναστραφήσεται.

to-hidened-off of-which-belongings-beside-unto it-shall-seek-out-unto, and in unto-riddlings-to of-castings-beside it-shall-have-been-beturned-up.

39:3 αποκρυφια B* (-φα Babℵ A) | αινιγμασιν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:4 ἀνὰ μέσον μεγιστάνων ὑπηρετήσει, καὶ ἔναντι ἡγουμένο ὀφθήσεται· ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίων ἐθνῶν διελεύσεται, ἀγαθὰ γὰρ καὶ κακὰ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἐπείρασεν.

Up to-middle of-most-greats it-shall-row-under-unto, and in-ever-a-one of-leading-unto it-shall-be-beheld; in unto-a-soil of-other-belonged of-placeedness-belongings-to it-shall-come-through, to-excess-placed too-thus and to-wedge-wedged in unto-mankinds it-across-belonged-to.

39:4 ηγουμενων ℵ | om γαρ ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | om εν 2° A

[appendix] επιρασεν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:5 τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ ἐπιδώσει ὀρθρίσαι πρὸς Κύριον τὸν ποιήσαντα αὐτόν, καὶ ἔναντι Ὑψίστου δεηθήσεται· καὶ ἀνοίξει στόμα αὐτοῦ ἐν προσευχῇ, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτοῦ δεηθήσεται.

To-the-one to-a-heart of-it it-shall-give-upon to-have-ruddy-jutted-to toward to-Authority-belonged to-the-one to-having-done-unto to-it, and in-ever-a-one of-most-lofteed it-shall-be-binded; and it-shall-open-up to-a-becutteeing-to of-it in unto-a-goodly-holding-toward, and about of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-unto of-it it-shall-be-binded.

39:5 στομα] pr το ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:6 ἐὰν Κύριος ὁ μέγας θελήσῃ, πνεύματι συνέσεως ἐμπλησθήσεται· ἀνομβρήσει ῥήματα σοφίας αὐτός, καὶ ἐν προσευχῇ ἐξομολογήσεται Κυρίῳ·

If-ever Authority-belonged the-one great it-might-have-determined, unto-a-currenting-to of-a-sending-together it-shall-be-repleted-in; it-shall-storm-up-unto to-utterings-to of-a-wisdoming-unto it, and in unto-a-goodly-holding-toward it-shall-along-forthee-out-unto unto-Authority-belonged;

39:6 Κυριος] pr ο ℵc.aA | εμπλησθησεται] εμπλησει (-σι ℵc.a) αυτον ℵc.aA | ανομβρησει] pr αυτος Ba?c?ℵ A | αυτος] αυτου Ba(vid)ℵ A | om Κυριω ℵ* (hab κω̅ ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:7 αὐτὸς κατευθυνεῖ βουλὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιστήμην, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀποκρύφοις αὐτοῦ διανοηθήσεται·

it it-shall-straighten-down to-a-purposing of-it and to-a-standing-upon, and in unto-the-ones unto-hidened-off of-it it-shall-be-en-mulled-through-unto;

39:7 om αυτου 1° ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:8 αὐτὸς ἐκφαίνει παιδείαν διδασκαλίας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν νόμῳ διαθήκης Κυρίου καυχήσεται.

it it-manifesteth-out to-a-childing-of of-a-veer-veerating-unto of-it, and in unto-a-parcelee of-a-placement-through of-Authority-belonged it-shall-boast-unto.

39:8 αυτος] pr και C | εκφανει C | παιδιαν ℵ A C | κυ̅ διαθηκης A

[appendix] διδασκαλειας B* (-λιας Bb) ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:9 αἰνέσουσιν τὴν σύνεσιν αὐτοῦ πολλοί, ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος οὐκ ἐξαλειφθήσεται· οὐκ ἀποστήσεται τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ζήσεται εἰς γενεὰς γενεῶν·

They-shall-laud-unto to-the-one to-a-sending-together of-it, much, unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-age not it-shall-be-smeared-along-out; not it-shall-stand-off, the-one a-remembrance of-it, and the-one a-naming-to of-it it-shall-life-unto into to-becomednesses of-becomednesses;

39:9 εως] pr και ℵ A C | ονομα] pr το ℵ A C | ζησεται] ζητησεται A

[appendix] εξαλιφθησεται B* (εξαλειφθ. Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:10 τὴν σοφίαν αὐτοῦ διηγήσονται ἔθνη, καὶ τὸν ἔπαινον αὐτοῦ ἐξαγγελεῖ ἐκκλησία·

to-the-one to-a-wisdoming-unto of-it they-shall-lead-through-unto, placeedness-belongings-to, and to-the-one to-a-laudation-upon of-it it-shall-leadeeer-out, a-calling-out-unto;

39:10 διηγησεται B?ℵ A C | εθνει B*ℵ* (εθνη Babℵ1) | τον επαινον (παινον ℵ* επ. ℵc.a)] om τον C | εξαγγελ|λει ℵ εξαγγελησεται C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:11 ἐὰν ἐμμείνῃ, ὄνομα καταλείψει ἢ χίλιοι, καὶ ἐὰν ἀναπαύσηται, ἐμποιεῖ αὐτῷ.

if-ever it-might-have-stayed-in, to-a-naming-to it-shall-remainder-down or thousand, and if-ever it-might-have-ceased-up, it-doeth-in-unto unto-it.

39:11 αναπαυσηται] παυσηται ℵ A C | εμποιησει ℵ* (εμποιει ℵc.a)

[appendix] εμμινη ℵ* (-μειν. ℵc.c) C | καταλιψει B* (-λειψ. Bab) C | χειλιοι B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:12 Ἔτι διανοηθεὶς ἐκδιηγήσομαι, καὶ ὡς διχομηνία ἐπληρώθην.

If-to-a-one having-been-en-mulled-through-unto I-shall-lead-through-out-unto, and as a-split-monthing-unto I-was-en-filled.

Note: a-split-monthing-unto : used to refer to a full moon, which marked the middle of a month that began with a new moon.

39:12 ετι] + δε ℵ | εκδιηγηθησομαι A | διχοτομηνια ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:13 εἰσακούσατέ μου, υἱοὶ ὅσιοι, καὶ βλαστήσατε ὡς ῥόδον φυόμενον ἐπὶ ῥεύματος ἀγροῦ,

Ye-should-have-heard-into of-me, Sons Holy, and ye-should-have-sprouted as a-rose spawning upon of-a-flowing-to of-a-field,

39:13 εισακουσεται C* (-σαται Ca) | μοι C* (μου Ca) | βλαστησεται C | αγρου] υγρου ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:14 καὶ ὡς λίβανος εὐωδιάσατε ὀσμήν, καὶ ἀνθήσατε ἄνθος ὡς κρίνον, διάδοτε ὀσμὴν καὶ αἰνέσατε ᾆσμα. εὐλογήσατε Κύριον ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔργοις,

and as a-libanos ye-should-have-goodly-odored-to to-an-odor, and ye-should-have-placeednessed-unto to-a-placeedness-up as a-lilly, ye-should-have-had-given-through to-an-odor and ye-should-have-lauded-unto to-a-songing-to. Ye-should-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-Authority-belonged upon unto-all unto-the-ones unto-works,

Note: a-libanos : transliterated from Hebrew LEBONAH meaning whiteness, used of the milky extract of the frankincense tree and the tree itself, this name also given to the white capped (milky) mountain ranges (LIBANOS and ANTI LIBANOS) of the area later called by this name (Lebanon).

Note: to-a-placeedness-up : a flower, a bloom, a highest point, a surfacing, etc.

39:14 λιβανον ℵ | ευωδιασατε οσμην] τε οσμην rescr Ca

πασι ℵ C | εργοις] + αυτου ℵc.aA

[appendix] ανθησαται C | αινεσαται C | ευλογησαται C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:15 δότε τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μεγαλωσύνην, καὶ ἐξομολογήσασθε ἐν αἰνέσει αὐτοῦ, ἐν ᾠδαῖς χειλέων καὶ ἐν κινύραις, καὶ οὕτως ἐρεῖτε ἐν ἐξομολογήσει

ye-should-have-had-given unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-it to-an-en-greateningedness, and ye-should-have-along-fortheed-out-unto in unto-a-lauding of-it, in unto-songs of-rimmeednesses and in unto-guitars, and unto-the-one-this ye-shall-utter in unto-an-along-fortheeing-out,

39:15 [appendix] χιλεων ℵ A* (χειλ. Aa?) | ερειται B A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:16 Τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου πάντα ὅτι καλὰ σφόδρα, καὶ πᾶν πρόσταγμα ἐν καιρῷ αὐτοῦ ἔσται·

The-ones works of-Authority-belonged all to-which-a-one seemly to-vehemented, and all an-arranging-toward-to in unto-a-time of-it it-shall-be;

39:16 καιρω] κω̅ ℵ* (καιρω ℵc.a)

[appendix] και] κα C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:17 οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν Τί τοῦτο; εἰς τί τοῦτο; πάντα γὰρ ἐν καιρῷ αὐτοῦ ζητηθήσεται. ἐν λόγῳ αὐτοῦ ἔστη ὡς θιμωνιὰ ὕδωρ, καὶ ἐν ῥήματι στόματος αὐτοῦ ἀποδοχεῖα ὑδάτων.

not it-be to-have-had-said, What-one the-one-this? Into to-what-one the-one-this? All too-thus in unto-a-time of-it it-shall-be-sought-unto. In unto-a-forthee of-it it-had-stood as a-piling-unto, a-water, and in unto-an-uttering-to of-a-becutteeing-to of-it receivelets-off of-waters.

39:17 εις τι] εστι C* (εις τι Ca) | θειμωνια ℵ θημωνια C | αποδοχια B*C (-χεια Ba?bℵ A)

[appendix] ειπιν C (item 21, 34)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:18 ἐν προστάγματι αὐτοῦ πᾶσα ἡ εὐδοκία, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἐλαττώσει τὸ σωτήριον αὐτοῦ.

In unto-an-arranging-toward-to of-it all the-one a-goodly-thinking-unto, and not it-be which it-shall-en-lacken to-the-one to-saviored-belonged of-it.

39:18 η ευδοκια] om η ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:19 ἔργα πάσης σαρκὸς ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν κρυβῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ·

Works of-all of-a-flesh to-in-look-belonged of-it, and not it-be to-have-had-been-hidened off of-the-ones of-eyes of-it;

39:19 των οφθαλμων] ν 1° sup ras Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:20 ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐπέβλεψεν, καὶ οὐθέν ἐστιν θαυμάσιον ἐναντίον αὐτοῦ.

off of-the-one of-an-age into to-the-one to-an-age it-viewed-upon, and not-from-one it-be marvel-to-belonged to-ever-a-oned-in of-it.

39:20 εις] επι ℵ* (εις ℵc.a) | ουθεν] ουκ ℵ* ουδεν ℵc.a A C | εστι C | θαυμαστον ℵ A C | αυτου] pr των οφθαλμων ℵ* (improb ℵc.a antea uncis incl ℵ?)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:21 οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν Τί τοῦτο; εἰς τί τοῦτο; πάντα γὰρ εἰς χρείας αὐτῶν ἔκτισται.

Not it-be to-have-had-said, What-one the-one-this? Into to-what-one the-one-this? All too-thus into to-affordings-of of-them it-had-come-to-be-befounded-to.

39:21 om τι 2° C | χριαν ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:22 ἡ εὐλογία αὐτοῦ ὡς ποταμὸς ἐπεκάλυψεν, καὶ ὡς κατακλυσμὸς ξηρὰν ἐμέθυσεν·

The-one a-goodly-fortheeing-unto of-it as a-drinkationing-of it-shrouded-upon, and as a-down-sloshing-of-to to-dried it-toxinated;

39:22 επεκαλυψεν] απεκαλυψε C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:23 οὕτως ὀργὴν αὐτοῦ ἔθνη κληρονομήσει, ὡς μετέστρεψεν ὕδατα εἰς ἅλμην.

unto-the-one-this to-a-stressing of-it placeedness-belongings-to it-shall-lot-parcelee-unto, as it-beturned-with to-waters into to-a-salteeing.

39:23 οργη ℵc.a | εθνει B | om ως μετεστρεψεν . . . αλμην AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:24 αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ τοῖς ὁσίοις εὐθεῖαι, οὕτως τοῖς ἀνόμοις προσκόμματα·

The-ones ways of-it unto-the-ones unto-holy straight, unto-the-one-this unto-the-ones unto-un-parceleed fellings-toward-to;

39:24 προσκομματα (προσσκ. A)] + ως μετεστρεψεν υδατα εις αλμην AC

[appendix] ευθιαι ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:25 ἀγαθὰ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἔκτισται ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, οὕτως τοῖς ἁμαρτωλοῖς κακά.

excess-placed unto-the-ones unto-excess-placed it-had-come-to-be-befounded-to off of-a-firsting, unto-the-one-this unto-the-ones unto-un-adjusted-along wedge-wedged.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:26 ἀρχὴ πάσης χρείας εἰς ζωὴν ἀνθρώπου, ὕδωρ, πῦρ καὶ σίδηρος καὶ ἅλα καὶ σεμίδαλις, πυρὸς καὶ μέλι καὶ γάλα, αἷμα σταφυλῆς καὶ ἔλαιον καὶ ἱμάτιον·

A-firsting of-all of-an-affording-of into to-a-lifing of-a-mankind, a-water, a-fire and an-iron and a-saltness and a-flour, a-wheat and a-honey and a-milk, a-rushering-to of-a-grape and an-oillet and an-apparelet;

Note: a-saltness in 01 03 (ALA) : a-salt (ALAS) in 02; ALA could mean to-a-salt if the accusative usage was intended, but that seems un-likely.

39:26 πυρος] πυρου ℵ πυρ C | και γαλα και μελι ℵ

ζωην] ψυχην C | πυρ] pr και ℵc.a A C | om και 1° ℵ | αλας A | και σεμιδ. inc stich ℵ | σεμιδαλιν ℵ* (-λις ℵc.a) C

[appendix] χριας A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:27 ταῦτα πάντα τοῖς εὐσεβέσιν εἰς ἀγαθά, οὕτως τοῖς ἁμαρτωλοῖς τραπήσεται εἰς κακά.

the-ones-these all unto-the-ones unto-goodly-reveringed into to-excess-placed, unto-the-one-this unto-the-ones unto-un-adjusted-along it-shall-have-been-turned into to-wedge-wedged.

39:27 ταυτα παντα] παντα τοαυτα (sic) ℵ* π. ταυτα ℵ1 c.a | ευσεβεσι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:28 ἔστιν πνεύματα ἃ εἰς ἐκδίκησιν ἔκτισται, καὶ ἐν θυμῷ αὐτῶν ἐστερέωσαν μάστιγας αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐν καιρῷ συντελείας ἰσχὺν ἐκχεοῦσιν, καὶ τὸν θυμὸν τοῦ ποιήσαντος αὐτοὺς κοπάσουσιν.

It-be currentings-to which into to-a-coursing-out it-had-come-to-be-befounded-to, and in unto-a-passion of-them they-en-stabled to-thrashes of-them; and in unto-a-time of-a-finishing-together-of to-a-force-holding they-shall-pour-out, and to-the-one to-a-passion of-the-one of-having-done-unto to-them they-shall-fell-to.

39:28 πνευματα] πν̅α ℵ* (πνα̅τα ℵc.a) C | αυτων 1°] αυτου ℵc.a | εστερεωσεν ℵc.a | om και 2° A | συντελιας C | εκχεουσι C | κοπτασουσι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:29 πῦρ καὶ χάλαζα καὶ λιμὸς καὶ θάνατος, πάντα ταῦτα εἰς ἐκδίκησιν ἔκτισται·

A-fire and a-hailedness and a-famine and a-death, all the-ones-these into to-a-coursing-out it-had-come-to-be-befounded-to;

39:29 [appendix] λειμος ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:30 θηρίων ὀδόντες καὶ σκορπίοι καὶ ἔχεις καὶ ῥομφαία ἐκδικοῦσα εἰς ὄλεθρον ἀσεβεῖς,

of-beastlets teeth and scorpions and adders and a-sabre coursing-out into to-an-en-destructing to-un-reveringed,

39:30 εκδικουσα] εκδιωκουσα ℵc.a (mox ipse revoc εκδικ.)

[appendix] εχις C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:31 (37) ἐν τῇ ἐντολῇ αὐτοῦ εὐφρανθήσονται, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἰς χρείας ἑτοιμασθήσονται, καὶ ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς αὐτῶν οὐ παραβήσονται λόγον.

in unto-the-one unto-a-finishing-in of-it they-shall-be-goodly-centered, and upon of-the-one of-a-soil into to-an-affording-of they-shall-be-readied-to, and in unto-the-ones unto-times of-them not they-shall-step-beside to-a-forthee.

39:31 χρειας] χειρας A | τοις καιροις] om τοις ℵ A C | αυτων] αυτου C

[appendix] χριας ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:32 διὰ τοῦτο ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐστηρίχθην καὶ διενοήθην καὶ ἐν γραφῇ ἀφῆκα.

Through to-the-one-this out of-a-firsting I-was-stablished-to and I-was-en-mulled-through-unto and in unto-a-scribing I-sent-off.

39:32 εστηρισθην ℵ* (-χθην ℵc.a) | και εν γραφη αφηκα και διενοηθην C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:33 τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου πάντα ἀγαθά, καὶ πᾶσαν χρείαν ἐν ὥρᾳ αὐτῆς χορηγήσει·

The-ones works of-Authority-belonged all excess-placed, and to-all to-an-affording-of in unto-an-houredness of-it it-shall-chorus-lead-unto;

39:33 αγαθα] pr τα C | ωρα] καιρω C | χορηγησει] εχορηγησεν C

[appendix] χριαν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:34 καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν Τοῦτο τούτου πονηρότερον, πάντα γὰρ ἐν καιρῷ εὐδοκιμηθήσεται.

and not it-be to-have-had-said, The-one-this of-the-one-this more-en-necessitated, all too-thus in unto-a-time it-shall-be-goodly-assessed-unto.

39:34 ευδοκιμηθησεται] δοκιμασθησεται ℵ ευδοκιμησεται A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 39:35 καὶ νῦν ἐν πάσῃ καρδίᾳ καὶ στόματι ὑμνήσαμεν, καὶ εὐλογήσατε τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου.

And now in unto-all unto-a-heart and unto-a-becutteeing-to we-hymned-unto, and ye-should-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-Authority-belonged.

Note: we-hymned-unto in 03* : ye-should-have-hymned-unto in 01 02 03C2.

39:35 υμνησατε Bbℵ A C (-ται)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:1 Ἀσχολία μεγάλη ἔκτισται παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ, καὶ ζυγὸς βαρὺς ἐπὶ υἱοὺς Ἀδάμ, ἀφ' ἡμέρας ἐξόδου ἐκ γαστρὸς μητρὸς αὐτῶν ἕως ἡμέρας ἐπὶ ταφῇ εἰς μητέρα πάντων·

An-un-leisuring-unto great it-had-come-to-be-befounded-to unto-all unto-a-mankind, and a-couplage weighed upon to-sons of-an-Adam, off of-a-dayedness of-a-way-out out of-a-stomach of-a-mother of-them unto-if-which of-a-dayedness upon unto-a-buriaging into to-a-mother of-all;

40:1 υιους Αδαμ] υς Αδαμ sup ras Bab υιοις Αδ. ℵ | αυτων] αυτου C | ημερα (2°) ℵ* (ρας ℵc.a) | επι ταφη] επι ταφης (? επιταφης) AC επιστραφη ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:2 τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς αὐτῶν καὶ φόβον καρδίας, ἐπίνοια προσδοκίας, ἡμέρα τελευτῆς·

to-the-ones to-fortheeings-through-to-of of-them and to-a-fearee of-a-heart, an-en-mulling-upon-unto of-a-thinking-toward-unto, a-dayedness of-a-finishing-of-unto;

40:2 καρδιαν A | προσδοκια ℵ* (-κιας ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:3 ἀπὸ καθημένου ἐπὶ θρόνου ἐν δόξῃ καὶ ἕως τεταπεινωμένου ἐν γῇ καὶ σποδῷ,

off of-sitting-down upon of-a-throne in unto-a-reckonedness and unto-if-which of-having-had-come-to-be-en-low-belonged-to in unto-a-soil and unto-an-ash,

40:3 εν δοξη] ευδοξου ℵ A C | om και 1° A | εως τεταπεινωμενου] ωστε ταπεινουμενου A

[appendix] τεταπινωμενου B* (τεταπειν. Bab) ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:4 ἀπὸ φοροῦντος ὑακίνθινον καὶ στέφανον καὶ ἕως περιβαλλομένου ὠμόλινον·

off of-beareeing-unto to-hyacinthed-belonged-to and to-a-wreath and unto-if-which of-being-casted-about to-a-raw-flaxee;

40:4 υακινθινον ℵ A | εως] ως C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:5 θυμὸς καὶ ζῆλος καὶ ταραχὴ καὶ σάλος καὶ φόβος θανάτου καὶ μηνίαμα καὶ ἔρις. καὶ ἐν καιρῷ ἀναπαύσεως ἐπὶ κοίτης ὕπνος νυκτὸς ἀλλοιοῖ γνῶσιν αὐτοῦ·

a-passion and a-craveedness and a-stirring and an-undulation and a-fearee of-a-death and a-wrathing-to and a-wrangling. And in unto-a-time of-a-ceasing-up upon of-a-situating a-sleep of-a-night it-en-othereth to-an-acquainting of-it;

40:5 om και 2° ℵ C | μηνιαμα] μηνιμα ℵ A μηνεις C | ερεις C | κοιτης] της non inst Bb | νυκτος] και νυξ ℵ* (νυκτ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:6 ὀλίγον ὡς οὐδὲν ἐν ἀναπαύσει, καὶ ἀπ' ἐκείνου ἐν ὕπνοις ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σκοπιᾶς· τεθορυβημένος ἐν ὁράσει καρδίας αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἐκπεφευγὼς ἀπὸ προσώπου πολέμου·

little as not-then-also-one in unto-a-ceasing-up, and off of-the-one-thither in unto-sleeps as in unto-a-dayedness of-a-scouteeing-unto; having-had-come-to-be-tumulted-unto in unto-a-seeeeing of-a-heart of-it, as having-hath-had-come-to-flee-out off of-looked-toward of-a-war;

40:6 ορασει B*c] θρασει Ba?b | απο προσωπου πολεμου εκπεφευγως C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:7 ἐν καιρῷ σωτηρίας αὐτοῦ ἐξηγέρθη, καὶ ἀποθαυμάζων εἰς οὐδένα φόβον.

in unto-a-time of-a-savioring-unto of-it it-was-roused-out, and off-marveling-to into to-not-then-also-one to-a-fearee.

40:7 αποθαυμαζων] αποθαυμαζοντων ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:8 μετὰ πάσης σαρκὸς ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ἕως κτήνους, καὶ ἐπὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἑπταπλάσια πρὸς ταῦτα·

With of-all of-a-flesh off of-a-mankind unto-if-which of-a-befoundeedness, and upon of-un-adjusted-along seven-fold-belonged toward to-the-ones-these;

Note: of-a-befoundeedness : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

40:8 om και επι αμαρτωλων . . . προς ταυτα C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:9 θάνατος καὶ αἷμα καὶ ἔρις καὶ ῥομφαία,

a-death and a-rushering-to and a-wranging and a-sabre,

Note: a-sabre in 01* 03* : + leadings-upon a-famine and a-rubbing-together-to and a-thrash in 02 01C1 03C1 03C2.

40:9 και ερις και αιμα ℵ | ερις] εις (sic) C | ρομφαια] + επαγωγαι λειμος (λιμ. Bb A C) και συντριμμα και μαστιξ Bab mg supℵc.a A C επαγ. λειμος συντρ. και μαστιγες ℵ*

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:10 ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνόμους ἐκτίσθη ταῦτα πάντα, καὶ δι' αὐτοὺς ἐγένετο ὁ κατακλυσμός.

upon to-the-ones to-un-parceleed it-was-befounded-to the-ones-these all, and through to-them it-had-became the-one a-down-sloshing-of-to.

40:10 παντα ταυτα ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:11 πάντα ὅσα ἀπὸ γῆς εἰς γῆν ἀναστρέφει, καὶ ἀπὸ ὑδάτων εἰς θάλασσαν ἀνακάμπτει.

All which-a-which off of-a-soil into to-a-soil it-beturneth-up, and off of-waters into to-a-flourisheredness it-bendeth-up.

40:11 αναστρεψει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:12 πᾶν δῶρον καὶ ἀδικία ἐξαλειφθήσεται, καὶ πίστις εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα στήσεται.

All a-gift and an-un-coursing-unto it-shall-be-smeared-along-out, and a-trust into to-the-one to-an-age it-shall-stand.

40:12 [appendix] εξαλιφθησεται B* (εξαλειφθ. Bab) C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:13 χρήματα ἀδίκων ὡς ποταμὸς ξηρανθήσεται, καὶ ὡς βροντὴ μεγάλη ἐν ὑετῷ ἐξηχήσει·

Affordings-to of-un-coursed as a-drinkationing-of it-shall-be-dried, and as a-thunder great in unto-a-rain it-shall-reverberate-unto;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:14 ἐν τῷ ἀνοῖξαι αὐτὸν χεῖρας εὐφρανθήσεται, οὕτως οἱ παραβαίνοντες εἰς συντέλειαν ἐκλείψουσιν.

in unto-the-one to-have-opened-up to-it to-hands it-shall-be-goodly-centered, unto-the-one-this the-ones stepping-beside into to-a-finishing-together-of they-shall-remainder-out.

40:14 συντελιαν C | εκλειψουσιν BabC (εκλιψ. B*ℵ)] εκθλιψουσιν A

[appendix] εκλιψουσιν B* (εκλειψ. Bab)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:15 ἔκγονα ἀσεβῶν οὐ πληθυνεῖ κλάδους, καὶ ῥίζαι ἀκάθαρτοι ἐπ' ἀκροτόμου πέτρας·

Became-out of-un-reveringed not it-shall-repleten to-branches, and rootednesses un-cleansed upon of-extremity-cut of-a-rockedness;

40:15 ακαθαρτοι] καθαρτοι sup ras Bab

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:16 ἄχει ἐπὶ παντὸς ὕδατος καὶ χείλους ποταμοῦ πρὸ παντὸς χόρτου ἐκτιλήσεται.

an-achos upon of-all of-a-water and of-a-rimmeedness of-a-drinkationing-of before of-all of-a-victualage it-shall-be-pulled-out.

Note: an-achos : transliterated from the Hebrew, apparently the Hebrew transliteration of an Egyptian word which referred to sedge grazing fields near the Nile.

40:16 αχει] αχι A evan in C | χειλους] χιλος A

[appendix] χιλους ℵ | εκτειλησεται A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:17 χάρις ὡς παράδεισος ἐν εὐλογίαις, καὶ ἐλεημοσύνη εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα διαμενεῖ.

A-granting as a-sending-through-beside in unto-goodly-fortheeings-unto, and a-besectionatingedness into to-the-one to-an-age it-shall-stay-through.

40:17 παραδεισον ℵ* (-σος ℵ1c.a) | ελεμοσυνη] pr εν ℵ* (improb εν ℵc.a) | διαμενει] μενει C

[appendix] παραδισος B* (παραδεισ. Bab) AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:18 ζωὴ αὐτάρκους ἐργάτου γλυκανθήσεται, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀμφότερα ὁ εὑρίσκων θησαυρόν.

A-lifing of-self-lift-belonginged-of-unto of-a-worker it-shall-be-sweetened, and over to-more-around the-one finding to-an-en-placing.

40:18 αμφοτερα ο ευρ.] om ο ℵ* (hab ο ℵc.a) αμφοτερας ευρ. A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:19 τέκνα καὶ οἰκοδομὴ πόλεως στηρίζουσιν ὄνομα, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀμφότερα γυνὴ ἄμωμος λογίζεται.

Creationees and a-house-building of-a-city they-stablish-to to-a-naming-to, and over to-more-around a-woman un-blemished it-be-fortheed-to.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:20 οἶνος καὶ μουσικὰ εὐφραίνουσιν καρδίαν, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀμφότερα ἀγάπησις σοφίας.

A-wine and muse-belonged-of they-goodly-centereth to-a-heart, and over to-more-around an-en-excessing-off of-a-wisdoming-unto.

40:20 αγαπησεις σοφιαν sup ras ℵ1 ευρησις σοφ. C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:21 αὐλὸς καὶ ψαλτήριον ἡδύνουσιν μέλη, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀμφότερα γλῶσσα ἡδεῖα.

A-channel and a-twangerlet they-pleasuren to-members, and over to-more-around a-tongue pleasured.

Note: a-channel : used to refer to an air channel as in wind instruments.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:22 χάριν καὶ κάλλος ἐπιθυμήσει ὀφθαλμὸς σου, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀμφότερα χλόην σπόρου.

To-a-granting and to-a-seemlieedness it-shall-passion-upon-unto, an-eye of-thee, and over to-more-around to-a-greening of-a-whorlee.

40:22 ο οφθαλμος σου] οφθαλμος A οφθ. σου C | χλοη C | σποριμου ℵ* (σπορου ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:23 φίλος καὶ ἑταῖρος εἰς καιρὸν ἀπαντῶντες, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀμφότερα γυνὴ μετὰ ἀνδρός.

Cared and a-comrade into to-a-time off-ever-a-oneing-unto, and over to-more-around a-woman with of-a-man.

40:23 εταιρος] ετερος C | μετα] μετ A

[appendix] κερον ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:24 ἀδελφοὶ καὶ βοήθεια εἰς καιρὸν θλίψεως, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀμφότερα ἐλεημοσύνη ῥύσεται.

Brethrened and a-holler-running-of into to-a-time of-a-pressing, and over to-more-around a-besectionatingedness it-shall-tract.

40:24 αδελφοι] pr και ℵ* (om και ℵc.a) | βοηθεια] β sup litur in B | ρυεται ℵ A C

[appendix] θλειψεως B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:25 χρυσίον καὶ ἀργύριον ἐπιστήσουσιν πόδα, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀμφότερα γυνὴ εὐδοκιμεῖται.

A-goldlet and a-silverlet they-shall-stand-upon to-a-foot, and over to-more-around a-woman it-be-goodly-assessed-unto.

Note: a-woman : a-purposing in 01 02 03C1 03C2.

40:25 γυνη] βουλη Babℵ A C

[appendix] ευδοκειμειται AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:26 χρήματα καὶ ἰσχὺς ἀνυψώσουσιν καρδίαν, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀμφότερα φόβος Κυρίου· οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν φόβῳ Κυρίου ἐλάττωσις, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιζητῆσαι ἐν αὐτῷ βοήθειαν·

Affordings-to and a-force-holding they-shall-en-loftee-up to-a-heart, and over to-more-around a-fearee of-Authority-belonged; not it-be in unto-a-fearee of-Authority-belonged an-en-lackening, and not it-be to-have-sought-upon-unto in unto-it to-a-holler-running-of;

40:26 ανυψωσουσιν] ανυψουσιν ℵ1c.a (ανουψουσ. ℵ*) A | Κυριου 1°] θυ̅ ℵ* (κυ̅ ℵc.a) | φοβω] pr εν ℵ A C | Κυριου 2°] θυ̅ ℵ (κυ̅ ℵc.a) | επιζητησαι εν αυτω βοηθειαν] εν αυτω ζητησαι β. C

[appendix] ελαττωσεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:27 φόβος Κυρίου ὡς παράδεισος εὐλογίας, καὶ ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν δόξαν ἐκάλυψαν αὐτόν.

a-fearee of-Authority-belonged as a-sending-through-beside of-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto, and over to-all to-a-reckonedness they-shrouded to-it.

40:27 πασαν] αμφοτερα C | εκαλυψεν ℵ A

[appendix] παραδισος ℵ C | ειλογειας A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:28 τέκνον, ζωὴν ἐπαιτήσεως μὴ βιώσῃς· κρεῖσσον ἀποθανεῖν ἢ ἐπαιτεῖν.

Creationee, to-a-lifing of-an-appealing-upon lest thou-might-have-en-dureeated; more-securinged-of to-have-had-died-off or to-appeal-upon-unto.

40:28 κρεισσον (-σσων B)] + γαρ ℵc.a

[appendix] κρισσον ℵ A C | αποθανιν ℵ C | επαιτιν ℵ* (-τειν ℵc.c) επετειν C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:29 ἀνὴρ βλέπων εἰς τράπεζαν ἀλλοτρίαν, οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῦ ὁ βίος ἐν λογισμῷ ζωῆς, ἀλισγήσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐδέσμασιν ἀλλοτρίοις· ἀνὴρ δὲ ἐπιστήμων καὶ πεπαιδευμένος φυλάξεται.

A-man viewing into to-a-four-footedness to-other-belonged, not it-be of-it the-one a-dureeation in unto-a-fortheeing-to-of of-a-lifing, it-shall-pollueth-unto to-the-one to-a-breathing of-it in unto-eatings-to unto-other-belonged; a-man then-also standinged-upon-of and having-had-come-to-be-childed-of it-shall-guarder.

40:29 βλεπων] incep τρ ℵ* (improb τρ ℵ1 postea ras) | διαλογισμω ℵ | αλισγησει] αλγησει ℵ | την ψυχην] om την ℵ A

[appendix] αλισγησι C | αιδεσμασιν B* (εδεσμ. Bb) | πεπεδευμενος ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 40:30 ἐν στόματι ἀναιδοῦς γλυκανθήσεται ἐπαίτησις, καὶ ἐν κοιλίᾳ αὐτοῦ πῦρ καήσεται.

In unto-a-becutteeing-to of-un-un-sightinged it-shall-be-sweetened an-appealing-upon, and in unto-a-hollowing-unto of-it a-fire it-shall-have-been-burn-belonged.

Note: of-un-un-sightinged (ANAIDOUS): un-un intended; from AN=un and AIDEW; AIDEW is from A and EIDOS, to-un-sight-unto, i.e., a desire to be unseen (because of shame); so, lacking a desire to be unseen, i.e., un-ashamed.

40:30 απαιτησις ℵ

[appendix] επαιτησεις A επετησις C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:1 Ὦ θάνατε, ὡς πικρόν σου τὸ μνημόσυνόν ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ εἰρηνεύοντι ἐν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ, ἀνδρὶ ἀπερισπάστῳ καὶ εὐοδουμένῳ ἐν πᾶσιν καὶ ἔτι ἰσχύοντι ἐπιδέξασθαι τροφήν.

Oh Death, as bitter of-thee the-one a-remembrance it-be unto-a-mankind unto-joinifying-of in unto-the-ones unto-firsting-under of-it, unto-a-man unto-un-drawn-about and unto-being-goodly-wayed-of in unto-all and if-to-a-one unto-force-holding to-have-received-upon to-a-nourishing.

41:1 αυτου] αυτω ℵ | πασι C | επιδεξασθαι] δεξασθε ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:2 ὦ θάνατε, καλόν σου τὸ κρίμα ἐστὶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐπιδεομένῳ καὶ ἐλασσουμένῳ ἰσχύι, ἐσχατογήρῳ καὶ περισπωμένῳ περὶ πάντων, καὶ ἀπειθοῦντι καὶ ἀπολωλεκότι ὑπομονήν.

Oh Death, seemly of-thee the-one a-separating-to it-be unto-a-mankind unto-being-binded-upon and unto-being-more-en-lackened unto-a-force-holding, unto-most-bordered-oldness and unto-being-about-drawn-unto about of-all, and unto-un-conducing-unto and unto-having-had-come-to-destruct-off to-a-staying-under.

41:2 καλον] pr ως ℵc.a | επιδεουμενω A | ισχυι] pr εν ℵ A | περι παντων] pr και ℵ* (improb και ℵc)

[appendix] ισχυει B* (ισχυι Bb) εισχυι C | απιθουντι B* (απειθ. Bb(vid)) ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:3 μὴ εὐλαβοῦ κρίμα θανάτου, μνήσθητι προτέρων σου καὶ ἐσχάτων·

Lest thou-should-goodly-take-unto to-a-separating-to of-a-death, thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto of-more-before of-thee and of-most-bordered;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:4 τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα παρὰ Κυρίου πάσῃ σαρκί, καὶ τί ἀπαναίνῃ ἐν εὐδοκίᾳ Ὑψίστου; εἴτε δέκα εἴτε ἑκατὸν εἴτε χίλια ἔτη, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ᾅδου ἐλεγμὸς ζωῆς.

the-one-this the-one a-separating-to beside of-Authority-belonged unto-all unto-a-flesh, and to-what-one thou-un-laud-off in unto-a-goodly-thinking-unto of-most-lofteed? If-also ten if-also a-hundred if-also thousand yeareednesses, not it-be in of-a-hadês a-trialing-of of-a-lifing.

41:4 το κριμα] om το AC | om εν 1° ℵ* (hab εν ℵc.c (vid))

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:5 τέκνα βδελυκτὰ γίνεται τέκνα ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ συναναστρεφόμενα παροικίαις ἀσεβῶν·

Creationees abhorrered it-becometh creationees of-un-adjusted-along, and being-beturned-up-together unto-housings-beside-unto of-un-reveringed;

41:5 βδελυκτα] βδελυρα ℵ A C

[appendix] γεινεται ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:6 τέκνων ἁμαρτωλῶν ἀπολεῖται κληρονομία, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτῶν ἐνδελεχιεῖ ὄνειδος.

of-creationees of-un-adjusted-along it-shall-destruct-off, a-lot-parceleeing-unto, and with of-the-one of-a-whorling-to of-them it-shall-elongate-in-to, a-name-sighteedness.

41:6 ενδελεχει A

[appendix] ονιδος ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:7 πατρὶ ἀσεβεῖ μέμψεται τέκνα, ὅτι δι' αὐτὸν ὀνειδισθήσονται.

Unto-a-father unto-un-reveringed it-shall-blame, creationees, to-which-a-one through to-it they-shall-be-reproached-to.

41:7 μεμφε[ται] C

[appendix] δι] δει A | ονιδισθησονται B* (ονειδ. Bb(vid)) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:8 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν ἄνδρες ἀσεβεῖς, οἵτινες ἐγκατελείπετε νόμον θεοῦ Ὑψίστου·

A-woe unto-ye, Men un-reveringed, which-ones ye-remainder-down-in to-a-parcelee of-a-Deity of-most-lofteed;

41:8 εγκατελειπετε] εγκατελιπετε Bbℵ (ενκ.) εγκατελειπατε C | om θεου ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:9 καὶ ἐὰν γεννηθῆτε, εἰς κατάραν γεννηθήσεσθε, καὶ ἐὰν ἀποθάνητε, εἰς κατάραν μερισθήσεσθε.

and if-ever ye-might-have-been-generated-unto, into to-a-cursedness-down ye-shall-be-generated-unto, and if-ever ye-might-have-had-died-off, into to-a-cursedness-down ye-shall-be-portioned-to.

41:9 [appendix] [γ]εννηθηται C | γεννηθησεσθαι ℵ | [αποθ]ανηται C | μερισθησεσθαι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:10 πάντα ὅσα ἐκ γῆς εἰς γῆν ἀπελεύσεται, οὕτως ἀσεβεῖς ἀπὸ κατάρας εἰς ἀπωλίαν.

All which-a-which out of-a-soil into to-a-soil it-shall-come-off, unto-the-one-this un-reveringed off of-a-cursedness-down into to-a-destructing-off-unto.

41:10 απελευσονται C | απωλειαν Bb(vid) A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:11 πένθος ἀνθρώπων ἐν σώμασιν αὐτῶν, ὄνομα δὲ ἁμαρτωλῶν οὐκ ἀγαθὸν ἐξαλειφθήσεται.

A-grieveedness of-mankinds in unto-en-capsulings-to of-them, a-naming-to then-also of-un-adjusted-along not excessed-placed it-shall-be-smeared-along-out.

41:11 σωματι ℵ* (-μασιν ℵc.a) | om αμαρτωλων ουκ ℵc.a

[appendix] εξαλιφθησεται B* (εξαλειφθ. Bab) ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:12 φρόντισον περὶ ὀνόματος, αὐτὸ γάρ σοι διαμενεῖ ἢ χίλιοι μεγάλοι θησαυροὶ χρυσίου·

Thou-should-have-centressed-to about of-a-naming-to, it too-thus unto-thee it-shall-stay-through or thousand great en-placings of-a-goldlet;

41:12 ονοματος] + καλου ℵc.a

[appendix] χειλιοι B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:13 ἀγαθῆς ζωῆς ἀριθμὸς ἡμερῶν, καὶ ἀγαθὸν ὄνομα εἰς αἰῶνα διαμενεῖ.

of-excess-placed of-a-lifing a-number of-dayednesses, and excess-placed a-naming-to into to-an-age it-shall-stay-through.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:14 παιδείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ συντηρήσατε, τέκνα· σοφία δὲ κεκρυμμένη καὶ θησαυρὸς ἀφανής, τίς ὠφελία ἐν ἀμφοτέροις;

To-a-childing-of in unto-a-joinifying ye-should-have-kept-through-unto, Creationees; a-wisdoming-unto then-also having-had-come-to-be-hidened and an-en-placing un-manifestinged, what-one an-aidancing-unto in unto-more-around?

41:14 παιδιαν ℵ A C | om δε ℵc.a | ωφελεια BabA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:15 κρείσσων ἄνθρωπος ἀποκρύπτων τὴν μωρίαν αὐτοῦ ἢ ἄνθρωπος ἀποκρύπτων τὴν σοφίαν αὐτοῦ.

more-securinged-of a-mankind hidening-off to-the-one to-a-dulling-unto of-it or a-mankind hidening-off to-the-one to-a-wisdoming-unto of-it.

41:15 [appendix] κρισσων ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:16 τοιγαροῦν ἐντράπητε ἐπὶ τῷ ῥήματί μου· οὐ γάρ ἐστιν πᾶσαν αἰσχύνην διαφυλάξαι καλόν, καὶ οὐ πάντα πᾶσιν ἐν πίστει εὐδοκιμεῖται.

Unto-the-one-too-thus-accordingly ye-should-have-had-been-turned-in upon unto-the-one unto-an-uttering-to of-me; not too-thus it-be to-all to-a-shamening to-have-guardered-through to-seemly, and not all unto-all in unto-a-trust it-be-goodly-assessed-unto.

41:16 διαφυλαξαι] αποκαλυψαι ℵc.a | παστει ℵ* (πιστ. ℵc.a)

[appendix] εντραπηται C | πιστι A | ευδοκειμειται ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:17 αἰσχύνεσθε ἀπὸ πατρὸς καὶ μητρὸς περὶ πορνείας, καὶ ἀπὸ ἡγουμένου καὶ δυνάστου περὶ ψεύδους,

Ye-should-be-shamened off of-a-father and of-a-mother about of-a-harloting-of, and off of-leading-unto and of-an-abler about of-a-falseedness,

41:17 περι πορνειας] απο πονηριας ℵ* (περι πορν. ℵc.a) | ηγουμενου] προηγουμενου ℵ

[appendix] αισχυνεσθαι AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:18 ἀπὸ κριτοῦ καὶ ἄρχοντος περὶ πλημμελίας, ἀπὸ συναγωγῆς καὶ λαοῦ περὶ ἀνομίας, ἀπὸ κοινωνοῦ καὶ φίλου περὶ ἀδικίας,

off of-a-separater and of-firsting about of-a-beyond-membering-unto, off of-a-leading-together and of-a-people about of-an-un-parceleeing-unto, off of-en-together-belonged-to and of-cared about of-an-un-coursing-unto,

41:18 πλημμελειας BabA | απο 3°] pr και C | om απο κοινωνου . . . αδικιας A | περι 3°] pr κ ℵ* (ras κ iam antea improb ℵ?)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:19 καὶ ἀπὸ τόπου οὗ παροικεῖς περὶ κλοπῆς, καὶ ἀπὸ ἀληθείας θεοῦ καὶ διαθήκης, καὶ ἀπὸ πήξεως ἀγκῶνος ἐπ' ἄρτους, ἀπὸ σκορακισμοῦ λήμψεως καὶ δόσεως,

and off of-an-occasion of-which thou-house-beside-unto about of-a-stealing, and off of-an-un-secluding-of of-a-Deity and of-a-placement-through, and off of-an-en-pitching of-a-curving upon to-adjustations, off of-a-beravening-to-of of-a-taking and of-a-giving,

Note: to-adjustations : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

Note: of-a-beravening-to-of : used to refer to pursuing as to a raven in the sense of its pestilence.

41:19 κλοπης] πλοκης ℵ πης rescr Ca | αληθιας ℵ (αλ ex δι fec ℵ1) | om και 4° A | αρτοις ℵ A C | απο 4°] pr και AC | κορακισμου C

[appendix] παροικις C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:20 καὶ ἀπὸ ἀσπαζομένων περὶ σιωπῆς, ἀπὸ ὁράσεως γυναικὸς ἑταίρας,

and off of-drawing-along-to about of-a-muting, off of-a-seeeeing of-a-woman of-a-comradedness,

41:20 απο 1°] περι ℵ* (απο ℵc.a) | απο 2°] pr και AC | εταιρας] ετερας ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:21 καὶ ἀπὸ ἀποστροφῆς προσώπου συγγενοῦς, ἀπὸ ἀφαιρέσεως μερίδος καὶ δόσεως, καὶ ἀπὸ κατανοήσεως γυναικὸς ὑπάνδρου,

and off of-a-beturning-off of-looked-toward of-together-becominged, off of-a-sectioning-along-off of-a-portion and of-a-giving, and off of-an-en-mulling-down of-a-woman of-manned-under,

41:21 om και 3° A C

[appendix] αφερεσεως C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 41:22 ἀπὸ περιεργείας παιδίσκης αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἐπιστῇς ἐπὶ τὴν κοίτην αὐτῆς· ἀπὸ φίλων περὶ λόγων ὀνειδισμοῦ, καὶ μετὰ τὸ δοῦναι μὴ ὀνείδιζε·

off of-a-working-about-of of-a-child-belonging-of of-it, and lest thou-might-have-had-stood-upon upon to-the-one to-a-situating of-it; off of-cared about of-forthees of-a-reproaching-to-of, and with to-the-one to-have-had-given lest thou-should-reproach-to;

41:22 δουναι] + με ℵ* (improb με ℵc.a)

περιεργιας Bb (-γειας B*)] περιεργασιας ¬ ℵc.a | παιδισκης] pr και ℵc.a | λογου ℵ A C | ονειδισμου] ωνιδισμων C

[appendix] ονιδισμου B* (ονειδ. Bab) ℵ A | ονιδιζε ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:1 (Sir 41:23) ἀπὸ δευτερώσεως καὶ λόγου ἀκοῆς, καὶ ἀπὸ ἀποκαλύψεων λόγων κρυφίων· (Sir 41:24) καὶ ἔσῃ αἰσχυντηρὸς ἀληθινῶς, καὶ εὑρίσκων χάριν ἔναντι παντὸς ἀνθρώπου. (Sir 42:1) Μὴ περὶ τούτων αἰσχυνθῇς, καὶ μὴ λάβῃς πρόσωπον τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν·

(Sir 41:23) off of-an-en-seconding and of-a-forthee of-a-hearing, and off of-a-shrouding-off of-forthees of-hiden-belonged; (Sir 41:24) and thou-shall-be en-shamened unto-un-secluded-belonged-to, and finding to-a-granting in-ever-a-one of-all of-a-mankind. (Sir 42:1) Lest about of-the-ones-these thou-might-have-been-shamened, and lest thou-might-have-had-taken to-looked-toward of-the-one to-un-adjust-along;

42:1 om και 2° ℵ | om απο 2° ℵ C | αποκαλυψεως ℵ (απολυψ.) AC | αληθινως] και αληθινος ℵ | ανου ℵ* (ανο̅υ ℵc.a(vid)) | προσωπον] pr τ ℵ* (improb τ ℵ1 postea ras)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:2 περὶ νόμου Ὑψίστου καὶ διαθήκης, καὶ περὶ κρίματος δικαιῶσαι τὸν ἀσεβῆ,

about of-a-parcelee of-most-lofteed and of-a-placement-through, and about of-a-separating-to to-have-en-course-belonged to-the-one to-un-reveringed,

42:2 ασεβην C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:3 περὶ λόγου κοινωνοῦ καὶ ὁδοιπόρων, περὶ δόσεως κληρονομίας ἑταίρων,

about of-a-forthee of-en-together-belonged-to and of-way-traversers, about of-a-giving of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-comrades,

42:3 κοινωνων ℵ C | περι 2°] pr και Bab(mg)ℵ C | εταιρων] ετερων ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:4 περὶ ἀκριβείας ζυγοῦ καὶ σταθμίων, περὶ κτήσεως πολλῶν καὶ ὀλίγων,

about of-an-exacting-of of-couplage and of-standness-placelets-of, about of-a-befoundeeing of-much and of-little,

42:4 ακριβιας ℵ C | περι 2°] pr και ℵ A C

[appendix] ακρειβειας B* (ακριβ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:5 περὶ ἀδιαφόρου πράσεως καὶ ἐμπόρων, καὶ περὶ παιδείας τέκνων πολλῆς, καὶ οἰκέτῃ πονηρῷ πλευρὰν αἱμάξαι·

about of-un-beareed-through of-an-en-acrossating and of-traversed-in, and about of-a-childing-of of-creationees of-much, and unto-a-houser unto-en-necessitated to-a-sidedness to-have-rushering-toered;

Note: to-have-rushering-toered : to-have-rushering-to + er + ed; i.e. to make someone rushering-to (bleed).

42:5 αδιαφορου] διαφορου ℵ A C | om και 1° ℵ A C | εμπορου C | παιδιας ℵ A C (item 8) | αιμαξαι] εμαξας A

[appendix] εμαξαι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:6 ἐπὶ γυναικὶ πονηρᾷ καλὸν σφραγίς, (7) καὶ ὅπου χεῖρες πολλαί κλεῖσον·

upon unto-a-woman unto-en-necessitated seemly a-seal, and to-which-of-whither hands much thou-should-have-latch-belonged;

42:6 κλεισον] κλισσον C* (σ 2° ras C?vid)

[appendix] σφραγεις ℵ | κλισον A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:7 ὃ ἐὰν παραδιδῷς, ἐν ἀριθμῷ καὶ σταθμῷ, καὶ δόσις καὶ λῆμψις παντὶ ἐν γραφῇ·

to-which if-ever thou-might-give-beside, in unto-a-number and unto-a-standness-placing-of, and a-giving and a-taking unto-all in unto-a-scribing;

42:7 παραδως ℵ | παντα ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:8 περὶ παιδείας ἀνοήτου καὶ μωροῦ καὶ ἐσχατογήρως κρινομένου πρὸς νέους, καὶ ἔσῃ πεπαιδευμένος ἀληθινῶς καὶ δεδοκιμασμένος ἔναντι παντὸς ζῶντος.

about of-a-childing-of of-un-en-mulled and of-dulled and unto-most-bordered-oldened being-separated toward to-new, and thou-shall-be having-had-come-to-be-childed-of unto-un-secluded-belonged-to and having-had-come-to-be-assessed-to in-ever-a-one of-all of-lifing-unto.

42:8 εσχατογηρους ℵ εσχατογηρω AC | κρινομενω AC | δεδοκιμασμενος Bb (δεδοκισμ. B*) ℵc.a] δεδοκιμασμενοι ℵ*

[appendix] πεπεδευμενος ℵ πεπαιδευμενο (sic) C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:9 θυγάτηρ πατρὶ ἀπόκρυφος ἀγρυπνία, καὶ ἡ μέριμνα αὐτῆς ἀφιστᾷ ὕπνον· ἐν νεότητι αὐτῆς μή ποτε παρακμάσῃ, καὶ συνῳκηκυῖα μή ποτε μισηθῇ·

A-daughter unto-a-father hidened-off a-field-sleeping-unto, and the-one a-portion-memoriedness of-it it-standeth-off to-a-sleep; in unto-a-newness of-it lest whither-also it-might-have-beside-apexed-to, and having-had-come-to-house-together-unto lest whither-also it-might-have-been-hated-unto;

42:9 πατρια C | αυτης] αυτου A | συνωκηκυια] + ανδρι ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:10 ἐν παρθενείᾳ μή ποτε βεβηλωθῇ καὶ ἐν τοῖς πατρικοῖς αὐτῆς ἔγκυος γένηται· μετὰ ἀνδρὸς οὖσα μή ποτε παραβῇ, καὶ συνῳκηκυῖα μή ποτε στειρώσῃ.

in unto-a-maidening-of lest whither-also it-might-have-been-en-step-stepped-of and in unto-the-ones unto-father-belonged-of of-it swelled-in it-might-have-had-became; with of-a-man being lest whither-also it-might-have-had-stepped-beside, and having-had-come-to-house-together-unto lest whither-also it-might-have-en-staunched.

Note: it-might-have-been-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

42:10 παρθενια Bb (-νεια B*A) ℵ C | μετα] pr και ℵ | στειρωση] στευρωθη ℵ A C (στιρ.)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:11 ἐπὶ θυγατρὶ ἀδιατρέπτῳ στερέωσον φυλακήν, μή ποτε ποιήσῃ σε ἐπίχαρμα ἐχθροῖς, λαλιὰν ἐν πόλει καὶ ἔκκλητον λαοῦ, καὶ καταισχυνεῖ σε ἐν πλήθει πολλῶν.

Upon unto-a-daughter unto-un-turned-through thou-should-have-en-stabled to-a-guardery, lest whither-also it-might-have-done-unto to-thee to-a-joying-upon-to unto-en-enmitied, to-a-speaking-unto in unto-a-city and to-called-out of-a-people, and it-shameneth-down to-thee in unto-a-repleteedness of-much.

42:11 αδιαστρεπτω ℵ | ποιηση σε] ποιησης ℵ* (-ση σε ℵc.a) C ποιησει σε A | καταισχυνη ℵ

[appendix] λαλειαν C | πολι C | πληθι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:12 παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ μὴ ἔμβλεπε ἐν κάλλει, καὶ ἐν μέσῳ γυναικῶν μὴ συνέδρευε·

Unto-all unto-a-mankind lest thou-should-view-in in unto-a-seemlieedness, and in unto-middle of-women lest thou-should-seat-together-of;

42:12 ενβλεπε ℵ A

[appendix] καλλι C | εμμεσω C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:13 ἀπὸ γὰρ ἱματίων ἐκπορεύεται σής, καὶ ἀπὸ γυναικὸς πονηρία γυναικός.

off too-thus of-apparelets it-traverseth-out-of, a-moth, and off of-a-woman an-en-necessitating-unto of-a-woman.

42:13 εκπορευεται] εξελευσεται C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:14 κρείσσων πονηρία ἀνδρὸς ἢ ἀγαθοποιὸς γυνή, καὶ γυνὴ καταισχύνουσα εἰς ὀνειδισμόν.

More-securinged-of an-en-necessitating-unto of-a-man or excess-place-done-belonged a-woman, and a-woman shamening-down into to-a-reproaching-to-of.

42:14 κρισσω A

[appendix] κρισσων ℵ C | ονιδισμον ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:15 Μνησθήσομαι δὲ τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου, καὶ ἃ ἑόρακα ἐκδιηγήσομαι· ἐν λόγοις Κυρίου τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ.

I-shall-be-memoried-unto then-also to-the-ones to-works of-Authority-belonged, and to-which I-hath-had-come-to-seeee-unto I-shall-lead-through-out-unto; in unto-forthees of-Authority-belonged the-ones works of-it.

42:15 δε] δη ℵ A C | εωρακα Bb | αυτου] + ¬ γεγονεν εν ευλογια αυτου κριμα ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:16 ἥλιος φωτίζων κατὰ πᾶν ἐπέβλεψεν, καὶ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ πλῆρες τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ.

A-sun lighting-to down to-all it-viewed-upon, and of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-it fullinged the-one a-work of-it.

42:16 αυτου 1°] κυ̅ ℵc.a A C | πληρης Bℵ πληρεις C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:17 οὐκ ἐνεποίησεν τοῖς ἁγίοις Κύριος ἐκδιηγήσασθαι πάντα τὰ θαυμάσια αὐτοῦ, ἃ ἐστερέωσεν Κύριος ὁ παντοκράτωρ, στηριχθῆναι ἐν δόξῃ αὐτοῦ τὸ πᾶν.

Not it-did-in-unto unto-the-ones unto-hallow-belonged, Authority-belonged, to-have-led-through-out-unto to-all to-the-ones to-marvel-to-belonged of-it, to-which it-en-stabled, Authority-belonged the-one an-all-securer, to-have-been-stablished-to in unto-a-reckonedness of-it to-the-one to-all.

42:17 Κυριος 1°] κυ̅ ℵ | εκδιηγησασθαι] pr και ℵ* (improb και ℵc.a) | om α C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:18 ἄβυσσον καὶ καρδίαν ἐξίχνευσεν, καὶ ἐν πανουργεύμασιν αὐτῶν διενοήθην· ἔγνω γὰρ ὁ κύριος πᾶσαν εἴδησιν καὶ ἐνέβλεψεν εἰς σημεῖον αἰῶνος,

To-depthed-along and to-a-heart it-trackeednessed-out-of, and in unto-all-workings-to of-them I-was-en-mulled-through-unto; it-had-acquainted too-thus, the-one Authority-belonged, to-all to-a-seeing and it-viewed-in into to-a-signlet-of of-an-age,

42:18 πανουργημασιν ℵ* (-γευμασιν ℵc.a) A | διενοηθη ℵ A | κυριος] υψιστος ℵ A C*vid (?κς̅ Ca) | ειδησιν (ιδ. A)] συνιδησιν ℵ συν[ειδησιν] C

[appendix] σημιον ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:19 ἀπαγγέλλων τὰ παρεληλυθότα καὶ ἐπεσόμενα, καὶ ἀποκαλύπτων ἴχνη ἀποκρύφων·

leadeeering-off to-the-ones to-having-hath-had-come-to-come-beside and to-shall-having-been-upon, and shrouding-off to-trackeedness-belongings-to of-hidened-off;

42:19 απαγγελλων] pr και ℵ C | επεσομενα] τα εσομενα ℵ A C | αποκαλυπτων] pr ο ℵ* (om ο ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:20 οὐ παρῆλθεν αὐτὸν πᾶν διανόημα, οὐκ ἐκρύβη ἀπ' αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ εἷς λόγος.

not it-had-came-beside to-it, all an-en-mulling-through-to, not it-had-been-hidened off of-it not-then-also one a-forthee.

42:20 ου] + γαρ ℵ* (om γαρ ℵc.a) | ουκ] pr ¬ ℵc.a | om ουδε AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:21 τὰ μεγαλεῖα τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ ἐκόσμησεν· καὶ ἕως ἔστιν πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, οὔτε προσετέθη οὔτε ἠλαττώθη, καὶ οὐ προσεδεήθη οὐδενὸς συμβούλου.

To-the-ones to-great-belonged of-the-one of-a-wisdoming-unto of-it it-orderationed-unto; and unto-if-which it-be before of-the-one of-an-age and into to-the-one to-an-age, not-also it-was-placed-toward not-also it-was-en-lackened, and not it-was-binded-toward of-not-then-also-one of-a-purposer-through.

42:21 εκοσμησε C | και εως] ως ℵ ος AC | ηλασσωθη ℵ A | και ου] ουδε ℵ* (¬ ου ℵc.a) | συμβουλου] pr ανδρος ℵ* (om ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:22 ὡς πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἐπιθυμητά, καὶ ὡς σπινθῆρός ἐστιν θεωρῆσαι.

As all the-ones works of-it passioned-upon, and as of-a-spark it-be to-have-surveiled-unto.

42:22 ως σπινθητος] εως σπινθ. ℵ C (εωσπ.) | om εστιν ℵ | θεωρησαι] επιθεωρησαι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:23 πάντα ταῦτα ζῇ καὶ μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐν πάσαις χρείαις, καὶ πάντα ὑπακούει·

All the-ones-these it-lifeth-unto and it-stayeth into to-the-one to-an-age in unto-all unto-affordings-of, and all it-heareth-under;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:24 πάντα δισσὰ ἓν κατέναντι τοῦ ἑνός, καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν οὐδὲν ἐκλιπόν·

all twiced one down-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-one, and not it-did-unto to-not-then-also-one to-having-had-remaindered-out;

42:24 εκλιπον] εκλειπον Bab vidCvid ενλειπον ℵ ελλιπον A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 42:25 ἓν τοῦ ἑνὸς ἐστερέωσεν τὰ ἀγαθά, καὶ τίς πλησθήσεται ὁρῶν δόξαν αὐτοῦ;

one of-the-one of-one it-en-stabled to-the-ones to-excess-placed, and what-one it-shall-be-repleted seeeeing-unto to-a-reckonedness of-it?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:1 γαυρίαμα ὕψους στερέωμα καθαριότητος, εἶδος οὐρανοῦ ἐν ὁράματι δόξης.

A-grandeur-belonging-to of-a-lofteedness an-en-stabling-to of-a-cleansed-belongness, a-sighteedness of-a-sky in unto-a-seeeeing-to of-a-reckonedness.

43:1 καθαριοτητος] και καθαριοτης ℵ | ουρανου] αν̅ο̅̅υ ℵ* (ουν̅ο̅υ ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:2 ἥλιος ἐν ὀπτασίᾳ διαγγέλλων ἐν ἐξόδῳ, σκεῦος θαυμαστόν, ἔργον Ὑψίστου·

A-sun in unto-a-beholding-unto leadeeering-through in unto-a-way-out, an-equipeedness marvel-to-belonged, a-work of-most-lofteed;

43:2 διαγγελλων] αγγελλων ℵc.a διαγγελων A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:3 ἐν μεσημβρίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἀναξηραίνει χώραν, καὶ ἐναντίον καύματος αὐτοῦ τίς ὑποστήσεται;

in unto-a-middle-daying-unto of-it it-drieth-up to-a-spacedness, and to-ever-a-oned-in of-a-burning-to of-it what-one it-shall-stand-under?

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:4 κάμινον φυλάσσων ἐν ἔργοις καύματος, τριπλασίως ἥλιος ἐκκαίων ὄρη· ἀτμίδας πυρώδεις ἐμφυσῶν, καὶ ἐκλάμπων ἀκτῖνας ἀμαυροῖ ὀφθαλμούς.

To-a-furnace guardering in unto-works of-a-burning-to, unto-three-fold-belonged a-sun burn-belonging-out to-jutteednesses; to-mistings to-fire-seeinged in-puffing-unto, and lamping-out to-glints it-en-diminisheth-along to-eyes.

43:4 φυλασσων] φυσων ℵc.aA | τριπλασιων A | εμφυσων] εκφυσων ℵ A C

[appendix] καμεινον B* (καμιν. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:5 μέγας Κύριος ὁ ποιήσας αὐτόν, καὶ ἐν λόγοις αὐτοῦ κατέσπευσεν πορείαν·

Great Authority-belonged the-one having-done-unto to-it, and in unto-forthees of-it it-hastened-down to-a-traversing-of;

43:5 Κυριος] pr ο A | αυτον] αυτους ℵ* (-τον ℵc.a) | κατεσπευσεν] κατεπαυσεν ℵc.a | ποριαν ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:6 καὶ ἡ σελήνη ἐν πᾶσιν εἰς καιρὸν αὐτῆς, ἀνάδειξιν χρόνων καὶ σημεῖον αἰῶνος·

and the-one a-moon in unto-all into to-a-time of-it, to-a-showing-up of-whiles and to-a-signlet-of of-an-age;

43:6 [appendix] αναδιξιν B* (αναδειξ. Bab(vid)) ℵ C | σημιον ℵ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:7 ἀπὸ σελήνης σημεῖον ἑορτῆς, φωστὴρ μειούμενος ἐπὶ συντελείας·

off of-a-moon a-signlet-of of-a-festival, a-lighter being-more-en-smalled upon of-a-finishing-together-of;

43:7 συντελειας] συντελεια αιωνος ℵ* συντελεια ℵ1A συντελειαις (sic) ℵc.a

[appendix] μιουμενος B* (μειουμ. Bab(vid)) ℵ A C ([μι]ουμ.)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:8 μὴν κατὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῆς ἐστιν, αὐξανομένη θαυμαστῶς ἐν ἀλλοιώσει. σκεῦος παραβολῶν ἐν ὕψει, ἐν στερεώματι οὐρανοῦ ἐκλάμπων·

a-month down to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it it-be, being-largened unto-marveled-to in unto-an-en-othering. An-equipeedness of-castings-beside in unto-a-lofteedness, in unto-an-en-stabling-to of-a-sky lamping-out;

43:8 αυξανομενος ℵ A C | θαυμαστος ℵ | παραβολων] παρεμβολων ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:9 κάλλος οὐρανοῦ, δόξα ἄστρων, κόσμος φωτίζων, ἐν ὑψίστοις Κύριος·

a-seemlieedness of-a-sky, a-reckonedness of-en-starrings, an-orderation lighting-to, in unto-most-lofteed authority-belonged;

43:9 αστερων ℵ | Κυριος] κυ̅ ℵc.a A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:10 ἐν λόγοις ἁγίοις στήσονται κατὰ κρίμα, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν φυλακαῖς αὐτῶν.

in unto-forthees unto-hallow-belonged they-shall-stand down to-a-separating-to, and not lest they-might-have-been-loosed-out in unto-guarderies of-them.

43:10 αγιου ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:11 ἴδε τόξον, καὶ εὐλόγησον τὸν ποιήσαντα αὐτό, σφόδρα ὡραῖον ἐν τῷ αὐγάσματι αὐτοῦ·

Thou-should-have-had-seen to-a-bow, and thou-should-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-the-one to-having-done-unto to-it, to-vehemented hour-belonged in unto-the-one unto-a-raying-to of-it;

43:11 αυτο] αυτον AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:12 ἐγύρωσεν οὐρανὸν ἐν κυκλώσει δόξης, χεῖρες Ὑψίστου ἐτάνυσαν αὐτό.

it-en-orbiculated to-a-sky in unto-an-en-circling of-a-reckonedness, hands of-most-lofteed they-spanned to-it.

43:12 αυτο] αυτον C

[appendix] κυκλωσι AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:13 προστάγματι αὐτοῦ κατέπαυσεν χιόνα, καὶ ταχύνει ἀστραπὰς κρίματος αὐτοῦ·

Unto-an-arranging-toward-to of-it it-ceased-down to-a-snow, and it-quickened to-gleamings-along of-a-separating-to of-it;

Note: it-ceased-down in 01 03 : it-hastened-down in 02 03C1 03C2.

43:13 κατεπαυσεν B*vidℵ] κατεσπευσεν Bab (εσπευ sup ras) AC

[appendix] χειονα ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:14 διὰ τοῦτο ἠνεῴχθησαν θησαυροί, καὶ ἐξέπτησαν νεφέλαι ὡς πετεινά·

through to-the-one-this they-were-opened-up en-placings, and they-had-been-flown-out cloudings as flying-belonged-to;

43:14 [appendix] πετινα A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:15 ἐν μεγαλείῳ αὐτοῦ ἴσχυσεν νεφέλας, καὶ διεθρύβησαν λίθοι χαλάζης.

in unto-great-belonged of-it it-force-held to-cloudings, and they-had-been-crumbled-through stones of-a-hailedness.

43:15 νεφελαις A | χαλαζης] post ζ ras 1 lit Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:16 καὶ ἐν ὀπτασίαις αὐτοῦ σαλευθήσεται ὄρη, ἐν θελήματι αὐτοῦ πνεύσεται νότος.

And in unto-beholdings-unto of-it it-shall-be-undulated-of jutteednesses, in unto-a-determining-to of-it it-shall-current, a-tropic.

43:16 οπτασια ℵ A C | σαλευθησεται] σαλευθησονται ℵ A σαλευονται C | εν 2°] pr και AC | θεληματι] + αυτου ℵ A C

[appendix] πνευσετε ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:17 φωνὴ βροντῆς αὐτοῦ ὠνείδισεν γῆν, καὶ καταιγὶς βορέου καὶ συστροφὴ πνεύματος. ὡς πετεινὰ καθιπτάμενα πάσσει χιόνα, καὶ ὡς ἀκρὶς καταλύουσα ἡ κατάβασις αὐτῆς·

A-sound of-a-thunder of-it it-reproached-to to-a-soil, and a-shoring-down of-a-Boreês and a-beturning-together of-a-currenting-to. As flying-belonged-to flying-down it-pattereth to-a-snow, and as an-extremitying loosing-down the-one a-stepping-down of-it;

Note: of-a-Boreês : the name of the north wind, from BORRAS.

Note: an-extremitying : used to refer to mature leaping locusts, also grasshoppers and crickets.

43:17 ωνειδισεν] ωδινησεν A | γην] γη A | κατιπταμενα B

[appendix] ωνιδισεν B* (ωνειδ. Bab(vid)) ℵ | πετινα ℵ C | πασσι ℵ A C | καταβασεις ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:18 κάλλος λευκότητος αὐτῆς ἐκθαυμάσει ὀφθαλμός, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὑετοῦ αὐτῆς ἐκστήσεται καρδία.

to-a-seemlieedness of-a-whiteness of-it it-shall-out-marvel-to, an-eye, and upon of-the-one of-a-rain of-it it-shall-stand-out, a-heart.

43:18 αυτης 2°] αυτο incep ℵ* (-της ℵ1c.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:19 καὶ πάχνην ὡς ἅλα ἐπὶ γῆς χέει, καὶ παγεῖσα γίνεται σκολόπων ἄκρα.

And to-a-rime as to-a-salt upon of-a-soil it-pourth, and having-had-been-en-pitched it-becometh of-skewers extremitied.

43:19 παχνη ℵ* (-χνην ℵc.a)

[appendix] παγισα C | γεινεται ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:20 ψυχρὸς ἄνεμος βορέης πνεύσει, καὶ παγήσεται κρύσταλλος ἐφ' ὕδατος· ἐπὶ πᾶσαν συναγωγὴν ὕδατος καταλύσει, καὶ ὡς θώρακα ἐνδύσεται τὸ ὕδωρ.

En-breathed a-wind a-Boreês it-shall-current, and it-shall-have-been-en-pitched a-crystal upon of-a-water; upon to-all to-a-leading-together of-a-water it-shall-loose-down, and as to-a-cuirass it-shall-sink-in, the-one a-water.

Note: a-Boreês : the name of the north wind, from BORRAS.

43:20 βορεας ℵ A C | αφ υδατος] εφ υδατος ℵ A φυδατος (sic) C | επι] pr και C | εκδυσεται ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:21 καταφάγεται ὄρη καὶ ἔρημον ἐκκαύσει, καὶ ἀποσβέσει χλόην ὡς πῦρ.

It-shall-devour-down to-jutteednesses and to-solituded it-shall-burn-belong-out, and it-shall-en-quell-off to-a-greening as to-a-fire.

43:21 αποσβεσαι ℵ* (-σι ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:22 ἴασις πάντων κατὰ σπουδὴν ὁμίχλη, δρόσος ἀπαντῶσα ἀπὸ καύσωνος ἱλαρώσει.

A-curing of-all down to-a-hasteneeing a-fog, a-dew off-ever-a-oneing-unto off of-an-en-burning it-shall-en-sectionate.

43:22 ιασεις A | παντων] παγων ℵc.a

[appendix] ιλαρωσι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:23 λογισμῷ αὐτοῦ ἐκόπασεν ἄβυσσον, καὶ ἐφύτευσεν αὐτὴν Ἰησοῦς.

Unto-a-fortheeing-to-of of-it it-felled-to to-depthed-along, and it-planted-of to-it, an-Iêsous.

43:23 αβυσσος ℵc.a | Ιησους] Ις̅ Bℵ Ιησους AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:24 οἱ πλέοντες τὴν θάλασσαν διηγοῦνται τὸν κίνδυνον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀκοαῖς ὠτίων ἡμῶν θαυμάζομεν·

The-ones floating-unto to-the-one to-a-flourisheredness they-lead-through-unto to-the-one to-a-peril of-it, and unto-hearings of-ears of-us we-marvel-to;

43:24 οι πλεοντες . . . θαυμαζομεν] και ακοαις . . . κινδυνον αυτης (invers stichis) AC | την] το incep ℵ* (την ℵ1c.a) | διηγησονται ℵ | τον κινδυνον] om τον AC

[appendix] ακοες C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:25 καὶ ἐκεῖ τὰ παράδοξα καὶ θαυμάσια ἔργα, ποικιλία παντὸς ζῴου, κτίσις κητῶν.

and thither the-ones reckoned-beside and marvel-to-belonged works, varied of-all of-a-lifelet, a-befounding of-cetaceans.

43:25 θαυμασια και παραδοξα AC | ποκιλεια C | κτισις] κτησις ℵ A C | κητων] κτηνων AC

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:26 δι' αὐτὸν εὐωδία τέλος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν λόγῳ αὐτοῦ σύνκειται πάντα.

Through to-it a-goodly-odoring-unto a-finisheedness of-it, and in unto-a-forthee of-it it-be-situated-together all.

43:26 ευωδια] ευοδια ℵ C ευδοκια A | τελους ℵc.a | συγκειται BabA | παντα] pr τα ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:27 πολλὰ ἐροῦμεν καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀφικώμεθα, καὶ συντέλεια λόγων Τὸ πᾶν ἐστιν αὐτός.

To-much we-shall-utter-unto and not lest we-might-have-had-tracked-off-unto, and a-finishing-together-of of-forthees, The-one all it-be it.

43:27 εφικωμεθα C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:28 δοξάζοντες ποῦ ἰσχύσωμεν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ μέγας παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ.

Reckoning-to of-whither we-might-have-force-held? It too-thus the-one great beside to-all to-the-ones to-works of-it.

43:28 ισχυομεν ℵ ισχυσομεν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:29 φοβερὸς Κύριος καὶ σφόδρα μέγας, καὶ θαυμαστὴ ἡ δυναστεία αὐτοῦ.

En-feareed Authority-belonged and to-vehemented great, marvel-to-belonged the-one an-abling-of of-it.

43:29 Κυριος] κυ̅ ℵ* (κς̅ ℵ1) | δυναστια ℵ

[appendix] φοβερος] οβερος ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:30 δοξάζοντες Κύριον ὑψώσατε καθ' ὅσον ἂν δύνησθε, ὑπερέξει γὰρ καὶ ἔτι· καὶ ὑψοῦντες αὐτὸν πληθύνατε ἐν ἰσχύι· μὴ κοπιᾶτε, οὐ γὰρ μὴ ἀφίκησθε.

Reckoning-to to-Authority-belonged ye-should-have-en-lofteed down to-which-a-which ever ye-might-able, it-shall-hold-over too-thus and if-to-a-one; and en-lofteeing to-it ye-should-have-repletened in unto-a-force-holding; lest ye-should-fell-belong-unto, not too-thus lest ye-might-have-had-tracked-off-unto.

43:30 Κυριον] pr τον ℵc.a

[appendix] δυνησθαι A | ισχυει B* (ισχυι Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:31 τίς ἑόρακεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐκδιηγήσεται; καὶ τίς μεγαλυνεῖ αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν;

What-one it-hath-had-come-to-seeee-unto to-it and it-shall-lead-through-out-unto? And what-one it-shall-greaten to-it down-as it-be?

43:31 τις 1°] + γαρ ℵ | εωρακεν Bb

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:32 πολλὰ ἀπόκρυφά ἐστιν μείζονα τούτων, ὀλίγα γὰρ ἑωράκαμεν τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ.

Much hidened-off it-be greateninged-of of-the-ones-these, to-little too-thus we-had-come-to-seeee-unto of-the-ones of-works of-it.

43:32 [appendix] μιζονα ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 43:33 πάντα γὰρ ἐποίησεν ὁ κύριος, καὶ τοῖς εὐσεβέσιν ἔδωκεν σοφίαν.

To-all too-thus it-did-unto, the-one Authority-belonged, and unto-the-ones unto-goodly-reveringed it-gave to-a-wisdoming-unto.

43:33 γαρ] + α ℵ* (improb α ℵ1 fort postea ras) | δεδωκεν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:1 Πατέρων ὕμνος. Αἰνέσωμεν δὴ ἄνδρας ἐνδόξους καὶ τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν τῇ γενέσει.

Of-fathers a-hymn. We-might-have-lauded-unto then to-men to-reckoned-in and to-the-ones to-fathers of-us unto-the-one unto-a-becomedness.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:2 πολλὴν δόξαν ἔκτισεν ὁ κύριος, τὴν μεγαλωσύνην αὐτοῦ ἀπ' αἰῶνος.

To-much to-a-reckonedness it-befounded-to, the-one Authority-belonged, to-the-one to-an-en-greateningedness of-it off of-an-age.

44:2 πολλα ℵ* (πολλην ℵc.a) | τη μεγαλωσυνη ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:3 κυριεύοντες ἐν ταῖς βασιλείαις αὐτῶν, καὶ ἄνδρες ὀνομαστοὶ ἐν δυνάμει· βουλεύσονται ἐν συνέσει αὐτῶν, ἀπηγγελκότες ἐν προφητείαις·

Authority-belonging-of in unto-the-ones unto-rulings-of of-them, and men namable in unto-an-ability; they-shall-purpose-of in unto-a-sending-together of-them, having-had-come-to-leadeeer-off in unto-declarings-before-of;

44:3 αυτων 1°] αυτου A | βουλευονται ℵ βουλευεται A | προφηταις ℵ* (-τιαις ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:4 ἡγούμενοι λαοῦ ἐν διαβουλίοις καὶ συνέσει γραμματείας λαοῦ, σοφοὶ λόγοι ἐν παιδείᾳ αὐτῶν·

leading-unto of-a-people in unto-purposelets-through and unto-a-sending-together of-scribing-toerings-of of-a-people, wisdomed forthees in unto-a-childing-of of-them;

44:4 συνεσει] pr εν ℵ | γραμματειας B* (-τιας Bb)] γραμματιαις ℵ | λογοι εν] εν λογοις A | παιδια ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:5 ἐκζητοῦντες μέλη μουσικῶν, διηγούμενοι ἔπη ἐν γραφῇ·

seeking-out-unto to-members of-muse-belonged-of, leading-through-unto to-wordeednesses in unto-a-scribing;

44:5 διηγουμενοι] pr και ℵ A | γραφη] η sup ras Aa

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:6 ἄνδρες πλούσιοι κεχορηγημένοι ἰσχύι, εἰρηνεύοντες ἐν παροικίαις αὐτῶν·

men wealth-belonged having-had-come-to-be-chorus-led-unto unto-a-force-holding, joinifying-of in unto-housings-beside-unto of-them;

44:6 ισχυι] pr εν ℵ A | παροικιαις] κατοικιαις ℵ A

[appendix] ισχυει B* (ισχυι Bb) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:7 πάντες οὗτοι ἐν γενεαῖς ἐδοξάσθησαν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν καύχημα.

all the-ones-these in unto-becomednesses they-were-reckoned-to, and in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses of-them a-boasting-to.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:8 εἰσὶν αὐτῶν οἳ κατέλιπον ὄνομα τοῦ ἐκδιηγήσασθαι ἐπαίνους,

They-be of-them which they-had-remaindered-down to-a-naming-to of-the-one to-have-led-through-out-unto to-laudations-upon,

44:8 κατελιπον] ενκατελιπον ℵ* (κατελ. ℵc.a) κατελειπον A

[appendix] επενους ℵ* (επαιν. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:9 καὶ εἰσὶν ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν μνημόσυνον καὶ ἀπώλοντο ὡς οὐχ ὑπάρξαντες, καὶ ἐγένοντο ὡς οὐ γεγονότες, καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν μετ' αὐτούς.

and they-be of-which not it-be a-remembrance and they-had-destructed-off as not firsting-under, and they-had-became as not having-hath-had-come-to-become, and the-ones creationees of-them with to-them;

44:9 εστιν] εισιν B* (εστιν Ba εστι Bb) | υπαρξοντες ℵ* (-ξαντες ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:10 ἀλλ' ἢ οὗτοι ἄνδρες ἐλέους, ὧν αἱ δικαιοσύναι οὐκ ἐπελήσθησαν·

other or the-ones-these men of-a-besectionateedness, of-which the-ones course-belongingednesses not they-were-secluded-upon;

Note: of-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:11 μετὰ τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτῶν διαμενεῖ ἀγαθὴ κληρονομία ἔκγονα αὐτῶν·

with of-the-one of-a-whorling-to of-them it-shall-stay-through, excess-placed a-lot-parceleeing-unto, to-became-out of-them;

44:11 εκγονα] pr τα ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:12 ἐν ταῖς διαθήκαις (Sir 44:12) ἔστη σπέρμα αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν δι' αὐτούς,

in unto-the-ones unto-placements-through (Sir 44:12) it-had-stood, a-whorling-to of-them, and the-ones creationees of-them through to-them,

44:12-13 και τα τεκνα . . . σπερμα αυτων bis scr ℵ* (εως αιωνος [1°] . . . δι αυτους [2°] unc incl ℵc.a)

44:12 σπερμα] pr το ℵ A | δι αυτους] μετ αυτ. ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:13 ἕως αἰῶνος μενεῖ σπέρμα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ δόξα αὐτῶν οὐκ ἐξαλειφθήσεται·

unto-if-which of-an-age it-shall-stay, a-whorling-to of-them, and the-one a-reckonedness of-them not it-shall-be-smeared-along-out;

44:12-13 και τα τεκνα . . . σπερμα αυτων bis scr ℵ* (εως αιωνος [1°] . . . δι αυτους [2°] unc incl ℵc.a)

44:13 μενει] διαμενει ℵc.a | εξαλειφθησεται] ενκαταλειφθησεται ℵ A (εγκ.)

[appendix] εξαλιφθησεται B* (υποδειγμ. Ba?b)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:14 τὸ σῶμα αὐτῶν ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐτάφη, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῶν ζῇ εἰς γενεάς·

the-one an-en-capsuling-to of-them in unto-a-joinifying it-had-been-burialed, and the-one a-naming-to of-them it-lifeth-unto into to-becomednesses;

44:14 το σωμα] τα σωματα ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:15 σοφίαν αὐτῶν διηγήσονται λαοί, καὶ τὸν ἔπαινον ἐξαγγέλλει ἐκκλησία.

to-a-wisdoming-unto of-them they-shall-lead-through-unto, peoples, and to-the-one to-a-laudation-upon it-leadeeereth-out, a-calling-out-unto.

44:15 επαινον] + αυτων A | εξαγγελει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:16 Ἑνὼχ εὐηρέστησεν Κυρίῳ καὶ μετετέθη, ὑπόδειγμα μετανοίας ταῖς γενεαῖς.

An-Enôch it-goodly-pleased-unto unto-Authority-belonged and it-was-placed-with, a-showing-under-to of-an-en-mulling-with-unto unto-the-ones unto-becomednesses.

44:16 [appendix] υποδιγμα B* (υποδειγμ. Ba?b) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:17 Νῶε εὑρέθη τέλειος δίκαιος, ἐν καιρῷ ὀργῆς ἐγένετο ἀντάλλαγμα· διὰ τοῦτον ἐγενήθη κατάλιμμα τῇ γῇ, διὰ τοῦτο ἐγένετο κατακλυσμός·

A-Nôe it-was-found finish-belonged course-belonged, in unto-a-time of-a-stressing it-had-became an-ever-a-one-othering-to; through to-the-one-this it-was-became a-remaindering-down-to unto-the-one unto-a-soil, through to-the-one-this it-had-became a-down-sloshing-of-to;

44:17 εγενετο 1°] εγενοντο ℵ* (-νετο ℵc.a) | om δια τουτο (1°) . . . τη γη ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | εγενηθη] εγενετο ℵ | καταλιμμα (-λειμμα Bb)] καταλιμ sup ras Ba κα sup ras Aa | δια τουτο (2°)] οτε ℵc.aA | κατακλυσμος] pr ο A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:18 διαθῆκαι αἰῶνος ἐτέθησαν πρὸς αὐτόν, ἵνα μὴ ἐξαλειφθῇ κατακλυσμῷ πᾶσα σάρξ.

placements-through of-an-age they-were-placed toward to-it, so lest it-might-have-been-smeared-along-out unto-a-down-sloshing-of-to all a-flesh.

44:18 om κατακλυσμω A

[appendix] εξαλιφθη B* (εξαλειφθ. Ba?b) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:19 Ἀβραὰμ μέγας πατὴρ πλήθους ἐθνῶν, καὶ οὐχ εὑρέθη ὅμοιος ἐν τῇ δόξῃ,

An-Abraam great a-father of-a-repleteedness of-placeedness-belongings-to, and not it-was-found along-belonged in unto-the-one unto-a-reckonedness,

44:19 Αβραμ A | ομοιος] + αυτω A | τη δοξη] om τη ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:20 ὃς συνετήρησεν νόμον Ὑψίστου, καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν διαθήκῃ μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ αὐτοῦ ἔστησεν διαθήκην, καὶ ἐν πειρασμῷ εὑρέθη πιστός·

which it-kept-together-unto to-a-parcelee of-most-lofteed, and it-had-became in unto-a-placement-through with of-it, and in unto-a-flesh of-it it-stood to-a-placement-through, and in unto-an-across-belonging-to-of it-was-found trusted;

44:20 om και 2° A | εστησεν] εζητησεν ℵ

[appendix] πιρασμω ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:21 διὰ τοῦτο ἐν ὅρκῳ ἔστησεν αὐτῷ ἐνευλογηθῆναι ἔθνη ἐν τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ, πληθῦναι αὐτὸν ὡς χοῦν τῆς γῆς, (23) καὶ ὡς ἄστρα ἀνυψῶσαι τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ κατακληρονομῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ θαλάσσης ἕως θαλάσσης καὶ ἀπὸ ποταμοῦ ἕως ἄκρου γῆς.

through to-the-one-this in unto-a-fencee it-stood unto-it to-have-been goodly-fortheed-in-unto to-placeedness-belongings-to in unto-the-one unto-a-whorling-to of-it, to-have-repletened to-it as to-an-en-pouring-of of-the-one of-a-soil, and as to-en-starrings to-have-en-lofteed-up to-the-one to-a-whorling-to of-it, and to-have-lot-parceleed-down-unto to-them off of-a-flourisheredness unto-if-which of-a-flourisheredness and off of-a-drinkationing-of unto-if-which of-extremitied of-a-soil.

44:21 τω σπερματι] om τω ℵ A | om πληθυναι . . . σπερμα αυτου ℵ* hab sup ras ℵc.c(vid) mg | ανυψωσαι το] αι το sup ras Bab | γης 2°] pr της ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:22 καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἰσαὰκ ἔστησεν οὕτως δι' Ἀβραὰμ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ εὐλογίαν πάντων ἀνθρώπων καὶ διαθήκην,

And in unto-the-one unto-an-Isaak it-stood unto-the-one-this through to-an-Abraam to-the-one to-a-father of-it to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto, of-all of-mankinds and to-a-placement-through

44:22 Ισακ B*ℵ* (Ισαακ Babℵc.a) | δι] δια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 44:23 κατέπαυσεν ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν Ἰακώβ· ἐπέγνω αὐτὸν ἐν εὐλογίαις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ἐν κληρονομίᾳ· καὶ διέστειλεν μερίδας αὐτοῦ, ἐν φυλαῖς ἐμέρισεν δέκα δύο· καὶ ἐξήγαγεν ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἄνδρα ἐλέους, εὑρίσκοντα χάριν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς πάσης σαρκός,

it-ceased-down upon to-a-head of-an-Iakôb; it-had-acquainted-upon to-it in unto-goodly-fortheeings-unto of-it, and it-gave unto-it in unto-a-lot-parceleeing-unto; and it-set-through to-portions of-it, in unto-guarderies it-portioned-to to-ten to-two; and it-had-led-out out of-it to-a-man of-a-besectionateedness, to-finding to-a-granting in unto-eyes of-all of-a-flesh,

Note: of-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

44:23 αυτου 1°] pr υψιστου ℵ* (om ℵ1) | διεστειλεν] διεστησεν A

[appendix] ευλογειαις A | διεστιλεν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:1 ἠγαπημένον ὑπὸ θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων Μωυσῆν, οὗ τὸ μνημόσυνον ἐν εὐλογίαις·

to-being-excessed-off-unto under of-a-Deity and of-mankinds to-a-Môusês, of-which the-one a-remembrance in unto-goodly-fortheeings-unto;

45:1 υπο] απο ℵ | Μωσην ℵ A

[appendix] ευλογειαις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:2 ὡμοίωσεν αὐτὸν δόξῃ ἁγίων, καὶ ἐμεγάλυνεν αὐτὸν ἐν φόβοις ἐχθρῶν·

it-en-along-belonged to-it unto-a-reckonedness of-hallow-belonged, and it-greatened to-it in unto-fearees of-en-enmitied;

45:2 δοξη] pr εν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:3 ἐν λόγοις αὐτοῦ σημεῖα κατέπαυσεν, ἐδόξασεν αὐτὸν κατὰ πρόσωπον βασιλέων· ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ πρὸς λαὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ·

in unto-forthees of-it to-signlets-of it-ceased-down, it-reckoned-to to-it down to-looked-toward of-rulers-of; it-finished-in unto-it toward to-a-people of-it, and it-en-showed unto-it of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-it;

45:3 [appendix] σημια ℵ | ενετιλατο ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:4 ἐν πίστει καὶ πρᾳύτητι αὐτὸν ἡγίασεν, ἐξελέξατο αὐτὸν ἐκ πάσης σαρκός·

in unto-a-trust and unto-a-mildness to-it it-hallow-belonged-to, it-forthed-out to-it out of-all of-a-flesh;

45:4 πραοτητι A

[appendix] πιστι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:5 ἠκούτισεν αὐτὸν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰσήγαγεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν γνόφον, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κατὰ πρόσωπον ἐντολάς, νόμον ζωῆς καὶ ἐπιστήμης, διδάξαι τὸν Ἰακὼβ διαθήκην καὶ κρίματα αὐτοῦ τὸν Ἰσραήλ.

it-heard-to to-it of-the-one of-a-sound of-it, and it-had-led-into to-it into to-the-one to-a-haze, and it-gave unto-it down to-looked-toward to-finishings-in, to-a-parcelee of-a-lifing and of-a-standing-upon, to-have-veer-veerated to-the-one to-an-Iakôb to-a-placement-through and to-separatings-to of-it to-the-one to-an-Israêl.

45:5 om αυτου 2° ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:6 Ἀαρὼν ὕψωσεν ἅγιον ὅμοιον αὐτῷ ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἐκ φυλῆς Λευεί·

To-an-Aarôn it-en-lofteed to-hallow-belonged to-along-belonged unto-it to-brethrened of-it out of-a-tribing of-a-Leuei;

45:6 Αρων A* (Ααρ. Aa?) | υψωσεν] ανυψωσεν ℵ | Λευι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:7 ἔστησεν αὐτὸν διαθήκην αἰῶνος, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ἱερατίαν λαοῦ· ἐμακάρισεν αὐτὸν ἐν εὐκοσμίᾳ, καὶ περιέζωσεν αὐτὸν περιστολὴν δόξης·

it-stood to-it to-a-placement-through of-an-age, and it-gave unto-it to-a-sacredering-unto of-a-people; it-blessed-to to-it in unto-a-goodly-orderationing-unto, and it-en-girded-about to-it to-a-setteeing-about of-a-reckonedness;

45:7 αυτον 1°] αυτω A | ιερατειαν Bab | περιστολη A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:8 ἐνέδυσεν αὐτὸν συντέλειαν καυχήματος, καὶ ἐστερέωσεν αὐτὸν σκεύεσιν ἰσχύος, περισκελῆ καὶ ποδήρη καὶ ἐπωμίδα·

it-sunk-in to-it to-a-finishing-together-of of-a-boasting-to, and it-en-stabled to-it unto-equipeednesses of-a-force-holding, to-legged-about and to-foot-adaptinged and to-a-shouldering-upon;

45:8 σκευεσιν] pr εν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:9 καὶ ἐκύκλωσεν αὐτὸν ῥοίσκοις, χρυσοῖς κώδωσιν πλείστοις κυκλόθεν, ἠχῆσαι φωνὴν ἐν βήμασιν αὐτοῦ, ἀκουστὸν ποιῆσαι ἦχον ἐν ναῷ εἰς μνημόσυνον υἱοῖς λαοῦ αὐτοῦ·

and it-en-circled to-it unto-pomegranate-belongings-of, unto-golden unto-bells unto-most-beyond circled-from, to-have-reverberated-unto to-a-sound in unto-steppings-to of-it, to-heard to-have-done-unto to-a-reverberation in unto-a-temple into to-a-remembrance unto-sons of-a-people of-it;

45:9 om και ℵ | κωδεσιν ℵ* (-δωσιν ℵc.a)

[appendix] πλιστοις B* (πλειστ. Bab) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:10 στολῇ ἁγίᾳ, χρυσῷ καὶ ὑακίνθῳ καὶ πορφύρᾳ, ἔργων ποικιλτοῦ, λογίῳ κρίσεως, δήλοις ἀληθείας,

unto-a-seteeing unto-hallow-belonged unto-a-gold and unto-a-hyacinth and unto-a-flushedness of-works of-a-varier, unto-a-fortheelet of-a-separating unto-distincted of-an-un-secluding-of,

Note: unto-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

Note: unto-a-flushedness : used to refer to a kind of mussel from the blueish-red dye it yields because of its flush of color visual affect, and to the dye itself; also used of clothing and adornments as assigned to the flushed color category, i.e. bright red to blueish-red.

45:10 στολη] στηλη ℵ | εργω A | λογιω] λογοι ℵ | αληθιας ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:11 κεκλωσμένῃ κόκκῳ, ἔργῳ τεχνίτου, λίθοις πολυτελέσιν γλύμματος σφραγῖδος, ἐν δέσει χρυσίου, ἔργων λιθουργοῦ, εἰς μνημόσυνον ἐν γραφῇ κεκολαμμένῃ κατ' ἀριθμὸν φυλῶν Ἰσραήλ·

unto-having-had-come-to-be-twirled unto-a-kernel unto-a-work of-a-craft-belonger, unto-stones unto-much-finishinged of-a-carving-to of-a-seal in unto-a-bind of-a-goldlet of-works of-a-stone-worker, into to-a-remembrance in unto-a-scribing unto-having-had-come-to-be-pelted down to-a-number of-tribings of-an-Israêl;

45:11 πολυτελεσι A | εν δεσει] ειδεσι ℵ* (εν δ. ℵc.a) | εργων] εργω ℵ A | μνημοσυνη ℵ* (-νον ℵ1) | κατ] κατα ℵ | φυλων] φυλασσων ℵ* (-λων ℵc.a)

[appendix] τεχνειτου B* (τεχνιτ. Bb) | δεσι ℵ | λειθουργου A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:12 στέφανον χρυσοῦν ἐπάνω κιδάρεως, ἐκτύπωμα σφραγῖδος ἁγιάσματος, καύχημα τιμῆς, ἔργον ἰσχύος, ἐπιθυμήματα ὀφθαλμῶν κοσμούμενα.

to-a-wreath to-golden upon-up-unto-which of-a-turban, to-an-en-striking-out-to of-a-seal of-a-hallow-belonging-to to-a-boasting-to of-a-valuation, to-a-work of-a-force-holding, to-passionings-upon-to of-eyes to-having-had-come-to-be-orderationed-unto.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:13 ὡραῖα πρὸ αὐτοῦ οὐ γέγονεν τοιαῦτα, ἕως αἰῶνος οὐκ ἐνεδύσατο ἀλλογενὴς πλὴν τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ μόνον, καὶ τὰ ἔκγονα αὐτοῦ διὰ παντός.

Hour-belonged before of-it not it-hath-had-come-to-become the-ones-unto-the-ones-these, unto-if-which of-an-age not it-sunk-in, other-becominged, to-beyond of-the-ones of-sons of-it to-stayeed, and the-ones became-out of-it through of-all.

45:13 om ου ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | εως] pr ¬ ℵc.a | ενεδυσατο] + αυτα ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:14 θυσίαν αὐτοῦ ὁλοκαρπωθήσονται καθ' ἡμέραν ἐνδελεχῶς δίς.

To-a-surging-unto of-it they-shall-be-whole-en-fruited down to-a-dayedness unto-elongatinged-in to-twice.

45:14 θυσιαι ℵ A | αυτου] αυτων ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:15 ἐπλήρωσεν Μωυσῆς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ἐν ἐλαίῳ ἁγίῳ· ἐγενήθη αὐτῷ εἰς διαθήκην αἰώνιον, καὶ ἐν τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμέραις οὐρανοῦ, λειτουργεῖν αὐτῷ ἅμα καὶ ἱερατεύειν, καὶ εὐλογεῖν τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι.

It-en-filled, a-Môusês, to-the-ones to-hands and it-anointed to-it in unto-an-oillet unto-hallow-belonged; it-was-became unto-it into to-a-placement-through to-aged-belonged, and in unto-the-one unto-a-whorling-to of-it in unto-dayednesses of-a-sky, to-public-work-unto unto-it along and to-sacreder-of, and to-goodly-forthee-unto to-the-one to-a-people of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to.

45:15 Μωσης A | χειρας] + αυτου ℵc.a | αιωνιον] αιωνος ℵ | om εν 2° ℵ A | ονοματι] + αυτου ℵc.a

[appendix] χιρας ℵ* (χειρ. ℵc.c) A | εχρεισεν B* (εχρισ. Bb) | ελεω A | λιτουργειν B*ℵ* (λειτ. Babℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:16 ἐξελέξατο αὐτὸν ἀπὸ παντὸς ζῶντος, προσαγαγεῖν κάρπωσιν Κυρίῳ, θυμίαμα καὶ εὐωδίαν εἰς μνημόσυνον, ἐξιλάσκεσθαι περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ σου.

It-forthed-out to-it off of-all of-lifing-unto to-have-had-led-toward to-a-fruiting unto-Authority-belonged, to-an-incensing-to and to-a-goodly-odoring-unto into to-a-remembrance, to-sectionate-out about of-the-one of-a-people of-thee.

45:16 εξελεξαντο ℵ* (-ξατο ℵc.a) | καρπωσιν] καρπωμα ℵ | ευωδια A | om σου ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

[appendix] εξειλασκεσθαι B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:17 ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐν ἐντολαῖς αὐτοῦ, ἐξουσίαν ἐν διαθήκαις κριμάτων, διδάξαι τὸν Ἰακὼβ τὰ μαρτύρια, καὶ ἐν νόμῳ αὐτοῦ φωνῆσαι Ἰσραήλ.

It-gave to-it in unto-finishings-in of-it, to-a-being-out-unto in unto-placements-through of-separatings-to, to-have-veer-veerated to-the-one to-an-Iakôb to-the-ones to-witnesslets, and in unto-a-parcelee of-it to-have-sounded-unto to-an-Israêl.

45:17 αυτον] αυτω ℵ A | εν εντολαις] εντολας ℵ εν ταις εντ. A

τα μαρτυρια] + αυτου ℵc.a μαρτυριαν A | φωνησαι] φωτισαι A | Ισραηλ] pr τον ℵc.aA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:18 ἐπισυνέστησαν αὐτῷ ἀλλότριοι καὶ ἐζήλωσαν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἄνδρες οἱ περὶ Δαθὰν καὶ Ἀβειρὼν καὶ ἡ συναγωγὴ Κόρε ἐν θυμῷ καὶ ὀργῇ·

They-stood-together-upon unto-it, other-belonged, and they-en-craved to-it in unto-the-one unto-solituded, men the-ones about of-Dathan and of-an-Abeirôn and the-one a-leading-together of-a-Kore in unto-a-passion and unto-a-stressing;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:19 εἶδεν Κύριος καὶ οὐκ εὐδόκησεν, καὶ συνετελέσθησαν ἐν θυμῷ ὀργῆς· ἐποίησεν αὐτοῖς τέρατα, καταναλῶσαι ἐν πυρὶ φλογὸς αὐτοῦ.

it-had-seen, Authority-belonged, and not it-goodly-thought-unto, and they-were-finished-together-unto in unto-a-passion of-a-stressing; it-did-unto unto-them to-anomalies, to-have-other-alonged-up-down in unto-a-fire of-a-blaze of-it.

45:19 ιδεν A | ηυδοκησεν A | αυτοις] pr εν ℵ | αυτου] αυτους ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:20 καὶ προσέθηκεν Ἀαρὼν δόξαν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κληρονομίαν· ἀπαρχὰς πρωτογενημάτων ἐμέρισεν αὐτοῖς, ἄρτον πρώτοις ἡτοίμασεν πλησμονήν·

And it-placed-toward to-an-Aarôn to-a-reckonedness, and it-gave unto-it to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto; to-firstings-off of-most-before-becomings-to it-portioned-to unto-them, to-an-adjustation unto-most-before it-readied-to to-a-repleted-staying;

Note: to-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

45:20 αυτοις] αυτω ℵ A | αρτον] ατρος ℵc.a (postea ipse revoc -τον) | πρωτοις] πτωτπν γενηματος ℵ* (πρωτοις ℵc.a) | πλησμονην] εν πλησμονη ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:21 καὶ γὰρ θυσίας Κυρίου φάγονται, ἃς ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τε καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ.

and too-thus to-surgings-unto of-Authority-belonged they-shall-devour, to-which it-gave unto-it also and unto-the-one unto-a-whorling-to of-it.

45:21 om τε ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:22 πλὴν ἐν γῇ λαοῦ οὐ κληρονομήσει, καὶ μερὶς οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ ἐν λαῷ, αὐτὸς γὰρ μερίς σου, κληρονομία.

To-beyond in unto-a-soil of-a-people not it-shall-lot-parcelee-unto, and a-portion not it-be unto-it in unto-a-people, it too-thus a-portion of-thee, a-lot-parceleeing-unto.

45:22 κληρονομια] pr και ℵc.aA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:23 καὶ Φινεὲς υἱὸς Ἐλεαζὰρ τρίτος εἰς δόξαν, ἐν τῷ ζηλῶσαι αὐτὸν ἐν φόβῳ Κυρίου καὶ στῆσαι αὑτὸν ἐν τροπῇ λαοῦ ἐν ἀγαθότητι προθυμίας ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐξιλάσατο περὶ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ.

And a-Finees a-son of-an-Eleazar third into to-a-reckonedness, in unto-the-one to-have-en-craved to-it in unto-a-fearee of-Authority-belonged and to-have-had-stood to-itself in unto-a-turning of-a-people in unto-an-excess-placeness of-a-passioning-before-unto of-a-breathing of-it; and it-sectionated-out about of-the-one of-an-Israêl.

45:23 στησαι] στηναι A

[appendix] εξειλασατο Bℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:24 διὰ τοῦτο ἐστάθη αὐτῷ διαθήκη εἰρήνης, προστάτην ἁγίων καὶ λαῷ αὐτοῦ, ἵνα αὐτῷ ᾖ καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ ἱερωσύνης μεγαλεῖον εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.

Through to-the-one-this it-was-stood unto-it a-placement-through of-a-joinifying, to-a-stander-before of-hallow-belonged and unto-a-people of-it, so unto-it it-might-be and unto-the-one unto-a-whorling-to of-it of-an-en-sacredingedness great-belonged into to-the-ones to-ages.

45:24 λαου ℵc.a

[appendix] μεγαλιον C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:25 καὶ διαθήκη τῷ Δαυεὶδ υἱῷ ἐκ φυλῆς Ἰούδα, κληρονομία βασιλέως υἱοῦ ἐξ υἱοῦ μόνου, κληρονομία Ἀαρὼν καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ.

And a-placement-through unto-the-one unto-a-Daueid unto-a-son out of-a-tribing of-an-Ioudas a-lot-parceleening-unto of-a-ruler-of of-a-son out of-a-son of-stayeed, a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-an-Aarôn and unto-the-one unto-a-whorling-to of-it.

45:25 τω Δαυειδ] om τω ℵ | υιω] υιων (nisi fort υιω κ) ℵ* υιω Ιεσσαι ℵc.a, c.cA | εξ υιου] εξ Ιουδα ℵc.a vid | Ααρων] αυτων ℵ αυτω A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 45:26 δῴη ὑμῖν σοφίαν ἐν καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν, κρίνειν τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἵνα μὴ ἀφανισθῇ τὰ ἀγαθὰ αὐτῶν, καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν εἰς γενεὰς αὐτῶν.

It-may-have-had-given unto-ye to-a-wisdoming-unto in unto-a-heart of-ye, to-separate to-the-one to-a-people of-it in unto-a-course-belongingedness, so lest it-might-have-been-un-manifested-to the-ones excess-placed of-them, and to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-them into to-becomednesses of-them.

45:26 δοιη ℵ* (δωη ℵc.a) A | γενεαν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:1 κραταιὸς ἐν πολέμοις Ἰησοῦς Ναυή, καὶ διάδοχος Μωσῆ ἐν προφητείαις, ὃς ἐγένετο κατὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ μέγας ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ, ἐκδικῆσαι ἐπεγειρομένους ἐχθρούς, ὅπως κληρονομήσῃ τὸν Ἰσραήλ.

Secure-belonged in unto-wars an-Iêsous of-a-Nauê, and a-receiver-through of-a-Môsês in unto-declarings-before-of, which it-had-became down to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it great upon unto-a-savioring-unto of-forthed-out of-it, to-have-coursed-out-unto to-being-roused-out to-en-enmitied, unto-which-whither it-might-have-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-an-Israêl.

46:1 πολεμω ℵ A C | Ναυη] ο Ν. ℵ* (ο του Ν. ℵc.a) υιος Ν. A | Μωυση ℵ | προφητειας Bedit | κληρονομηση] κατακληρονομηση ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:2 ὡς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν τῷ ἐπᾶραι χεῖρας αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ ἐκκλῖναι ῥομφαίαν ἐπὶ πόλεις.

As it-was-reckoned-to in unto-the-one to-have-lifted-upon to-hands of-it and unto-the-one to-have-clined-out to-a-sabre upon to-cities.

46:2 τω εκκλιναι] τω εκτιναι ℵ* εν τω εκτειναι ℵc.a (εκτιν.) A | πολις ℵ* (-λεις ℵc.a(vid)c.c)

[appendix] εκκλειναι B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:3 τίς πρότερον αὐτοῦ οὕτως ἔστη; τοὺς γὰρ πολεμίους Κύριος αὐτὸς ἐπήγαγεν.

What-one to-more-before of-it unto-the-one-this it-had-stood? To-the-ones too-thus to-war-belonged Authority-belonged it it-had-led-upon.

46:3 προτερος ℵ A | πολεμους ℵc.a | Κυριος] κυ̅ ℵc.aA | απηγαγε| A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:4 οὐχὶ ἐν χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀνεπόδισεν ὁ ἥλιος, καὶ μία ἡμέρα ἐγενήθη πρὸς δύο;

Unto-not in unto-a-hand of-it it-footed-up-to, the-one a-sun, and one a-dayedness it-was-became toward to-two?

46:4 ανεποδισεν] ενεποδισεν ℵ* (ανεπ. ℵc.a) ενεποδισθη A

[appendix] χιρι ℵ* (χειρ. ℵc.c)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:5 ἐπεκαλέσατο τὸν ὕψιστον δυνάστην ἐν τῷ θλίψαι αὐτὸν ἐχθροὺς κυκλόθεν· καὶ ἐπήκουσεν αὐτῶν μέγας Κύριος (Sir 46:6) ἐν λίθοις χαλάζης δυνάμεως κραταιᾶς·

It-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-most-lofteed to-an-abler in unto-the-one to-have-pressed to-it to-en-enmitied circled-from; and it-heard-upon of-them, great Authority-belonged, (Sir 46:6) in unto-stones of-a-hailedness of-an-ability of-secure-belonged;

46:5 υψιστον] pr κν̅ ℵ | αυτων] αυτου ℵ A | om εν 2° ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:6 κατέρραξεν ἐπ' ἔθνος πόλεμον, καὶ ἐν καταβάσει ἀπώλεσεν ἀνθεστηκότας, ἵνα γνῶσιν ἔθνη πανοπλίαν αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἐναντίον Κυρίου ὁ πόλεμος αὐτοῦ· καὶ γὰρ ἐπηκολούθησεν ὀπίσω Δυνάστου.

it-en-bursted-down upon to-a-placeedness-belonging-to to-a-war, and in unto-a-stepping-down it-destructed-off to-having-had-come-to-ever-a-one-stand, so they-might-have-had-acquainted, placeedness-belongings-to, to-an-all-implementing-unto of-them, to-which-a-one to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged the-one a-war of-it; and too-thus it-pathed-along-upon-unto aback-unto-which of-an-Abler.

46:6 αυτων] om ℵ* αυτου ℵc.aA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:7 καὶ ἐν ἡμέραις Μωυσέως ἐποίησεν ἔλεος, αὐτὸς καὶ Χαλὲβ υἱὸς Ἰεφοννή, ἀντιστῆναι ἔναντι ἐχθροῦ, κωλῦσαι λαὸν ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας καὶ κοπάσαι γογγυσμὸν πονηρίας.

And in unto-dayednesses of-a-Môuseus it-did-unto to-a-besectionateedness, it and a-Chaleb a-son of-an-Iefonnê, to-have-had-ever-a-one-stood in-ever-a-one of-en-enmitied, to-have-prevented to-a-people off of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto and to-have-felled-to to-a-murmuring-of-to of-an-en-necessitating-unto.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

46:7 Μωσεως A | αυτος] ουτος ℵ | om εχθρου ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:8 καὶ αὐτοὶ δύο ὄντες διεσώθησαν ἀπὸ ἑξακοσίων χιλιάδων πεζῶν, εἰσαγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς κληρονομίαν, εἰς γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι.

And them two being they-were-saved-through-to off of-six-hundred of-thousands of-afoot, to-have-had-led-into to-them into to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto, into to-a-soil to-flowing to-a-milk and to-a-honey.

46:8 εισαγειν A

[appendix] χειλιαδων B | μελει A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:9 καὶ ἔδωκεν ὁ κύριος τῷ Χαλὲβ ἰσχύν, καὶ ἕως γήρους διέμεινεν αὐτῷ, ἐπιβῆναι αὐτὸν ἐπὶ ὕψος τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ κατέσχεν κληρονομίαν·

And it-gave, the-one Authority-belonged, unto-the-one unto-a-Chaleb to-a-force-holding, and unto-if-which of-an-oldeness it-stayed-through unto-it, to-have-had-stepped-upon to-it upon to-a-lofteedness of-the-one of-a-soil, and to-the-one to-a-whorling-to of-it it-had-held-down to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto;

46:9 υψος] pr το ℵ A? (pr του A*) C | κατεσχεν] και την A

[appendix] διεμινεν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:10 ὅπως ἴδωσιν πάντες οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ὅτι καλὸν τὸ πορεύεσθαι ὀπίσω Κυρίου.

unto-which-whither they-might-have-had-seen, all the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, to-which-a-one seemly the-one to-traverse-of aback-unto-which of-Authority-belonged.

46:10 ιδωσι ℵ | το πορευεσθαι (incep πορι ℵ* πορευ. ℵ1 c.a)] om το ℵ

[appendix] πορευεσθε A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:11 καὶ οἱ κριταί, ἕκαστος τῷ αὐτοῦ ὀνόματι, ὅσων οὐκ ἐξεπόρνευσεν ἡ καρδία καὶ ὅσοι οὐκ ἀπεστράφησαν ἀπὸ Κυρίου, εἴη τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν ἐν εὐλογίαις·

And the-ones separaters, each unto-the-one of-it unto-a-naming-to, of-which-a-which not it-harloted-out-of, the-one a-heart, and which-a-which not they-had-been-beturned-off off of-Authority-belonged, it-may-be the-one a-remembrance of-them in unto-goodly-fortheeings-unto;

46:11 εκαστος ℵc.aA] εκαστω Bℵ*

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:12 τὰ ὀστᾶ αὐτῶν ἀναθάλοι ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῶν ἀντικαταλλασσόμενον ἐφ' υἱοῖς δεδοξασμένων αὐτῶν.

the-ones bones of-them it-may-have-flourished-up out of-the-one of-an-occasion of-them, and the-one a-naming-to of-them being-ever-a-one-othered-down upon unto-sons of-having-had-come-to-be-reckoned-to of-them.

46:12 το οστα] pr και ℵ | αντικαταλλασσομενον] αντικαταλλαξοι ξενον ℵ* (αντικαταλλασσ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:13 ἠγαπημένος ὑπὸ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, προφήτης Κυρίου κατέστησεν βασιλέα, καὶ ἔχρισεν ἄρχοντας ἐπὶ τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ·

Having-had-come-to-be-excessed-off-unto under of-Authority-belonged of-it, a-declarer-before of-Authority-belonged it-stood-down to-a-ruler-of, and it-anointed to-firsting upon to-the-one to-a-people of-it;

46:13 αυτου 1°] + Σαμουηλ ℵ A C | βασιλεα] βασιλειαν ℵ A C

[appendix] εχρεισεν B* (εχρισ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:14 ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου ἔκρινεν συναγωγήν, καὶ ἐπεσκέψατο Κύριος τὸν Ἰακώβ.

in unto-a-parcelee of-Authority-belonged it-separated to-a-leading-together, and it-scouted-upon, Authority-belonged, to-the-one to-an-Iakôb.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:15 ἐν πίστει αὐτοῦ ἠκριβάσθη προφήτης, καὶ ἐγνώσθη ἐν πίστει αὐτοῦ πιστὸς ὁράσεως.

In unto-a-trust of-it it-was-exacted-to a-declarer-before, and it-was-acquainted in unto-a-trust of-it trusted of-a-seeeeing.

46:15 πιστει 2°] ρημασιν ℵ A C

[appendix] πιστι (1°) ℵ | ηκρειβασθη B* (ηκριβ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:16 καὶ ἐπεκαλέσατο τὸν κύριον δυνάστην, ἐν τῷ θλίψαι ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ κυκλόθεν, ἐν προσφορᾷ ἀρνὸς γαλαθηνοῦ·

And it-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged to-an-abler, in unto-the-one to-have-pressed to-en-enmitied of-it circled-from, in unto-a-bearedness-toward of-a-lambling of-milk-placed-to;

46:16 επεκαλεσα ℵ* (-σατο ℵc.a) | αυτου εχθρους ℵ* (εχθρ. αυτου ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:17 καὶ ἐβρόντησεν ἀπ' οὐρανοῦ Κύριος, καὶ ἐν ἤχῳ μεγάλῳ ἀκουστὴν ἐποίησεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ,

and it-thundered-unto off of-a-sky, Authority-belonged, and in unto-a-reverberation unto-great to-heard it-did-unto to-the-one to-a-sound of-it,

46:17 Κυριος] pr ο ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:18 καὶ ἐξέτριψεν ἡγουμένους Τυρίων καὶ πάντας ἄρχοντας Φυλιστιείμ.

and it-rubbed-out to-leading-unto of-Turos-belonged and to-all to-firsting of-Fulistieim'.

46:18 Τυρων ℵ* (-ριων ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:19 καὶ πρὸ καιροῦ κοιμήσεως αἰῶνος ἐπεμαρτύρατο ἔναντι Κυρίου καὶ χριστοῦ Χρήματα καὶ ἕως ὑποδημάτων ἀπὸ πάσης σαρκὸς οὐκ εἴληφα· καὶ οὐκ ἐνεκάλεσεν αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπος.

And before of-a-time of-a-situateeing of-an-age it-witnessed-upon in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged and of-anointed, To-affordings-to and unto-if-which of-bindings-under-to off of-all of-a-flesh not I-hath-had-come-to-take; and not it-called-in-unto unto-it, a-mankind.

46:19 χριστου] + αυτου ℵc.a | om και 3° C | ειληφα B*b A C (. . λιφα)] ειληφεν Babℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 46:20 καὶ μετὰ τὸ ὑπνῶσαι αὐτὸν προεφήτευσεν καὶ ὑπέδειξεν βασιλεῖ τὴν τελευτὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνύψωσεν ἐκ γῆς τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν προφητείᾳ, ἐξαλεῖψαι ἀνομίαν λαοῦ.

And with to-the-one to-have-slept to-it it-declared-before-of and it-en-showed-under unto-a-ruler-of to-the-one to-a-finishing-of-unto of-it, and it-en-lofteed-up out of-a-soil to-the-one to-a-sound of-it in unto-a-declaring-before-of, to-have-smeared-along-out to-an-un-parceleeing-unto of-a-people.

46:20 επροφητευσεν ℵ A C | om και 2° ℵ* (hab ℵ1(mg sinistr) | υπεδειξεν] επε[δειξ]εν C | την φωνην] om την A | προφητεια (-τια C)] προφητειαις ℵ | εξαλιψει ℵ

[appendix] εξαλιψαι B* (εξαλειψ. Ba?b)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:1 καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον ἀνέστη Ναθὰν προφητεύειν ἐν ἡμέραις Δαυείδ.

And with to-the-one-this it-had-stood-up, a-Nathan, to-declare-before-of in unto-dayednesses of-a-Daueid.

47:1 τουτον] τουτο C | Ναθαν] Δαθαν A* (Ναθ. Ab) | Δαυειδ] Δαδ ℵ* (Δα̅δ ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:2 ὥσπερ στέαρ ἀφωρισμένον ἀπὸ σωτηρίου, οὕτως Δαυεὶδ ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.

As-very a-suet being-bounded-off-to off of-saviored-belonged, unto-the-one-this a-Daueid off of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl.

47:2 των υιων] om των ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:3 ἐν λέουσιν ἔπαιξεν ὡς ἐν ἐρίφοις, καὶ ἐν ἄρκοις ὡς ἐν ἄρνασι προβάτων.

In unto-lions it-childed-to as in unto-kids, and in unto-lift-belongations-of as in unto-lamblings of-stepped-before.

Note: unto-lift-belongations-of : from ARKEW (derived from AIRW); incorrectly equated to ARKTOS; all occurrences in NT and Septuagint manuscripts are the ARKOS form; occurs in Jdg_1:35; 1Sa_17:34; 1Sa_17:36; 1Sa_17:37; 2Ki_2:24; Wis_11:17; Sir_47:3; Hos_13:8; Amo_5:19; Isa_11:7; Isa_59:11; Lam_3:10; Dan_7:5; Rev_12:3; refers to the bear family; the meaning refers to their fending-off fighting technique, of raising up and swatting their claws with great force and quickness; in the area of Israel the species was most likely the Syrian bear - light brown, up to 4.5 ft. nose to tail and up to 550 lbs.

47:3 επαιξεν Babℵ επαισεν C | και] seq λ in ℵ* (improb λ ℵ1 c.a) | εναρκεις ℵ* (εν αρκοις ℵc.a) | αρνασιν A

[appendix] επεζεν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:4 ἐν νεότητι αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ ἀπέκτεινεν γίγαντα, καὶ ἐξῆρεν ὀνειδισμὸν ἐκ λαοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐπᾶραι χεῖρα ἐν λίθῳ σφενδόνης καὶ καταβαλεῖν γαυρίαμα τοῦ Γολιάθ;

In unto-a-newness of-it unto-not it-killed-off to-mighty, and it-lifted-out to-a-reproaching-to-off out of-a-people in unto-the-one to-have-lifted-upon to-a-hand in unto-a-stone of-a-sling and to-have-had-casted-down to-a-grandeur-belonging-to of-the-one of-a-Goliath?

47:4 χειρας A | κατεβαλεν ℵ C | Γολιαδ C

[appendix] απεκτινεν ℵ C | ονιδισμον B* (ονειδ. Ba(vid) b) ℵ C ονιδεισμον A | καταβαλιν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:5 ἐπεκαλέσατο γὰρ Κύριον τὸν ὕψιστον, καὶ ἔδωκεν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ κράτος, ἐξᾶραι ἄνθρωπον δυνατὸν ἐν πολέμῳ· ἀνυψῶσαι κέρας λαοῦ αὐτοῦ.

It-called-upon-unto too-thus to-Authority-belonged to-the-one to-most-lofteed, and it-gave in unto-the-one unto-right-belonged to-a-securement, to-have-lifted-out to-a-mankind to-able in unto-a-war; to-have-en-lofteed-up to-a-horn of-a-people of-it.

47:5 om γαρ C | ανθρωπον] + δυνατον Babℵ A C | ανυψωσαι ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:6 οὕτως ἐν μυριάσιν ἐδόξασεν αὐτόν, καὶ ᾔνεσεν αὐτὸν ἐν εὐλογίαις Κυρίου ἐν τῷ φέρεσθαι αὐτῷ διάδημα δόξης.

Unto-the-one-this in unto-myriads it-reckoned-to to-it, and it-lauded-unto to-it in unto-goodly-fortheeings-unto of-Authority-belonged in unto-the-one to-bear-unto unto-it to-a-binding-through-to of-a-reckonedness.

Note: to-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

47:6 ηνεσεν] ηρεσεν ℵ* ηνεσαν ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:7 ἐξέτριψεν γὰρ ἐχθροὺς κυκλόθεν, καὶ ἐξουδένωσεν Φυλιστιεὶμ τοὺς ὑπεναντίους· ἕως σήμερον συνέτριψεν αὐτῶν κέρας.

It-rubbed-out too-thus to-en-enmitied circled-from, and it-en-not-then-also-oned-out to-Fulistieim' to-the-ones to-ever-a-oned-in-under; unto-if-which this-day it-rubbed-together of-them to-a-horn.

47:7 εχθρους] + σου ℵ* (improb σου ℵc.a) | αυτων] αυτω C | κερας] κεραξ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:8 ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν ἐξομολόγησιν ἁγίῳ Ὑψίστῳ, ῥήματι δόξης· ἐν πάσῃ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ὕμνησεν καὶ ἠγάπησεν τὸν ποιήσαντα αὐτόν.

In unto-all unto-a-work of-it it-gave to-an-along-fortheeing-out unto-hallow-belonged unto-most-lofteed, unto-an-uttering-to of-a-reckonedness; in unto-all unto-a-heart of-it it-hymed-unto and it-excessed-off-unto to-the-one to-having-done-unto to-it.

47:8 υψιστου ℵ | ρηματα C | υμνησιν ℵ | ηγαπησε C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:9 καὶ ἔστησεν ψαλτῳδοὺς κατέναντι τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, καὶ ἐξ ἠχοῦς αὐτῶν γλυκαίνειν μέλη·

And it-stood to-song-twanged down-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-surgerlet, and out of-a-reverb of-them to-sweeten to-members;

47:9 ψαλμωδους ℵ | του θυσιαστηριου] om του ℵ A C | ηχου Bb

[appendix] γλυκενιν C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:10 ἔδωκεν ἐν ἑορταῖς εὐπρέπειαν, καὶ ἐκόσμησεν καιροὺς μέχρι συντελείας, ἐν τῷ αἰνεῖν αὐτοὺς τὸ ἅγιον ὄνομα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπὸ πρωὶ ἠχεῖν τὸ ἁγίασμα.

it-gave in unto-festivals to-a-goodly-befitting-of, and it-orderationed-unto to-times unto-lest-whilst of-a-finishing-together-of, in unto-the-one to-laud-unto to-them to-the-one to-hallow-belonged to-a-naming-to of-it and off unto-before-belonged to-reverberate-unto to-the-one to-a-hallow-belonging-to.

47:10 om εν 1° ℵ | ορταις B* (εορτ. Bb) | ευπρεπιαν ℵ C | συντελιας C | το αγιον ονομα] το ονομα το αγιον C | αυτου] σου ℵ | πρωι] πρωιας ℵ A C + φωνη ℵc.a

[appendix] αινιν ℵ* (-νειν ℵc.c) ενιν C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:11 Κύριος ἀφεῖλεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνύψωσεν εἰς αἰῶνα τὸ κέρας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην βασιλέων καὶ θρόνον δόξης ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ.

Authority-belonged it-had-sectioned-off to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-unto of-it, and it-en-lofteed-up into to-an-age to-the-one to-a-horn of-it, and it-gave unto-it to-a-placement-through of-rulers-of and to-a-throne of-a-reckonedness in unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl.

47:11 Κυριος] κς̅ B*b χς̅ Ba

[appendix] αφιλεν ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:12 μετὰ τοῦτον ἀνέστη υἱὸς ἐπιστήμων, καὶ δι' αὐτὸν κατέλυσεν ἐν πλατυσμῷ·

With to-the-one-this it-had-stood-up, a-son standinged-upon-of, and through to-it it-loosed-down in unto-a-broadening-of;

47:12 μετα] pr και C | om και δι αυτον . . . πλατυσμω C | κατελυσεν] κατεπαυσεν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:13 Σαλωμὼν ἐβασίλευσεν ἐν ἡμέραις εἰρήνης, ᾧ ὁ θεὸς κατέπαυσε κυκλόθεν, ἵνα στήσῃ οἶκον ἐπ' ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ καὶ ἑτοιμάσῃ ἁγίασμα εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.

a-Salômôn it-rulered-of in unto-dayednesses of-a-joinifying, unto-which the-one a-Deity it-ceased-down circled-from, so it-might-have-stood to-a-house upon unto-a-naming-to of-it and it-might-have-readied-to to-a-hallow-belonging-to into to-the-one to-an-age.

47:13 Σολομων ℵ A | ω ο θεος] ως θς̅ ℵ* (ω ο θς̅ ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:14 ὡς ἐσοφίσθης ἐν νεότητί σου, καὶ ἐνεπλήσθης ὡς ποταμὸς συνέσεως.

As thou-was-wisdomed-to in unto-a-newness of-thee, and thou-was-repleted-in as a-drinkationing-of of-a-sending-together.

47:14 ενεπλησθης] εσοφισθη C* (-της Ca)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:15 γῆν ἐπεκάλυψεν ἡ ψυχή σου, καὶ ἐνέπλησας ἐν παραβολαῖς αἰνιγμάτων·

To-a-soil it-shrouded-upon, the-one a-breathing of-thee, and thou-repleted-in in unto-castings-beside of-riddlings-to;

47:15 ενεπλησαν C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:16 εἰς νήσους πόρρω ἀφίκετο τὸ ὄνομά σου, καὶ ἠγαπήθης ἐν τῇ εἰρήνῃ σου·

into to-isles far-unto-which it-had-tracked-off-unto, the-one a-naming-to of-thee, and thou-was-excessed-off-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-joinifying of-thee;

47:16 ηγαπηθης] π inst (antea vitio laborasse vid) ℵ?

[appendix] ιρηνη ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:17 ἐν ᾠδαῖς καὶ παροιμίαις καὶ παραβολαῖς καὶ ἐν ἑρμηνίᾳ ἀπεθαύμασάν σε χῶραι·

in unto-songs and unto-which-belongings-beside-unto and unto-castings-beside and in unto-a-clearifying-unto they-off-marveled-to to-thee, spacednesses;

47:17 εν 1°] pr και AC | ερμηνια (νεια Bab)] ερμνηιαις ℵ C ερημιαις A | επεθυαμασαν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:18 ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦ ἐπικεκλημένου θεοῦ Ἰσραήλ, συνήγαγες ὡς κασσίτερον τὸ χρυσίον, καὶ ὡς μόλιβον ἐπλήθυνας ἀργύριον.

in unto-a-naming-to of-Authority-belonged of-the-one of-a-Deity, of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-called-upon-unto of-a-Deity of-an-Israêl, thou-had-led-together as to-a-tin to-the-one to-a-goldlet, and as to-a-plumbum thou-repletened to-a-silverlet.

Note: to-a-plumbum : used to avoid confusion with the paradigm lead.

47:18 om θεου 2° Cvid | κασιτερον C | μολιβδον C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:19 παρανέκλινας τὰς λαγόνας σου γυναιξίν, καὶ ἐνεξουσιάσθης ἐν τῷ σώματί σου·

Thou-clined-up-beside to-the-ones to-flanks of-thee unto-women, and thou-was-be-out-belonged-to in unto-the-one unto-an-en-capsuling-to of-thee;

Note: thou-was-be-out-belonged-to : in Passive voice used to refer to being allowed.

47:19 παρεκλινας ℵ

[appendix] παρανεκλεινας B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:20 ἔδωκας μῶμον ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου, καὶ ἐβεβήλωσας τὸ σπέρμα σου, ἐπαγαγεῖν ὀργὴν ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα σου, καὶ κατενύγην ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφροσύνῃ σου,

thou-gave to-a-blemish in unto-the-one unto-a-reckonedness of-thee, and thou-en-step-stepped-of to-the-one to-a-whorling-to of-thee, to-have-had-led-upon to-a-stressing upon to-the-ones to-creationees of-thee, and I-had-been-dintered-down upon unto-the-one unto-an-un-centeringedness of-thee,

Note: thou-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

47:20 om εν ℵ

[appendix] επαγαγιν C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:21 γενέσθαι δίχα τυραννίδα καὶ ἐξ Ἐφράιμ ἄρξαι βασιλείαν ἀπειθῆ.

to-have-had-became to-split to-a-tyrantess and out of-an-Efraim to-have-firsted to-a-ruling-of to-un-suringed.

47:21 τυραννιδος ℵc.a | Αιφραιμ ℵ* (Εφρ. ℵc.a) A | αρξας ℵ

[appendix] απιθη A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:22 ὁ δὲ Κύριος οὐ μὴ καταλίπῃ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐ μὴ διαφθαρῇ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ μὴ ἐξαλείψῃ ἐκλεκτοῦ αὐτοῦ ἔκγονα, καὶ σπέρμα τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος αὐτὸν οὐ μὴ ἐξάρῃ· καὶ τῷ Ἰακὼβ ἔδωκεν κατάλιμμα, καὶ τῷ Δαυεὶδ ἐξ αὐτοῦ ῥίζαν.

The-one then-also Authority-belonged not lest it-might-have-had-remaindered-down to-the-one to-a-besectionateedness of-it, and not lest it-might-have-had-been-degraded-through off of-the-ones of-works of-it, not-then-also lest it-might-have-smeared-along-out of-forthed-out of-it to-became-out, and to-a-whorling-to of-the-one of-having-excessed-off-unto to-it not lest it-might-have-lifted-out; and unto-the-one unto-an-Iakôb it-gave to-a-remaindering-down-to, and unto-the-one unto-a-Daueid out of-it to-a-rootedness.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

47:22 καταλιπη] εγκαταλειπη A | διαφθειρη ℵc.a (διαφθιρ.) A | εξαλιψει C | σπερμα] pr το A | Ιακωβ] + ος ℵ* (om ος ℵc.a) | καταλειμμα Bab

[appendix] εξαλιψη B* (-λειψη Bab) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:23 καὶ ἀνεπαύσατο Σαλωμὼν μετὰ τῶν πατέρων, καὶ κατέλιπεν μετ' αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ λαοῦ ἀφροσύνην καὶ ἐλασσούμενον συνέσει Ῥοβοάμ, ὃς ἀπέστησεν λαὸν ἐκ βουλῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ Ἰεροβοὰμ υἱὸν Ναβάτ, ὃς ἐξήμαρτεν τὸν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἔδωκεν τῷ Ἐφράιμ ὁδὸν ἁμαρτίας.

And it-ceased-up, a-Salômôn, with of-the-ones of-fathers, and it-had-remaindered-down with to-it out of-the-one of-a-whorling-to of-it of-a-people to-an-un-centeringedness and to-being-more-en-lackened unto-a-sending-together to-a-Roboam, which it-stood-off to-a-people out of-a-purposing of-it, and to-an-Ieroboam to-a-son of-a-Nabat, which it-had-un-adjusted-along-out to-the-one to-an-Israêl and it-gave unto-the-one unto-an-Efraim to-a-way of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto.

47:23 Σολομων ℵ | πατερων] + αυτου ℵ A | κατελειπεν A | μετ] μεθ A | ελαττουμενον ℵ | Ροβοαμ] Ροβ . . . C | om ος 1° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | λαον] pr τον A | υιος ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:24 καὶ ἐπληθύνθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῶν σφόδρα, ἀποστῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς αὐτῶν·

And they-were-repletened the-ones un-adjustings-along-unto of-them to-vehemented, to-have-stood-off to-them off of-the-one of-a-soil of-them;

47:24 της γης] om της ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 47:25 καὶ πᾶσαν πονηρίαν ἐξεζήτησαν, ἕως ἐκδίκησις ἔλθῃ ἐπ' αὐτούς.

and to-all to-an-en-necessitating-unto they-sought-out-unto, unto-if-which a-coursing-out it-had-came upon to-them.

47:25 εως] ως A

[appendix] εκδικησεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:1 καὶ ἀνέστη Ἠλίας προφήτης ὡς πῦρ, καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ ὡς λαμπὰς ἐκαίετο·

And it-had-stood-up, an-Êlias a-declarer-before, as a-fire, and the-one a-forthee of-it as a-lamp it-was-being-burn-belonged;

Note: an-Êlias in 02 03 as in Mal_4:5 (Mal_4:4); Sir_48:1; 1Ma_2:58 : an-Êleias in 01 as in NT; Sir_48:4; Sir_48:12; elsewhere an-Êleiou.

48:1 Ηλειας ℵ

[appendix] εκεετο A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:2 ὃς ἐπήγαγεν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς λιμόν, καὶ τῷ ζήλῳ αὐτοῦ ὠλιγοποίησεν αὐτούς·

which it-had-led-upon to-them to-a-famine, and unto-the-one unto-a-crave of-it it-did-little-unto to-them;

48:2 ολιγοποιησεν ℵ A

[appendix] λειμον ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:3 ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου ἀνέσχεν οὐρανόν, κατήγαγεν οὕτως τρὶς πῦρ.

in unto-a-forthee of-Authority-belonged it-had-held-up to-a-sky, it-had-led-down unto-the-one-this to-thrice to-a-fire.

48:3 ομ ουτως ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:4 ὡς ἐδοξάσθης, Ἠλεία, ἐν τοῖς θαυμασίοις σου· καὶ τίς ὅμοιός σοι καυχᾶσθαι;

As thou-was-reckoned-to, Êleias, in unto-the-ones unto-marvel-to-belonged of-thee; and what-one along-belonged unto-thee to-boast-unto?

Note: Êleias in 01 03* as in NT; Sir_48:4; Sir_48:12 : Êlias in 02 03C2 as in Mal_4:5 (Mal_4:4); Sir_48:1; 1Ma_2:58; elsewhere an-Êleiou.

48:4 Ηλια BbA | τοις Θαυμασιοις] om τοις ℵ A | καυχασθαι] καυχησεται ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:5 ὁ ἐγείρας νεκρὸν ἐκ θανάτου καὶ ἐξ ᾅδου ἐν λόγῳ Ὑψίστου·

The-one having-roused to-en-deaded out of-a-death and out of-a-hadês in unto-a-forthee of-most-lofteed;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:6 ὁ καταγαγὼν βασιλεῖς εἰς ἀπωλίαν καὶ δεδοξασμένους ἀπὸ κλίνης αὐτῶν·

the-one having-had-led-down to-rulers-of into to-a-destructing-off-unto and to-having-had-come-to-be-reckoned-to off of-a-clining of-them;

Note: to-a-destructing-off-unto in 03 : to-a-destructing-off-of in 01 02 03C1 03C2.

48:6 απωλειαν Babℵ A

[appendix] κλεινης B*

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:7 ἀκούων ἐν Σεινὰ ἐλεγμὸν καὶ ἐν Χωρὴβ κρίματα ἐκδικήσεως·

hearing in unto-a-Seina to-a-trialing-of and in unto-a-Chôrêb to-separatings-to of-a-coursing-out;

48:7 Σινα BbA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:8 ὁ χρίων βασιλεῖς εἰς ἀνταπόδομα, καὶ προφήτας διαδόχους μετ' αὐτόν·

the-one anointing to-rulers-of into to-an-ever-a-one-giving-off-to, and to-declarers-before to-received-through with to-it;

48:8 μετ αυτον sup ras Bab

[appendix] χρειων B* (χριων Bb) ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:9 ὁ ἀναλημφθεὶς ἐν λαίλαπι πυρὸς ἐν ἅρματι ἵππων πυρίνων·

the-one having-been-taken-up in unto-a-tempest of-a-fire in unto-a-lifting-along-to of-horses of-fire-belonged-to;

48:9 λαιλαπι] λαμπαδι A | ιππων] incep π ℵ* (improb π ℵ1)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:10 ὁ καταγραφεὶς ἐν ἐλεγμοῖς εἰς καιρούς, κοπάσαι ὀργὴν πρὸ θυμοῦ καὶ ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίαν πατρὸς πρὸς υἱὸν καὶ καταστῆσαι φυλὰς Ἰακώβ.

the-one having-been-scribed-down in unto-trialings-of into to-times, to-have-felled-to to-a-stressing before of-a-passion and to-have-beturned-upon to-a-heart of-a-father toward to-a-son and to-have-stood-down to-tribings of-an-Iakôb.

48:10 εν ελεγμοις] εν ελλεγμουις ℵ* (improb ι ℵ1 postea rras ℵ?) ελεγμος A | om εις ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | om και 1° ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:11 μακάριοι οἱ ἰδόντες σε καὶ οἱ ἐν ἀγαπήσει κεκοσμημένοι, καὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς ζωῇ ζησόμεθα.

Bless-belonged the-ones having-had-seen to-thee and the-ones in unto-an-en-excessing-off having-had-come-to-be-orderationed-unto, and too-thus we unto-a-lifing we-shall-life-unto.

48:11 ιδοντες] ειδοτες ℵ C | αγαπησει] αγαπη ℵ* αγαπσι σου ℵc.a | ζωης ℵ* (ζωη ℵ1) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:12 Ἠλείας ὃς ἐν λαίλαπι ἐσκεπάσθη· καὶ Ἐλεισαῖε ἐνεπλήσθη πνεύματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐσαλεύθη ὑπὸ ἄρχοντος, καὶ οὐ κατεδυνάστευσεν αὐτὸν οὐδείς.

An-Êleias which in unto-a-tempest it-was-covered-to; and an-Eleisaie it-was-repleted-in of-a-currenting-to of-it, and in unto-dayednesses of-it not it-was-undulated-of under of-firsting, and not it-abled-down-of to-it, not-then-also-one.

Note: An-Êleias in 01 03* as in NT; Sir_48:4; Sir_48:12 : An-Êlias in 02 03C2 as in Mal_4:5 (Mal_4:4); Sir_48:1; 1Ma_2:58; elsewhere an-Êleiou.

48:12 Ηλιας BbA | Ελισαιε Bbℵ A C (Ελισ[αιε]) | ενεπλησθη] επλησθη A | αυτου 1°] αγιου A | ου κατεδυναστευσεν] ουκ εδυναστευσεν ℵ

[appendix] λελαπι ℵ A C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:13 πᾶς λόγος οὐχ ὑπερῆρεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἐν κοιμήσει ἐπροφήτευσεν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ·

All a-forthee not it-lifted-over to-it, and in unto-a-situateeing it-declared-before-of, the-one an-en-capsuling-to of-it;

48:13 ουχ] κυ̅

[appendix] ουκ C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:14 καὶ ἐν ζωῇ αὐτοῦ ἐποίησεν τέρατα, καὶ ἐν τελευτῇ θαυμάσια τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ.

and in unto-a-lifing of-it it-did-unto to-anomalies, and in unto-a-finishing-of-unto marvel-to-belonged the-ones works of-it.

48:14 ζωη] pr τη C | τελευτη] pr τη C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:15 ἐν πᾶσιν τούτοις οὐ μετενόησεν ὁ λαός, καὶ οὐκ ἀπέστησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν, ἕως ἐπρονομεύθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς αὐτῶν καὶ ἐσκορπίσθησαν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ, καὶ κατελείφθη ὁ λαὸς ὀλιγοστός, καὶ ἄρχων τῷ οἴκῳ Δαυείδ.

In unto-all unto-the-ones-these not it-en-mulled-with-unto, the-one a-people, and not they-had-stood-off off of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-unto, unto-if-which they-were-parceleed-before-of off of-the-one of-a-soil of-them and they-were-scattered-to in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-soil, and it-was-remaindered-down the-one a-people most-little, and firsting unto-the-one unto-a-house of-a-Daueid.

48:15 των α|αμαρτιων B* (των| αμ. Bb) | αμαρτιων] + αυτων ℵ | της γης] om της ℵ A | εσκορπισθησαν] διεσκορπισθησαν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:16 τινὲς μὲν αὐτῶν ἐποίησαν τὸ ἀρεστόν, τινὲς δὲ ἐπλήθυναν ἁμαρτίας.

Ones indeed of-them they-did-unto to-the-one to-pleasable, ones then-also they-repletened to-un-adjustings-along-unto.

48:16 κατελειφθη] κατελημφθη ℵ C (κατεληφθ.) | αρχων] αρχοντες ℵc.a | τω οικω] pr εν ℵ A

[appendix] κατελιφθη B* (-λειφθη Bab)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:17 Ἑζεκίας ὠχύρωσεν τὴν πόλιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰσήγαγεν εἰς μέσον αὐτῶν τὸν Γώγ· ὤρυξεν σιδήρῳ ἀκρότομον, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν κρήνας εἰς ὕδατα.

A-Hezekias it-en-holdationed to-the-one to-a-city of-it, and it-had-led-into into to-middle of-them to-the-one to-a-Gôg; it-gougered unto-an-iron to-extremity-cut, and it-house-built-unto to-fountains into to-waters.

Note: to-the-one to-a-Gôg in 03 : to-the-one to-a-Êôg in 01* : to-the-one to-led in 01C1 : to-a-water in 02; difficult to reconcile to-the-one to-a-Gôg, probable primitive error from a derivative of AGW; 01C1 has the right idea.

48:17 αυτων] αυτης A | τον Γωγ] τον Ηωγ ℵ* τ. αγωγον ℵc.a υδωρ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:18 ἐν ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ ἀνέβη Σενναχηρεὶμ καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Ῥαψάκην, καὶ ἀπῆρεν· καὶ ἐπῆρεν ἡ χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Σειών, καὶ ἐμεγαλαύχησεν ὑπερηφανίᾳ αὐτοῦ.

In unto-dayednesses of-it it-had-stepped-up, a-Sennachêreim, and it-set-off to-a-Rapsakês, and it-lifted-off; and it-lifted-upon, the-one a-hand of-it, upon to-a-Seiôn, and it-greatly-boasted-unto unto-a-manifesting-over-unto of-it.

48:18 Σενναχηρειμ] Σεννα . . . C (cett evan usque 22) | απεστειλεν] απετρεψεν ℵ* (απεστιλεν ℵc.a) | Ραψακην] pr τον ℵ | η χειρ] χειρα A | Σιων (item 24) BbA | υπερηφανιαν ℵ υπερηφανεια A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:19 τότε ἐσαλεύθησαν καρδίαι καὶ χεῖρες αὐτῶν, καὶ ὠδίνησαν ὡς αἱ τίκτουσαι·

To-the-one-which-also they-were-undulated-of hearts and hands of-them, and they-panged as the-ones creationing;

48:19 χειρες] pr αι ℵ A

[appendix] ωδεινησαν B* (ωδιν. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:20 καὶ ἐπεκαλέσαντο τὸν κύριον τὸν ἐλεήμονα, ἐκπετάσαντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ὁ ἅγιος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ταχὺ ἐπήκουσεν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐλυτρώσατο αὐτοὺς ἐν χειρὶ Ἠσαίου·

and they-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged to-the-one to-besectionatinged-of, having-out-spreaded-to to-the-ones to-hands of-them toward to-it. And the-one hallow-belonged out of-a-sky to-quick it-heard-upon of-them, and it-en-loosed to-them in unto-a-hand of-an-Êsaias;

48:20 επανεκαλεσαντο ℵ* (επεκαλ. ℵc.a) | Ησαιου] Ιησου ℵ

[appendix] χιρας ℵ* (χειρ. ℵc.c) | χειρει B*

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:21 ἐπάταξεν τὴν παρεμβολὴν τῶν Ἀσσυρίων, καὶ ἐξέτριψεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἄγγελος αὐτοῦ.

it-smote to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside of-the-ones of-Assur-belonged, and it-rubbed-out to-them, the-one a-leadeeer of-it.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:22 ἐποίησεν γὰρ Ἑζεκίας τὸ ἀρεστὸν Κυρίῳ, καὶ ἐνίσχυσεν ἐν ὁδοῖς Δαυεὶδ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ. ἃς ἐνετείλατο Ἠσαίας ὁ προφήτης ὁ μέγας καὶ πιστὸς ἐν ὁράσει αὐτοῦ.

It-did-unto too-thus, a-Hezekias, to-the-one to-pleasable unto-Authority-belonged, and it-force-held-in in unto-ways of-a-Daueid of-the-one of-a-father of-it, to-which it-finished-in, an-Êsaias the-one a-declarer-before, the-one great and trusted in unto-a-seeeeing of-it.

48:22 om Κυριω ℵ* (hab κω̅ ℵc.a) | om Δαυειδ ℵ* (hab Δα̅σ ℵc.a)

[appendix] ενετιλατο ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:23 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ ἀνεπόδισεν ὁ ἥλιος, καὶ προσέθηκεν ζωὴν βασιλεῖ·

In unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses of-it it-footed-up-to, the-one a-sun, and it-placed-toward to-a-lifing unto-a-ruler-of;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:24 πνεύματι μεγάλῳ ἴδεν τὰ ἔσχατα, καὶ παρεκάλεσεν τοὺς πενθοῦντας ἐν Σειών·

unto-a-currenting-to unto-great it-had-seen to-the-ones to-most-bordered, and it-called-beside-unto to-the-ones to-grieving-unto in unto-a-Seiôn;

48:24 ειδεν ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 48:25 ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος ὑπέδειξεν τὰ ἐσόμενα καὶ τὰ ἀπόκρυφα πρὶν ἢ παραγενέσθαι αὐτά.

unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-age it-en-showed-under to-the-ones to-shall-having-been and to-the-ones to-hidened-off ere or to-have-had-became-beside to-them.

48:25 παραγινεσθαι C

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:1 μνημόσυνον Ἰωσείου εἰς σύνθεσιν θυμιάματος, ἐσκευασμένον ἔργῳ μυρεψοῦ· ἐν παντὶ στόματι ὡς μέλι γλυκανθήσεται, καὶ ὡς μουσικὰ ἐν συνποσίῳ οἴνου.

A-remembrance of-an-Iôseias into to-a-placing-together of-an-incensing-to, having-had-come-to-be-equipped-to unto-a-work of-a-seeped-seether; in unto-all unto-a-naming-to as a-honey it-shall-be-sweetened, and as muse-belonged-of in unto-a-drinking-togetherlet of-a-wine.

49:1 Ιωσιου (item 4) Bb A C | εσκευασμενου ℵ | εργον A | μυρεψου] μυρεμου A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:2 αὐτὸς κατευθύνθη ἐν ἐπιστροφῇ λαοῦ, καὶ ἐξῆρεν βδελύγματα ἀνομίας·

It it-was-straightened-down in unto-a-beturning-upon of-a-people, and it-lifted-out to-abhorrerings-to of-an-un-parceleeing-unto;

49:2 κατηυθυνθη ℵ A | λαου] αυτου ℵ* (λαου ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:3 κατεύθυνεν πρὸς Κύριον τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ, ἐν ἡμέραις ἀνόμων κατίσχυσεν τὴν εὐσέβειαν.

it-straightened-down toward to-Authority-belonged to-the-one to-a-heart of-it, in unto-dayednesses of-un-parceleed it-force-held-down to-the-one to-a-goodly-revering-of.

49:3 καρδιαν] οδον A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:4 παρὲξ Δαυεὶδ καὶ Ἑζεκίου καὶ Ἰωσείου πάντες πλημμελίαν ἐπλημμέλησαν· κατέλιπον γὰρ τὸν νόμον τοῦ ὑψίστου, οἱ βασιλεῖς Ἰούδα ἐξέλιπον.

Beside-out of-a-Daueid and of-a-Hezekias and of-an-Iôseias all to-a-beyond-membering they-beyond-membered-unto; they-had-remaindered-down too-thus to-the-one to-a-parcelee of-the-one of-most-lofteed, the-ones rulers-of of-an-Ioudas they-had-remaindered-out.

49:4 πλημμελειαν BabC πλημμελεια A | κατελειπον A hiat C | εξελειπον AC ([εξ]ελ.)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:5 ἔδωκαν γὰρ τὸ κέρας αὐτῶν ἑτέροις καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν ἔθνει ἀλλοτρίῳ·

They-gave too-thus to-the-one to-a-horn of-them unto-different and to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-them unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to unto-other-belonged;

49:5 [appendix] εθνι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:6 ἐνεπύρισεν ἐκλεκτὴν πόλιν ἁγιάσματος, καὶ ἠρήμωσαν τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτῆς ἐν χειρὶ Ἰερεμίου·

it-fired-in-to to-forthable-out to-a-city of-a-hallow-belonging-to, and they-en-solituded to-the-ones to-ways of-it in unto-a-hand of-an-Ieremias;

49:6 ενεπυρισαν ℵ A | Ιηρεμιου A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:7 ἐκάκωσαν γὰρ αὐτόν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν μήτρᾳ ἡγιάσθη προφήτης, ἐκριζοῦν καὶ κακοῦν καὶ ἀπολλύειν, ὡσαύτως οἰκοδομεῖν καὶ καταφυτεύειν.

they-en-wedge-wedged too-thus to-it, and it in unto-an-en-motheredness it-was-hallow-belonged-to a-declarer-before, to-en-root-out and to-en-wedge-wedge and to-destruct-off, as-unto-it to-house-build-unto and to-plant-down-of.

Note: unto-an-en-motheredness : used to refer to the womb.

49:7 καταφυτευειν] φυτευειν ℵ* (καταφ. ℵc.a)

[appendix] οικοδομιν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:8 Ἰεζεκιήλ, ὃς εἶδεν ὅρασιν δόξης ἣν ὑπέδειξεν αὐτῷ ἐπὶ ἅρματος χερουβείμ·

An-Iezekiêl, which it-had-seen to-a-seeeeing of-a-reckonedness to-which it-en-showed-under unto-it upon of-a-lifting-along-to of-cheroubeim';

Note: of-cheroubeim' in 03 : of-cheroubein' in 01 02 is correct as in NT : a-cheroub is a Divine vehicle; a-cheroubein is a Divine vehicle as one of a group of cheroubein'; a-cheroub and cheroubeim' refer to the carved or woven representations.

49:8 ιδεν A | χερουβειν ℵ A

[appendix] υπεδιξεν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:9 καὶ γὰρ ἐμνήσθη τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἐν ὄμβρῳ, καὶ ἀγαθῶσαι τοὺς εὐθύνοντας ὁδούς.

and too-thus it-was-memoried-unto of-the-ones of-en-enmitied in unto-a-storm, and to-have-en-excess-placed to-the-ones to-straighening to-ways.

49:9 οδους] pr τας ℵ* (om τας ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:10 καὶ τῶν ιΒ´ προφητῶν τὰ ὀστᾶ ἀναθάλοι ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῶν. παρεκάλεσαν δὲ τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ ἐλυτρώσαντο αὐτοὺς ἐν πίστει ἐλπίδος.

And of-the-ones of-two-ten of-declarers-before the-ones bones it-may-have-flourished-up out of-the-one of-an-occasion of-them. They-called-beside-unto then-also to-the-one to-an-Iakôb, and they-en-loosed to-them in unto-a-trust of-a-droved-sureeing.

49:10 ιβ] δωδεκα A | παρεκαλεσαν A | δε] γαρ ℵc.aA | ελιτρωσαντο A

[appendix] πιστι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:11 πῶς μεγαλύνωμεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ; καὶ αὐτὸς ὡς σφραγὶς ἐπὶ δεξιᾶς χειρός.

Unto-whither we-might-have-greatened to-the-one to-a-Zorobabel? And it as a-seal upon of-right-belonged of-a-hand.

49:11 μεγαλυνομεν ℵ | ωσφραγις B* (ως σφρ. Bab)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:12 οὕτως Ἰησοῦς υἱὸς Ἰωσεδέκ· οἳ ἐν ἡμέραις αὐτῶν οἰκοδόμησαν οἶκον καὶ ἀνύψωσαν ναὸν ἅγιον Κυρίῳ ἡτοιμασμένον εἰς δόξαν αἰῶνος.

Unto-the-one-this an-Iêsous a-son of-an-Iôsedek; which in unto-dayednesses of-them they-house-built-unto to-a-house and they-en-lofteed-up to-a-temple to-hallow-belonged unto-Authority-belonged to-having-had-come-to-be-readied-to into to-a-reckonedness of-an-age.

49:12 ουτος ℵ | Ιως . . . C

ωκοδομησαν A | οικον B1ℵ] πυργον B*incep vidA | om και A | λαον] ναον A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:13 καὶ νέμουσιν ἐπὶ πολὺ τὸ μνημόσυνον τοῦ ἐγείραντος ἡμῖν τείχη πεπτωκότα, καὶ στήσαντος πύλας καὶ μοχλούς, καὶ ἀνεγείραντος τὰ οἰκόπεδα ἡμῶν.

And they-parceleth upon to-much to-the-one to-a-remembrance of-the-one of-having-roused unto-us to-lineationeednesses to-having-had-come-to-fall, and of-having-stood to-gates and to-poles, and of-having-roused-up to-the-ones to-housed-footments of-us.

Note: they-parceleth in 01* 03 : of-a-Neemias in 02 01C1.

Note: to-housed-footments : used to refer to a house site, i.e. before or during its construction.

49:13 νεμουσιν (-σι ℵ*)] Νεεμιου ℵc.aA | ημιν] ημων ℵ | τειχη] χειλη ℵ* (τειχ. ℵc.a)

[appendix] μοκλους B* (μοχλ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:14 οὐδὲ εἷς ἐκτίσθη οἷος Ἑνὼχ τοιοῦτος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἀνελήμφθη ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς·

Not-then-also one it-was-befounded-to which-belonged a-Henôch the-one-unto-the-one-this upon of-the-one of-a-soil, and too-thus it it-was-taken-up off of-the-one of-a-soil;

49:14 ουδε εις] ουδεις ℵ ουτ incep A*vid | επι της γης τοιουτος οιος Ενωχ ℵ A | om γαρ A | ανελημφθη] μετετεθη A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:15 ὁ δὲ Ἰωσὴφ ἐγενήθη ἀνήρ, ἡγούμενος ἀδελφῶν, στήριγμα λαοῦ, καὶ τὰ ὀστᾶ αὐτοῦ ἐπεσκέπησαν.

The-one then-also an-Iôsêph it-was-became a-man, leading-unto of-brethrened, a-stablishing-to of-a-people, and the-ones bones of-it they-had-been-scouted-upon.

49:15 ο δε] ουδε ως ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 49:16 Σὴμ καὶ Σὴθ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἐδοξάσθησαν, καὶ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ζῷον ἐν τῇ κτίσει Ἀδάμ.

A-Sêm and a-Sêth in unto-mankinds they-were-reckoned-to, and over to-all to-a-lifelet in unto-the-one unto-a-befounding, an-Adam.

49:16 τη κτισει] om τη ℵc.a

[appendix] κτεισει ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:1 Σίμων Ὀνίου υἱὸς ἱερεὺς ὁ μέγας, ὃς ἐν ζωῇ αὐτοῦ ὑπέραψεν οἶκον, καὶ ἐν ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ ἐστερέωσεν τὸν ναόν·

A-Simôn of-an-Onias a-son a-sacreder-of the-one great, which in unto-a-lifing of-it it-sewed-under to-a-house, and in unto-dayednesses of-it it-en-stabled to-the-one to-a-temple;

50:1 Ιονιου B*ℵ* (Ονιου Bbℵc.a sed postea inst 1 ℵ?) | ιερευς] pr ο A | υπερραψεν ℵ* υπεγραψεν ℵc.a | ημεραις] pr ταις ℵ* (om ταις ℵ1) | τον ναον] om τον ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:2 καὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ἐθεμελιώθη ὕψος διπλῆς, ἀνάλημμα ὑψηλὸν περιβόλου ἱεροῦ·

and under of-it it-was-en-placeeer-belonged a-lofteedness of-two-fold, a-taking-up-to lofteed-of of-a-castee-about of-sacred;

Note: of-a-castee-about : a walled perimeter.

50:2 bis scr και υπ αυτου εθεμελιωθη ℵ* (unc incl 1° ℵc.a) | ιερου] pr υψηλου ℵ* (om ℵ1 c.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:3 ἐν ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ ἠλαττώθη ἀποδοχεῖον ὑδάτων, χαλκὸς ὡσεὶ θαλάσσης τὸ περίμετρον·

in unto-dayednesses of-it it-was-en-lackened a-receivelet-off of-waters, a-copper as-if of-a-flourisheredness the-one a-measure-about;

50:3 αποδοχιον B* (-χειον Bab)] αποδοχεια ℵ A (-χια) | χαλκος] λακκος A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:4 ὁ φροντίζων τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πτώσεως, καὶ ἐνισχύσας πόλιν ἐνπολιορκῆσαι.

the-one centressing-to of-the-one of-a-people of-it off of-a-falling, and having-force-held-in to-a-city to-have-city-fenceed-in-unto.

50:4 του λαου] το ελεον ℵ* (του λ. ℵc.a) | πτωσεως] πτοησεως ℵ* (πτωσ. ℵc.a) | εμπολιορκησαι BbA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:5 ὡς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν περιστροφῇ λαοῦ, ἐν ἐξόδῳ οἴκου καταπετάσματος·

As it-was-reckoned-to in unto-a-beturning-about of-a-people, in unto-a-way-out of-a-house of-a-spreading-down-to;

50:5 ως] ος A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:6 ὡς ἀστὴρ ἑωθινὸς ἐν μέσῳ νεφέλης, ὡς σελήνη πλήρης ἐν ἡμέραις·

as a-star early-belonged-to in unto-middle of-a-clouding, as a-moon fullinged in unto-dayednesses;

50:6 νεφελων ℵ

[appendix] εμμεσω A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:7 ὡς ἥλιος ἐκλάμπων ἐπὶ ναὸν Ὑψίστου, καὶ ὡς τόξον φωτίζον ἐν νεφέλαις δόξης·

as a-sun lamping-out upon to-a-temple of-most-lofteed, and as a-bow lighting-to in unto-cloudings of-a-reckonedness;

50:7 om και A | φωτιζων Bℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:8 ὡς ἄνθος ῥόδων ἐν ἡμέραις νέων, ὡς κρίνα ἐπ' ἐξόδων ὕδατος, ὡς βλαστὸς Λιβάνου ἐν ἡμέραις θέρους·

as a-placeedness-up of-a-rose in unto-dayednesses of-new, as a-lilly upon of-ways-out of-a-water, as a-sprout of-a-Libanos in unto-dayednesses of-a-summer;

Note: a-placeedness-up : a flower, a bloom, a highest point, a surfacing, etc.

Note: of-a-Libanos : transliterated from Hebrew LEBONAH meaning whiteness, used of the milky extract of the frankincense tree and the tree itself, this name also given to the white capped (milky) mountain ranges (LIBANOS and ANTI LIBANOS) of the area later called by this name (Lebanon).

50:8 om ως 1° B* (hab Bab mg sinstr) | ως 2°] ωσει ℵ A | εξοδω ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:9 ὡς πῦρ καὶ λίβανος ἐπὶ πυρίου· ὡς σκεῦος χρυσίου ὁλοσφύρητον κεκοσμημένον παντὶ λίθῳ πολυτελεῖ·

as a-fire and a-libanos upon of-firelet; as an-equipeedness of-a-goldlet whole-ankled-unto having-had-come-to-be-orderationed-unto unto-all unto-a-stone unto-much-finishinged;

Note: a-libanos : transliterated from Hebrew LEBONAH meaning whiteness, used of the milky extract of the frankincense tree and the tree itself, this name also given to the white capped (milky) mountain ranges (LIBANOS and ANTI LIBANOS) of the area later called by this name (Lebanon).

Note: whole-ankled-unto : i.e. solidly formed.

50:9-10 κεκοσμημενον . . . καρπους] ως ελαια . . . καρπους κεκοσμημενω (sic) . . . πολυτελει ℵ

50:9 πυρειου ℵ | ολοφυρητον ℵ* (ολοσφ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:10 ὡς ἐλαία ἀναθάλλουσα καρπούς, καὶ ὡς κυπάρισσος ὑψουμένη ἐν νεφέλαις.

as an-oliving-unto flourishing-up to-fruits, and as a-cypress being-en-lofteed in unto-cloudings.

50:9-10 κεκοσμημενον . . . καρπους] ως ελαια . . . καρπους κεκοσμημενω (sic) . . . πολυτελει ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:11 ἐν τῷ ἀναλαμβάνειν αὐτὸν στολὴν δόξης, καὶ ἐνδιδύσκεσθαι αὐτὸν συντέλειαν καυχήματος, ἐν ἀναβάσει θυσιαστηρίου ἁγίου ἐδόξασεν περιβολὴν ἁγιάσματος·

In unto-the-one to-take-up to-it to-a-seteeing of-a-reckonedness, and to-have-been-sunk-in to-it to-a-finishing-together-of of-a-boasting-to, in unto-a-stepping-up of-a-surgerlet of-hallow-belonged it-reckoned-to to-a-casting-about of-a-hallow-belonging-to;

50:11 αναλαμβανειν] αναβαλλιν ℵ* (αναλαμβανιν ℵ1) | καυχηματος] καυματος A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:12 ἐν δὲ τῷ δέχεσθαι μέλη ἐκ χειρῶν ἱερέων, καὶ αὐτὸς ἑστὼς παρ' ἐσχάρᾳ βωμοῦ, κυκλόθεν αὐτὸς στέφανος ἀδελφῶν ὡς βλάστημα κέδρου ἐν τῷ Λιβάνῳ, καὶ ἐκύκλωσαν αὐτὸν ὡς στελέχη φοινίκων·

in then-also unto-the-one to-receive to-members out of-hands of-sacreders-of, and it having-had-come-to-stand beside unto-a-gravedness-into of-an-en-stepping-of, circled-from it a-wreath of-brethrened as a-sprouting-to of-a-cedar in unto-the-one unto-a-Libanos, and they-en-circled to-it as trunks of-palms;

Note: unto-a-Libanos : transliterated from Hebrew LEBONAH meaning whiteness, used of the milky extract of the frankincense tree and the tree itself, this name also given to the white capped (milky) mountain ranges (LIBANOS and ANTI LIBANOS) of the area later called by this name (Lebanon).

50:12 ιερεων] ορεων ℵ* (ιερ. ℵc.a) | εστως] εστηκως A | εσχαρας ℵ* (ς ras ℵ?) | αυτος 2°] αυτου A | κεδρων ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:13 καὶ πάντες οἱ υἱοὶ Ἀαρὼν ἐν δόξῃ αὐτῶν, καὶ προσφορὰ Κυρίου ἐν χερσὶν αὐτῶν ἔναντι πάσης ἐκκλησίας Ἰσραήλ·

and all the-ones sons of-an-Aarôn in unto-a-reckonedness of-them, and a-bearedness-toward of-Authority-belonged in unto-hands of-them in-ever-a-one of-all of-a-calling-out-unto of-an-Israêl;

50:13 οι υιοι] om οι ℵ | δοξη] pr τη ℵ | αυτων 1°] αυτου ℵ* (-των ℵ1)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:14 καὶ συντέλειαν λειτουργῶν ἐπὶ βωμῶν, κοσμῆσαι προσφορὰν Ὑψίστου Παντοκράτορος,

and to-a-finishing-together-of public-working-unto upon of-steppings-of, to-have-orderationed-unto to-bearednesses-toward of-most-lofteed of-an-all-securer,

50:14 [appendix] λιτουργων B* (λειτ. Bab)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:15 ἐξέτεινεν ἐπὶ σπονδείου χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσπεισεν ἐξ αἵματος σταφυλῆς, ἐξέχεεν εἰς θεμέλια θυσιαστηρίου ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Ὑψίστῳ Πανβασιλεῖ.

it-stretched-out upon of-a-libationlet-of to-a-hand of-it, and it-whorled out of-a-rushering-to of-a-grape, it-poured-out into to-placeeer-belonged of-a-surgerlet to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto unto-most-lofteed unto-an-all-ruler-of.

50:15 σπονδιου A | οσμην] pr σωτηριου ℵc.a | παμβασιλει BbA

[appendix] εξετινεν ℵ | εσπισεν ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:16 τότε ἀνέκραγον υἱοὶ Ἀαρών, ἐν σάλπιγξιν ἐλαταῖς ἤχησαν, ἀκουστὴν ἐποίησαν φωνὴν μεγάλην εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔναντι Ὑψίστου·

To-the-one-which-also they-had-up-clamored-to, sons of-an-Aarôn, in unto-trumpets unto-droved they-reverberated-unto, to-heard they-did-unto to-a-sound to-great into to-a-remembrance in-ever-a-one of-most-lofteed;

50:16 υιοι] pr οι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:17 τότε πᾶς ὁ λαὸς κοινῇ κατέσπευσεν, καὶ ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν προσκυνῆσαι τῷ κυρίῳ αὐτῶν Παντοκράτορι θεῷ τῷ ὑψίστῳ·

to-the-one-which-also all the-one a-people unto-a-situating it-hastened-down, and they-falled upon to-looked-toward upon to-the-one to-a-soil to-have-kissed-toward-unto unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged of-them unto-an-all-securer unto-a-Deity unto-the-one unto-most-lofteed;

Note: it-hastened-down in 03 : they-hastened-down in 01 02 03C1 03C2.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

50:17 κατεσπευσαν Babℵ A | τω κυριω] τω θω̅ ℵc.a om τω A | αυτων] εαυτων ℵ om A | τω υψιστω] om τω ℵc.aA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:18 καὶ ᾔνεσαν οἱ ψαλτῳδοὶ ἐν φωναῖς αὐτῶν, ἐν πλείστῳ οἴκῳ ἐγλυκάνθη μέλος·

and they-lauded-unto, the-ones song-twanged, in unto-sounds of-them, in unto-most-beyond unto-a-house it-was-sweetened a-member;

50:18 ψαλμωδοι] ψαλτωδοι A | οικω] ηχω ℵc.a | εγλυκανθη] εμελυνθη ℵ* εμεγαλυνθη ℵc.aA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:19 καὶ ἐδεήθη ὁ λαὸς Κυρίου Ὑψίστου ἐν προσευχῇ κατέναντι Ἐλεήμονος, ἕως συντελεσθῇ κόσμος Κυρίου καὶ τὴν λειτουργίαν αὐτοῦ ἐτελείωσαν.

and it-was-binded the-one a-people of-Authority-belonged of-most-lofteed in unto-a-goodly-holding-toward down-in-ever-a-one of-besectionatinged-of, unto-if-which it-might-have-been-finished-together-unto an-orderation of-Authority-belonged and to-the-one to-a-public-working-unto of-it they-en-finish-belonged.

50:19 ο λαος] om ο ℵ* (hab ο ℵc.a) | συνετελεσθη ℵ1 | κοσμος] pr ο ℵ | ετελειωσαν] ελιτουργησαν ℵ* (ετελιωσαν ℵc.a)

[appendix] λιτουργιαν B* (λειτ. Bab) ℵ λειτουργειαν A | ετελιωσαν A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:20 τότε καταβὰς ἐπῆρεν χεῖρας αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἐκκλησίαν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, δοῦναι εὐλογίαν Κυρίῳ ἐκ χειλέων αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ καυχᾶσθαι·

To-the-one-which-also having-had-stepped-down it-lifted-upon to-hands of-it upon to-all to-a-calling-out-unto of-sons of-an-Israêl, to-have-had-given to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto unto-Authority-belonged out of-rimmeednesses of-it and in unto-a-naming-to of-it to-boast-unto;

50:20 om καταβας A | χειρα A | om πασαν A | υιω A | Κυριω] κυ̅ ℵ | καυχασθαι] καυχησασθαι ℵ A

[appendix] χιλεων ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:21 καὶ ἐδευτέρωσεν ἐν προσκυνήσει ἐπιδέξασθαι τὴν εὐλογίαν παρὰ Ὑψίστου.

and it-en-seconded in unto-a-kissing-toward to-have-received-upon to-the-one to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto beside of-most-lofteed.

50:21 εν] επι A | προσκυνησει] + κυ̅ ℵc.a

[appendix] επιδιξασθαι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:22 καὶ νῦν εὐλογήσατε τῷ θεῷ πάντες τῷ μεγαλοποιοῦντι πάντη, τὸν ὑψοῦντα ἡμέρας ἡμῶν ἐκ μήτρας, καὶ ποιοῦντα μεθ' ἡμῶν κατὰ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ·

And now ye-should-have-goodly-fortheed-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Deity all unto-the-one unto-doing-great-unto unto-all, to-the-one to-en-lofteeing to-dayednesses of-us out of-an-en-motheredness, and to-doing-unto with of-us down to-the-one to-a-besectionateedness of-it;

Note: of-an-en-motheredness : used to refer to the womb.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

50:22 παντες] παντων ℵ A | μεγαλοποιουντι] μεγαλα ποιουντι ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:23 δῴη ὑμῖν εὐφροσύνην καρδίας, καὶ γενέσθαι εἰρήνην ἐν ἡμέραις ἡμῶν ἐν Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τοῦ αἰῶνος,

it-may-have-had-given unto-ye to-a-goodly-centeringedness of-a-heart, and to-have-had-became to-a-joinifying in unto-dayednesses of-us in unto-an-Israêl down to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-an-age,

50:23 υμιν] ημιν ℵ | καρδιαν ℵ* (-διας ℵc.a) | ημων] pr νεων ℵ* (om νεων ℵc.a) | Ισραηλ] pr τω ℵc.a | του αιωνος] του αιω sup ras B1 fort

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:24 ἐνπιστεύσαι μεθ' ἡμῶν τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ λυτρωσάσθω ἡμᾶς.

it-may-have-trusted-in-of with of-us to-the-one to-a-besectionateedness of-it, and in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses of-it it-should-have-en-loosed to-us.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

50:24 εμπιστευσαι BbA

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:25 ἐν δυσὶν ἔθνεσιν προσώχθισεν ἡ ψυχή μου, καὶ τὸ τρίτον οὐκ ἔστιν ἔθνος·

In unto-two unto-placeedness-belongings-to it-vexed-toward-to, the-one a-breathing of-me, and the-one third not it-be a-placeedness-belonging-to;

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:26 οἱ καθήμενοι ἐν ὄρει Σαμαρείας, Φυλιστιείμ, καὶ ὁ λαὸς μωρὸς ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν Σικίμοις.

the-ones sitting-down in unto-a-jutteedness of-a-Samareia, Fulistiem', and the-one a-people dulled the-one housing-down-unto in unto-Sikima'.

50:26 Σαμαριας ℵ A | Φυλιστιειμ] pr και A | ο λαος] om ο ℵ | μωρος] pr ο ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:27 Παιδείαν συνέσεως καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἐχάραξα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ, Ἰησοῦς υἱὸς Σειρὰχ Ἐλεαζὰρ ὁ Ἰεροσολυμείτης, ὃς ἀνώμβρησεν σοφίαν ἀπὸ καρδίας αὐτοῦ.

To-a-childing-of of-a-sending-together and of-a-standing-upon I-paled in unto-the-one unto-a-paperlet unto-the-one-this, an-Iêsous a-son of-a-Seirach an-Eleazar the-one an-Ierosolum-belonger, which it-stormed-up-unto to-a-wisdoming-unto off of-a-heart of-it.

Note: they-paled : used to refer to applying force with a pointed implement, or of such mentally.

50:27 παιδιαν ℵ A | Σειρακ ℵ Σιραχ A | Ιεροσολυμειτης B*ℵc.a (-μιτης BbA)] ιερευς ο Σολυμειτης ℵ* | σοφιας ℵ* (-φιαν ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:28 μακάριος ὃς ἐν τούτοις ἀναστραφήσεται, καὶ θεὶς αὐτὰ ἐπὶ καρδίαν αὐτοῦ σοφισθήσεται·

Bless-belonged which in unto-the-ones-these it-shall-have-been-beturned-up, and having-had-placed to-them upon to-a-heart of-it it-shall-be-wisdomed-to;

50:28 θεις] pr ο ℵ* (om ο ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 50:29 ἐὰν γὰρ αὐτὰ ποιήσῃ, πρὸς πάντα ἰσχύσει· ὅτι φῶς Κυρίου τὸ ἴχνος αὐτοῦ.

if-ever too-thus to-them it-might-have-done-unto, toward to-all it-shall-force-hold; to-which-a-one a-light of-Authority-belonged the-one a-trackeedness-belonging-to of-it.

50:29 αυτα] ταυτα A | ισχυσει] ισχυει ℵ (ισχυι) Avid

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:1 Προσευχὴ Ἰησοῦ υἱοῦ Σειράχ. Ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι, Κύριε βασιλεῦ, καὶ αἰνέσω σε θεὸν τὸν σωτῆρά μου, ἐξομολογοῦμαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου·

A-goodly-holding-toward of-an-Iêsous of-a-son of-a-Seirach. I-shall-along-forthee-out-unto unto-thee, Authority-belonged Ruler-of, and I-shall-laud-unto to-thee to-a-Deity to-the-one to-a-savoir of-me, I-along-forthee-out-unto unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-thee;

51:1 (tit) post προσευχη incep υ B* (improb υ Bab) | Σιραχ A | εξομολογησομαι] εξομολογουμαι A | om σε A

[appendix] εξομολογουμε ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:2 ὅτι σκεπαστὴς καὶ βοηθὸς ἐγένου μοι, καὶ ἐλυτρώσω τὸ σῶμά μου ἐξ ἀπωλίας καὶ ἐκ παγίδος διαβολῆς γλώσσης, ἀπὸ χειλέων ἐργαζομένων ψεῦδος, καὶ ἔναντι τῶν παρεστηκότων ἐγένου βοηθός,

to-which-a-one a-coverer and holler-ran thou-had-became unto-me, and thou-en-loosed to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to of-me out of-a-destructing-off-unto and out of-a-snare of-a-casting-through of-a-tongue, off of-rimmeednesses of-working-to to-a-falseedness, and in-ever-a-one of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-stand-beside thou-had-became holler-ran,

51:2 απωλειας BabA | διαβολης] διαβουλης A

[appendix] χιλεων A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:3 καὶ ἐλυτρώσω με κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος ἐλέου καὶ ὀνόματός σου ἐκ βρυγμῶν ἕτοιμος εἰς βρῶμα, ἐκ χειρὸς ζητούντων τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἐκ πλειόνων θλίψεων ὧν ἔσχον,

and thou-en-loosed to-me down to-the-one to-a-repleteedness of-a-besectionation and of-a-naming-to of-thee out of-gratings-of readied-of into to-a-feedeeing-to, out of-a-hand of-seeking-unto to-the-one to-a-breathing of-me, out of-more-beyond of-pressings of-which I-had-held,

Note: of-a-besectionation in 03* : of-a-besectionateedness in 01 02 03C1 03C2.

Note: of-a-besectionation : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc., as having been applied.

51:3 ελεου (-ους Babℵ A)] + σου ℵc.a | ετοιμον A | εκ χειρος] pr και ℵ

[appendix] πλιονων A | θλειψεων B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:4 ἀπὸ πνιγμοῦ πυρᾶς κυκλόθεν καὶ ἐκ μέσου πυρός οὗ οὐκ ἐξέκαυσα,

off of-a-choking-of of-a-fireness circled-from and out of-middle of-a-fire of-which not I-burn-belonged-out,

51:4 κυκλοθεν] κλοθεν A* (κυκλ. Aa?) | εκ μεσου] ε 1° sup ras B? εν μεσω ℵ | ου] σου ℵ* (ου ℵc.a)

[appendix] πνειγμου ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:5 ἐκ βάθους κοιλίας ᾅδου, καὶ ἀπὸ γλώσσης ἀκαθάρτου καὶ λόγου ψευδοῦς.

out of-a-deepeedness of-a-hollowing-unto of-a-hadês, and off of-a-tongue of-un-cleansed and of-a-forthee of-falsinged.

51:5 εκ βαθους κοι, πο γλω perier in A | βαθου B* (βαθους Bab)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:6 βασιλεῖ διαβολὴ γλώσσης ἀδίκου· ᾔνεσεν ἕως θανάτου ἡ ψυχή μου, καὶ ἡ ζωή μου ἦν σύνεγγυς ᾅδου κάτω·

Unto-a-ruler-of a-casting-through of-a-tongue of-un-coursed; it-lauded-unto unto-if-which of-a-death, the-one a-breathing of-me, and the-one a-lifing of-me it-was near-together of-a-hadês down-unto-which;

Note: it-lauded-unto in 03 : it-neared-to in 01 02.

51:6 διαβολης ℵ A | ηνεσεν] ηγγισεν ℵ A | κατω] κατωτατου ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:7 περιέσχον με πάντοθεν καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ βοηθῶν, ἐμβλέπων εἰς ἀντίλημψιν ἀνθρώπων καὶ οὐκ ἦν.

they-had-held-about to-me from-all and not it-was the-one holler-running-unto, viewing-in into to-an-ever-a-one-taking of-mankinds and not it-was.

51:7 εμβλεπων] εβλεπον A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:8 καὶ ἐμνήσθην τοῦ ἐλέους σου, Κύριε, καὶ τῆς ἐργασίας σου τῆς ἀπ' αἰῶνος, ὅτι ἐξελῇ τοὺς ὑπομένοντάς σε καὶ σώζεις αὐτοὺς ἐκ χειρὸς ἐθνῶν.

And I-was-memoried-unto of-the-one of-a-besectionateedness of-thee, Authority-belonged, and of-the-one of-a-working-unto of-thee of-the-one off of-an-age, to-which-a-one thou-shall-section-out to-the-ones to-staying-under to-thee and thou-save-to to-them out of-a-hand of-placeedness-belongings-to.

Note: of-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

Note: of-placeedness-belongings-to in 03 : of-en-enmitied in 01 02.

51:8 om και 1° ℵ* (hab ¬ ℵc.a) | εξελη] εξαιρη ℵ (εξερη) A | εθνων] εχθρων ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:9 καὶ ἀνύψωσα ἐπὶ γῆν ἱκετίαν μου, καὶ ὑπὲρ θανάτου ῥύσεως ἐδεήθην·

And I-en-lofteed-up upon to-a-soil to-a-petitioning-unto of-me, and over of-a-death of-a-tracting I-was-binded;

51:9 ανυψωσεν ℵ | επι] απο ℵ A | γην] γης Babℵ A | ικετειαν Bab | υπερ] απο A | θανατου] αθανατου A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:10 ἐπεκαλεσάμην Κύριον πατέρα κυρίου μου, μή με ἐγκαταλιπεῖν ἐν ἡμέραις θλίψεως, ἐν καιρῷ ὑπερηφανιῶν ἀβοηθησίας.

I-called-upon-unto to-Authority-belonged to-a-father of-Authority-belonged of-me, lest to-me to-have-had-remaindered-down-in in unto-dayednesses of-a-pressing, in unto-a-time of-manifestings-over-unto of-an-un-holler-running-unto.

51:10 κυριου] pr του ℵc.a | εγκαταλειπειν A | υπερηφανων ℵ A

[appendix] αβοηθησειας ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:11 αἰνέσω τὸ ὄνομά σου ἐνδελεχῶς, καὶ ὑμνήσω ἐν ἐξομολογήσει· καὶ εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς μου.

I-shall-laud-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-thee unto-elongatinged-in, and I-shall-hymn-unto in unto-an-along-fortheeing-out; and it-was-heard-into the-one a-binding of-me.

51:11 [appendix] δεησεις A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:12 ἔσωσας γάρ με ἐξ ἀπωλείας, καὶ ἐξείλου με ἐκ καιροῦ πονηροῦ· διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί καὶ αἰνέσω σοι, καὶ εὐλογήσω τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου.

Thou-saved-to too-thus to-me out of-a-destructing-off-of, and thou-had-sectioned-out to-me out of-a-time of-en-necessitated; through to-the-one-this I-shall-along-forthee-out-unto and I-shall-laud-unto unto-thee, and I-shall-goodly-forthee-unto unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-Authority-belonged.

51:12 πονηρου] + και εξιλου (sic) μαι A | εξομολογησομαι] + σοι ℵ A | σοι] σε Bbℵc.a

[appendix] εξειλου A | με] μαι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:13 Ἕτι ὢν νεώτερος πρὶν ἢ πλανηθῆναί με, ἐζήτησα σοφίαν προφανῶς ἐν προσευχῇ μου·

If-to-a-one being more-new ere or to-have-been-wandered-unto to-me, I-sought-unto to-a-wisdoming-unto unto-manifested-before in unto-a-goodly-holding-toward of-me;

51:13 πλαν|θηναι B* vid (πλανη|θ. Bb)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:14 ἔναντι ναοῦ ἠξίουν περὶ αὐτῆς, καὶ ἕως ἐσχάτων ἐκζητήσω αὐτήν.

in-ever-a-one of-a-temple I-was-en-deem-belonging about of-it, and unto-if-which of-most-bordered I-shall-seek-out-unto to-it.

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:15 ἐξ ἄνθους ὡς περκαζούσης σταφυλῆς εὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου ἐν αὐτῇ· ἐπέβη ὁ πούς μου ἐν εὐθύτητι, ἐκ νεότητός μου ἴχνευον αὐτήν.

Out of-a-placeedness-up as of-dusking-to of-a-grape it-was-goodly-centered the-one a-heart of-me in unto-it; it-had-stepped-upon, the-one a-foot of-me, in unto-a-straightness, out of-a-newness of-me I-was-trackeednessing-of to-it.

Note: of-a-placeedness-up : a flower, a bloom, a highest point, a surfacing, etc.

Note: of-dusking-to : used to refer to something darkening, of ripening fruit and olives, of the shadow of not having shaved, etc.

51:15 ως] εως A | περικαζουσης A* (περκ. A?) | ηυφρανθη A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:16 ἔκλινα ὀλίγον τὸ οὖς μου καὶ ἐδεξάμην, καὶ πολλὴν εὗρον ἐμαυτῷ παιδείαν·

I-clined to-little to-the-one to-an-ear of-me and I-received, and to-much I-had-found unto-myself to-a-childing-of;

51:16 παιδιαν ℵ A

[appendix] εκλεινα B

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:17 προκοπὴ ἐγένετο μοι ἐν αὐτῇ· τῷ διδόντι μοι σοφίαν δώσω δόξαν.

a-felling-before it-had-became unto-me in unto-it; unto-the-one unto-giving unto-me to-a-wisdoming-unto I-shall-give to-a-reckonedness.

51:17 διδοντι] διδοσιν ℵ* (διδοντι ℵc.a) | om μοι 2° A | δωσω] και ℵ* (δωσ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:18 διενοήθην γὰρ τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτήν, καὶ ἐζήλωσα τὸ ἀγαθόν, καὶ οὐ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶ.

I-was-en-mulled-through-unto too-thus of-the-one to-have-done-unto to-it, and I-en-craved to-the-one to-excess-placed, and not lest I-might-have-been-shamened.

51:18 ποιησαι] + με A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:19 διαμεμάχισται ἡ ψυχή μου ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ ἐν ποιήσει λιμοῦ διηκριβασάμην· τὰς χεῖράς μου ἐξεπέτασα πρὸς ὕψος, καὶ τὰ ἀγνοήματα αὐτῆς ἐπένθησα·

It-had-come-to-be-battled-through-to the-one a-breathing of-me in unto-it, and in unto-a-doing of-a-famine I-en-exacted-through; to-the-ones to-hands of-me I-out-spreaded-to toward to-a-lofteedness, and to-the-ones to-un-en-mullings-to of-it I-grieved-unto;

51:19-20 α αυτης επεν. ατευθυνα perier in A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:20 τὴν ψυχήν μου κατεύθυνα εἰς αὐτήν, καὶ ἐν καθαρισμῷ εὗρον αὐτήν· καρδίαν ἐκτησάμην μετ' αὐτῶν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐν καθαρισμῷ εὗρον αὐτήν· διὰ τοῦτο οὐ μὴ ἐγκαταλειφθῶ.

to-the-one to-a-breathing of-me I-straightened-down into to-it, to-a-heart I-befounded-unto with of-them off of-a-firsting, and in unto-cleansing-to-of I-had-found to-it; through to-the-one-this not lest I-might-have-been-remaindered-down-in.

51:19-20 α αυτης επεν. ατευθυνα perier in A

51:20 κατηυθυνα ℵ | καρδιαν . . . αυτην] και εν καθ. ευρον αυτην| καρδιαν εκτ. μετ αυτ. απ αρχης ℵ και εν καιρω θερισ[μο]υ ευρον αυτη| καρδιαν εκτησαμην μετ αυτης απ αρχης A | εγκαταλειφθω Ba?b (-λιφθ. B*)] ενκαταλειφθω ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:21 καὶ ἡ κοιλία μου ἐταράχθη ἐκζητῆσαι αὐτήν· διὰ τοῦτο ἐκτησάμην ἀγαθὸν κτῆμα.

And the-one a-hollowing-unto of-me it-was-stirred to-have-sought-out-unto to-it; through to-the-one-this I-befounded-unto to-excess-placed to-a-befoundeeing-to.

51:21 εκζητησαι] pr του ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:22 ἔδωκεν Κύριος γλῶσσάν μοι μισθόν μου, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ αἰνέσω αὐτόν.

It-gave, Authority-belonged, to-a-tongue unto-me to-a-pay of-me, and in unto-it I-shall-laud-unto to-it.

51:22 μοι] μου ℵ A | μου] μοι ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:23 Ἐγγίσατε πρὸς μέ, ἀπαίδευτοι, καὶ αὐλίσθητε ἐν οἴκῳ παιδείας.

Ye-should-have-neared-to toward to-me, Un-childed-of , and ye-should-have-been-channeled-to in unto-a-house of-a-childing-of.

51:23 εγγισατε] αινεσατε ℵ* (ενγεισ. ℵc.a) | αυλισθητε] αυλισθησεσθαι ℵ A | παιδιας ℵ A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:24 καὶ ὅτι ὑστερεῖσθαι λέγετε ἐν τούτοις, καὶ αἱ ψυχαὶ ὑμῶν διψῶσι σφόδρα,

And to-which-a-one to-be-lattered-unto ye-forth in unto-the-ones-these, and the-ones breathings of-ye they-thirst-unto to-vehemented,

51:24 και 1°] τι ℵ A | υστερεισθαι (-σθε B)] υστερειτε ℵ A | λεγετε] pr η ℵc.a

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:25 ἤνοιξα τὸ στόμα μου καὶ ἐλάλησα Κτήσασθε αὑτοῖς ἄνευ ἀργυρίου·

I-opened-up to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-me and I-spoke-unto, Ye-should-have-befounded-unto unto-themselves un-nodded of-a-silverlet;

Note: unto-themselves in 03 : unto-selves in 01 02.

51:25 αυτοις] εαυτοις ℵ A

[appendix] κτησασθαι A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:26 τὸν τράχηλον ὑμῶν ὑπόθετε ὑπὸ ζυγόν, καὶ ἐπιδεξάσθω ἡ ψυχὴ ὑμῶν παιδείαν· ἐγγύς ἐστιν εὑρεῖν αὐτήν.

to-the-one to-a-throat of-ye ye-should-have-had-placed-under under to-a-couplage, and it-should-have-been-received-upon the-one a-breathing of-ye to-a-childing-of; neared it-be to-have-had-found to-it.

51:26 παιδιαν ℵ | εγγυς] + γαρ ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:27 ἴδετε ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ὑμῶν ὅτι ὀλίγον ἐκοπίασα, καὶ εὗρον ἐμαυτῷ πολλὴν ἀνάπαυσιν.

Ye-should-have-had-seen in unto-eyes of-ye to-which-a-one to-little I-fell-belonged-unto, and I-had-found unto-myself to-much to-a-ceasing-up.

51:27 ειδετε ℵ* (ιδ. ℵc.a)

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:28 μετάσχετε παιδείαν ἐν πολλῷ ἀριθμῷ ἀργυρίου, καὶ πολὺν χρυσὸν κτήσασθε ἐν αὐτῇ·

Ye-should-have-had-held-with to-a-childing-of in unto-much unto-a-number of-a-silverlet, and to-much to-a-gold ye-should-have-befounded-unto in unto-it;

51:28 παιδειας ℵc.aA

[appendix] κτησασθαι B* (-σθε Bab) A

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:29 εὐφρανθείη ἡ ψυχὴ ὑμῶν ἐν τῷ ἐλέει αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθείητε ἐν αἰνέσει αὐτοῦ·

it-may-have-been-goodly-centered the-one a-breathing of-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-besectionateedness of-it, and lest ye-may-have-been-shamened in unto-a-lauding-unto of-it;

Note: unto-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

51:29 αινεσει] pr τη ℵc.a

[appendix] αισχυνθιητε ℵ

(132 B.C.)

Sir 51:30 ἐργάζεσθε τὸ ἔργον ὑμῶν πρὸ καιροῦ, καὶ δώσει τὸν μισθὸν ὑμῶν ἐν καιρῷ αὐτοῦ.

Ye-should-work-to to-the-one to-a-work of-ye before of-a-time, and it-shall-give to-the-one to-a-pay of-ye in unto-a-time of-it.

51:30 [appendix] εργαζεσθαι A

Subscr σοφια Ιησου υιου Σειραχ Bℵ A

Stich 3221 B 3277 ℵ 3090 A